As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 14, 2015
Registration No. 333-
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
SHOPIFY INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
Canada | 7372 | 30-0830605 | ||
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
Shopify Inc.
150 Elgin Street, 8th Floor
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K2P 1L4
(613) 241-2828
(Address, Including ZIP Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Registrants Principal Executive Offices)
CT Corporation System
1209 Orange Street
Wilmington, DE 19801
(302) 658-7581
(Name, Address, Including ZIP Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
Copies to:
Joseph A. Frasca, Esq. General Counsel Shopify Inc. 150 Elgin Street, 8th Floor Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K2P 1L4 (613) 241-2828 |
Margaret A. Brown, Esq. Gregg A. Noel, Esq. Riccardo A. Leofanti, Esq. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP 500 Boylston Street Boston, MA 02116 (617) 523-0002 |
Christopher J. Cummings, Esq. Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP 77 King Street West, Suite 3100 Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5K 1J3 (416) 504-0522 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed offering to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
||||
Title of Each Class of
Securities To Be Registered |
Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (1)(2) |
Amount of Registration Fee |
||
Class A subordinate voting shares |
$100,000,000 | $11,620 | ||
|
||||
|
(1) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). |
(2) | Includes Class A subordinate voting shares the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any. |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION) DATED APRIL 14, 2015 Shopify Inc. is selling of our Class A subordinate voting shares. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our Class A subordinate voting shares. Following this offering, our authorized share capital will include Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares. The rights of the holders of Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares are generally identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. The Class A subordinate voting shares will have one vote per share and tthe Class B multiple voting shares will have 10 votes per share. The Class A subordinate voting shares are not convertible into any other class of shares, while the Class B multiple voting shares are convertible into Class A subordinate voting shares on a one-for-one basis at the option of the holder. After giving effect to this offering, the Class A subordinate voting shares will collectively represent % of our total issued and outstanding shares and % of the voting power attached to all of our issued and outstanding shares ( % and %, respectively, if the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full) and the Class B multiple voting shares will collectively represent % of our total issued and outstanding shares and % of the voting power attached to all of our issued and outstanding shares ( % and %, respectively, if the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full). We intend to apply for listing of our Class A subordinate voting shares on the New York Stock Exchange and the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbols SHOP and SH, respectively. We are an emerging growth company under the U.S. federal securities laws. Investing in our Class A subordinate voting shares involves risks. See Risk Factors beginning on page 12. (1) See Underwriting for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters. We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional Class A subordinate voting shares to cover over-allotments. The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. The underwriters expect to deliver the Class A subordinate voting shares to purchasers on , 2015. MORGAN STANLEY CREDIT SUISSE RBC CAPITAL MARKETS PACIFIC CREST SECURITIES RAYMOND JAMES CANACCORD GENUITY Proceeds to Shopify Inc. $$ Underwriting Discounts and Commissions (1) $$ Price to Public $$ PER CLASS A SUBORDINATE VOTING SHARE TOTAL $ PER CLASS A SUBORDINATE VOTING SHARE Class A Subordinate Voting Shares Shopify Inc. Shares The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
1 | ||||
12 | ||||
40 | ||||
43 | ||||
43 | ||||
43 | ||||
44 | ||||
45 | ||||
46 | ||||
48 | ||||
50 | ||||
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
53 | |||
82 |
84 | ||||
101 | ||||
112 | ||||
125 | ||||
126 | ||||
129 | ||||
143 | ||||
145 | ||||
150 | ||||
158 | ||||
158 | ||||
158 | ||||
159 | ||||
F-1 |
Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any additional information or information that is different from the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we may have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf is only accurate as of the date of this prospectus or such free writing prospectus.
We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, Class A subordinate voting shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States or Canada are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to those jurisdictions.
Until , 2015 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our Class A subordinate voting shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
i
This summary highlights certain information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A subordinate voting shares. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the Risk Factors section of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. In this prospectus, references to our solutions means the combination of products and services that we offer to merchants, and references to our merchants as of a particular date means the total number of unique shops that are paying for a subscription to our platform. Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this prospectus to Shopify, we, our, us or similar terms refer to Shopify Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Overview
Shopify provides a leading cloud-based commerce platform designed for small and medium-sized businesses. Merchants use our software to run their business across all of their sales channels, including web, tablet and mobile storefronts, social media storefronts, and brick-and-mortar and pop-up shops. While we started Shopify to help merchants design, set up and manage their online stores, we have expanded far beyond that. Whether a merchant is starting their business online or offline, we provide a platform for merchants to create an omni-channel experience that helps showcase the merchants brand and grow its business. The Shopify platform provides merchants with a single view of their business and customers across all of their sales channels and enables them to manage products and inventory, process orders and payments, build customer relationships and leverage analytics and reporting. Merchants can also use Shopify Mobile, our iPhone and Android application, to manage their business on the go.
Technology and the internet are transforming commerce. Consumers now expect to be able to transact anywhere, anytime on any device and the experience needs to be simple, seamless and secure. Consumers quickly become accustomed to the standards set by the largest and most innovative merchants and expect a comparable experience with all merchants, even those that have only been in business for one day. Without the latest technology, it is difficult for merchants to meet the rising demands of consumers.
We built our platform from the ground up to address the growing challenges facing merchants, with the aim of making previously complex tasks simple. The Shopify platform has been engineered to enterprise-level standards and functionality while being designed for simplicity and ease-of-use. Our platform provides merchants with an intuitive user experience that requires no up-front training to implement and use, enabling merchants to set up their shops in less than 15 minutes. We help our merchants own their brand and make the consumer experience memorable.
We believe the Shopify platform is mission critical for all of our merchants and they depend on us for the latest technology. Our platform is able to manage large spikes in traffic that accompany events such as new product releases, holiday shopping seasons and flash sales, and has been benchmarked to process at least 10,000 requests per second. We are constantly innovating and enhancing our platform. Our continuously deployed, multi-tenant architecture ensures that all of our merchants are always using the latest technology.
A rich ecosystem of app developers, theme designers and other partners has evolved around the Shopify platform. The platforms functionality is highly extensible and can be expanded through our application program interface, or API, and the over 900 apps available in the Shopify App Store. This ecosystem helps drive the growth of our merchant base, which in turn further accelerates growth of the ecosystem.
Our mission is to make commerce better for everyone and we believe we can help merchants of nearly all sizes and retail verticals realize their potential. While our platform can scale to meet the needs of large
1
merchants, we focus on selling to small and medium-sized businesses, or SMBs. As of March 31, 2015, we had 162,261 merchants from approximately 150 countries using our platform, representing growth of 68.2% in the number of merchants using our platform relative to March 31, 2014. In 2014, our platform processed Gross Merchandise Volume, or GMV, of $3.8 billion, representing an increase of 132.9% from the year ended December 31, 2013. In the three months ended March 31, 2015, our platform processed GMV of $1.3 billion, representing an increase of 107.8% from the three months ended March 31, 2014.
Our business has experienced rapid growth. Our total revenue increased from $23.7 million in 2012, to $50.3 million in 2013 and to $105.0 million in 2014, representing year-over-year increases of 111.9% and 109.0%, respectively. In addition, our total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $37.3 million, an increase of 98.5% from the three months ended March 31, 2014. We had net losses of $1.2 million in 2012, $4.8 million in 2013, $22.3 million in 2014, $6.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 and $4.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015.
Industry Overview and Market Opportunity
Consumers now dictate how, when and where to interact with merchants and their expectations continue to rise. A disappointing experience may lead to the permanent loss of customers and damage to the merchants reputation on social media. The challenges facing merchants include:
Selling Across Different Channels. Consumers expect to be able to transact through multiple sales channels without losing functionality or experience, making it increasingly important that a merchant has a single view of its business and customers.
Making Transacting Simple, Seamless and Secure. Consumers expect every interaction to be quick, problem-free, intuitive and secure.
Keeping up with the Latest Technology and Innovating. Consumers expect an experience on par with that provided by the most innovative retailers.
Building and Growing their Brand. In a world where consumers have more choices than ever before, a merchants brand is increasingly important.
Scaling their Business. As a merchants business grows, it must be able to handle increased traffic and ensure availability 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
Managing their Business Anytime, Anywhere. To keep pace with consumer demands, merchants need to be able to manage their business on the go using their mobile devices.
Traditionally, merchants have been forced to address their commerce needs through one of two means:
Complex Software Built for Enterprise Merchants. Software built for the largest merchants is not designed for SMBs. It is expensive and complex, requires significant technical knowledge and training to install and maintain, and typically takes a long time to deploy.
Cobbled Together Patchwork. Whether a merchant is starting from scratch or building on top of legacy solutions, the process of piecing together a patchwork of disparate technologies is time consuming, complicated and costly. The result is a system that, by its nature, lacks full integration between the applications provided by the various vendors and may only be as good as its weakest component.
We believe we can help merchants of nearly all sizes and retail verticals realize their potential. While our platform can scale to meet the needs of large merchants, we focus on selling to SMBs. We have merchants in approximately 150 countries, including merchants in our key geographies: the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Western Europe, Australia and New Zealand. According to AMI Partners, in
2
2014, there were approximately 10 million merchants with less than 500 employees operating in our key geographies, and approximately 46 million such merchants worldwide. As of March 31, 2015, we had 162,261 merchants and our annualized revenue per merchant based on the three months ended March 31, 2015 was approximately $1,000.
We believe that our market will expand as we continue to inspire entrepreneurs to start new businesses and provide the technology that enables them to do so. In addition, we expect our average revenue per merchant to continue to increase as our merchants grow and we further expand our offerings.
Our Solution
An Omni-Channel Commerce Platform. The Shopify platform enables merchants to sell their products across different sales channels, including web, tablet and mobile storefronts, social media storefronts, and brick-and-mortar and pop-up shops. Our platform provides merchants with a single view of their business, combining and synchronizing all their customer, inventory, order, product, payment and other data that originate in different sales channels.
A Simplified Merchant Experience. The Shopify platform provides merchants with an intuitive user experience that requires no up-front training to implement and use. Merchants can set up their shop in less than 15 minutes. By integrating multiple channels into a single platform, we are also able to remove the complexities inherent in separate systems.
The Latest Technologies, Seamlessly Integrated. The Shopify platform is designed to integrate the latest technologies that a merchant needs to sell products and operate an omni-channel retail business from any device. Our high-availability, continuously deployed, multi-tenant architecture ensures that all of our merchants are able to operate with the latest features and the newest innovations without any need to patch or upgrade their software.
A Platform Designed to Launch and Grow Brands. Merchants can launch and build their brand on the Shopify platform without any intermediaries or middlemen. Their brand is always at the forefront of the experience, and we help our merchants make that experience memorable to consumers.
A Platform for Merchant Success. Our goals are aligned with those of our merchants and we designed the Shopify platform to support their growth. We offer advanced features and resources to help our merchants sell more products and be more successful.
Enterprise-Level Security, Scalability and Reliability. The Shopify platform offers security, scalability and reliability that is normally only available to businesses with enterprise-level budgets, while at the same time being easy to use and affordable for smaller businesses.
An Open Platform with a Thriving Ecosystem. A rich ecosystem of app developers, theme designers and other partners has evolved around the Shopify platform. The Shopify platforms functionality is highly extensible and can be expanded using our API and apps from the Shopify App Store to offer additional sales channels, bolster features in an existing sales channel and integrate with third-party systems.
Growth Strategy
Grow our Base of Merchants. We believe that we have a significant opportunity to increase the size of our current merchant base. We intend to continue to strategically invest in marketing programs that enhance the awareness of our brand and solutions among businesses at different stages of their lifecycle, from entrepreneurs just starting a business to well-established businesses.
Grow our Merchants Revenue. Our goals are closely aligned with the goals of our merchants. The more a merchant sells on our platform, the more revenue we generate as they upgrade their plans, add
3
additional sales channels, process more transactions and use additional solutions. We intend to continue helping our merchants be successful by improving and expanding our platform and providing additional solutions and resources.
Continuous Innovation and Expansion of our Platform. We intend to continue to build more sales channels and additional functionality to further differentiate our platform.
Continue to Grow and Develop our Ecosystem. We intend to grow our ecosystem of app developers, theme designers and other partners to bolster the functionality of our platform.
Continue to Expand our Partner Programs. We intend to strengthen our existing relationships with referral partners and resellers and create new ones with the goal of expanding our overall merchant base.
Continue to Build for the Long-term. We have a culture of iteration and testing new ideas with a focus on maximizing long-term value. As we continue to build for the future, we may consider focused international expansion, strategic partnerships, new solutions and selective acquisitions.
Risk Factors
Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, as more fully described under Risk Factors in this prospectus. These risks could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects, which could cause the trading price of our Class A subordinate voting shares to decline and could result in a loss of your investment. Some of these risks include:
| our rapid growth may not be sustainable and depends on our ability to attract new merchants, retain existing merchants and increase sales to both new and existing merchants; |
| our business could be harmed if we fail to manage our growth effectively; |
| we have a history of losses and we may be unable to achieve profitability; |
| our limited operating history in a new and developing market makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful; |
| if we fail to improve and enhance the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security and scalability of our platform in a manner that responds to our merchants evolving needs, our business may be adversely affected; and |
| payment transactions on Shopify Payments may subject us to regulatory requirements and other risks that could be costly and difficult to comply with or that could harm our business. |
As a result of these risks and other risks described under Risk Factors, there is no guarantee that we will experience growth or profitability in the future.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We qualify as an emerging growth company pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified exemptions from various requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies in the United States. These provisions include:
| an exemption to include in an initial public offering registration statement less than five years of selected financial data; and |
| an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth companys internal control over financial reporting. |
4
The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have not elected to avail ourselves of the exemption that allows emerging growth companies to extend the transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards. This election is irrevocable.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of:
| the last day of our fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.0 billion; |
| the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; |
| the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or |
| the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. |
We have availed ourselves in this prospectus of the reduced reporting requirements described above with respect to selected financial data. As a result, the information that we are providing to you may be less comprehensive than what you might receive from other public companies. When we are no longer deemed to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.
Corporate Information
We were incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act , or CBCA, on September 28, 2004. Prior to the closing of this offering, we will file articles of amendment to amend and redesignate our authorized and issued share capital. See Description of Share Capital.
Our principal and registered office is located at 150 Elgin Street, 8th Floor, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K2P 1L4, and our telephone number is (613) 241-2828. Our website address is www.shopify.com. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference.
5
THE OFFERING
Class A subordinate voting shares offered by us |
shares. | |
Offering price |
$ per Class A subordinate voting share. | |
Over-allotment option |
We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days of the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional Class A subordinate voting shares to cover over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. | |
Class A subordinate voting shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering |
shares ( shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). |
|
Class B multiple voting shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering |
shares. |
|
Total Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering |
shares ( shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). |
|
Voting rights |
The Class A subordinate voting shares will have one vote per share and the Class B multiple voting shares will have 10 votes per share.
After giving effect to the offering, the Class A subordinate voting shares will collectively represent % of our total issued and outstanding shares and % of the voting power attached to all of our issued and outstanding shares ( % and %, respectively, if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). See Description of Share CapitalSharesVoting Rights. |
|
Conversion rights |
The Class A subordinate voting shares are not convertible into any other class of shares, including Class B multiple voting shares. The Class B multiple voting shares are convertible into Class A subordinate voting shares on a one-for-one basis at the option of the holder. In addition, our amended articles of incorporation will provide that Class B multiple voting shares will automatically convert into Class A subordinate voting shares in certain other circumstances. See Description of Share CapitalSharesConversion. | |
Take-over bid protection |
In accordance with applicable regulatory requirements designed to ensure that, in the event of a take-over bid, the holders of Class A subordinate voting shares will be entitled to |
6
participate on an equal footing with holders of Class B multiple voting shares, we will enter into a coattail agreement with holders of Class B multiple voting shares. The coattail agreement will contain provisions customary for dual class corporations listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange, or the TSX, designed to prevent transactions that otherwise would deprive the holders of Class A subordinate voting shares of rights under applicable take-over bid legislation in Canada to which they would have been entitled if the Class B multiple voting shares had been Class A subordinate voting shares. See Description of Share CapitalSharesTake-Over Bid Protection. | ||
Proposed NYSE trading symbol |
SHOP | |
Proposed TSX trading symbol |
SH | |
Use of proceeds |
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $ million, or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional Class A subordinate voting shares in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including to fund our growth strategies. See Use of Proceeds. | |
Risk factors |
See Risk Factors for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before investing in our Class A subordinate voting shares. |
The total number of Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on no Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares to be outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, and excludes:
| Class B multiple voting shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of , 2015 at a weighted average exercise price of $ per share; and |
| Class A subordinate voting shares reserved for future issuance under our Incentive Plans (as defined below), which will become effective prior to or upon the consummation of this offering. |
Except as otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus reflects or assumes:
| an initial public offering price of $ per Class A subordinate voting share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; |
7
| the filing of articles of amendment, which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, to, among other things, (1) authorize the creation of our Class A subordinate voting shares and (2) amend and redesignate our common shares as Class B multiple voting shares; |
| the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred shares into an equivalent number of Class B multiple voting shares, which will occur upon consummation of this offering; |
| no exercise of stock options outstanding; and |
| no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional Class A subordinate voting shares to cover over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. |
8
SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following tables set forth our summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial information. Except as described below, the information set forth below does not give effect to the amendment and redesignation of our common shares as Class B multiple voting shares, which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, or the conversion of all of our outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred shares into Class B multiple voting shares, which will occur upon the consummation of this offering. You should read the following summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial information in conjunction with Presentation of Financial Information, Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations information for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations information for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the summary consolidated balance sheet information as of March 31, 2015 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary to present fairly the results of operations and financial condition at the dates and for the periods presented. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are presented in U.S. dollars except where otherwise indicated. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future period.
The pro forma balance sheet information below gives effect to the amendment and redesignation of our common shares as Class B multiple voting shares and the conversion of all of our outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred shares into Class B multiple voting shares. The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet information below also gives effect to our sale of Class A subordinate voting shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Pro forma information is provided for illustrative purposes only.
9
Year Ended
December 31, |
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2014 | 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statement of Operations Information: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
$ | 19,200 | $ | 38,339 | $ | 66,668 | $ | 13,053 | $ | 22,352 | ||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
4,513 | 11,913 | 38,350 | 5,757 | 14,996 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
23,713 | 50,252 | 105,018 |
|
18,810 |
|
|
37,348 |
|
||||||||||||
Cost of revenues (1) : |
||||||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
4,291 | 8,504 | 16,790 | 3,284 | 5,033 | |||||||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
485 | 5,009 | 26,433 | 3,898 | 10,749 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
4,776 | 13,513 | 43,223 | 7,182 | 15,782 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross profit |
18,937 | 36,739 | 61,795 | 11,628 | 21,566 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing (1) |
12,262 | 23,351 | 45,929 | 9,718 | 13,540 | |||||||||||||||
Research and development (1)(2) |
6,452 | 13,682 | 25,915 | 6,086 | 7,313 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative (1) |
1,737 | 3,975 | 11,566 | 1,796 | 4,189 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
20,451 | 41,008 | 83,410 | 17,600 | 25,042 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Loss from operations |
(1,514 | ) | (4,269 | ) | (21,615 | ) | (5,972 | ) | (3,476 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other income (expense): |
||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income, net |
50 | 42 | 57 | 10 | 11 | |||||||||||||||
Loss on asset disposal |
| (73 | ) | (100 | ) | | | |||||||||||||
Foreign exchange gain (loss) |
232 | (537 | ) | (653 | ) | (403 | ) | (1,065 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
282 | (568 | ) | (696 | ) | (393 | ) | (1,054 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net loss and comprehensive loss |
$ | (1,232 | ) | $ | (4,837 | ) | $ | (22,311 | ) | $ | (6,365 | ) | $ | (4,530 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows: |
Year Ended December 31, |
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2014 | 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues |
$ | 11 | $ | 113 | $ | 259 | $ | 40 | $ | 59 | ||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
66 | 354 | 696 | 133 | 174 | |||||||||||||||
Research and development |
282 | 1,152 | 2,776 | 869 | 779 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
49 | 147 | 712 | 73 | 428 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total stock-based compensation expense |
$ | 408 | $ | 1,766 | $ | 4,443 | $ | 1,115 | $ | 1,440 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) | Net of refundable tax credits ($902, $891 and $1,295 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $240 and $300 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively). |
10
As of March 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||
Actual | Pro Forma |
Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1) |
||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Information: |
||||||||||||
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments |
$ | 59,161 | $ | $ | ||||||||
Working capital |
43,556 | |||||||||||
Total assets |
97,326 | |||||||||||
Total liabilities |
32,571 | |||||||||||
Shareholders equity |
64,755 |
(1) | A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and shareholders equity by $ , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
11
An investment in our Class A subordinate voting shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes thereto, before deciding to invest in our Class A subordinate voting shares. The occurrence of any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. In these circumstances, the market price of our Class A subordinate voting shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including the risks described below. See Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
Our rapid growth may not be sustainable and depends on our ability to attract new merchants, retain existing merchants and increase sales to both new and existing merchants.
We principally generate revenues through the sale of subscriptions to our platform and the sale of additional solutions to our merchants. Our subscription plans typically have a one-month term, although a small percentage of our merchants have annual or multi-year subscription terms. Our merchants have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after their subscription term expires. As a result, even though the number of merchants using our platform has grown rapidly in recent years, there can be no assurance that we will be able to retain these merchants. In fact, we have historically experienced merchant turnover as a result of many of our merchants being SMBs that are more susceptible than larger businesses to general economic conditions and other risks affecting their businesses. Further, many of these SMBs are in the entrepreneurial stage of their development and there is no guarantee that their businesses will succeed. Our costs associated with subscription renewals are substantially lower than costs associated with generating revenue from new merchants or costs associated with generating sales of additional solutions to existing merchants. Therefore, if we are unable to retain merchants, even if such losses are offset by an increase in new merchants or an increase in other revenues, our operating results could be adversely impacted.
We may also fail to attract new merchants, retain existing merchants or increase sales to both new and existing merchants as a result of a number of other factors, including:
| reductions in our current or potential merchants spending levels; |
| competitive factors affecting the software as a service, or SaaS, business software applications market, including the introduction of competing platforms, discount pricing and other strategies that may be implemented by our competitors; |
| our ability to execute on our growth strategy and operating plans; |
| a decline in our merchants level of satisfaction with our platform and merchants usage of our platform; |
| changes in our relationships with third parties, including our partners, app developers, theme designers, referral sources and payment processors; |
| the timeliness and success of our solutions; |
| the frequency and severity of any system outages; |
| technological change; and |
| our focus on long-term value over short-term results, meaning that we may make strategic decisions that may not maximize our short-term revenue or profitability if we believe that the decisions are consistent with our mission and will improve our financial performance over the long-term. |
12
Additionally, we anticipate that our growth rate will decline over time to the extent that the number of merchants using our platform increases and we achieve higher market penetration rates. To the extent our growth rate slows, our business performance will become increasingly dependent on our ability to retain existing merchants and increase sales to existing merchants.
Our business could be harmed if we fail to manage our growth effectively.
The rapid growth we have experienced in our business places significant demands on our operational infrastructure. The scalability and flexibility of our platform depends on the functionality of our technology and network infrastructure and its ability to handle increased traffic and demand for bandwidth. The growth in the number of merchants using our platform and the number of orders processed through our platform has increased the amount of data and requests that we process. Any problems with the transmission of increased data and requests could result in harm to our brand or reputation. Moreover, as our business grows, we will need to devote additional resources to improving our operational infrastructure and continuing to enhance its scalability in order to maintain the performance of our platform.
Our growth has placed, and will likely continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. We have grown from 131 employees at December 31, 2012 to 632 employees at March 31, 2015. We intend to further expand our overall business, including headcount, with no assurance that our revenues will continue to grow. As we grow, we will be required to continue to improve our operational and financial controls and reporting procedures and we may not be able to do so effectively. In addition, some members of our management do not have significant experience managing a large global business operation, so our management may not be able to manage such growth effectively. As such, we may be unable to manage our expenses effectively in the future, which may negatively impact our gross profit or operating expenses.
In addition, we believe that an important contributor to our success has been our corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, teamwork, passion for our merchants and a focus on attractive designs and technologically advanced and well-crafted software. Most of our employees have been with us for fewer than two years as a result of our rapid growth. As we continue to grow, we must effectively integrate, develop and motivate a growing number of new employees. As a result, we may find it difficult to maintain our corporate culture, which could limit our ability to innovate and operate effectively. Any failure to preserve our culture could also negatively affect our ability to retain and recruit personnel, continue to perform at current levels or execute on our business strategy.
We have a history of losses and we may be unable to achieve profitability.
We incurred net losses of $1.2 million in 2012, $4.8 million in 2013 and $22.3 million in 2014. We also incurred net losses of $6.4 million and $4.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. At March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $33.6 million. These losses and accumulated deficit are a result of the substantial investments we made to grow our business and we expect to make significant expenditures to expand our business in the future. We expect to increase our investment in sales and marketing as we continue to spend on marketing activities and expand our partner referral programs. We plan to increase our investment in research and development as we continue to introduce new products and services to extend the functionality of our platform. We also intend to invest in maintaining our high level of merchant service and support, which we consider critical for our continued success. In order to support the continued growth of our business and to comply with continuously changing security and operational requirements, we plan to continue investing in our data center and network infrastructure. These increased expenditures will make it harder for us to achieve profitability and we cannot predict if we will achieve profitability in the near term or at all. Historically, our costs have increased each year due to these factors and we expect to continue to incur increasing costs to support our anticipated future growth. We also expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of both
13
our growth and the increased costs associated with being a public company. Our expenses may be greater than we anticipate, and our investments to make our business and our technical infrastructure more efficient may not be successful. Increases in our costs may adversely affect our business and profitability.
Our limited operating history in a new and developing market makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.
We launched the Shopify platform in 2006 and the majority of our revenue growth has occurred in 2013 and 2014. This short history makes it difficult to accurately assess our future prospects. We also operate in a new and developing market that may not develop as we expect. You should consider our future prospects in light of the challenges and uncertainties that we face, including the fact that our business has grown rapidly and it may not be possible to discern fully the trends that we are subject to, that we operate in a new and developing market and that elements of our business strategy are new and subject to ongoing development. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, including increasing and unforeseen expenses as we continue to grow our business. If we do not manage these risks successfully, our business, results of operations and prospects will be harmed.
If we fail to improve and enhance the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security and scalability of our platform in a manner that responds to our merchants evolving needs, our business may be adversely affected.
The markets in which we compete are characterized by constant change and innovation and we expect them to continue to evolve rapidly. Our success has been based on our ability to identify and anticipate the needs of our merchants and design a platform that provides them with the tools they need to operate their businesses. Our ability to attract new merchants, retain existing merchants and increase sales to both new and existing merchants will depend in large part on our ability to continue to improve and enhance the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security and scalability of our platform.
We may experience difficulties with software development that could delay or prevent the development, introduction or implementation of new solutions and enhancements. Software development involves a significant amount of time for our research and development team, as it can take our developers months to update, code and test new and upgraded solutions and integrate them into our platform. We must also continually update, test and enhance our software platform. For example, our design team spends a significant amount of time and resources incorporating various design enhancements, such as customized colors, fonts, content and other features, into our platform. The continual improvement and enhancement of our platform requires significant investment and we may not have the resources to make such investment. To the extent we are not able to improve and enhance the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security and scalability of our platform in a manner that responds to our merchants evolving needs, our business, operating results and financial condition will be adversely affected.
Payment transactions on Shopify Payments may subject us to regulatory requirements and other risks that could be costly and difficult to comply with or that could harm our business.
Many of our merchants use Shopify Payments, an integrated payment processing solution that allows them to accept payments on major payment cards. We are subject to a number of risks related to payments processed through Shopify Payments, including:
| we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase our operating expenses; |
| if we are unable to maintain our chargeback rate at acceptable levels, our credit card fees may increase or credit card issuers may terminate their relationship with us; |
| increased costs and diversion of management time and effort and other resources to deal with fraudulent transactions or chargeback disputes; |
14
| potential fraudulent or otherwise illegal activity by merchants, their customers, developers, employees or third parties; |
| restrictions on funds or required reserves related to payments; and |
| additional disclosure and other requirements, including new reporting regulations and new credit card association rules. |
We are required by our payment processors to comply with payment card network operating rules and we have agreed to reimburse our payment processors for any fines they are assessed by payment card networks as a result of any rule violations by us or our merchants. The payment card networks set and interpret the card rules. In addition, we face the risk that one or more payment card networks or other processors may, at any time, assess penalties against us or terminate our ability to accept credit card payments or other forms of online payments from customers, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
If we fail to comply with the rules and regulations adopted by the payment card networks, including the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS, we would be in breach of our contractual obligations to our payment processors, financial institutions, partners and merchants. Such failure to comply may subject us to fines, penalties, damages, higher transaction fees and civil liability, and could eventually prevent us from processing or accepting payment cards or could lead to a loss of payment processor partners, even if there is no compromise of customer information.
We are currently subject to a variety of laws and regulations in Canada, the United States, the United Kingdom and elsewhere related to payment processing, including those governing cross-border and domestic money transmission, gift cards and other prepaid access instruments, electronic funds transfers, foreign exchange, anti-money laundering, counter-terrorist financing, banking and import and export restrictions. Depending on how Shopify Payments and our other merchant solutions evolve, we may be subject to additional laws in Canada, the United States, the United Kingdom and elsewhere. In some jurisdictions, the application or interpretation of these laws and regulations is not clear. Our efforts to comply with these laws and regulations could be costly and result in diversion of management time and effort and may still not guarantee compliance. In the event that we are found to be in violation of any such legal or regulatory requirements, we may be subject to monetary fines or other penalties such as a cease and desist order, or we may be required to make changes to our platform, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We rely on a single supplier to provide the technology we offer through Shopify Payments.
In order to provide Shopify Payments, we have entered into payment service provider agreements with Stripe Inc., or Stripe. These payment service provider agreements renew every 12 months, unless either party provides a notice of termination prior to the end of the then current term. These agreements are integral to Shopify Payments and any disruption or problems with Stripe or its services could have an adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations and financial results. If Stripe were to terminate its relationship with us, we could incur substantial delays and expense in finding and integrating an alternative payment service provider into Shopify Payments, and the quality and reliability of such alternative payment service provider may not be comparable. Any long term or permanent disruption in Shopify Payments would decrease our revenues from merchant solutions, since our merchants would be required to use one of the alternative payment gateways offered through our platform.
If our software contains serious errors or defects, we may lose revenue and market acceptance and may incur costs to defend or settle claims with our merchants.
Software such as ours often contains errors, defects, security vulnerabilities or software bugs that are difficult to detect and correct, particularly when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are
15
released. Despite internal testing, our platform may contain serious errors or defects, security vulnerabilities or software bugs that we may be unable to successfully correct in a timely manner or at all, which could result in lost revenue, significant expenditures of capital, a delay or loss in market acceptance and damage to our reputation and brand, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, our platform is a multi-tenant cloud based system that allows us to deploy new versions and enhancements to all of our merchants simultaneously. To the extent we deploy new versions or enhancements that contain errors, defects, security vulnerabilities or software bugs to all of our merchants simultaneously, the consequences would be more severe than if such versions or enhancements were only deployed to a smaller number of our merchants.
Since our merchants use our services for processes that are critical to their businesses, errors, defects, security vulnerabilities, service interruptions or software bugs in our platform could result in losses to our merchants. Our merchants may seek significant compensation from us for any losses they suffer or cease conducting business with us altogether. Further, a merchant could share information about bad experiences on social media, which could result in damage to our reputation and loss of future sales. There can be no assurance that provisions typically included in our agreements with our merchants that attempt to limit our exposure to claims would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. Even if not successful, a claim brought against us by any of our merchants would likely be time-consuming and costly to defend and could seriously damage our reputation and brand, making it harder for us to sell our solutions.
A denial of service attack or security breach could delay or interrupt service to our merchants and their customers, harm our reputation or subject us to significant liability.
In the past, we have been subject to distributed denial of service, or DDoS, attacks, a technique used by hackers to take an internet service offline by overloading its servers. Our platform and our third-party apps may be subject to DDoS attacks in the future and we cannot guarantee that applicable recovery systems, security protocols, network protection mechanisms and other procedures are or will be adequate to prevent network and service interruption, system failure or data loss. Moreover, our platform and our third-party apps could be breached if vulnerabilities in our platform or our third-party apps are exploited by unauthorized third parties. Since techniques used to obtain unauthorized access change frequently and the size of DDoS attacks is increasing, we may be unable to implement adequate preventative measures or stop the attacks while they are occurring. A DDoS attack or security breach could delay or interrupt service to our merchants and their customers and may deter consumers from visiting our merchants shops. In addition, any actual or perceived DDoS attack or security breach could damage our reputation and brand, expose us to a risk of litigation and possible liability and require us to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by the DDoS attack or security breach. Some jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving certain types of personal data and our agreements with certain merchants require us to notify them in the event of a security incident. Such mandatory disclosures could lead to negative publicity and may cause our merchants to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. Moreover, if a high profile security breach occurs with respect to another SaaS provider, merchants may lose trust in the security of the SaaS business model generally, which could adversely impact our ability to retain existing merchants or attract new ones.
We may be unable to achieve or maintain data transmission capacity.
Our merchants often draw significant numbers of consumers to their shops over short periods of time, including from events such as new product releases, holiday shopping seasons and flash sales, which significantly increases the traffic on our servers and the volume of transactions processed on our platform. Our servers may be unable to achieve or maintain data transmission capacity high enough to handle increased traffic or process orders in a timely manner. Our failure to achieve or maintain high data transmission capacity could significantly reduce demand for our solutions. In the future, we may be required
16
to allocate resources, including spending substantial amounts of money, to build, purchase or lease additional data centers and equipment and upgrade our technology and network infrastructure in order to handle the increased load. Our ability to deliver our solutions also depends on the development and maintenance of internet infrastructure by third-parties, including the maintenance of reliable networks with the necessary speed, data capacity and bandwidth. If one of these third-parties suffers from capacity constraints, our business may be adversely affected. In addition, because we and our merchants generate a disproportionate amount of revenue in the fourth quarter, any disruption in our merchants ability to process and fulfill customer orders in the fourth quarter could have a disproportionately negative effect on our operating results.
Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.
We anticipate that the growth of our business will continue to depend on third-party relationships, including relationships with our app developers, theme designers, referral sources, resellers, payment processors and other partners. In addition to growing our third-party partner ecosystem, we intend to pursue additional relationships with other third-parties, such as technology and content providers and implementation consultants. Identifying, negotiating and documenting relationships with third parties requires significant time and resources as does integrating third-party content and technology. Some of the third parties that sell our services have the direct contractual relationships with the merchants, and therefore we risk the loss of such merchants if the third parties fail to perform their obligations. Our agreements with providers of cloud hosting, technology, content and consulting services are typically non-exclusive and do not prohibit such service providers from working with our competitors or from offering competing services. These third-party providers may choose to terminate their relationship with us or to make material changes to their businesses, products or services. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or to prevent or reduce subscriptions to our platform. In addition, these providers may not perform as expected under our agreements or under their agreements with our merchants, and we or our merchants may in the future have disagreements or disputes with such providers. If we lose access to products or services from a particular supplier, or experience a significant disruption in the supply of products or services from a current supplier, especially a single-source supplier, it could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.
If we fail to maintain a consistently high level of customer service, our brand, business and financial results may be harmed.
We believe our focus on customer service and support is critical to onboarding new merchants and retaining our existing merchants and growing our business. As a result, we have invested heavily in the quality and training of our support team along with the tools they use to provide this service. If we are unable to maintain a consistently high level of customer service, we may lose existing merchants. In addition, our ability to attract new merchants is highly dependent on our reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing merchants. Any failure to maintain a consistently high level of customer service, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality customer service, could adversely affect our reputation and the number of positive merchant referrals that we receive.
We use a limited number of data centers to deliver our services. Any disruption of service at these facilities could harm our business.
We currently manage our services and serve all of our merchants from two third-party data center facilities. While we own the hardware on which our platform runs and deploy this hardware to the data center facilities, we do not control the operation of these facilities. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, failures at the third-party data centers where our hardware is deployed from time to time. Data centers are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures,
17
telecommunications failures and similar events. Any of these events could result in lengthy interruptions in our services. Changes in law or regulations applicable to data centers in various jurisdictions could also cause a disruption in service. Interruptions in our services would reduce our revenue, subject us to potential liability and adversely affect our ability to retain our merchants or attract new merchants. The performance, reliability and availability of our platform is critical to our reputation and our ability to attract and retain merchants. Merchants could share information about bad experiences on social media, which could result in damage to our reputation and loss of future sales. The property and business interruption insurance coverage we carry may not be adequate to compensate us fully for losses that may occur.
Our agreements with our third-party data facility providers terminate on May 31, 2016 and September 23, 2017, respectively. The agreements do not provide for early termination without cause, as defined therein. Upon expiration of the initial term, both agreements will automatically renew for successive 12 month periods unless appropriate notice is provided. However, when our agreements with the third-party data facilities terminate, the owners of the data facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if the owners of the data facilities decide to close such facilities, we may be required to transfer to new data center facilities and we may incur costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so.
Mobile devices are increasingly being used to conduct commerce, and if our solutions do not operate as effectively when accessed through these devices, our merchants and their customers may not be satisfied with our services, which could harm our business.
We are dependent on the interoperability of our platform with third-party mobile devices and mobile operating systems as well as web browsers that we do not control. Any changes in such devices, systems or web browsers that degrade the functionality of our platform or give preferential treatment to competitive services could adversely affect usage of our platform. Effective mobile functionality is integral to our long-term development and growth strategy. In the event that our merchants and their customers have difficulty accessing and using our platform on mobile devices, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.
Our business and prospects would be harmed if changes to technologies used in our platform or new versions or upgrades of operating systems and internet browsers adversely impact the process by which merchants and consumers interface with our platform.
We believe the simple and straightforward interface for our platform has helped us to expand and offer our solutions to merchants with limited technical expertise. In the future, providers of internet browsers could introduce new features that would make it difficult for merchants to use our platform. In addition, internet browsers for desktop or mobile devices could introduce new features, change existing browser specifications such that they would be incompatible with our platform, or prevent consumers from accessing our merchants shops. Any changes to technologies used in our platform, to existing features that we rely on, or to operating systems or internet browsers that make it difficult for merchants to access our platform or consumers to access our merchants shops, may make it more difficult for us to maintain or increase our revenues and could adversely impact our business and prospects.
The impact of worldwide economic conditions, including the resulting effect on spending by SMBs, may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
A majority of the merchants that use our platform are SMBs and many of our merchants are in the entrepreneurial stage of their development. Our performance is subject to worldwide economic conditions and their impact on levels of spending by SMBs and their customers. SMBs and entrepreneurs may be disproportionately affected by economic downturns. SMBs and entrepreneurs frequently have limited budgets and may choose to allocate their spending to items other than our platform, especially in times of economic uncertainty or recessions.
18
Economic downturns may also adversely impact retail sales, which could result in merchants who use our platform going out of business or deciding to stop using our services in order to conserve cash. Weakening economic conditions may also adversely affect third-parties with whom we have entered into relationships and upon which we depend in order to grow our business. Uncertain and adverse economic conditions may also lead to increased refunds and chargebacks, any of which could adversely affect our business.
We store personally identifiable information of our merchants and their customers. If the security of this information is compromised or otherwise subjected to unauthorized access, our reputation may be harmed and we may be exposed to liability.
We store personally identifiable information, credit card information and other confidential information of our merchants and their customers. The third-party apps sold on our platform may also store personally identifiable information, credit card information and other confidential information of our merchants and their customers. We do not regularly monitor or review the content that our merchants upload and store and, therefore, do not control the substance of the content on our servers, which may include personal information. We may experience successful attempts by third parties to obtain unauthorized access to the personally identifiable information of our merchants and their customers. This information could also be otherwise exposed through human error or malfeasance. The unauthorized access or compromise of this personally identifiable information could have an adverse affect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are also subject to federal, state, provincial and foreign laws regarding privacy and protection of data. Some jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving certain types of personal data and our agreements with certain merchants require us to notify them in the event of a security incident. We post on our website our privacy policy and terms of service, which describe our practices concerning the use, transmission and disclosure of merchant data and data relating to their customers. In addition, the interpretation of data protection laws in the United States, Canada and elsewhere, and their application to the internet, is unclear and in a state of flux. There is a risk that these laws may be interpreted and applied in conflicting ways from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and in a manner that is not consistent with our current data protection practices. Changes to such data protection laws may impose more stringent requirements for compliance and impose significant penalties for non-compliance. Any such new laws or regulations, or changing interpretations of existing laws and regulations, may cause us to incur significant costs and effort to ensure compliance. Because our services are accessible worldwide, certain foreign jurisdictions may claim that we are required to comply with their laws, including in jurisdictions where we have no local entity, employees or infrastructure.
Our failure to comply with federal, state, provincial and foreign laws regarding privacy and protection of data could lead to significant fines and penalties imposed by regulators, as well as claims by our merchants or their customers. These proceedings or violations could force us to spend money in defense or settlement of these proceedings, result in the imposition of monetary liability, diversion of managements time and attention, increase our costs of doing business, and adversely affect our reputation and the demand for our solutions. In addition, if our security measures fail to protect credit card information adequately, we could be liable to both our merchants and their customers for their losses, as well as our payments processing partners under our agreements with them. As a result, we could be subject to fines and higher transaction fees, we could face regulatory action and our merchants could end their relationships with us. There can be no assurance that the limitations of liability in our contracts would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. We also cannot be sure that our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for errors and omissions will continue to be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, or that our insurers will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds our available insurance coverage, or changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
19
We may be unable to obtain, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary information or prevent third-parties from making unauthorized use of our technology.
Our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely on a combination of confidentiality clauses with employees and third parties, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks to protect our intellectual property and competitive advantage, all of which offer only limited protection. The steps we take to protect our intellectual property require significant resources and may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. We may be required to use significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our platform and use information that we regard as proprietary to create services that compete with ours. Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosure of our proprietary information may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. Further, we hold no issued patents and thus would not be entitled to exclude or prevent our competitors from using our proprietary technology, methods and processes to the extent independently developed by our competitors.
We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances. No assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to our proprietary information and trade secrets. The confidentiality agreements on which we rely to protect certain technologies may be breached, may not be adequate to protect our confidential information, trade secrets and proprietary technologies and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, trade secrets or proprietary technology. Further, these agreements do not prevent our competitors or others from independently developing software that is substantially equivalent or superior to our software. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and confidential information, and in such cases, we likely would not be able to assert any trade secret rights against such parties. Additionally, we may from time to time be subject to opposition or similar proceedings with respect to applications for registrations of our intellectual property, including our trademarks. While we aim to acquire adequate protection of our brand through trademark registrations in key markets, occasionally third parties may have already registered or otherwise acquired rights to identical or similar marks for services that also address our market. We rely on our brand and trademarks to identify our platform and to differentiate our platform and services from those of our competitors, and if we are unable to adequately protect our trademarks third parties may use our brand names or trademarks similar to ours in a manner that may cause confusion in the market, which could decrease the value of our brand and adversely affect our business and competitive advantages.
Policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property and misappropriation of our technology and trade secrets is difficult and we may not always be aware of such unauthorized use or misappropriation. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, unauthorized third-parties may attempt to use, copy or otherwise obtain and market or distribute our intellectual property rights or technology or otherwise develop services with the same or similar functionality as our platform. If our competitors infringe, misappropriate or otherwise misuse our intellectual property rights and we are not adequately protected, or if our competitors are able to develop a platform with the same or similar functionality as ours without infringing our intellectual property, our competitive advantage and results of operations could be harmed. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. As a result, we may be aware of infringement by our competitors but may choose not to bring litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights due to the cost, time and distraction of bringing such litigation. Furthermore, if we do decide to bring litigation, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits challenging or opposing our right to use and otherwise exploit particular intellectual property, services and technology or the enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our managements attention and resources, could delay further
20
sales or the implementation of our solutions, impair the functionality of our platform, prevent or delay introductions of new or enhanced solutions, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our platform or injure our reputation. Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to developing and protecting their technology or intellectual property rights than we do.
We may be subject to claims by third-parties of intellectual property infringement.
The software industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. Third parties have in the past asserted, and may in the future assert, that our platform, solutions, technology, methods or practices infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property or other proprietary rights. Such claims may be made by our competitors seeking to obtain a competitive advantage or by other parties. Additionally, in recent years, non-practicing entities have begun purchasing intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement and attempting to extract settlements from companies like ours. The risk of claims may increase as the number of solutions that we offer and competitors in our market increases and overlaps occur. In addition, to the extent that we gain greater visibility and market exposure, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims.
Any such claims, regardless of merit, that result in litigation could result in substantial expenses, divert the attention of management, cause significant delays in introducing new or enhanced services or technology, materially disrupt the conduct of our business and have a material and adverse effect on our brand, business, financial condition and results of operations. Although we do not believe that our proprietary technology, processes and methods have been patented by any third party, it is possible that patents have been issued to third parties that cover all or a portion of our business. As a consequence of any patent or other intellectual property claims, we could be required to pay substantial damages, develop non-infringing technology, enter into royalty-bearing licensing agreements, stop selling or marketing some or all of our solutions or re-brand our solutions. We may also be obligated to indemnify our merchants or partners or pay substantial settlement costs, including royalty payments, in connection with any such claim or litigation and to obtain licenses, modify applications or refund fees, which could be costly. If it appears necessary, we may seek to secure license rights to intellectual property that we are alleged to infringe at a significant cost, potentially even if we believe such claims to be without merit. If required licenses cannot be obtained, or if existing licenses are not renewed, litigation could result. Litigation is inherently uncertain and can cause us to expend significant money, time and attention to it, even if we are ultimately successful. Any adverse decision could result in a loss of our proprietary rights, subject us to significant liabilities, require us to seek licenses for alternative technologies from third-parties, prevent us from offering all or a portion of our solutions and otherwise negatively affect our business and operating results.
Our use of open source software could negatively affect our ability to sell our solutions and subject us to possible litigation.
Our solutions incorporate and are dependent to a significant extent on the use and development of open source software and we intend to continue our use and development of open source software in the future. Such open source software is generally licensed by its authors or other third-parties under open source licenses and is typically freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Pursuant to such open source licenses, we may be subject to certain conditions, including requirements that we offer our proprietary software that incorporates the open source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. If an author or other third party that uses or distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages,
21
enjoined from the sale of our solutions that contained or are dependent upon the open source software and required to comply with the foregoing conditions, which could disrupt the distribution and sale of some of our solutions. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our platform. The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts. As there is little or no legal precedent governing the interpretation of many of the terms of certain of these licenses, the potential impact of these terms on our business is uncertain and may result in unanticipated obligations regarding our solutions and technologies. It is our view that we do not distribute our software, since no installation of our software is necessary and our platform is accessible solely through the cloud. Nevertheless, this position could be challenged. Any requirement to disclose our proprietary source code, termination of open source license rights or payments of damages for breach of contract could be harmful to our business, results of operations or financial condition, and could help our competitors develop products and services that are similar to or better than ours.
In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties, controls on the origin or development of the software, or remedies against the licensors. Many of the risks associated with usage of open source software cannot be eliminated and could adversely affect our business.
Although we believe that we have complied with our obligations under the various applicable licenses for open source software, it is possible that we may not be aware of all instances where open source software has been incorporated into our proprietary software or used in connection with our solutions or our corresponding obligations under open source licenses. We do not have robust open source software usage policies or monitoring procedures in place. We rely on multiple software programmers to design our proprietary software and we cannot be certain that our programmers have not incorporated open source software into our proprietary software that we intend to maintain as confidential or that they will not do so in the future. To the extent that we are required to disclose the source code of certain of our proprietary software developments to third-parties, including our competitors, in order to comply with applicable open source license terms, such disclosure could harm our intellectual property position, competitive advantage, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, to the extent that we have failed to comply with our obligations under particular licenses for open source software, we may lose the right to continue to use and exploit such open source software in connection with our operations and solutions, which could disrupt and adversely affect our business.
We rely on search engines and social networking sites to attract a meaningful portion of our merchants. If we are not able to generate traffic to our website through search engines and social networking sites, our ability to attract new merchants may be impaired. In addition, if our merchants are not able to generate traffic to their shops through search engines and social networking sites, their ability to attract consumers may be impaired.
Many of our merchants locate our website through internet search engines, such as Google, and advertisements on social networking sites, such as Facebook. The prominence of our website in response to internet searches is a critical factor in attracting potential merchants to our platform. If we are listed less prominently or fail to appear in search results for any reason, visits to our website could decline significantly, and we may not be able to replace this traffic.
Similarly, many consumers locate our merchants shops through internet search engines and advertisements on social networking sites. If our merchants shops are listed less prominently or fail to appear in search results for any reason, visits to our merchants shops could decline significantly. As a result, our merchants businesses may suffer, which would affect the GMV that they process through our platform and could affect the ability of such merchants to pay for our solutions.
22
Search engines revise their algorithms from time to time in an attempt to optimize their search results. If search engines modify their algorithms, our website and our merchants shops may appear less prominently or not at all in search results, which could result in reduced traffic to our website and to our merchants shops.
Additionally, if the price of marketing our solutions over search engines or social networking sites increases, we may incur additional marketing expenses or may be required to allocate a larger portion of our marketing spend to search engine marketing and our business and operating results could be adversely affected. Furthermore, competitors may in the future bid on the search terms that we use to drive traffic to our website. Such actions could increase our marketing costs and result in decreased traffic to our website. In addition, search engines or social networking sites may change their advertising policies from time to time. If any change to these policies delays or prevents us from advertising through these channels, it could result in reduced traffic to our website and sales of our solutions. As well, new search engines or social networking sites may develop, particularly in specific jurisdictions, that reduce traffic on existing search engines and social networking sites, and if we are not able to achieve prominence through advertising or otherwise, we may not achieve significant traffic to our website through these new platforms and our business and operating results could be adversely affected.
Our brand is integral to our success. If we fail to effectively maintain, promote and enhance our brand, our business and competitive advantage may be harmed.
We believe that maintaining, promoting and enhancing the Shopify brand is critical to expanding our business. Maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on our ability to continue to provide high-quality, well-designed, useful, reliable and innovative solutions, which we may not do successfully.
Errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our platform, including with third-party apps, may harm our reputation and brand. We may introduce new solutions or terms of service that our merchants and their customers do not like, which may negatively affect our brand. Additionally, if our merchants or their customers have a negative experience using our solutions or third-party solutions integrated with Shopify, such an experience may affect our brand. Our Shopify Experts directory enables independent designers, developers and marketers to offer their services to merchants who engage them directly. Our reputation may be harmed if any of the services provided by these third parties does not meet our merchants expectations.
We believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. In addition to our ability to provide reliable and useful solutions at competitive prices, successful promotion of our brand will depend on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts. While we market our platform primarily through advertisements on search engines and social networking and media sites, and paid banner advertisements on other websites, our platform is also marketed through our partner and reseller channels and through a number of free traffic sources, including customer referrals, word-of-mouth and search engines. We have also recently begun to hire sales personnel to market Shopify Plus, a subscription plan for merchants with higher volume sales and additional functionality requirements. introducing additional costs with no assurance of success. Our efforts to market our brand have involved significant expenses, which we intend to increase. Our marketing spend may not yield increased revenue, and even if it does, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building and maintaining our brand.
If we are unable to hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, our business will suffer.
Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel. The inability to attract or retain qualified personnel or delays in hiring required personnel may seriously harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel, specifically employees with technical and engineering skills and employees with high levels of experience in designing and developing software and internet-related services, will be
23
critical to our future success. Competition for highly skilled personnel in the Ottawa area, Greater Toronto area, Montreal area, Kitchener-Waterloo area and elsewhere can be intense due in part to the more limited pool of qualified personnel as compared to other places in the world, and we have experienced difficulties hiring employees from foreign jurisdictions to work in our offices. Further, decreases in the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar and other currencies could make it more difficult for us to offer compensation packages to new employees that are competitive with packages in the United States or elsewhere and could increase our costs of acquiring qualified personnel. In addition, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited or divulged proprietary or other confidential information. While we intend to issue stock options or other equity awards as key components of our overall compensation and employee attraction and retention efforts, we are required under U.S. GAAP to recognize compensation expense in our operating results for employee stock-based compensation under our equity grant programs which may increase the pressure to limit stock-based compensation. Most of our employees have outstanding options or directly own some shares. The ability to either exercise their options or sell their shares in a public market after the completion of this offering may lead to a larger than normal turnover rate.
We are dependent on the continued services and performance of our senior management and other key employees, the loss of any of whom could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our future performance depends on the continued services and contributions of our senior management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Tobias Lütke, and other key employees to execute on our business plan and to identify and pursue new opportunities and product innovations. The loss of services of senior management or other key employees could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our strategic objectives. In addition, some of the members of our current senior management team have only been working together for a short period of time, which could adversely impact our ability to achieve our goals. From time to time, there may be changes in our senior management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees other than a policy providing limited coverage on the life of our Chief Executive Officer. The loss of the services of one or more of our senior management or other key employees for any reason could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results and require significant amounts of time, training and resources to find suitable replacements and integrate them within our business, and could affect our corporate culture.
Activities of merchants or the content of their shops could damage our brand, subject us to liability and harm our business and financial results.
Our terms of service prohibit our merchants from using our platform to engage in illegal activities and our terms of service permit us to take down a merchants shop if we become aware of such illegal use. Merchants may nonetheless engage in prohibited or illegal activities or upload store content in violation of applicable laws, which could subject us to liability. Furthermore, our brand may be negatively impacted by the actions of merchants that are deemed to be hostile, offensive, inappropriate or illegal. We do not proactively monitor or review the appropriateness of the content of our merchants shops and we do not have control over merchant activities. The safeguards we have in place may not be sufficient for us to avoid liability or avoid harm to our brand, especially if such hostile, offensive, inappropriate or illegal use is high profile, which could adversely affect our business and financial results.
Exchange rate fluctuations may negatively affect our results of operations.
While most of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars, the majority of our operating expenses are incurred in Canadian dollars. As a result, our results of operations will be adversely impacted by an increase in the value of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar. Exchange rate fluctuations may also
24
affect our merchant solutions. For example, we generate revenue through Shopify Payments in the local currency of the country in which the applicable merchant is located. As a result, we will be further exposed to currency fluctuations to the extent non-U.S. dollar revenues from Shopify Payments increase. The value of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar has varied significantly and investors are cautioned that past and current exchange rates are not indicative of future exchange rates.
Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations.
Our merchant solutions revenues are directionally correlated with the level of GMV that our merchants process through our platform. Our merchants historically have processed additional GMV during the holiday season. As a result, we have historically generated higher merchant solutions revenues in our fourth quarter than in other quarters. While we believe that this seasonality has affected and will continue to affect our quarterly results, our rapid growth has largely masked seasonal trends to date. As a result of the continued growth of our merchant solutions offerings, we believe that our business may become more seasonal in the future and that historical patterns in our business may not be a reliable indicator of our future sales activity or performance.
Our business is susceptible to risks associated with international sales and the use of our platform in various countries.
We currently have merchants in approximately 150 countries. Our international sales and the use of our platform in various countries subject us to risks that we do not generally face with respect to domestic sales within North America. These risks include, but are not limited to:
| greater difficulty in enforcing contracts, including our universal terms of service and other agreements; |
| lack of familiarity and burdens and complexity involved with complying with multiple, conflicting and changing foreign laws, standards, regulatory requirements, tariffs, export controls and other barriers; |
| difficulties in ensuring compliance with countries multiple, conflicting and changing international trade, customs and sanctions laws; |
| data privacy laws which may require that merchant and customer data be stored and processed in a designated territory; |
| difficulties in managing systems integrators and technology partners; |
| differing technology standards; |
| potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of foreign value added tax (or other tax) systems and restrictions on the repatriation of earnings; |
| uncertain political and economic climates; |
| currency exchange rates; |
| reduced or uncertain protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; and |
| new and different sources of competition. |
These factors may cause our international costs of doing business to exceed our comparable domestic costs and may also require significant management attention and financial resources. Any negative impact from our international business efforts could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
25
If third-party apps and themes change such that we do not or cannot maintain the compatibility of our platform with these apps and themes, or if we fail to provide third-party apps and themes that our merchants desire to add to their shops, demand for our platform could decline.
The success of our platform depends, in part, on our ability to integrate third-party apps, themes and other offerings into our third-party ecosystem. Third-party developers may change the features of their offerings or alter the terms governing the use of their offerings in a manner that is adverse to us. If we are unable to maintain technical interoperation, our merchants may not be able to effectively integrate our platform with other systems and services they use. We may also be unable to maintain our relationships with certain third-party vendors if we are unable to integrate our platform with their offerings. Further, third-party developers may refuse to partner with us or limit or restrict our access to their offerings. Such changes could functionally limit or terminate our ability to use these third-party offerings with our platform, which could negatively impact our solution offerings and harm our business. If we fail to integrate our platform with new third-party offerings that our merchants need for their shops, or to adapt to the data transfer requirements of such third-party offerings, we may not be able to offer the functionality that our merchants and their customers expect, which would negatively impact our offerings and, as a result, harm our business.
We rely on computer hardware, purchased or leased, and software licensed from and services rendered by third parties in order to provide our solutions and run our business, sometimes by a single-source supplier.
We rely on computer hardware, purchased or leased, and software licensed from and services rendered by third-parties in order to provide our solutions and run our business, sometimes by a single-source supplier. Third-party hardware, software and services may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use or any failures of third-party hardware, software or services could result in delays in our ability to provide our solutions or run our business until equivalent hardware, software or services are developed by us or, if available, identified, obtained and integrated, which could be costly and time-consuming and may not result in an equivalent solution, any of which could cause an adverse effect on our business and operating results. Further, merchants could assert claims against us in connection with such service disruption or cease conducting business with us altogether. Even if not successful, a claim brought against us by any of our merchants would likely be time-consuming and costly to defend and could seriously damage our reputation and brand, making it harder for us to sell our solutions.
We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.
We face competition in various aspects of our business and we expect such competition to grow in the future. We have competitors with longer operating histories, larger customer bases, greater brand recognition, greater experience and more extensive commercial relationships in certain jurisdictions, and greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do. As a result, our potential competitors may be able to develop products and services better received by merchants or may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, regulations or merchant requirements. In addition, some of our larger competitors may be able to leverage a larger installed customer base and distribution network to adopt more aggressive pricing policies and offer more attractive sales terms, which could cause us to lose potential sales or to sell our solutions at lower prices.
Competition may intensify as our competitors enter into business combinations or alliances or raise additional capital, or as established companies in other market segments or geographic markets expand into our market segments or geographic markets. For instance, certain competitors could use strong or dominant positions in one or more markets to gain a competitive advantage against us in areas where we operate including: by integrating competing platforms or features into products they control such as search engines, web browsers, mobile device operating systems or social networks; by making acquisitions; or by making access to our platform more difficult. Further, current and future competitors could choose to offer a
26
different pricing model or to undercut prices in an effort to increase their market share. If we cannot compete successfully against current and future competitors, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be negatively impacted.
We do not have the history with our solutions or pricing models necessary to accurately predict optimal pricing necessary to attract new merchants and retain existing merchants.
We have limited experience determining the optimal prices for our solutions. We have changed our pricing model from time to time and expect to do so in the future. For example, in February 2014, we launched Shopify Plus. Given our limited experience with selling new solutions, we may not offer new solutions at the optimal price, which may result in our solutions not being profitable or not gaining market share. As competitors introduce new solutions that compete with ours, especially in the payments space where we face significant competition, we may be unable to attract new merchants at the same price or based on the same pricing models as we have used historically. Pricing decisions may also impact the mix of adoption among our plans and negatively impact our overall revenue. Moreover, SMBs, which comprise the majority of merchants using our platform, may be quite sensitive to price increases or prices offered by competitors. As a result, in the future we may be required to reduce our prices, which could adversely affect our revenue, gross profit, profitability, financial position and cash flows.
We have in the past made and in the future may make acquisitions and investments, which could divert managements attention, result in operating difficulties and dilution to our shareholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business, operating results or financial position.
From time to time, we evaluate potential strategic acquisition or investment opportunities. Any transactions that we enter into could be material to our financial condition and results of operations. The process of acquiring and integrating another company or technology could create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. Acquisitions and investments involve a number of risks, such as:
| diversion of management time and focus from operating our business; |
| use of resources that are needed in other areas of our business; |
| in the case of an acquisition, implementation or remediation of controls, procedures and policies of the acquired company; |
| in the case of an acquisition, difficulty integrating the accounting systems and operations of the acquired company, including potential risks to our corporate culture; |
| in the case of an acquisition, coordination of product, engineering and selling and marketing functions, including difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy services and products and hosting infrastructure of the acquired company and difficulty converting the customers of the acquired company onto our platform and contract terms, including disparities in the revenues, licensing, support or professional services model of the acquired company; |
| in the case of an acquisition, retention and integration of employees from the acquired company; |
| unforeseen costs or liabilities; |
| adverse effects to our existing business relationships with partners and merchants as a result of the acquisition or investment; |
| the possibility of adverse tax consequences; |
| litigation or other claims arising in connection with the acquired company or investment; and |
| in the case of foreign acquisitions, the need to integrate operations across different cultures and languages and to address the particular economic, currency, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries. |
27
In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
Acquisitions and investments may also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, which could adversely affect our share price, or result in issuances of securities with superior rights and preferences to the Class A subordinate voting shares or the incurrence of debt with restrictive covenants that limit our future uses of capital in pursuit of business opportunities.
We may not be able to identify acquisition or investment opportunities that meet our strategic objectives, or to the extent such opportunities are identified, we may not be able to negotiate terms with respect to the acquisition or investment that are acceptable to us. At this time we have made no commitments or agreements with respect to any such transaction.
Provisions of our debt instruments may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.
We currently have two credit facilities, one of which is collateralized by substantially all of our assets. Our credit facilities require us, and any debt instruments we may enter into in the future may require us, to comply with various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:
| dispose of assets; |
| complete mergers or acquisitions; |
| incur indebtedness; |
| encumber assets; |
| pay dividends or make other distributions to holders of our shares; |
| make specified investments; |
| change certain key management personnel; |
| engage in any business other than the businesses we currently engage in; and |
| engage in transactions with our affiliates. |
These restrictions could inhibit our ability to pursue our business strategies. If we default under a credit facility, and such event of default is not cured or waived, the lenders could terminate commitments to lend and cause all amounts outstanding with respect to the debt to be due and payable immediately, which in turn could result in cross-defaults under our other debt instruments. Our assets and cash flow may not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under all of our outstanding debt instruments if some or all of these instruments are accelerated upon a default.
We may also incur additional indebtedness in the future. The instruments governing such indebtedness could contain provisions that are as, or more, restrictive than our existing debt instruments. If we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness when payment is due, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness, as applicable, or force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.
We may need to raise additional funds to pursue our growth strategy or continue our operations, and we may be unable to raise capital when needed or on acceptable terms.
From time to time, we may seek additional equity or debt financing to fund our growth, enhance our platform, respond to competitive pressures or make acquisitions or other investments. Our business plans
28
may change, general economic, financial or political conditions in our markets may deteriorate or other circumstances may arise, in each case that have a material adverse effect on our cash flows and the anticipated cash needs of our business. Any of these events or circumstances could result in significant additional funding needs, requiring us to raise additional capital. We cannot predict the timing or amount of any such capital requirements at this time. If financing is not available on satisfactory terms, or at all, we may be unable to expand our business at the rate desired and our results of operations may suffer. Financing through issuances of equity securities would be dilutive to holders of our shares.
Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
With sales in various countries, we are subject to taxation in several jurisdictions around the world with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain. The amount of taxes we pay in these jurisdictions could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents, which could have an adverse impact on our liquidity and results of operations.
In addition, the authorities in Canada and other jurisdictions could review our tax returns and impose additional tax, interest and penalties, which could have an impact on us and our results of operations. We previously have participated in government programs with both the Canadian federal government and the Government of Ontario that provide investment tax credits based upon qualifying research and development expenditures. If Canadian taxation authorities successfully challenge such expenses or the correctness of such income tax credits claimed, our historical operating results could be adversely affected. As a public company, we will no longer be eligible for refundable tax credits under the Canadian federal Scientific Research and Experimental Development Program, or SR&ED credits.
Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:
| changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities; |
| expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances; |
| tax effects of stock-based compensation; |
| costs related to intercompany restructurings; |
| changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or |
| future earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated earnings in countries where we have higher statutory tax rates. |
We currently conduct activities in the United States through our subsidiaries pursuant to transfer pricing arrangements and may in the future conduct operations in other jurisdictions pursuant to similar arrangements. If two or more affiliated companies are located in different countries, the tax laws or regulations of each country generally will require that transfer prices be the same as those between unrelated companies dealing at arms length. While we believe that we operate in compliance with applicable transfer pricing laws and intend to continue to do so, our transfer pricing procedures are not binding on applicable tax authorities. If tax authorities in any of these countries were to successfully challenge our transfer prices as not reflecting arms length transactions, they could require us to adjust our transfer prices and thereby reallocate our income to reflect these revised transfer prices, which could result in a higher tax liability to us.
29
New tax laws could be enacted or existing laws could be applied to us or our merchants, which could increase the costs of our solutions and adversely impact our business.
The application of federal, state, provincial, local and foreign tax laws to solutions provided over the internet is evolving. New income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be enacted at any time, possibly with retroactive effect, and could be applied solely or disproportionately to solutions provided over the internet. These enactments could adversely affect our sales activity due to the inherent cost increase the taxes would represent, and could ultimately result in a negative impact on our results of operations and cash flows.
State tax authorities may seek to assess state and local business taxes and sales and use taxes. If we are required to collect sales and use taxes in additional jurisdictions, we might be subject to tax liability for past sales.
There is a risk that U.S. states could assert that we are liable for U.S. state and local business activity taxes, which are levied upon income or gross receipts, or for the collection of U.S. local sales and use taxes. This risk exists regardless of whether we are subject to U.S. federal income tax. States are becoming increasingly active in asserting nexus for business activity tax purposes and imposing sales and use taxes on products and services provided over the internet. We may be subject to U.S. state and local business activity taxes if a state tax authority asserts that our activities or the activities of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are sufficient to establish nexus. We could also be liable for the collection of U.S. state and local sales and use taxes if a state tax authority asserts that distribution of our solutions over the internet is subject to sales and use taxes. Each state has different rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that change over time. We review these rules and regulations periodically and, when we believe we are subject to sales and use taxes in a particular state, voluntarily engage state tax authorities in order to determine how to comply with their rules and regulations. If a state tax authority asserts that distribution of our solutions is subject to such sales and use taxes, the additional cost may decrease the likelihood that such merchants would purchase our solutions or continue to renew their subscriptions.
A successful assertion by one or more states requiring us to collect sales or other taxes on subscription service revenue could result in substantial tax liabilities for past transactions and otherwise harm our business. We cannot assure you that we will not be subject to sales and use taxes or related penalties for past sales in states where we currently believe no such taxes are required. New obligations to collect or pay taxes of any kind could increase our cost of doing business. In the quarter ended December 31, 2014, we determined that we owed amounts related to sales and use taxes in various states and local jurisdictions and as a result recorded a sales tax liability of $2.2 million, which has been included in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014. During the first quarter of 2015, we registered in applicable states, filed all necessary voluntary disclosure agreements and began charging sales taxes to our merchants. As at March 31, 2015, we recorded an additional sales tax liability of $0.6 million within general and administrative expenses.
We are dependent upon consumers and merchants willingness to use the internet for commerce.
Our success depends upon the general publics continued willingness to use the internet as a means to pay for purchases, communicate, access social media, research and conduct commercial transactions, including through mobile devices. If consumers or merchants become unwilling or less willing to use the internet for commerce for any reason, including lack of access to high-speed communications equipment, congestion of traffic on the internet, internet outages or delays, disruptions or other damage to merchants and consumers computers, increases in the cost of accessing the internet and security and privacy risks or the perception of such risks, our business could be adversely affected.
30
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Class A Subordinate Voting Shares
The dual class structure that will be contained in our articles of incorporation has the effect of concentrating voting control and the ability to influence corporate matters with those shareholders who held our shares prior to our initial public offering, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates.
Our Class B multiple voting shares have 10 votes per share and our Class A subordinate voting shares, which are the shares we are selling in this offering, have one vote per share. Shareholders who hold Class B multiple voting shares, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, will together hold approximately % of the voting power of our outstanding voting shares following this offering (assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option) and will therefore have significant influence over our management and affairs and over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including election of directors and significant corporate transactions.
In addition, because of the 10-to-1 voting ratio between our Class B multiple voting shares and Class A subordinate voting shares, the holders of our Class B multiple voting shares, collectively, will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our voting shares even where the Class B multiple voting shares represent a substantially reduced percentage of our total outstanding shares. The concentrated voting control of holders of our Class B multiple voting shares will limit the ability of our Class A subordinate voting shareholders to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, including the election of directors as well as with respect to decisions regarding amendment of our share capital, creating and issuing additional classes of shares, making significant acquisitions, selling significant assets or parts of our business, merging with other companies and undertaking other significant transactions. As a result, holders of Class B multiple voting shares will have the ability to influence many matters affecting us and actions may be taken that our Class A subordinate voting shareholders may not view as beneficial. The market price of our Class A subordinate voting shares could be adversely affected due to the significant influence and voting power of the holders of Class B multiple voting shares. Additionally, the significant voting interest of holders of Class B multiple voting shares may discourage transactions involving a change of control, including transactions in which an investor, as a holder of the Class A subordinate voting shares, might otherwise receive a premium for the Class A subordinate voting shares over the then-current market price, or discourage competing proposals if a going private transaction is proposed by one or more holders of Class B multiple voting shares.
Future transfers by holders of Class B multiple voting shares will generally result in those shares converting to Class A subordinate voting shares, which will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B multiple voting shares who retain their shares. If, for example, our Chief Executive Officer, Tobias Lütke, who will hold approximately % of our outstanding Class B multiple voting shares following this offering, retains a significant portion of his holdings of Class B multiple voting shares for an extended period of time, he could, in the future, control a significant percentage of the combined voting power of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares. Each of our directors and officers owes a fiduciary duty to Shopify and must act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of Shopify. However, any director and/or officer that is a shareholder, even a controlling shareholder, is entitled to vote his or her shares in his or her own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our shareholders generally.
Our articles of incorporation will also amend certain default rights provided for under the CBCA for holders of Class B multiple voting shares and Class A subordinate voting shares to vote separately as a class for certain types of amendments to our articles. Specifically, neither the holders of the Class B multiple voting shares nor Class A subordinate voting shares shall be entitled to vote separately as a class upon a proposal to amend our articles of incorporation to (1) increase or decrease any maximum number of authorized shares of such class, or increase any maximum number of authorized shares of a class having rights or privileges equal or superior to the shares of such class; or (2) create a new class of shares equal or superior to the shares of such class, which rights are otherwise provided for in paragraphs (a) and (e) of subsection
31
176(1) of the CBCA. Pursuant to our amended articles of incorporation, neither holders of our Class A subordinate voting shares nor holders of our Class B multiple voting shares will be entitled to vote separately as a class on a proposal to amend our articles to effect an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of all or part of the shares of such class pursuant to Section 176(1)(b) of the CBCA unless such exchange, reclassification or cancellation: (a) affects only the holders of that class; or (b) affects the holders of Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares differently, on a per share basis, and such holders are not already otherwise entitled to vote separately as a class under applicable law or our amended articles of incorporation in respect of such exchange, reclassification or cancellation.
Pursuant to our amended articles of incorporation, holders of Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares will be treated equally and identically, on a per share basis, in certain change of control transactions that require approval of our shareholders under the CBCA, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares, each voting separately as a class.
An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our Class A subordinate voting shares may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
We intend to submit an application to have our Class A subordinate voting shares listed on the NYSE under the symbol SHOP and on the TSX under the symbol SH. There is currently no market through which our Class A subordinate voting shares may be sold and, if a market for our Class A subordinate voting shares does not develop or is not sustained, you may not be able to resell your Class A subordinate voting shares purchased in this offering. This may affect the pricing of the securities in the secondary market, the transparency and availability of trading prices, the liquidity of the securities and the extent of issuer regulation. The initial public offering price of our Class A subordinate voting shares will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our Class A subordinate voting shares after the offering. In the absence of an active trading market for our Class A subordinate voting shares, investors may not be able to sell their shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot predict the prices at which our Class A subordinate voting shares will trade.
The market price of our Class A subordinate voting shares may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.
The market price of our Class A subordinate voting shares could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering, and it may decline below the initial public offering price. Some of the factors that may cause the market price of our Class A subordinate voting shares to fluctuate include:
| significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of comparable companies; |
| actual or anticipated changes or fluctuations in our operating results or in the expectations of market analysts; |
| adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future; |
| short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions in our shares; |
| announcements of technological innovations, new products, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors; |
| changes in the prices of our solutions or the prices of our competitors solutions; |
| litigation or regulatory action against us; |
| investors general perception of us and the publics reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and Canadian securities regulators; |
32
| the markets reaction to our reduced disclosure as a result of being an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act; |
| publication of research reports or news stories about us, our competitors or our industry, or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts; |
| changes in general political, economic, industry and market conditions and trends; |
| sales of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares by our directors, executive officers and existing shareholders; |
| recruitment or departure of key personnel; and |
| the other risk factors described in this section of the prospectus. |
In addition, the stock markets have historically experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations, particularly in the case of shares of technology companies. Broad market and industry factors may harm the market price of our Class A subordinate voting shares. Hence, the price of our Class A subordinate voting shares could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us, and these fluctuations could materially reduce the share price of our Class A subordinate voting shares regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a companys securities, securities class action litigation has been instituted against that company. If we were involved in any similar litigation, we could incur substantial costs, our managements attention and resources could be diverted and it could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the public market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our Class A subordinate voting shares to drop significantly.
Sales of a substantial number of our shares in the public market could occur at any time after the expiration of the 180-day contractual lock-up period described in the Underwriting section of this prospectus. These sales, or the market perception that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could significantly reduce the market price of our Class A subordinate voting shares and the market price could decline below the initial public offering price. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that future public sales of these securities or the availability of these securities for sale will have on the market price of our Class A subordinate voting shares. If the market price of our Class A subordinate voting shares was to drop as a result, this might impede our ability to raise additional capital and might cause remaining shareholders to lose all or part of their investments.
After the closing of this offering, we will have Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares outstanding (assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option). This includes the Class A subordinate voting shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. We, our executive officers and directors, and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding Class B multiple voting shares, collectively representing % of our outstanding shares and options on a fully-diluted basis, have agreed with the underwriters that, subject to limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not directly or indirectly offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of any Class A subordinate voting shares or Class B multiple voting shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such shares, or in any manner transfer all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of our Class A subordinate voting shares or Class B multiple voting shares, or cause a registration statement or prospectus relating to our Class A subordinate voting shares or Class B multiple voting shares to be filed, without the prior written consent of the designated representative of the underwriters, who may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to these lock-up agreements. Following the expiration of the 180-day period, the Class A subordinate voting shares issuable upon conversion of the Class B multiple voting shares that will be
33
outstanding immediately following completion of this offering will be available for sale in the public markets subject to restrictions under applicable securities laws. In addition, as of March 31, 2015, there were outstanding options to acquire our common shares which, following completion of this offering, will be exercisable for Class B multiple voting shares. The Class A subordinate voting shares issuable upon conversion of the Class B multiple voting shares subject to these options will, to the extent permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, lock-up agreements and restrictions under applicable securities laws, also become eligible for sale in the public market.
Moreover, after this offering, certain of our shareholders will have certain rights to require us to file registration statements in the United States or prospectuses in Canada covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements or prospectuses that we may file for ourselves or on behalf of other shareholders.
Further, we cannot predict the size of future issuances of our Class A subordinate voting shares or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of our Class A subordinate voting shares will have on the market price of our Class A subordinate voting shares. Sales of substantial amounts of our shares, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A subordinate voting shares.
Purchasers in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of their investment as a result of this offering.
The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. If you purchase Class A subordinate voting shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $ per share, representing the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share and our pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2015. Moreover, we issued options in the past to acquire common shares (which, following the amendment to our articles to redesignate our common shares as Class B multiple voting shares, will be exercisable for Class B multiple voting shares) at prices significantly below the assumed initial public offering price. As of March 31, 2015, there were options issued and outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of $ per share. To the extent that these outstanding options are ultimately exercised, you will incur further dilution. For more information, see Dilution.
We have not yet determined whether our existing internal controls over financial reporting are compliant with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or National Instrument 52-109.
We are not currently required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or National Instrument 52-109Certification of Disclosure in Issuers Annual and Interim Filings, or NI 52-109, of the Canadian Securities Administrators. As a result, we are not currently required to make an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls, or to deliver a report that assesses the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules adopted by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, our management will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting starting with the second annual report that we file with the SEC after the consummation of this offering. We have elected to take advantage of certain exceptions from reporting requirements that are available to emerging growth companies under the JOBS Act and therefore our auditor will not be required to deliver an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until after the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31.
34
We have not yet commenced the process of determining whether our existing internal controls over financial reporting are compliant with Section 404 or NI 52-109. This process will require the investment of substantial time and resources, including by our Chief Financial Officer and other members of our senior management. In addition, we cannot predict the outcome of this determination and whether we will need to implement remedial actions. The determination and any remedial actions required could result in us incurring additional costs that we did not anticipate. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404 or NI 52-109, any failure of our internal controls could have an adverse effect on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation. As a result, we may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses, as well as higher independent auditor fees during and after the implementation of these changes. If we are unable to implement any of the required changes to our internal control over financial reporting effectively or efficiently or are required to do so earlier than anticipated, it could adversely affect our operations, financial reporting and results of operations. If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be adversely impacted.
We will incur increased costs and regulatory burden and devote substantial management time as a result of being a public company.
Prior to this offering, we were not subject to the continuous and timely disclosure requirements of Canadian and U.S. securities laws and the rules, regulations and policies of the NYSE and the TSX. As a public company, we will incur increased legal, accounting and other costs not incurred as a private company. We will be subject to, among other things, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations of the Canadian Securities Administrators, the corporate governance requirements found in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules and regulations of the SEC, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as the rules and regulations implemented by the NYSE and the TSX. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our financial management control systems and other areas to manage our obligations as a public company, including corporate governance, corporate controls, disclosure controls and procedures and financial reporting and accounting systems. However, we cannot assure you that these and other measures that we might take will be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis.
Our senior management team has limited experience managing a public company, and regulatory compliance may divert its attention from the day-to-day management of our business.
The individuals who now constitute our senior management team have limited experience managing a publicly-traded company and limited experience complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our senior management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under U.S. and Canadian securities laws. In particular, these new obligations will require substantial attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business.
Because we do not expect to pay any dividends on our Class A subordinate voting shares for the foreseeable future, investors in this offering may never receive a return on their investment.
We have never declared or paid any dividends on our securities. We do not have any present intention to pay cash dividends on our Class A subordinate voting shares and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Class A subordinate voting shares in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial
35
condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive from this offering and might not use them effectively, which could affect our results of operations and cause our share price to decline.
Our management will have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply our net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.
As a foreign private issuer, we are subject to different U.S. securities laws and rules than a domestic U.S. issuer, which may limit the information publicly available to our shareholders.
We are a foreign private issuer, as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and are not subject to the same requirements that are imposed upon U.S. domestic issuers by the SEC. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, in certain respects, are less detailed and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. As a result, we will not file the same reports that a U.S. domestic issuer would file with the SEC, although we will be required to file or furnish to the SEC the continuous disclosure documents that we are required to file in Canada under Canadian securities laws. In addition, our officers, directors, and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Therefore, our shareholders may not know on as timely a basis when our officers, directors and principal shareholders purchase or sell shares, as the reporting deadlines under the corresponding Canadian insider reporting requirements are longer.
As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements. We will also be exempt from Regulation FD, which prohibits issuers from making selective disclosures of material non-public information. While we will comply with the corresponding requirements relating to proxy statements and disclosure of material non-public information under Canadian securities laws, these requirements differ from those under the Exchange Act and Regulation FD and shareholders should not expect to receive the same information at the same time as such information is provided by U.S. domestic companies. In addition, we will have four months after the end of each fiscal year to file our annual report with the SEC and will not be required under the Exchange Act to file quarterly reports with the SEC as promptly as U.S. domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.
In addition, as a foreign private issuer, we have the option to follow certain Canadian corporate governance practices, except to the extent that such laws would be contrary to U.S. securities laws, and provided that we disclose the requirements we are not following and describe the Canadian practices we follow instead. We intend to rely on this exemption with respect to requirements regarding the quorum for any meeting of our shareholders. We may in the future elect to follow home country practices in Canada with regard to other matters. As a result, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of U.S. domestic companies that are subject to all corporate governance requirements. See ManagementCorporate Governance.
We may lose foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses to us.
We may in the future lose our foreign private issuer status if a majority of our shares are held in the United States and we fail to meet the additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer
36
status, such as if: (1) a majority of our directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents; (2) a majority of our assets are located in the United States; or (3) our business is administered principally in the United States. Although we have elected to comply with certain U.S. regulatory provisions, our loss of foreign private issuer status would make such provisions mandatory. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer will be significantly more than the costs incurred as a Canadian foreign private issuer. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we would not be eligible to use foreign issuer forms and would be required to file periodic and current reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are generally more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.
We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A subordinate voting shares less attractive to investors.
We are an emerging growth company. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations and exemptions from the requirements of auditor attestation reports on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A subordinate shares less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A subordinate shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A subordinate voting shares and our share price may be more volatile. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31.
Provisions of Canadian law may delay, prevent or make undesirable an acquisition of all or a significant portion of our shares or assets.
The Investment Canada Act (Canada) subjects an acquisition of control of us by a non-Canadian to government review if the value of our assets as calculated pursuant to the legislation exceeds a threshold amount. A reviewable acquisition may not proceed unless the relevant Minister is satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada. This could prevent or delay a change of control and may eliminate or limit strategic opportunities for shareholders to sell their Class A subordinate voting shares.
It may be difficult to enforce civil liabilities in Canada under U.S. securities laws.
We were incorporated in Canada, and our corporate headquarters are located in Canada. A majority of our directors and executive officers and certain of the experts named in this prospectus reside principally in Canada and the majority of our assets and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these persons is located outside the United States. It may be difficult for investors who reside in the United States to effect service of process upon these persons in the United States, or to enforce a U.S. court judgment predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us or any of these persons. There is substantial doubt whether an action could be brought in Canada in the first instance predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws. Canadian courts may refuse to hear a claim based on an alleged violation of U.S. securities laws against us or these persons on the grounds that Canada is not the most appropriate forum in which to bring such a claim. Even if a Canadian court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that Canadian law and not U.S. law is applicable to the claim. If U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process. Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by Canadian law.
37
Our by-laws provide that any derivative actions, actions relating to breach of fiduciary duties and other matters relating to our internal affairs will be required to be litigated in Canada, which could limit your ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.
We have adopted a forum selection by-law that provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Superior Court of Justice of the Province of Ontario, Canada and appellate Courts therefrom (or, failing such Court, any other court as defined in the CBCA having jurisdiction, and the appellate Courts therefrom), will be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action or proceeding asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us; (3) any action or proceeding asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the CBCA or our amended articles or by-laws; or (4) any action or proceeding asserting a claim otherwise related to our affairs (as defined in the CBCA). Our forum selection by-law also provides that our securityholders are deemed to have consented to personal jurisdiction in the Province of Ontario and to service of process on their counsel in any foreign action initiated in violation of our by-law. Therefore, it may not be possible for securityholders to litigate any action relating to the foregoing matters outside of the Province of Ontario.
Our forum selection by-law seeks to reduce litigation costs and increase outcome predictability by requiring derivative actions and other matters relating to our affairs to be litigated in a single forum. While forum selection clauses in corporate charters and by-laws are becoming more commonplace for public companies in the United States and have been upheld by courts in certain states, they are untested in Canada. It is possible that the validity of our forum selection by-law could be challenged and that a court could rule that such by-law is inapplicable or unenforceable. If a court were to find our forum selection by-law inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions and we may not obtain the benefits of limiting jurisdiction to the courts selected.
Provisions of our charter documents and certain Canadian legislation could delay or deter a change of control, limit attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current senior management and affect the market price of our Class A subordinate voting shares.
Our amended articles of incorporation will authorize our board of directors to issue an unlimited number of preferred shares without shareholder approval and to determine the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions granted to or imposed on any unissued series of preferred shares. Those rights may be superior to those of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares. For example, preferred shares may rank prior to Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares as to dividend rights, liquidation preferences or both, may have full or limited voting rights and may be convertible into Class A subordinate voting shares. If we were to issue a significant number of preferred shares, these issuances could deter or delay an attempted acquisition of us or make the removal of management more difficult, particularly in the event that we issue preferred shares with special voting rights. Issuances of preferred shares, or the perception that such issuances may occur, could cause the trading price of our Class A subordinate voting shares to drop.
In addition, provisions in the CBCA and in our amended articles of incorporation and by-laws may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our senior management, including provisions that:
| require that any action to be taken by our shareholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent; |
| establish an advance notice procedure for shareholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors; and |
|
require the approval of a two-thirds majority of the votes cast by shareholders present in person or by proxy in order to amend certain provisions of our amended articles of incorporation, including, |
38
in some circumstances, by separate class votes of holders of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares. |
These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our shareholders to launch a proxy contest or replace or remove our current senior management by making it more difficult for shareholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our senior management. Any of these provisions could have the effect of delaying, preventing or deferring a change in control which could limit the opportunity for our Class A subordinate voting shareholders to receive a premium for their Class A subordinate voting shares, and could also affect the price that investors are willing to pay for Class A subordinate voting shares.
Our constating documents permit us to issue an unlimited number of Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares.
Our amended articles of incorporation permit us to issue an unlimited number of Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares. We anticipate that we will, from time to time, issue additional Class A subordinate voting shares in the future. Subject to the requirements of the NYSE and the TSX, we will not be required to obtain the approval of shareholders for the issuance of additional Class A subordinate voting shares. Although the rules of the TSX generally prohibit us from issuing additional Class B multiple voting shares, there may be certain circumstances where additional Class B multiple voting shares may be issued, including upon receiving shareholder approval and pursuant to the exercise of stock options under the Legacy Option Plan that were granted prior to this offering. Any further issuances of Class A subordinate voting shares or Class B multiple voting shares will result in immediate dilution to existing shareholders and may have an adverse effect on the value of their shareholdings. Additionally, any further issuances of Class B multiple voting shares may significantly lessen the combined voting power of our Class A subordinate voting shares due to the 10-to-1 voting ratio between our Class B multiple voting shares and Class A subordinate voting shares.
39
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our managements current estimates, beliefs and assumptions, which are based on managements perception of historic trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors management believes are appropriate in the circumstances. Although we believe that the plans, intentions, expectations, assumptions and strategies reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to future events or our future financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results to be materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as may, will, should, could, expects, intends, plans, anticipates, believes, estimates, predicts, projects, potential, continue or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. In addition, any statements or information that refer to expectations, beliefs, plans, projections, objectives, performance or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking. In particular, forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:
| the size of our addressable markets and our ability to serve those markets; |
| the achievement of advances in and expansion of our platform and our solutions; |
| our ability to predict future commerce trends and technology; |
| the growth of our merchants revenues; |
| the growth of our third-party ecosystem, including formation of strategic partnerships; |
| potential selective acquisitions and investments; |
| the expansion of our platform internationally; and |
| the proposed use of proceeds of this offering. |
Although the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based upon what we believe are reasonable assumptions, investors are cautioned against placing undue reliance on these statements since actual results may vary from the forward-looking statements. Certain assumptions made in preparing the forward-looking statements include:
| our ability to generate revenue while controlling our costs and expenses; |
| our ability to manage our growth effectively; |
| the absence of material adverse changes in our industry or the global economy; |
| trends in our industry and markets; |
| our ability to maintain good business relationships with our merchants, vendors and partners; |
| our ability to develop solutions that keep pace with the continuing changes in technology, evolving industry standards, changes to the regulatory environment, new product introductions by competitors and changing merchant preferences and requirements; |
| our ability to protect our intellectual property rights; |
| our continued compliance with third-party license terms and the non-infringement of third-party intellectual property rights; |
| our ability to manage and integrate acquisitions; |
| our ability to retain key personnel; and |
40
| our ability to raise sufficient debt or equity financing to support our continued growth. |
Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect our results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include:
| our rapid growth may not be sustainable and depends on our ability to attract new merchants, retain existing merchants and increase sales to both new and existing merchants; |
| our business could be harmed if we fail to manage our growth effectively; |
| we have a history of losses and we may be unable to achieve profitability; |
| our limited operating history in a new and developing market makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful; |
| if we fail to improve and enhance the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security and scalability of our platform in a manner that responds to our merchants evolving needs, our business may be adversely affected; |
| payment transactions on Shopify Payments may subject us to regulatory requirements and other risks that could be costly and difficult to comply with or that could harm our business; |
| we rely on a single supplier to provide the technology we offer through Shopify Payments; |
| if our software contains serious errors or defects, we may lose revenue and market acceptance and may incur costs to defend or settle claims with our merchants; |
| a denial of service attack or security breach could delay or interrupt service to our merchants and their customers, harm our reputation or subject us to significant liability; |
| we may be unable to achieve or maintain data transmission capacity; |
| our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties; |
| if we fail to maintain a consistently high level of customer service, our brand, business and financial results may be harmed; |
| any disruption of service at our data facilities could harm our business; |
| if our solutions do not operate as effectively when accessed through mobile devices, our merchants and their customers may not be satisfied with our solutions; |
| changes to technologies used in our platform or new versions or upgrades of operating systems and internet browsers could adversely impact the process by which merchants and customers interface with our platform; |
| the impact of worldwide economic conditions, including the resulting effect on spending by SMBs, may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition; |
| if the security of personally identifiable information we store relating to merchants and their customers is breached or otherwise subjected to unauthorized access, our reputation may be harmed and we may be exposed to liability; |
| we may be unable to obtain, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary information or prevent third-parties from making unauthorized use of our technology; |
| we may be subject to claims by third-parties of intellectual property infringement; |
| our use of open source software could negatively affect our ability to sell our solutions and subject us to possible litigation; |
|
if we are not able to generate traffic to our website through search engines and social networking sites, our ability to attract new merchants may be impaired and if our merchants are not able to |
41
generate traffic to their shops through search engines and social networking sites, their ability to attract consumers may be impaired; |
| if we fail to effectively maintain, promote and enhance our brand, our business and competitive advantage may be harmed; |
| if we are unable to hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, our business will suffer; |
| we are dependent on the continued services and performance of our senior management and other key employees, the loss of any of whom could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition; |
| activities of merchants or the content of their shops could damage our brand, subject us to liability and harm our business and financial results; |
| exchange rate fluctuations may negatively affect our results of operations; |
| our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations; |
| our business is susceptible to risks associated with international sales and the use of our platform in various countries; |
| if third-party apps and themes change such that we do not or cannot maintain the compatibility of our platform with these apps and themes, or if we fail to provide third-party apps and themes that our merchants desire to add to their shops, demand for our platform could decline; |
| we rely on computer hardware, purchased or leased, and software licensed from and services rendered by third-parties in order to provide our solutions and run our business, sometimes by a single-source supplier; |
| we may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors; |
| we do not have the history with our solutions or pricing models necessary to accurately predict optimal pricing necessary to attract new merchants and retain existing merchants; |
| we have in the past made and in the future may make acquisitions and investments that could divert managements attention, result in operating difficulties and dilution to our shareholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business, operating results or financial position; |
| we may need to raise additional funds to pursue our growth strategy or continue our operations, and we may be unable to raise capital when needed or on acceptable terms; |
| unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition; |
| new tax laws could be enacted or existing laws could be applied to us or our merchants, which could increase the costs of our solutions and adversely impact our business; |
| if we are required to collect sales and use taxes in additional jurisdictions, we might be subject to tax liability for past sales; and |
| we are dependent upon consumers and merchants willingness to use the internet for commerce. |
These risks are described in further detail in the section entitled Risk Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future results. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.
42
The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments may cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we have no current intention of doing so except to the extent required by applicable law. Therefore, these forward-looking statements do not represent our views as of any date other than the date of this prospectus.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
We prepare and report our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. We maintain our books and records in U.S. dollars.
We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this prospectus. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them.
We express all amounts in this prospectus in U.S. dollars, except where otherwise indicated. References to $ and US$ are to U.S. dollars and references to C$ are to Canadian dollars. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high, low, average and end of period noon rates of exchange for one U.S. dollar, expressed in Canadian dollars, published by the Bank of Canada during the respective periods.
Year Ended December 31, |
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2014 | 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
Highest rate during the period |
1.0418 | 1.0697 | 1.1643 | 1.1279 | 1.2835 | |||||||||||||||
Lowest rate during the period |
0.9710 | 0.9839 | 1.0614 | 1.0589 | 1.1599 | |||||||||||||||
Average noon spot rate for the period (1) |
0.9994 | 1.0345 | 1.1084 | 1.1028 | 1.2403 | |||||||||||||||
Rate at the end of the period |
0.9949 | 1.0636 | 1.1601 | 1.1050 | 1.2686 |
(1) | Determined by averaging the rates on the last day of each month during the respective period. |
On April 13, 2015, the Bank of Canada noon rate of exchange was $1.00 = C$1.2602.
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, on assumptions that we have made based on that data and other similar sources, and on our knowledge of the markets for our services. Projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in Risk Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.
43
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $ million based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $ per Class A subordinate voting share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters over-allotment option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $ million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of Class A subordinate voting shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The principal reasons for this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our Class A subordinate voting shares. We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including to fund our growth strategies, which may include: increasing our investment in sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative functions; investing in maintaining our high level of merchant service and support; continuing to invest in our data centers and network infrastructure; and future acquisitions. See BusinessGrowth Strategy. As a result of our significant growth in recent periods and the fact that we operate in a rapidly evolving market, we do not believe we can provide the approximate amounts of the proceeds that will be allocated to each of these purposes with certainty. Such decisions will depend on market and competitive factors as they evolve over time.
While we currently anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from the offering as outlined above, the actual use of the net proceeds may vary depending upon numerous factors, including our operating costs and capital expenditure requirements, our strategy relative to the market and other conditions in effect at the time, as well as the other factors described under Risk Factors in this prospectus. Accordingly, we will retain the discretion to allocate the net proceeds of this offering, and we reserve the right to change the allocation of the net proceeds from time to time.
Pending their use, we intend to invest the net proceeds to us from the offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments or hold them as cash.
44
We have never declared or paid any dividends on our securities. We do not have any present intention to pay cash dividends on our Class A subordinate voting shares and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Class A subordinate voting shares in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. However, any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.
45
The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and consolidated capitalization as of March 31, 2015:
| on an actual basis; |
| on a pro forma basis to give effect to the amendment and redesignation of our common shares as Class B multiple voting shares, which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, and the conversion of all of our outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred shares into Class B multiple voting shares, which will occur upon the consummation of this offering; and |
| on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the transactions described above as well as the issuance by us of Class A subordinate voting shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and consolidated capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of our initial public offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Use of Proceeds and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
As of March 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||
Actual | Pro Forma |
Pro Forma
As Adjusted (5) |
||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments |
$ | 59,161 | $ | $ | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Long-term debt |
$ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Shareholders equity: |
||||||||||||
Preferred shares (1) |
87,056 | | | |||||||||
Common shares (2) |
4,303 | | | |||||||||
Class A subordinate voting shares (3) |
| |||||||||||
Class B multiple voting shares (4) |
| |||||||||||
Additional paid-in-capital |
6,990 | |||||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(33,594) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total shareholders equity |
64,755 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Consolidated capitalization |
$ | 64,755 | $ | $ | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Actual: Series A convertible preferred shares13,025,765 shares authorized, issued and outstanding; Series B convertible preferred shares7,247,070 shares authorized, issued and outstanding; Series C convertible preferred shares6,886,442 shares authorized, issued and outstanding. Pro forma and pro forma as adjusted: preferred sharesno shares authorized, issued or outstanding. |
(2) | Actual: unlimited shares authorized; 39,574,306 shares issued and outstanding, which includes 110,262 shares issued and held in escrow in connection with certain historical acquisitions. Pro forma and pro forma as adjusted: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding. |
(3) | Actual: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding. Pro forma: unlimited shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding; Pro forma as adjusted: unlimited shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding. |
46
(4) | Actual: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding. Pro forma and pro forma as adjusted: unlimited shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, which includes shares issued and held in escrow in connection with certain historical acquisitions. |
(5) | A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and shareholders equity by $ , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
47
If you invest in our Class A subordinate voting shares in this offering, your interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per Class A subordinate voting share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering.
Our historical net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 was $59.0 million, or $ per share. The historical net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of common shares outstanding as of March 31, 2015.
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 was $ million, or $ per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares outstanding as of March 31, 2015 after giving effect to (1) the amendment and redesignation of our common shares as Class B multiple voting shares and (2) the conversion of all of our outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred shares into Class B multiple voting shares.
After giving effect to the sale by us of Class A subordinate voting shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 would have been $ million, or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $ per share to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $ per share to new investors in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | |||||||
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2015 |
$ | |||||||
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering |
||||||||
|
|
|||||||
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering |
||||||||
|
|
|||||||
Dilution to new investors in this offering |
$ | |||||||
|
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ per share and increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors by $ per share, in each case assuming the number of Class A subordinate voting shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2015, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, the aggregate number of Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares, as well as the total consideration and the average price per share paid to us by existing shareholders and to be paid by new investors acquiring shares in this offering.
Shares Acquired | Total Consideration |
Average Price
per Share |
||||||||||||||||
Number | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||||
Existing shareholders |
% | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
New investors |
$ | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Totals |
100 | % | $ | 100 | % | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48
If the underwriters option to purchase additional Class A subordinate voting shares is exercised in full, the number of shares held by the existing shareholders after this offering would be reduced to % of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to shares, or % of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering.
The foregoing discussion assumes no exercise of options to purchase Class B multiple voting shares at a weighted average exercise price of $ per share, which were outstanding as of March 31, 2015, and excludes Class A subordinate voting shares reserved for future issuance under our Incentive Plans, which will become effective prior to or upon the consummation of this offering. See Executive CompensationIncentive Plans. To the extent that options are exercised that have an exercise price that is less than the offering price of the Class A subordinate voting shares in this offering, new investors will experience further dilution.
49
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following tables set forth our selected historical consolidated financial information. The information set forth below does not take into account the amendment and redesignation of our common shares as Class B multiple voting shares, which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, or the conversion of all of our outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred shares into Class B multiple voting shares, which will occur upon the consummation of this offering. You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial information in conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations information for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the selected consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations information for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the selected consolidated balance sheet information as of March 31, 2015 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary to present fairly the results of operations and financial condition at the dates and for the periods presented. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are presented in U.S. dollars except where otherwise indicated. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future period.
50
All of our operations are continuing operations and we have not paid any dividends since inception.
Year Ended December 31, | Three Months Ended March 31, | |||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2014 | 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except share and per share data) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statement of Operations Information: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
$ | 19,200 | $ | 38,339 | $ | 66,668 | $ | 13,053 | $ | 22,352 | ||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
4,513 | 11,913 | 38,350 | 5,757 | 14,996 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
23,713 | 50,252 | 105,018 | 18,810 | 37,348 | ||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues (1) : |
||||||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
4,291 | 8,504 | 16,790 | 3,284 | 5,033 | |||||||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
485 | 5,009 | 26,433 | 3,898 | 10,749 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
4,776 | 13,513 | 43,223 | 7,182 | 15,782 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross profit |
18,937 | 36,739 | 61,795 | 11,628 | 21,566 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing (1) |
12,262 | 23,351 | 45,929 | 9,718 | 13,540 | |||||||||||||||
Research and development (1)(2) |
6,452 | 13,682 | 25,915 | 6,086 | 7,313 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative (1) |
1,737 | 3,975 | 11,566 | 1,796 | 4,189 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
20,451 | 41,008 | 83,410 | 17,600 | 25,042 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Loss from operations |
(1,514 | ) | (4,269 | ) | (21,615 | ) | (5,972 | ) | (3,476 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other income (expense): |
||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income, net |
50 | 42 | 57 | 10 | 11 | |||||||||||||||
Loss on asset disposal |
| (73 | ) | (100 | ) | | | |||||||||||||
Foreign exchange gain (loss) |
232 | (537 | ) | (653 | ) | (403 | ) | (1,065 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
282 | (568 | ) | (696 | ) | (393 | ) | (1,054 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net loss and comprehensive loss |
$ | (1,232 | ) | $ | (4,837 | ) | $ | (22,311 | ) | $ | (6,365 | ) | $ | (4,530 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders (3) |
$ | (0.03 | ) | $ | (0.13 | ) | $ | (0.57 | ) | $(0.16) | $(0.12) | |||||||||
Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common shareholders (3) |
36,155,333 | 37,248,710 | 38,940,252 | 38,643,293 | 39,344,619 | |||||||||||||||
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders (unaudited) (4) |
$ | (0.34 | ) | $(0.07) | ||||||||||||||||
Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common shareholders (unaudited) (4) |
66,099,529 | 66,503,896 |
51
(1) | Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows: |
Year Ended December 31, |
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2014 | 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues |
$ | 11 | $ | 113 | $ | 259 | $ | 40 | $ | 59 | ||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
66 | 354 | 696 | 133 | 174 | |||||||||||||||
Research and development |
282 | 1,152 | 2,776 | 869 | 779 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
49 | 147 | 712 | 73 | 428 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total stock-based compensation expense |
$ | 408 | $ | 1,766 | $ | 4,443 | $ | 1,115 | $ | 1,440 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) | Net of refundable tax credits ($902, $891 and $1,295 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $240 and $300 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively). |
(3) | Does not give effect to the conversion of our Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred shares into common shares, which will occur upon the consummation of this offering. |
(4) | See note 8 to the notes to our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements and note 16 to the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate pro forma net loss per share attributable to common shareholders and the weighted average number of shares used in the pro forma computation of the per share amounts. |
As of December 31, |
As of
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | |||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Information: |
||||||||||||||||
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments |
$ | 17,655 | $ | 83,529 | $ | 59,662 | $ | 59,161 | ||||||||
Working capital |
14,735 | 77,960 | 48,610 | 43,556 | ||||||||||||
Total assets |
23,603 | 95,788 | 95,193 | 97,326 | ||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
5,634 | 10,407 | 27,461 | 32,571 | ||||||||||||
Shareholders equity |
17,969 | 85,381 | 67,732 | 97,326 |
52
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results, performance and achievements could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly under Risk Factors. See Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. All amounts are in U.S. dollars except where otherwise indicated. See Presentation of Financial Information.
Overview
Shopify provides a leading cloud-based commerce platform designed for small and medium-sized businesses, or SMBs. Merchants use our software to run their business across all of their sales channels, including web, tablet and mobile storefronts, social media storefronts, and brick-and-mortar and pop-up shops. While we started Shopify to help merchants design, set up and manage their online stores, we have expanded far beyond that. Whether a merchant is starting their business online or offline, we provide a platform for merchants to create an omni-channel experience that helps showcase the merchants brand and grow its business. The Shopify platform provides merchants with a single view of their business and customers across all of their sales channels and enables them to manage products and inventory, process orders and payments, build customer relationships and leverage analytics and reporting. Merchants can also use Shopify Mobile, our iPhone and Android application, to manage their business on the go. The Shopify platform has been engineered to enterprise-level standards and functionality while being designed for simplicity and ease-of-use. We have also designed our platform with a robust technical infrastructure able to manage large spikes in traffic. We are constantly innovating and enhancing our platform, with our continuously deployed, multi-tenant architecture ensuring all merchants are always using the latest technology.
A rich ecosystem of app developers, theme designers and other partners has evolved around the Shopify platform. The platforms functionality is highly extensible and can be expanded through our application program interface, or API, and the over 900 apps available in the Shopify App Store. This ecosystem helps drive growth of our merchant base, which in turn further accelerates growth of the ecosystem.
We principally generate revenues through the sale of subscriptions to our platform. In 2014, subscription solutions revenues accounted for 63.5% of our total revenues (59.8% in the three months ended March 31, 2015). We offer subscription plans with various price points, from starter plans to plans catered to merchants with higher volume sales and additional functionality requirements. The flexibility of our pricing plans is designed to help our merchants grow and to provide more advanced features and support as their business needs evolve. Our Starter Plan allows merchants to sell up to 25 products with 1GB of file storage (along with unlimited bandwidth and chat and email support). Our Professional Plan provides additional features including gift cards, professional reports and abandoned cart recovery. For larger, higher volume businesses, we offer premium features and dedicated support to allow merchants to easily manage millions of orders. Revenue from subscription solutions is generated through the sale of subscriptions to our platform as well as from the sale of themes and apps and registration of domain names. Our merchants typically enter into monthly subscription plans so we do not believe deferred revenue is an accurate indicator of future revenue. Instead, we believe Monthly Recurring Revenue, or MRR, is most closely correlated with the long-term value of our merchant relationships. Subscription solutions revenues increased from $19.2 million in 2012, to $38.3 million in 2013 and to $66.7 million in 2014, representing year-over-year increases of 99.7% in 2013 and 73.9% in 2014. Subscription solutions revenues increased from $13.1 million in the
53
three months ended March 31, 2014 to $22.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, representing an increase of 71.0%.
We also offer a variety of merchant solutions that are intended to add value to our merchants and supplement our subscription solutions. We principally generate merchant solutions revenues from payment processing fees from Shopify Payments. In 2014, merchant solutions revenues accounted for 36.5% of total revenues ($40.2% in the three months ended March 31, 2015). In August 2013, we launched Shopify Payments in the United States and have since released Shopify Payments in other jurisdictions. Shopify Payments is a fully integrated payment processing service that allows our merchants to accept and process payment cards online and offline. As a result of the launch of Shopify Payments, we have seen significant growth in the revenues generated from our merchant solutions. In addition to payment processing fees from Shopify Payments, we also generate revenue from transaction fees and referral fees from partners. Our merchant solutions revenues are directionally correlated with the level of Gross Merchandise Volume, or GMV, that our merchants process through our platform. Merchant solutions revenue increased from $4.5 million in 2012, to $11.9 million in 2013 and to $38.4 million in 2014, representing year-over-year increases of 164.0% in 2013 and 221.9% in 2014. Merchant solutions revenues increased from $5.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $15.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, representing an increase of 158.6%.
Our business model is driven by our ability to attract new merchants, retain existing merchants and increase sales to both new and existing merchants. The total number of merchants using our platform grew from 41,295 as of December 31, 2012 to 162,261 as of March 31, 2015. Our merchants represent a wide array of retail verticals and business sizes and no single merchant represented more than one percent of our total revenues in 2012, 2013, 2014 or the three months ended March 31, 2014 or 2015.
We generate the majority of our revenues from merchants located in the United States. As of March 31, 2015, approximately 60% of our merchants were located in the United States. Although most of our merchants are in the United States, we currently have merchants from approximately 150 countries using our platform. In 2014, we generated 68.7% of our total revenues from merchants located in the United States, up from 63.2% in 2013. The growth in the percentage of revenue from merchants located in the United States was primarily a result of Shopify Payments being launched in the United States in August 2013, while only being released in Canada in September 2013 and in the United Kingdom in November 2014. We plan to continue to roll out merchant solutions, such as Shopify Payments, in additional jurisdictions.
We have focused on rapidly growing our business and plan to continue making investments to drive future growth. We believe that our future success is dependent on many factors, including our ability to expand our merchant base, grow our merchants revenue on our platform, develop new solutions to extend the functionality of our platform, enhance our ecosystem and partner programs and provide a high level of merchant service and support. We expect to use the proceeds from this offering to fund these and other growth strategies.
We believe that our investments will increase our revenue base, improve the retention of this base and strengthen our ability to increase sales to our merchants. We further believe this will result in revenue increasing faster than the increase in sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative expenses as we reach economies of scale. However, we expect to continue to incur losses in the near term. If we are unable to achieve our revenue growth objectives, we may not be able to achieve profitability.
Key Performance Indicators
Key performance indicators that we use to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions include Monthly
54
Recurring Revenue and Gross Merchandise Volume. Our key performance indicators may be calculated in a manner different than similar key performance indicators used by other companies.
The following table sets forth the key performance indicators that we use to evaluate our business for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015.
Year Ended December 31, |
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2014 | 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Monthly Recurring Revenue (at period end) |
$ | 2,024 | $ | 3,819 | $ | 6,573 | $ | 4,294 | $ | 7,400 | ||||||||||
Gross Merchandise Volume |
707,402 | 1,616,301 | 3,763,838 | 637,282 | 1,324,082 | |||||||||||||||
Monthly Billing Retention Rate |
99 | % | 101 | % | 101 | % | 101 | % | 101 | % |
Monthly Recurring Revenue
We calculate Monthly Recurring Revenue, or MRR, at the end of each period by multiplying the number of merchants who have subscription plans with us at the period end date by the average monthly subscription plan fee revenue in effect on the last day of that period, assuming they maintain their subscription plans the following month. MRR allows us to average our various pricing plans and billing periods into a single, consistent number that we can track over time. We also analyze the factors that make up MRR, specifically the number of paying merchants using our platform and changes in our average revenue earned from subscription plan fees per paying merchant. In addition, we use MRR to forecast and predict monthly, quarterly and annual subscription solutions revenue.
Gross Merchandise Volume
Gross Merchandise Volume, or GMV, is the total dollar value of orders processed through our platform in the period, net of refunds, inclusive of shipping and handling, duty and value-added taxes. GMV does not represent revenue earned by us. However, the volume of GMV processed through our platform is an indicator of the success of our merchants and the strength of our platform.
Monthly Billings Retention Rate
Monthly Billings Retention Rate, or MBRR, is calculated as of the end of each month by considering the cohort of merchants on the Shopify platform as of the beginning of the month and dividing total billings attributable to this cohort in the then-current month by total billings attributable to this cohort in the immediately preceding month. Billings includes billings from subscriptions, apps (net of referral fees), transaction fees and fees for Shopify Payments. For annual and quarterly fiscal periods, we report the average MBRR over the preceding 12 months. We use MBRR to evaluate our ability to maintain and expand our relationships with merchants.
To provide a deeper understanding of our merchant economics, the chart below displays the annual billings for merchant cohorts that joined the Shopify platform at different times in our history: from 2007 to 2011 (or the Pre-2012 cohort), as well as in 2012, 2013 and 2014. Although our focus on SMBs results in merchant retention rates that we believe are consistent with what we would associate with early stage businesses, the chart below demonstrates that any merchant decline within a cohort has been largely offset by increased billings from remaining merchants within that cohort. This shows the real strength of our monetization strategy: As our merchants have grown their businesses and become more successful, they have gradually moved to higher plans and consume more of our merchant solutions.
55
Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results
Change in Revenue Mix
We introduced Shopify Payments in the United States in August 2013, in Canada in September 2013 and in the United Kingdom in November 2014. Principally as a result of introducing Shopify Payments, our revenues from merchant solutions and associated costs have increased significantly. Merchant solutions are intended to supplement subscription solutions by providing additional value to our merchants and increasing their use of our platform. Gross profit margins on merchant solutions are typically lower due to the associated third-party costs of providing these solutions. As a result, the introduction of Shopify Payments and the resultant shift in the mix of revenue sources has affected our overall gross margin. More specifically, while our total revenues have increased in recent periods as a result of offering Shopify Payments, our overall gross margin percentage has decreased in these periods. Although we intend to continue to increase the number of jurisdictions where we offer Shopify Payments, our gross margin percentage from merchant solutions has begun to stabilize.
Seasonality
Our merchant solutions revenues are directionally correlated with the level of GMV that our merchants process through our platform. Our merchants typically process additional GMV during the holiday season. As a result, we have historically generated higher merchant solutions revenues in our fourth quarter than in other quarters. While we believe that this seasonality has affected and will continue to affect our quarterly results, our rapid growth has largely masked seasonal trends to date. As a result of the continued growth of our merchant solutions offerings, we believe that our business may become more seasonal in the future and that historical patterns in our business may not be a reliable indicator of our future performance.
Foreign Currency Fluctuations
While most of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars, the majority of our operating expenses are incurred in Canadian dollars. As a result, our results of operations will be adversely impacted by an increase in the value of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar. In addition, a portion of Shopify Payments revenue is based on the local currency of the country in which the applicable merchant is located. As a result, we will be further exposed to currency fluctuations to the extent non-U.S. dollar based payment processing revenues increase.
56
Key Components of Results of Operations
Revenues
We derive revenues from subscription solutions and merchant solutions.
Subscription Solutions
We principally generate subscription solutions revenues through the sale of subscriptions to our platform. We also generate associated subscription solutions revenues from the sale of themes and apps and registration of domain names.
We offer subscription plans with various price points, from starter plans to Shopify Plus, a plan for merchants with higher volume sales and additional functionality requirements. Our subscription plans typically have a one-month term, although a small number of our merchants have annual or multi-year subscription terms that allow them to realize a small discount relative to our monthly subscription terms. Subscription terms automatically renew unless notice of cancellation is provided in advance. Most merchants purchase subscription plans directly from us, although a small number of subscription plans are purchased through third-parties with whom we have reseller agreements in place. Where we contract directly with the merchant, subscription fees are paid to us at the start of the applicable subscription period, regardless of the length of the subscription period. As subscription fees are received in advance of providing the related services, we record deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet for the unearned revenue and recognize revenue ratably over the related subscription period. These subscription fees are non-refundable. Where we have reseller agreements in place, we bill the reseller for eligible merchants on a monthly basis and do not record deferred revenues on our consolidated balance sheet in connection with these subscriptions.
We also generate additional subscription solutions revenues from merchants that have subscription plans with us through the sale of themes and apps and the registration of domain names. Revenues from the sale of themes and apps are recognized at the time of the transaction. The right to use domain names is sold separately and is recognized on a rateable basis over the contractual term, which is generally an annual term. Revenues from the sale of apps are recognized net of amounts attributable to the third-party app developers, while revenues from the sale of themes are recognized on a gross basis. Revenues from the sale of themes and apps and the registration of domain names have been classified within subscription solutions on the basis that they are typically sold at the time the merchant enters into the subscriptions arrangement or because they are charged on a recurring basis.
Merchant Solutions
We generate merchant solutions revenues from payment processing fees from Shopify Payments, transaction fees, referral fees from partners and sales of POS hardware.
The majority of merchant solutions revenues are generated from Shopify Payments. Revenue from processing payments is recognized at the time of the transaction. For Shopify Payments transactions, fees are determined based on a percentage of the dollar amount processed. Card-not-present transactions also include an additional per transaction fee.
For subscription plans where the merchant does not sign up for Shopify Payments, we typically charge a transaction fee based on a percentage of GMV processed. We bill our merchants for transaction fees at the end of a 30-day billing cycle and any fees that have not been billed are accrued as an unbilled receivable at the end of the reporting period.
We also generate revenues in the form of referral fees from partners to whom we direct business. Pursuant to terms of the agreements with our partners, these revenues can be recurring or non-recurring.
57
Where the agreement provides for recurring payments to us, we continue to earn revenues so long as the merchant that we have referred to the partner continues to use the services of the partner. Non-recurring revenues generally take the form of one-time payments that we receive when we initially refer the merchant to the partner. In either case, we recognize referral revenues when we are entitled to receive payment from the partner pursuant to the terms of the underlying agreement.
In connection with Shopify POS, a mobile application that lets merchants sell their products in a physical or retail setting, we sell compatible hardware products, which are sourced from third-party vendors. We recognize revenues from the sale of POS hardware when title passes to the merchant, in accordance with the shipping terms of the sale.
For a discussion of how we expect seasonal factors to affect our merchant solutions revenue, see Factors Affecting the Comparability of our ResultsSeasonality.
Cost of Revenues
Cost of Subscription Solutions
Cost of subscription solutions consists primarily of costs associated with hosting infrastructure, billing processing fees and operations and merchant support expenses. Operations and merchant support expenses include costs associated with our data and network infrastructure and personnel-related costs directly associated with operations and merchant support, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, as well as allocated overhead. Overhead associated with facilities, information technology and depreciation is allocated to our cost of revenues and operating expenses based on headcount. We expect that cost of subscription solutions will increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in growing our business and over time we expect that our subscription solutions gross margin percentage will fluctuate modestly based on the mix of subscription plans that our merchants select.
Additionally, cost of subscription solutions includes costs we are required to pay to third-party developers in connection with sales of themes. Our paid themes are primarily designed by third-party developers who earn fees for each theme sold by us. The amount paid to the third-party developer varies depending on whether the developer has agreed to provide ongoing support to the merchant in connection with the merchants use of the theme.
Also included as cost of subscription solutions are domain registration fees and amortization of internal use software relating to the capitalized costs associated with the development of Shopify POS software and data infrastructure.
While gross margin percentage on subscription solutions decreased slightly in 2014 relative to the prior year, this decrease was principally a result of one-time costs associated with building out the Companys second data center for geographical redundancy. Building out the second data center is expected to result in operational efficiencies going forward.
Cost of Merchant Solutions
Cost of merchant solutions primarily consists of costs that we incur when transactions are processed using Shopify Payments, such as credit card interchange and network fees (charged by credit card providers such as Visa, Mastercard and American Express) as well as third-party processing fees. We introduced Shopify Payments in the United States in August 2013, in Canada in September 2013 and in the United Kingdom in November 2014. Principally as a result of introducing Shopify Payments, our cost of merchant solutions has increased significantly. Cost of merchant solutions also consists of costs associated with hosting infrastructure and operations and merchant support expenses, including personnel-related costs directly associated with merchant solutions such as salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, as well as allocated overhead.
58
Overhead associated with facilities, information technology and depreciation is allocated to our cost of revenues and operating expenses based on headcount. Cost of merchant solutions also includes costs associated with POS hardware, such as the cost of acquiring the hardware inventory, including hardware purchase price, expenses associated with a third-party fulfillment company, shipping and handling and inventory adjustments. Also included within cost of merchant solutions is amortization of internal use software relating to capitalized costs associated with the development of the Shopify Payments processing platform.
We expect that the cost of merchant solutions will increase in absolute dollars in future periods as the number of merchants utilizing these solutions increases and the volume processed also grows. The gross margin percentage on merchant solutions is expected to decline as we launch Shopify Payments in new regions.
Operating Expenses
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of marketing programs, partner referral payments, employee-related expenses for marketing, business development and sales, as well as the portion of merchant support required for the onboarding of prospective new merchants. Other costs within sales and marketing include commissions, travel-related expenses and corporate overhead allocations. Costs to acquire merchants are expensed as incurred. We plan to continue to expand sales and marketing efforts to attract new merchants, retain existing merchants and increase revenues from both new and existing merchants. This growth will include adding outbound sales personnel and expanding our marketing activities to continue to generate additional leads and build brand awareness. Over time, we expect sales and marketing expenses will decline as a percentage of total revenues.
Research and Development
Research and development expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses for product management, product development and product design, contractor and consultant fees and corporate overhead allocations. We continue to focus our research and development efforts on adding new features and solutions, and increasing the functionality and enhancing the ease of use of our platform. In the past, these expenses have been reduced by Canadian federal Scientific Research and Experimental Development Program, or SR&ED, tax credits. Once we are a public company, we will no longer be able to reduce our research and development expenses through refundable SR&ED credits, which will cause our research and development expenses to increase. While we expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to increase the functionality of our platform, we expect our research and development expenses to decline as a percentage of total revenues.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consist of employee-related expenses for finance and accounting, legal, data analytics, administrative, human resources and IT personnel, legal costs, professional fees, other corporate expenses and corporate overhead allocations. We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase on an absolute dollar basis but decrease as a percentage of total revenues as we focus on processes, systems and controls to enable our internal support functions to scale with the growth of our business. We also anticipate increases to general and administrative expenses as we incur the costs of compliance associated with being a public company, including increased accounting and legal expenses.
Other Income (Expense)
Other income (expense) consists primarily of transaction gains or losses on foreign currency, interest income net of interest expense and loss on asset disposals.
59
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015:
Year Ended December 31, |
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2014 | 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
$ | 19,200 | $ | 38,339 | $ | 66,668 | $ | 13,053 | $ | 22,352 | ||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
4,513 | 11,913 | 38,350 | 5,757 | 14,996 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
23,713 | 50,252 | 105,018 | 18,810 | 37,348 | ||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues (1) : |
||||||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
4,291 | 8,504 | 16,790 | 3,284 | 5,033 | |||||||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
485 | 5,009 | 26,433 | 3,898 | 10,749 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
4,776 | 13,513 | 43,223 | 7,182 | 15,782 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross profit |
18,937 | 36,739 | 61,795 | 11,628 | 21,566 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing (1) |
12,262 | 23,351 | 45,929 | 9,718 | 13,540 | |||||||||||||||
Research and development (1)(2) |
6,452 | 13,682 | 25,915 | 6,086 | 7,313 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative (1) |
1,737 | 3,975 | 11,566 | 1,796 | 4,189 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
20,451 | 41,008 | 83,410 | 17,600 | 25,042 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Loss from operations |
(1,514 | ) | (4,269 | ) | (21,615 | ) | (5,972 | ) | (3,476 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other income (expense): |
||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income, net |
50 | 42 | 57 | 10 | 11 | |||||||||||||||
Loss on asset disposal |
| (73 | ) | (100 | ) | | | |||||||||||||
Foreign exchange gain (loss) |
232 | (537 | ) | (653 | ) | (403 | ) | (1,065 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
282 | (568 | ) | (696 | ) | (393 | ) | (1,054 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net loss and comprehensive loss |
$ | (1,232 | ) | $ | (4,837 | ) | $ | (22,311 | ) | $ | (6,365 | ) | $ | (4,530 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows: |
Year Ended December 31, |
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2014 | 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues |
$ | 11 | $ | 113 | $ | 259 | $ | 40 | $ | 59 | ||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
66 | 354 | 696 | 133 | 174 | |||||||||||||||
Research and development |
282 | 1,152 | 2,776 | 869 | 779 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
49 | 147 | 712 | 73 | 428 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total stock-based compensation expense |
$ | 408 | $ | 1,766 | $ | 4,443 | $ | 1,115 | $ | 1,440 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) | Net of refundable tax credits ($902, $891 and $1,295 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $240 and $300 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively). |
60
The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data as a percentage of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015:
Year Ended December 31, |
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2014 | 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
81.0 | % | 76.3 | % | 63.5 | % | 69.4 | % | 59.8 | % | ||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
19.0 | % | 23.7 | % | 36.5 | % | 30.6 | % | 40.2 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | |||||||||||
Cost of revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
18.1 | % | 16.9 | % | 16.0 | % | 17.5 | % | 13.5 | % | ||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
2.0 | % | 10.0 | % | 25.2 | % | 20.7 | % | 28.8 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
20.1 | % | 26.9 | % | 41.2 | % | 38.2 | % | 42.3 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross profit |
79.9 | % | 73.1 | % | 58.8 | % | 61.8 | % | 57.7 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
51.7 | % | 46.5 | % | 43.7 | % | 51.7 | % | 36.3 | % | ||||||||||
Research and development |
27.2 | % | 27.2 | % | 24.7 | % | 32.4 | % | 19.6 | % | ||||||||||
General and administrative |
7.3 | % | 7.9 | % | 11.0 | % | 9.5 | % | 11.2 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
86.2 | % | 81.6 | % | 79.4 | % | 93.6 | % | 67.1 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Loss from operations |
(6.4 | )% | (8.5 | )% | (20.6 | )% | (31.8 | )% | (9.4 | )% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other income (expense) |
1.2 | % | (1.1 | )% | (0.7 | )% | (2.1 | )% | (2.8 | )% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net loss and comprehensive loss |
(5.2 | )% | (9.6 | )% | (21.2 | )% | (33.7 | )% | (12.2 | )% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets forth our consolidated revenues by geographic location for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||
Canada |
$ | 1,853 | $ | 4,101 | $ | 7,729 | ||||||
United States |
15,113 | 31,743 | 72,149 | |||||||||
United Kingdom |
2,154 | 4,517 | 7,912 | |||||||||
Australia |
1,810 | 3,807 | 6,420 | |||||||||
Rest-of-world |
2,783 | 6,084 | 10,808 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total revenues |
$ | 23,713 | $ | 50,252 | $ | 105,018 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets forth our consolidated revenues by geographic location as a percentage of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | ||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||
Canada |
7.8 | % | 8.2 | % | 7.4 | % | ||||||
United States |
63.7 | % | 63.2 | % | 68.7 | % | ||||||
United Kingdom |
9.1 | % | 9.0 | % | 7.5 | % | ||||||
Australia |
7.6 | % | 7.6 | % | 6.1 | % | ||||||
Rest-of-world |
11.8 | % | 12.0 | % | 10.3 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total revenues |
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
61
Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2015
Revenues
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2014 | 2015 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
$ | 13,053 | $ | 22,352 | $ | 9,299 | 71.2 | % | ||||||||
Merchant solutions |
5,757 | 14,996 | 9,239 | 160.5 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total revenues |
$ | 18,810 | $ | 37,348 | $ | 18,538 | 98.6 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Percentage of total revenues: |
||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
69.4 | % | 59.8 | % | ||||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
30.6 | % | 40.2 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total revenues |
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
Subscription Solutions
Subscription solutions revenues increased $9.3 million, or 71.2%, for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. The increase was primarily a result of growth in the number of merchants using our platform.
Merchant Solutions
Merchant solutions revenues increased $9.2 million, or 160.5%, for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. The increase in merchant solutions revenues was primarily a result of Shopify Payments revenue growing by $7.7 million, or 212.0%, compared to the same period in 2014. Additionally, revenue from transaction fees and referral fees from partners increased by $0.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively, during the three months ended March 31, 2015 as a result of the increase in GMV processed through our platform compared to the same period in 2014. Merchant solutions also includes the sale of POS hardware, which increased by $0.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015 as a result of growing our POS subscription base compared to the same period in 2014.
Cost of Revenues
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2014 | 2015 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Cost of Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
$ | 3,284 | $ | 5,033 | $ | 1,749 | 53.3 | % | ||||||||
Merchant solutions |
3,898 | 10,749 | 6,851 | 175.8 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cost of revenues |
$ | 7,182 | $ | 15,782 | $ | 8,600 | 119.7 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Percentage of total revenues: |
||||||||||||||||
Cost of Subscription solutions |
17.5 | % | 13.5 | % | ||||||||||||
Cost of Merchant solutions |
20.7 | % | 28.8 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Cost of revenues |
38.2 | % | 42.3 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
62
Cost of Subscription Solutions
Cost of subscription solutions increased $1.7 million, or 53.3%, for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the costs necessary to support a greater number of merchants using our platform, resulting in a $0.3 million increase in employee-related costs, a $0.5 million increase in payments to third-party theme developers and domain registration providers, a $0.4 million increase in amortization from our investment in software and hardware relating to our data centers, a $0.2 million increase in credit card fees for processing merchant billings and a $0.3 million increase in third-party server costs.
Cost of Merchant Solutions
Cost of merchant solutions increased $6.9 million, or 175.8%, for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. The increase was primarily due to the increase in GMV processed through Shopify Payments as well as the sale of POS hardware, which resulted in payment processing fees and hardware cost of revenues increasing by $6.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014.
Gross Profit
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2014 | 2015 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
$ | 11,628 | $ | 21,566 | $ | 9,938 | 85.5 | % | ||||||||
Percentage of total revenues |
61.8 | % | 57.7 | % |
Gross profit increased $9.9 million, or 85.5%, for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. As a percentage of total revenues, gross profit decreased from 61.8% in the three months ended March 31, 2014 to 57.7% in the three months ended March 31, 2015, principally due to the faster growth of merchant solutions revenue compared to subscription solutions revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2015. The faster growth of merchant solutions revenue created a change in the revenue mix. Merchant solutions are intended to supplement subscription solutions by providing additional value to our merchants and increasing their use of our platform. The lower gross margin percentage on merchant solutions is due to third-party costs associated with providing these solutions.
Operating Expenses
Sales and Marketing
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2014 | 2015 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
$ | 9,718 | $ | 13,540 | $ | 3,822 | 39.3 | % | ||||||||
Percentage of total revenues |
51.7 | % | 36.3 | % |
Sales and marketing expenses increased $3.8 million, or 39.3%, for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014, primarily due to an increase of $2.5 million in marketing programs, such as Google AdWords and advertisements on social media, to support the growth of our business. In addition, employee-related costs increased by $1.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015 resulting from a 85.8% increase in sales and marketing headcount, which increased from 155 employees at March 31, 2014 to 288 employees at March 31, 2015. Facilities expenses increased $0.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015 relative to the three months ended March 31, 2014 as a result of the facilities expansion required to support the growth in our employee base.
63
Research and Development
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2014 | 2015 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Research and Development |
$ | 6,086 | $ | 7,313 | $ | 1,227 | 20.2 | % | ||||||||
Percentage of total revenues |
32.4 | % | 19.6 | % |
Research and development expenses increased $1.2 million, or 20.2%, for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014, primarily due to an increase of $0.9 million in employee-related costs resulting from a 42.7% increase in research and development headcount, which increased from 171 employees at March 31, 2014 to 244 employees at March 31, 2015. Facilities expenses increased $0.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015 relative to the three months ended March 31, 2014 as a result of the facilities expansion required to support the growth in our employee base.
General and Administrative
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2014 | 2015 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
$ | 1,796 | $ | 4,189 | $ | 2,393 | 133.2 | % | ||||||||
Percentage of total revenues |
9.5 | % | 11.2 | % |
General and administrative expenses increased $2.4 million, or 133.2%, for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014, primarily due to an increase of $0.9 million in employee-related costs resulting from a 76.6% increase in headcount, which increased from 47 employees at March 31, 2014 to 83 employees at March 31, 2015. Also contributing to the increase in general and administrative expenses was a $0.2 million increase in facilities expense, a $0.5 million increase in professional service fees and a $0.1 million increase in software license costs which all increased as a result of the growth of our business. In 2014, we determined that we owed amounts related to sales and use taxes in various U.S. states and local jurisdictions. During the three months ended March 31, 2015 we registered in applicable states, filed voluntary disclosure agreements and began charging sales taxes to our merchants. In the three months ended March 31, 2015, we recognized sales taxes of $0.6 million within general and administrative expenses, while no sales tax expense was recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2014.
Other Income (Expense)
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2014 | 2015 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Other expense |
$ | (393 | ) | $ | (1,054 | ) | $ | (661 | ) | * | ||||||
Percentage of total revenues |
(2.1 | )% | (2.8 | )% |
* | Not a meaningful comparison |
Other expense increased by $0.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. In the three months ended March 31, 2015, we recognized $1.1 million of foreign exchange losses due to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, whereas in the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recognized $0.4 million of foreign exchange losses.
64
Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014
Revenues
Year Ended December 31, | Change | |||||||||||||||
2013 | 2014 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
$ | 38,339 | $ | 66,668 | $ | 28,329 | 73.9 | % | ||||||||
Merchant solutions |
11,913 | 38,350 | 26,437 | 221.9 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total revenues |
$ | 50,252 | $ | 105,018 | $ | 54,766 | 109.0 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Percentage of total revenues: |
||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
76.3 | % | 63.5 | % | ||||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
23.7 | % | 36.5 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total revenues |
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
Subscription Solutions
Subscription solutions revenues increased $28.3 million, or 73.9%, from 2013 to 2014. The increase was primarily a result of growth in the number of new merchants using our platform in 2014. As at December 31, 2014, we had 144,670 merchants using our platform, an increase from 84,073 merchants using our platform as at December 31, 2013.
Merchant Solutions
Merchant solutions revenues increased $26.4 million, or 221.9%, from 2013 to 2014. During 2014, Shopify Payments processed approximately $983 million of credit card payments, generating $27.1 million of revenue, compared with approximately $126 million of credit card payments processed in 2013, generating $3.6 million of revenue. Shopify Payments was released in the third quarter of 2013. Additionally, transaction fees of $7.4 million were recognized in 2014, up from $5.5 million in 2013, which is attributable to the increase in GMV processed through our platform during the year. Merchant solutions also includes the sale of POS hardware, which increased by $1.1 million in 2014 compared to 2013, as a result of growing our POS customer base and from having a full year of POS hardware sales in 2014 versus five months in 2013.
Cost of Revenues
Year Ended
December 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2013 | 2014 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues: |
||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
$ | 8,504 | $ | 16,790 | $ | 8,286 | 97.4 | % | ||||||||
Merchant solutions |
5,009 | 26,433 | 21,424 | 427.7 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cost of revenues |
$ | 13,513 | $ | 43,223 | $ | 29,710 | 219.9 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Percentage of total revenues: |
||||||||||||||||
Cost of subscription solutions |
16.9 | % | 16.0 | % | ||||||||||||
Cost of merchant solutions |
10.0 | % | 25.2 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Cost of revenues |
26.9 | % | 41.2 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
65
Cost of Subscription Solutions
Cost of subscription solutions increased $8.3 million, or 97.4%, from 2013 to 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the costs necessary to support a greater number of merchants using our platform, resulting in a $3.8 million increase in employee-related costs, a $1.5 million increase in payments to third-party theme developers and domain registration providers, a $1.2 million increase in amortization from our investment in software and hardware relating to our data centers, a $0.9 million increase in credit card fees for processing merchant billings and a $0.7 million increase in third-party server costs.
Cost of Merchant Solutions
Cost of merchant solutions increased $21.4 million, or 427.7%, from 2013 to 2014. The increase was primarily due to the increase in GMV processed through Shopify Payments as well as the sale of POS hardware, which resulted in payment processing fees and hardware cost of revenues increasing by $20.9 million and $1.0 million, respectively, from 2013 to 2014. These increased costs of revenues were partially offset by a $0.4 million reduction in employee-related costs between 2013 and 2014 as a result of completing development work in 2013 that was not recurring in 2014.
Gross Profit
Year Ended
December 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2013 | 2014 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
$ | 36,739 | $ | 61,795 | $ | 25,056 | 68.2 | % | ||||||||
Percentage of total revenues |
73.1 | % | 58.8 | % |
Gross profit increased $25.1 million, or 68.2%, from 2013 to 2014. As a percentage of total revenues, gross profit decreased from 73.1% in 2013 to 58.8% in 2014, principally due to the introduction of additional merchant solutions at the end of 2013, which accelerated in 2014. The additional merchant solutions created a change in the revenue mix. Merchant solutions are intended to supplement subscription solutions by providing additional value to our merchants and increasing their use of our platform. The lower gross margin percentage on merchant solutions is due to the third-party costs associated with providing these solutions.
Operating Expenses
Sales and Marketing
Year Ended
December 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2013 | 2014 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
$ | 23,351 | $ | 45,929 | $ | 22,578 | 96.7 | % | ||||||||
Percentage of total revenues |
46.5 | % | 43.7 | % |
Sales and marketing expenses increased $22.6 million, or 96.7%, from 2013 to 2014, primarily due to an increase of $18.0 million in marketing programs, such as Google AdWords and advertisements on social media, to support the growth of our business. In addition, employee-related costs increased $2.8 million in 2014 resulting from a 86.5% increase in sales and marketing headcount, which increased from 126 employees in 2013 to 235 employees in 2014. Facilities expenses increased $1.5 million in 2014 relative to 2013 as a result of the facilities expansion required to support the growth in our employee base.
66
Research and Development
Year Ended
December 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2013 | 2014 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Research and development |
$ | 13,682 | $ | 25,915 | $ | 12,233 | 89.4 | % | ||||||||
Percentage of total revenues |
27.2 | % | 24.7 | % |
Research and development expenses increased $12.2 million, or 89.4%, from 2013 to 2014, primarily due to an increase of $9.3 million in employee-related costs resulting from a 42.5% increase in research and development headcount, which increased from 153 employees in 2013 to 218 employees in 2014. Facilities expenses increased $3.4 million in 2014 compared to 2013 as a result of the facilities expansion required to support the growth in our employee base.
General and Administrative
Year Ended
December 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2013 | 2014 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
$ | 3,975 | $ | 11,566 | $ | 7,591 | 191.0 | % | ||||||||
Percentage of total revenues |
7.9 | % | 11.0 | % |
General and administrative expenses increased $7.6 million, or 191.0%, from 2013 to 2014, primarily due to an increase of $3.3 million in employee-related costs resulting from an 83.8% increase in headcount, which increased from 37 employees in 2013 to 68 employees in 2014. Also contributing to the increase in general and administrative expenses was a $0.9 million increase in facilities expense, a $0.9 million increase in professional service fees and a $0.2 million increase in amortization of software as a result of the growth of our business, including the need for additional software licenses to support our larger employee base. General and administrative expenses also increased by $2.2 million in 2014 as a result of an accrual for sales and use tax in the fourth quarter. In 2014, we determined that we owed amounts related to sales and use taxes in various U.S. states and local jurisdictions. As a result, we recorded a sales tax liability of $2.2 million, which has been included in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014. During the first quarter of 2015, we commenced the necessary steps to register in applicable states, file voluntary disclosure agreements and begin to charge sales taxes to our merchants.
Other Income (Expense)
Year Ended
December 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2013 | 2014 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Other expense |
$ | (568 | ) | $ | (696 | ) | $ | (128 | ) | 22.5 | % | |||||
Percentage of total revenues |
(1.1 | )% | (0.7 | )% |
Other expense increased by $0.1 million in 2014 as compared to 2013. In 2014, we recognized $0.7 million of foreign exchange losses due to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, whereas in 2013 we recognized $0.5 million of foreign exchange losses. Interest income net of interest expense and loss on the disposal of assets were relatively flat between the two periods.
67
Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013
Revenues
Year Ended
December 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
$ | 19,200 | $ | 38,339 | $ | 19,139 | 99.7 | % | ||||||||
Merchant solutions |
4,513 | 11,913 | 7,400 | 164.0 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total revenues |
$ | 23,713 | $ | 50,252 | $ | 26,539 | 111.9 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Percentage of total revenues: |
||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
81.0 | % | 76.3 | % | ||||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
19.0 | % | 23.7 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total revenues |
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
Subscription Solutions
Subscription solutions revenues increased by $19.1 million, or 99.7%, from 2012 to 2013. The increase was primarily a result of growth in the number of new merchants using our platform in 2013. As at December 31, 2013, we had 84,073 merchants using our platform, an increase from the 41,295 merchants using our platform as at December 31, 2012.
Merchant Solutions
Merchant solutions revenues increased $7.4 million, or 164.0%, from 2012 to 2013. The launch of Shopify Payments in the third quarter of 2013 contributed to the increase. During 2013, Shopify Payments processed approximately $126 million in credit card payments, generating $3.6 million in revenue. Additionally, transaction fees of $5.5 million were recognized in 2013, up from $3.2 million in 2012. The increase in transaction fees was a result of processing $1.6 billion of GMV during 2013, up from $0.7 billion of GMV processed during 2012. Merchant solutions also includes partner referral fees, which increased to $2.3 million in 2013, from $1.1 million in 2012, due to more of our merchants using the services of partners. The launch of Shopify POS in the third quarter of 2013 also contributed $0.2 million in revenue from the sale of POS hardware.
Cost of Revenues
Year Ended
December 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues: |
||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
$ | 4,291 | $ | 8,504 | $ | 4,213 | 98.2 | % | ||||||||
Merchant solutions |
485 | 5,009 | 4,524 | 932.8 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cost of revenues |
$ | 4,776 | $ | 13,513 | $ | 8,737 | 182.9 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Percentage of total revenues: |
||||||||||||||||
Cost of subscription solutions |
18.1 | % | 16.9 | % | ||||||||||||
Cost of merchant solutions |
2.0 | % | 10.0 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Cost of revenues |
20.1 | % | 26.9 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
68
Cost of Subscription Solutions
Cost of subscription solutions increased $4.2 million, or 98.2%, from 2012 to 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the costs necessary to support the greater number of merchants using our platform, resulting in a $1.8 million increase in employee-related costs stemming from increased headcount, a $0.7 million increase in credit card fees for processing merchant billings, a $0.6 million increase in payments to third-party theme developers, a $0.5 million increase in third-party server costs and a $0.4 million increase in amortization from our investment in software and hardware relating to our data and network infrastructure.
Cost of Merchant Solutions
Cost of merchant solutions increased $4.5 million, or 932.8%, from 2012 to 2013. The increase was primarily due to the release of Shopify Payments and Shopify POS hardware during the year, which resulted in $3.6 million in payment interchange and processing fees and $0.2 million in hardware costs, respectively. Additionally, employee-related costs increased by $0.4 million from 2012 to 2013 due to increased headcount required to support higher transaction volumes in 2013 and the release of Shopify Payments and Shopify POS.
Gross Profit
Year Ended
December 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
$ | 18,937 | $ | 36,739 | $ | 17,802 | 94.0 | % | ||||||||
Percentage of total revenues |
79.9 | % | 73.1 | % |
Gross profit increased $17.8 million, or 94.0%, from 2012 to 2013. As a percentage of total revenues, gross profit decreased from 79.9% in 2012 to 73.1% in 2013, principally due a change in the mix of services provided on account of the introduction of additional merchant solutions, such as Shopify Payments, in 2013. Merchant solutions are intended to supplement subscription solutions by providing additional value to our merchants and increasing their use of our platform. The lower gross margin percentage on merchant solutions is due to the third-party costs associated with providing these solutions.
Operating Expenses
Sales and Marketing
Year Ended
December 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
$ | 12,262 | $ | 23,351 | $ | 11,089 | 90.4 | % | ||||||||
Percentage of total revenues |
51.7 | % | 46.5 | % |
Sales and marketing expenses increased $11.1 million, or 90.4%, from 2012 to 2013, primarily due to an increase of $6.9 million in marketing programs to support the growth of our business. In addition, employee-related costs increased by $3.4 million in 2013 resulting from a 157.1% increase in sales and marketing headcount, from 49 employees in 2012 to 126 employees in 2013. Facilities expenses increased $0.6 million in 2013 relative to 2012 as a result of the facilities expansion required to support the growth in our employee base.
69
Research and Development
Year Ended
December 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Research and development |
$ | 6,452 | $ | 13,682 | $ | 7,230 | 112.1 | % | ||||||||
Percentage of total revenues |
27.2 | % | 27.2 | % |
Research and development expenses increased $7.2 million, or 112.1%, from 2012 to 2013, primarily due to an increase of $6.8 million in employee-related costs resulting from a 142.9% increase in research and development headcount, from 63 employees in 2012 to 153 employees in 2013, a $0.2 million increase in direct computer costs to support our growing workforce and a $0.7 million increase in facilities expense for additional office space.
General and Administrative
Year Ended
December 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
$ | 1,737 | $ | 3,975 | $ | 2,238 | 128.8 | % | ||||||||
Percentage of total revenues |
7.3 | % | 7.9 | % |
General and administrative expenses increased $2.2 million, or 128.8%, from 2012 to 2013, primarily due to an increase of $1.4 million in employee-related costs resulting from a 236.4% increase in headcount, from 11 employees in 2012 to 37 employees in 2013, a $0.4 million increase in facilities expense for additional office space and $0.2 million in retention bonuses paid to personnel acquired as part of an acquisition in 2013.
Other Income (Expense)
Year Ended
December 31, |
Change | |||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
(in thousands except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense) |
$ | 282 | $ | (568 | ) | $ | (850 | ) | * | |||||||
Percentage of total revenues |
1.2 | % | (1.1 | )% |
* | Not a meaningful comparison. |
Other income (expense) decreased by $0.9 million in 2013 as compared to 2012, from income of $0.3 million in 2012 to an expense of $0.6 million in 2013. The decrease was primarily due to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. In 2012, we realized $0.2 million of foreign exchange gains whereas in 2013 we realized $0.5 million of foreign exchange losses.
70
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for each of the nine quarters ended March 31, 2015. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflects all adjustments, which includes only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods in accordance with U.S. GAAP. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or any future period.
Three Months Ended, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mar 31,
2013 |
Jun 30,
2013 |
Sep 30,
2013 |
Dec 31,
2013 |
Mar 31,
2014 |
Jun 30,
2014 |
Sep 30,
2014 |
Dec 31,
2014 |
Mar 31,
2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share data) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
$ | 7,523 | $ | 8,666 | $ | 10,082 | $ | 12,068 | $ | 13,053 | $ | 15,567 | $ | 17,690 | $ | 20,358 | $ | 22,352 | ||||||||||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
1,630 | 1,963 | 2,653 | 5,667 | 5,757 | 8,113 | 9,656 | 14,824 | 14,996 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
9,153 | 10,629 | 12,735 | 17,735 | 18,810 | 23,680 | 27,346 | 35,182 | 37,348 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
1,611 | 1,819 | 2,344 | 2,730 | 3,284 | 3,842 | 4,615 | 5,049 | 5,033 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
180 | 204 | 869 | 3,756 | 3,898 | 5,523 | 6,492 | 10,520 | 10,749 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
1,791 | 2,023 | 3,213 | 6,486 | 7,182 | 9,365 | 11,107 | 15,569 | 15,782 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
7,362 | 8,606 | 9,522 | 11,249 | 11,628 | 14,315 | 16,239 | 19,613 | 21,566 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing (1) |
4,233 | 5,132 | 6,158 | 7,828 | 9,718 | 12,569 | 11,433 | 12,209 | 13,540 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Research and development (1)(2) |
1,992 | 2,366 | 4,106 | 5,218 | 6,086 | 6,647 | 6,563 | 6,619 | 7,313 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative (1) |
620 | 871 | 1,052 | 1,432 | 1,796 | 2,138 | 2,352 | 5,280 | 4,189 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
6,845 | 8,369 | 11,316 | 14,478 | 17,600 | 21,354 | 20,348 | 24,108 | 25,042 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
517 | 237 | (1,794 | ) | (3,229 | ) | (5,972 | ) | (7,039 | ) | (4,109 | ) | (4,495 | ) | (3,476 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income, net |
6 | 13 | 6 | 17 | 10 | 12 | 15 | 20 | 11 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on asset disposal |
| | | (73 | ) | | 1 | | (101 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange gain (loss) |
(274 | ) | (418 | ) | 252 | (97 | ) | (403 | ) | 146 | (174 | ) | (222 | ) | (1,065 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(268 | ) | (405 | ) | 258 | (153 | ) | (393 | ) | 159 | (159 | ) | (303 | ) | (1,054 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | 249 | $ | (168 | ) | $ | (1,536 | ) | $ | (3,382 | ) | $ | (6,365 | ) | $ | (6,880 | ) | $ | (4,268 | ) | $ | (4,798 | ) | $ | (4,530 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) per common sharebasic (3) |
$ | 0.01 | $ | 0.00 | $ | (0.04 | ) | $ | (0.09 | ) | $ | (0.16 | ) | $ | (0.18 | ) | $ | (0.11 | ) | $ | (0.12 | ) | $ | (0.12 | ) | |||||||||||
Net income (loss) per common sharediluted (3) |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | (0.04 | ) | $ | (0.09 | ) | $ | (0.16 | ) | $ | (0.18 | ) | $ | (0.11 | ) | $ | (0.12 | ) | $ | (0.12 | ) |
(1) | Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows: |
Three Months Ended, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mar 31,
2013 |
Jun 30,
2013 |
Sep 30,
2013 |
Dec 31,
2013 |
Mar 31,
2014 |
Jun 30,
2014 |
Sep 30,
2014 |
Dec 31,
2014 |
Mar 31,
2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues |
$ | 9 | $ | 9 | $ | 35 | $ | 60 | $ | 40 | $ | 65 | $ | 54 | $ | 100 | $ | 59 | ||||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
33 | 33 | 137 | 151 | 133 | 157 | 161 | 245 | 174 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Research and development |
104 | 104 | 430 | 514 | 869 | 628 | 513 | 766 | 779 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
23 | 23 | 47 | 54 | 73 | 118 | 156 | 365 | 428 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total stock-based compensation expense |
$ | 169 | $ | 169 | $ | 649 | $ | 779 | $ | 1,115 | $ | 968 | $ | 884 | $ | 1,476 | $ | 1,440 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
(2) | Net of refundable tax credits as follows: |
Three Months Ended, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mar 31,
2013 |
Jun 30,
2013 |
Sep 30,
2013 |
Dec 31,
2013 |
Mar 31,
2014 |
Jun 30,
2014 |
Sep 30,
2014 |
Dec 31,
2014 |
Mar 31,
2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Refundable tax credits |
$ | 150 | $ | 167 | $ | 241 | $ | 333 | $ | 240 | $ | 240 | $ | 240 | $ | 575 | $ | 300 |
(3) | Does not give effect to the conversion of our Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred shares into common shares, which will occur upon the consummation of this offering. |
The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly statements of operations data as a percentage of total revenues for each of the nine quarters ended March 31, 2015.
Three Months Ended, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mar 31,
2013 |
Jun 30,
2013 |
Sep 30,
2013 |
Dec 31,
2013 |
Mar 31,
2014 |
Jun 30,
2014 |
Sep 30,
2014 |
Dec 31,
2014 |
Mar 31,
2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
82.2 | % | 81.5 | % | 79.2 | % | 68.0 | % | 69.4 | % | 65.7 | % | 64.7 | % | 57.9 | % | 59.8 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
17.8 | % | 18.5 | % | 20.8 | % | 32.0 | % | 30.6 | % | 34.3 | % | 35.3 | % | 42.1 | % | 40.2 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
17.6 | % | 17.1 | % | 18.4 | % | 15.4 | % | 17.5 | % | 16.2 | % | 16.9 | % | 14.4 | % | 13.5 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
2.0 | % | 1.9 | % | 6.8 | % | 21.2 | % | 20.7 | % | 23.3 | % | 23.7 | % | 29.9 | % | 28.8 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
19.6 | % | 19.0 | % | 25.2 | % | 36.6 | % | 38.2 | % | 39.5 | % | 40.6 | % | 44.3 | % | 42.3 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
80.4 | % | 81.0 | % | 74.8 | % | 63.4 | % | 61.8 | % | 60.5 | % | 59.4 | % | 55.7 | % | 57.7 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
46.2 | % | 48.3 | % | 48.4 | % | 44.1 | % | 51.7 | % | 53.1 | % | 41.8 | % | 34.7 | % | 36.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Research and development |
21.8 | % | 22.3 | % | 32.2 | % | 29.4 | % | 32.4 | % | 28.1 | % | 24.0 | % | 18.8 | % | 19.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
6.8 | % | 8.2 | % | 8.3 | % | 8.1 | % | 9.5 | % | 9.0 | % | 8.6 | % | 15.0 | % | 11.2 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
74.8 | % | 78.7 | % | 88.9 | % | 81.6 | % | 93.6 | % | 90.2 | % | 74.4 | % | 68.5 | % | 67.1 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
5.6 | % | 2.2 | % | (14.1 | )% | (18.2 | )% | (31.7 | )% | (29.7 | )% | (15.0 | )% | (12.8 | )% | (9.4 | )% | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest income, net |
0.1 | % | 0.1 | % | 0.0 | % | 0.1 | % | 0.1 | % | 0.1 | % | 0.1 | % | 0.1 | % | 0.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Loss on asset disposal |
| | | (0.4 | )% | | | | (0.3 | )% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange gain (loss) |
(3.0 | )% | (3.9 | )% | 2.0 | % | (0.5 | )% | (2.1 | )% | 0.6 | % | (0.6 | )% | (0.6 | )% | (2.8 | )% | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(2.9 | )% | (3.8 | )% | 2.0 | % | (0.8 | )% | (2.0 | )% | 0.7 | % | (0.5 | )% | (0.8 | )% | (2.8 | )% | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) |
2.7 | % | (1.6 | )% | (12.1 | )% | (19.0 | )% | (33.8 | )% | (29.0 | )% | (15.5 | )% | (13.6 | )% | (12.2 | )% | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We believe that year-over-year comparisons are more meaningful than our sequential results due to seasonality in our business. See Factors Affecting the Comparability of our ResultsSeasonality. While we believe that this seasonality has affected and will continue to affect our quarterly results, our rapid growth has largely masked seasonal trends to date. As a result of the continued growth of our merchant solutions offerings, we believe that our business may become more seasonal in the future, and that historical patterns in our business may not be a reliable indicator of our future performance.
Quarterly Revenue and Gross Margin Trends
Our quarterly revenue increased sequentially for each period presented, primarily due to sales of new subscriptions to our platform as well as the introduction and growth of merchant solutions. We cannot assure you that this pattern of sequential growth in revenue will continue.
Our gross margin has declined over the past nine quarters primarily due to the impact of Shopify Payments. Merchant solutions are intended to supplement subscription solutions by providing additional
72
value to our merchants and increasing their use of our platform. As a result, while our total revenues have increased in recent periods as a result of offering Shopify Payments, our cost of revenues has increased in these periods. Although merchant solutions generally have a lower gross margin than subscription solutions, we believe that our merchant solutions make it easier for our merchants to start a business and grow on our platform. See Factors Affecting the Comparability of our ResultsChange in Revenue Mix.
Quarterly Operating Expenses Trends
Total operating expenses generally increased sequentially for each period presented primarily due to the addition of personnel in connection with the expansion of our business as well as additional marketing initiatives to attract potential merchants.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The following table summarizes our total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments as at December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and as at March 31, 2014 and 2015 as well as our operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015.
Year Ended December 31, |
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2014 | 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments (end of period) |
$ | 17,655 | $ | 83,529 | $ | 59,662 | $ | 80,853 | $ | 59,161 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in): |
||||||||||||||||||||
Operating activities |
$ | 2,041 | $ | 1,396 | $ | (801 | ) | $ | (568 | ) | $ | 3,966 | ||||||||
Investing activities |
(2,795 | ) | (5,332 | ) | (40,366 | ) | (1,835 | ) | 1,152 | |||||||||||
Financing activities |
57 | 70,053 | 140 | 76 | 55 | |||||||||||||||
Effect of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents |
36 | (243 | ) | (549 | ) | (349 | ) | (978 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
(661 | ) | 65,874 | (41,576 | ) | (2,676 | ) | 4,195 | ||||||||||||
Short-term investments, as of period end |
| | 17,709 | | (4,696 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments |
$ | (661 | ) | $ | 65,874 | $ | (23,867 | ) | $ | (2,676 | ) | $ | (501 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of convertible preferred shares and issuances of common shares, raising approximately $90.0 million from investors to date, of which we have utilized $29.8 million through March 31, 2015.
In 2011, we entered into a revolving credit facility with a Canadian chartered bank that is annually renewable. In 2013, the borrowing limit on this credit facility was increased to C$1.5 million. This credit facility is secured by cash and cash equivalents and its interest rate is tied to the Bank of Canada prime lending rate plus 0.3%. As at the date of this prospectus, no amounts were drawn on this credit facility and C$1.05 million under the facility was pledged as collateral for letters of credit.
In March 2015, we entered into a credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank, which provides for a $25.0 million revolving line of credit bearing interest at the U.S. prime rate, as established by the Wall Street Journal plus or minus 25 basis points per annum. The credit facility is collateralized by substantially all of our assets (including the stock of our subsidiaries), excluding our intellectual property which is subject to a negative pledge. As at the date of this prospectus, no amounts have been drawn under this credit facility and we are in compliance with all of the covenants contained therein.
73
As at March 31, 2015, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $59.2 million. We believe our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, together with the proceeds of this offering, will be sufficient to meet our operating working capital and capital expenditure requirements over the next 12 months. Our future financing requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, subscription renewal activity, the timing and extent of spending to support development of our platform and the expansion of sales and marketing activities. Although we currently are not a party to any agreement and do not have any understanding with any third-parties with respect to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, businesses or technologies, we may enter into these types of arrangements in the future, which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all.
Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities
Our largest source of operating cash is from subscription solutions. These payments are typically paid to us at the beginning of the applicable agreements term. We also generate significant cash flows from our payment processing fee arrangements, which are received on a daily basis as transactions are processed. Our primary uses of cash from operating activities are for employee-related expenditures, marketing programs and leased facilities.
Net cash provided by operating activities in the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $4.0 million, reflecting a $1.1 million increase in deferred revenue resulting from growth in our subscription sales, a $1.5 million decrease in trade and other receivables attributable to the receipt of refundable tax credits during the period, a $3.2 million increase in accounts payable and accruals attributable to increased expenses associated with the growth of the business as well as a sales tax accrual and a $0.6 million increase in lease incentives relating to initial rent-free periods and leasehold incentives on our new office leasing arrangements. Cash provided by operating activities was partially offset by a $2.0 million increase in other current assets caused by timing of prepaid contract renewals and deposits on purchases along with deferred offering costs for direct incremental costs associated with the proposed offering as well as our net loss of $4.5 million less non-cash items consisting of $1.4 million in stock-based compensation, $1.5 million in amortization of property, equipment and intangible assets, and a $1.2 million unrealized foreign exchange loss.
Net cash used in operating activities in the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $0.6 million, reflecting our net loss of $6.4 million less non-cash items consisting of $1.1 million in stock-based compensation, $1.0 million in amortization of property, equipment and intangible assets, and a $0.3 million unrealized foreign exchange loss. This was offset by a $0.3 million increase in trade and other receivables attributable to the growth of our business, a $0.2 million increase in other current assets caused by timing of prepaid contract renewals and deposits on purchases, a $0.8 million increase in deferred revenue resulting from growth in our subscription sales, a $2.8 million increase in accounts payable and accruals attributable to increased expenses associated with the growth of the business and a $0.3 million increase in lease incentives relating to initial rent-free periods and leasehold incentives on our new office leasing arrangements.
Net cash provided by operating activities in 2014 reflected our net loss of $22.3 million, offset by non-cash items consisting of $4.4 million in stock-based compensation and $4.7 million in amortization of property, equipment and intangible assets. Cash provided from operating activities included a $2.8 million increase in deferred revenue resulting from growth in our subscription sales, a $6.0 million increase in accounts payable and accruals attributable to increased expenses associated with the growth of the business as well as a sales tax accrual and a $7.3 million increase in lease incentives relating to initial rent-free periods and leasehold incentives on our new office leasing arrangements. Cash provided by operating activities was partially offset by a $3.9 million increase in trade and other receivables attributable to the growth of refundable tax credits and a $0.4 million increase in other current assets caused by timing of prepaid contract renewals and deposits on purchases.
74
Net cash provided by operating activities in 2013 reflected our net loss of $4.8 million, offset by non-cash items consisting of $1.8 million in stock-based compensation, $1.5 million in depreciation of property and equipment, $0.3 million in amortization of intangibles and a $0.2 million change in lease liabilities. Cash provided from operating activities in 2013 included a $1.9 million increase in deferred revenue resulting from growth in subscription sales and a $2.3 million increase in accounts payable and accruals attributable to increased expenses associated with the growth of the business along with accrued year-end employee bonuses. Cash provided by operating activities in 2013 was partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in trade and other receivables attributable to the growth the business and a $0.7 million increase in other current assets due to business activities associated with the growth of the business.
Net cash provided by operating activities in 2012 reflected our net loss of $1.2 million, offset by non-cash items consisting of $0.4 million in stock-based compensation, $0.7 million in depreciation of property and equipment and $0.1 million in amortization of intangibles. Cash provided by operating activities in 2012 included a $1.8 million increase in deferred revenue resulting from growth in subscription sales and a $1.3 million increase in accounts payable and accruals attributable to increased expenses associated with the growth of the business. Cash provided by operating activities in 2012 was partially offset by a $0.6 million increase in trade and other receivables, a $0.2 million increase in other current assets due to business activities associated with the growth of the business and an unrealized gain on foreign exchange of $0.1 million.
Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities
To date, cash flows used in investing activities have primarily related to purchases of computer and hosting equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and fixtures to support our expanding infrastructure and workforce as well as capitalized software development costs.
Net cash provided by investing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $1.2 million, reflecting disposals of $4.7 million in short-term investments as a result of maturing investments. This was offset by $2.5 million used to purchase property and equipment, which primarily consists of expenditures on leasehold improvements, equipment used in our data centers to support our expanding merchant base and equipment to support our growing workforce. Additionally, $0.3 million was spent on capitalized software development costs associated with internal use software and software to support the growth of the business, while a further $0.7 million was used to purchase intangible assets to complement our platform.
Net cash used in investing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $1.8 million, reflecting $1.6 million used to purchase property and equipment, which primarily consists of expenditures on leasehold improvements, equipment used in our data centers to support our expanding customer base and equipment to support our growing workforce. Additionally, $0.3 million was spent on capitalized software development costs associated with internal use software and software to support the growth of the business.
In 2014, cash used in investing activities included $20.6 million used to purchase property and equipment, which primarily consists of expenditures on leasehold improvements, equipment used in our data centers to support our expanding customer base and equipment to support our growing workforce. Additionally, $1.9 million was spent on capitalized software development costs associated with internal use software and software to support the growth of the business. We also made net purchases of $17.7 million in short-term securities to earn interest on excess cash and diversify our cash holdings to mitigate credit risk. A further $0.2 million was used to purchase intangible assets to complement our platform.
In 2013, cash used in investing activities included $3.5 million for the acquisition of equipment used in our data centers, equipment to support our growing workforce and expenditures on leasehold improvements. Additionally, in 2013, $0.7 million was spent on capitalized software development costs associated with internal use software, $0.3 million was spent on software to support the growth of the business and $0.8 million was used in connection with the acquisition of Jet Cooper Ltd. and Atatomic Inc.
75
In 2012, cash used in investing activities included $1.7 million for the acquisition of equipment used in our data centers, equipment to support our growing workforce and expenditures on leasehold improvements. Additionally, $0.3 million was spent on software to support the growth of our business and $0.8 million was used in connection with the acquisition of Select Start Studios Inc.
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
To date, cash flows from financing activities have related to proceeds from private placements and exercises of stock options.
Net cash provided by financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $0.1 million, reflecting $0.1 million in proceeds from the issuance of common shares as a result of stock option exercises.
Net cash provided by financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $0.1 million, reflecting $0.1 million in proceeds from the issuance of common shares as a result of stock option exercises.
In 2014, we received $0.1 million in proceeds from the issuance of common shares as a result of stock option exercises.
In 2013, we received $69.8 million in net proceeds from the issuance of Series C convertible preferred shares and $0.3 million in proceeds from the issuance of common shares as a result of stock option exercises.
In 2012, we received $0.1 million in proceeds from the issuance of common shares as a result of stock option exercises.
Contractual Obligations and Contingencies
Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our credit facility and operating leases for equipment and office space. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2015:
Payments Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||||
Less Than
1 Year |
1 to 3
Years |
3 to 5
Years |
More Than
5 Years |
Total | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Bank indebtedness |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||
Operating lease obligations (1) |
3,789 | 13,470 | 15,104 | 46,694 | 81,057 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total contractual obligations |
$ | 3,789 | $ | 13,470 | $ | 15,104 | $ | 46,694 | $ | 81,057 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Consists of payment obligations under our office leases in Ottawa, Toronto, Montreal and Kitchener-Waterloo. |
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no significant off-balance sheet arrangements.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
Our exposure to foreign exchange risk is primarily related to fluctuations between the Canadian dollar and the United States dollar. We are exposed to foreign exchange fluctuations on the revaluation of foreign currency assets and liabilities. We use foreign exchange derivative products to facilitate the conversion of U.S. dollars into Canadian funds for operational purposes. By their nature, derivative financial instruments involve risk, including the credit risk of non-performance by counterparties.
76
Interest Rate Sensitivity
We had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments totaling $59.2 million as of March 31, 2015, of which $34.5 million was invested in money market funds and corporate bonds. The cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. Our investments are made for capital preservation purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes.
Our cash equivalents and our portfolio of marketable securities are subject to market risk due to changes in interest rates. Fixed rate securities may have their market value adversely affected due to a rise in interest rates. Our future investment income may fall short of our expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell securities that decline in market value due to changes in interest rates. However, because we classify our debt securities as held to maturity, no gains or losses are recognized due to changes in interest rates unless such securities are sold prior to maturity or declines in fair value are determined to be other than temporary.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our financial condition or results of operations would be affected. We base our estimates on past experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we re-evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. We refer to accounting estimates of this type as critical accounting policies and estimates, which we discuss below.
Revenue Recognition
Our sources of revenue consist of subscription solutions and merchant solutions. Arrangements with merchants do not provide the merchant with the right to take possession of the software supporting our platform at any time and are therefore accounted for as service contracts. Our subscription solutions contracts do not provide for refunds or any other rights of return to merchants in the event of cancellations.
We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met:
| there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; |
| the services have been or are being provided to the customer; |
| the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and |
| the collection is reasonably assured. |
We follow the guidance provided in ASC 605-45, Principal Agent Considerations for determining whether we should recognize revenue based on the gross amount billed to a merchant or the net amount retained. This determination is a matter of judgment that depends on the facts and circumstances of each arrangement. We recognize revenue from the sales of apps on a net basis as it has been determined that we are the agent in the arrangement with merchants. All other revenue is reported on a gross basis, as we have determined we are the principal in the arrangement, in that we are the primary obligor for providing services, assume the risk of any loss or changes in costs and have pricing flexibility.
Software Development Costs
Research and development costs are generally expensed as incurred. These costs primarily consist of personnel and related expenses, contractor and consultant fees, stock-based compensation and corporate overhead allocations, including depreciation.
We capitalize certain development costs incurred in connection with our internal use software. These capitalized costs are related to the development of our software platform that we host and which is accessed
77
by our merchants on a subscription basis as well as material internal infrastructure software. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. We capitalize all direct and incremental costs incurred during the application phase, until such time as the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalization ceases upon completion of all substantial testing.
We also capitalize costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional features and functionality. Maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
Internal use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of two to three years.
Refundable Tax Credits
Tax credits related to SR&ED costs are accounted for using the flow-through method. Refundable tax credits are accounted for in the period in which the related expenditures are incurred as a direct reduction of research and development or capitalized costs. Non-refundable tax credits, which may only be used to reduce future taxes otherwise payable, are recorded as an income tax recovery in the period in which their realization is considered more likely than not. As a public company, we will no longer be eligible for refundable tax credits under SR&ED.
Stock-Based Compensation
We have granted stock-based awards, including stock options and restricted shares, to our employees, certain consultants and members of our board of directors. Stock-based compensation is measured based on the fair value of the awards on the grant date and recognized in our consolidated statement of operations over the period during which the recipient is required to perform services in exchange for the award, generally the vesting period.
We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, single option approach. Our option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying shares, the expected term of the awards, the expected volatility of the price of our shares, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our shares. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of managements judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.
In connection with historical acquisitions, we have also issued restricted shares. The restricted shares vest evenly, on a month-by-month basis, and are contingent on future services being provided. As a result, the restricted shares are considered post business combination services and are accounted for as compensation expense and not as part of purchase accounting. The fair value of the restricted shares was derived from the fair value of our common shares, which was determined by our third-party 409A valuations at or around the same time as the related transactions and in combination with other available market data.
The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine stock-based compensation expense in the periods presented below:
* | No options granted in the period. |
78
The assumptions are based on the following for each of the periods presented:
| Expected Volatility Since we have no significant trading history by which to determine the volatility of our share price, we estimate volatility for option grants by evaluating the average historical volatility of peer group companies for the period immediately preceding the option grant. |
| Risk-Free Interest Rate The risk-free interest rate was based on the United States Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options. |
| Dividend Yield We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future and, therefore, used an expected dividend yield of zero. |
| Average Expected Life We elected to use the simplified method to compute the expected term due to our limited history of exercise activity and because our stock options meet the criteria of plain-vanilla options as defined by the SEC. The simplified method calculates the expected term by taking the average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the awards. |
| Fair Value of Common Shares Given the absence of an active market for our shares prior to our initial public offering, we estimated the fair value of our shares as discussed in more detail below. |
| Forfeiture We estimate the expected forfeiture rate and only recognize expense for those shares expected to vest. We estimate the forfeiture rate based on historical experience. To the extent our actual forfeiture rate is different from our estimate, stock-based compensation expense is adjusted accordingly. |
If any assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model change significantly, stock option compensation expense for future awards may differ materially compared with the expense for awards granted previously.
Share Valuations
Given the absence of an active market for our shares prior to our initial public offering, the fair value of the shares underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors, which intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share equal to the fair value of our shares underlying those options on the date of grant. Such estimates will not be necessary to determine the fair value of new awards once the underlying shares begin trading. Valuations of our shares were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountant Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The assumptions we used in the valuation model were based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors in determining the fair value of our shares as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:
| contemporaneous valuations performed at periodic intervals by independent, third-party specialists; |
| the prices, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred shares relative to our common shares; |
| current business conditions and projections; |
| stage of development; |
| likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions and the nature and history of our business; |
| market multiples of comparable companies in our industry; |
| industry information such as market size and growth; |
| secondary sales of our shares in arms length transactions; |
79
| adjustments, if any, necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our shares; and |
| macroeconomic conditions. |
Prior to December 31, 2014, in connection with each business valuation, the enterprise value of our business was determined using the market-based approach. The market-based approach considers multiples of financial metrics based on a selected peer group of publicly traded technology companies. The peer group of companies was selected based on their similarity to us relative to size, business model, industry, business description and developmental stage. From time to time, we updated the set of comparable companies as new or more relevant information became available.
A revenue multiple was used to determine our enterprise value under the market-based approach. From the enterprise value we add cash and subtract debt to determine our equity value. Once the equity value is determined, value is allocated among the various classes of securities to arrive at the fair value of the common shares.
We also considered an appropriate discount adjustment to recognize the lack of marketability and liquidity due to the fact that shareholders of private companies do not have access to trading markets similar to those enjoyed by shareholders of public companies. As well, we considered additional factors when determining any changes in fair value between the most recent valuation report and the grant dates including, when available, the prices paid in any recent transactions involving our equity securities, as well as our operating and financial performance, current industry conditions and the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies.
Beginning in 2015, we applied the hybrid method, which combines the market-based approach and the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, to determine the value of our common shares. We made this change as greater certainty developed regarding a possible liquidity event. Under the PWERM, the value of our common shares is estimated based on analysis of future values for the enterprise assuming various possible future events, such as an initial public offering. The future value was discounted to its present value using an appropriate risk adjusted rate based on the Companys stage of development. Additionally, we applied a discount for lack of marketability. Under the hybrid method, the per share values calculated under the market-based approach and PWERM are probability-weighted to determine the fair value of our common shares.
In connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, we estimated the fair values of our common shares for financial reporting purposes in light of our rapidly improving financial performance and prospects, our evolving belief that an initial public offering was increasingly viable and the generally improving conditions in the capital markets. Due to these factors as well as the recent availability of more relevant comparable companies, resulting in higher revenue multiples, management re-evaluated the fair value of common shares using the market based approach. As a result, we determined that, solely for financial reporting purposes, the fair value of our common shares was higher than the fair values determined in good faith by our board of directors for each of the option grant dates in 2013 and 2014.
Information regarding stock-based awards granted to our employees since January 1, 2014 is summarized as follows:
Grant Date |
Number of Awards |
Exercise Price per
Share for Options Granted |
Deemed Fair Value
Per Common Share |
|||||||||
April 2, 2014 |
603,500 | $ | 3.77 | $ | 6.02 | |||||||
June 26, 2014 |
446,750 | $ | 4.22 | $ | 7.52 | |||||||
October 1, 2014 |
409,750 | $ | 5.17 | $ | 8.18 | |||||||
December 17, 2014 |
1,525,495 | $ | 6.22 | $ | 9.65 | |||||||
March 14, 2015 |
435,750 | $ | 10.72 | $ | 10.72 |
80
Recently Issued Accounting Standards not yet Adopted
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-9 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The new accounting standards update requires an entity to apply a five step model to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods and services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services, as well as a cohesive set of disclosure requirements that would result in an entity providing comprehensive information about the nature, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entitys contracts with customers. The standard becomes effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with no early adoption permitted. We are currently assessing the impact of this new standard.
JOBS Act
We qualify as an emerging growth company pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified exemptions from various requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies in the United States. These provisions include:
| an exemption permitting us to include in an initial public offering registration statement less than five years of selected financial data; and |
| an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth companys internal control over financial reporting. |
The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have not elected to avail ourselves of the exemption that allows emerging growth companies to extend the transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards. This election is irrevocable.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of:
| the last day of our fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.0 billion; |
| the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; |
| the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or |
| the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. |
We have availed ourselves in this prospectus of the reduced reporting requirements described above with respect to selected financial data. As a result, the information that we provide shareholders may be less comprehensive than what you might receive from other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. When we are no longer deemed to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.
81
The first Shopify store was our own. In 2004, we took something we loved, snowboarding, and built a business around it. The idea was to set up an online store and create a snowboarding empire. But there was a problem: the software landscape we encountered seemed to work against our ambitions at every step. Back then, online store software was built for existing big businesses that were transitioning online. It was incredibly expensive, unnecessarily complex, and infuriatingly inflexible.
Existing software was not designed with the new entrepreneur in mind, so we rejected the existing models and created our own. Our custom software met our needs so well that we decided to take everything we learned and shift our business away from snowboards and towards fixing the glaring hole in the ecommerce market. We knew that many future businesses would be created online first, and software needed to support the first steps of entrepreneurship, not just the established big guys. We set out to create the software that we wished would have existed, and we launched it in 2006 under the name Shopify.
Shopify is exactly this: the only platform you need to build your empire. Shopify is the first thing our merchants log into in the morning and the last thing they log out of in the evening. Its at the heart of their businessa responsibility that we take very seriously. Chances are that youve already bought products through stores that use Shopify and you didnt even realize it. More than 165,000 stores use Shopify today. Yet, as a brand, we are virtually invisible to consumers. This is by design, as our job is to make our merchants look their very best in every interaction they have with consumers.
Over $8 billion of GMV has already been transacted through our platform, with the most recent quarter coming in at over $1 billion. Weve proven that theres incredible potential in early-stage entrepreneurs when they are empowered with great technology. Focusing on inspiring entrepreneurship and helping people iterate their ideas, launch new stores and scale their businesses creates a sense of solidarity: we did it together. We believe that by giving merchants an affordable, easy to use solution that helps them sell and run their business, Shopify will share in their success as they grow. Weve shown that it was possible to build a single platform that works from the very beginningan entrepreneur with an ideato a business with millions of orders. And while many of our larger merchants switched to Shopify based on the quality of our platform, a large number of our merchants are homegrown and started their businesses with us. Im incredibly proud of this.
Over the years weve also helped foster a large ecosystem that has grown up around Shopify. App developers, design agencies, and theme designers have built businesses of their own by creating value for merchants on the Shopify platform. Instead of stifling this enthusiastic pool of talent and carving out the profits for ourselves, weve made a point of supporting our partners and aligning their interests with our own. In order to build long-term value, we decided to forgo short-term revenue opportunities and nurture the people who were putting their trust in Shopify. As a result, today there are thousands of partners that have built businesses around Shopify by creating custom apps, custom themes, or any number of other services for Shopify merchants.
This is a prime example of how we approach value and something that potential investors must understand: we do not chase revenue as the primary driver of our business. Shopify has been about empowering merchants since it was founded, and we have always prioritized long-term value over short-term revenue opportunities. We dont see this changing.
In terms of the value we create, we think that the most important thing that we deliver to our merchants is simplicity. Simplicity isnt simple. It takes tremendous care, discipline, and craftsmanship to take something inherently complex like commerce and make it intuitive. We have spent the last decade democratizing commerce, simplifying it, and making it accessible for businesses of all sizes.
82
Today, businesses sell through dozens of different channels: online stores, retail stores, wholesale, at pop-up shops, on social networks, through mobile apps or any number of other ways. Merchants often hack together different applications and technologies in order to try to address their multi-channel requirements. Were now showing them that they dont have to; that their complex setup can be reduced to a single, simple platform. By the time were done, we think Shopify will have established the new normal.
I want Shopify to be a company that sees the next century. To get us there we not only have to correctly predict future commerce trends and technology, but be the ones that push the entire industry forward. Shopify was initially built in a world where merchants were simply looking for a homepage for their business. By accurately predicting how the commerce world would be changing, and building what our merchants would need next, we taught them to expect so much more from their software.
These underlying aspirations and values drive our mission: make commerce better for everyone. I hope youll join us.
-tobi
83
Overview
Shopify provides a leading cloud-based commerce platform designed for small and medium-sized businesses. Merchants use our software to run their business across all of their sales channels, including web, tablet and mobile storefronts, social media storefronts, and brick-and-mortar and pop-up shops. While we started Shopify to help merchants design, set up and manage their online stores, we have expanded far beyond that. Whether a merchant is starting their business online or offline, we provide a platform for merchants to create an omni-channel experience that helps showcase the merchants brand and grow its business. The Shopify platform provides merchants with a single view of their business and customers across all of their sales channels and enables them to manage products and inventory, process orders and payments, build customer relationships and leverage analytics and reporting. Merchants can also use Shopify Mobile, our iPhone and Android application, to manage their business on the go.
Technology and the internet are transforming commerce. Consumers now expect to be able to transact anywhere, anytime on any device and the experience needs to be simple, seamless and secure. Consumers quickly become accustomed to the standards set by the largest and most innovative merchants and expect a comparable experience with all merchants, even those that have only been in business for one day. Without the latest technology, it is difficult for merchants to meet the rising demands of consumers.
We built our platform from the ground up to address the growing challenges facing merchants with the aim of making previously complex tasks simple. The Shopify platform has been engineered to enterprise-level standards and functionality while being designed for simplicity and ease-of-use. Our platform provides merchants with an intuitive user experience that requires no up-front training to implement and use, enabling merchants to set up their shops in less than 15 minutes. We help our merchants own their brand and make the consumer experience memorable.
We believe the Shopify platform is mission critical for all of our merchants and they depend on us for the latest technology. Our platform is able to manage large spikes in traffic that accompany events such as new product releases, holiday shopping seasons and flash sales, and has been benchmarked to process at least 10,000 requests per second based on results from platform load testing. We are constantly innovating and enhancing our platform. Our continuously deployed, multi-tenant architecture ensures that all of our merchants are always using the latest technology.
A rich ecosystem of app developers, theme designers and other partners has evolved around the Shopify platform. The platforms functionality is highly extensible and can be expanded through our application program interface, or API, and the over 900 apps available in the Shopify App Store. This ecosystem helps drive the growth of our merchant base, which in turn further accelerates growth of the ecosystem.
84
Our mission is to make commerce better for everyone and we believe we can help merchants of nearly all sizes and retail verticals realize their potential. While our platform can scale to meet the needs of large merchants, we focus on selling to small and medium-sized businesses, or SMBs. As of March 31, 2015, we had 162,261 merchants from approximately 150 countries, representing growth of 68.2% in the number of merchants using our platform relative to March 31, 2014. In 2014, our platform processed Gross Merchandise Volume, or GMV, of $3.8 billion, representing an increase of 132.9% from the year ended December 31, 2013. In the three months ended March 31, 2015, our platform processed GMV of $1.3 billion, representing an increase of 107.8% from the three months ended March 31, 2014.
Our business has experienced rapid growth. Our total revenue increased from $23.7 million in 2012, to $50.3 million in 2013 and to $105.0 million in 2014, representing year-over-year increases of 111.9% and 109.0%, respectively. In addition, our total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $37.3 million, an increase of 98.5% from the three months ended March 31, 2014 We had net losses of $1.2 million in 2012, $4.8 million in 2013, $22.3 million in 2014, $6.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 and $4.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015.
Industry Overview and Trends
Technology and the internet are transforming commerce.
Consumers Have Changed How They Shop
How consumers discover, learn about and ultimately purchase products has transformed and continues to evolve as technology continues to advance. Consumers now dictate how, when and where to interact with merchants. A consumer may discover a product on social media, read reviews and blogs using a tablet, visit a nearby brick-and-mortar store to see the product in person, compare prices using a mobile phone, and end up purchasing the product from yet a different merchant. Forrester Research anticipated that in 2014 more than half of all U.S. retail sales would be web-impacted regardless of where the transaction ultimately took place.
Consumers have more choices than ever before with regard to what they buy and who they buy from. The internet has enabled consumers to increasingly interact with merchants around the globe to find and
85
purchase products that allow them to express their own unique personalities, styles and interests. Good experiences bring consumers back for more and attract new consumers through word of mouth and online reviews. A disappointing experience may lead to the permanent loss of customers and a damage to the merchants reputation on social media.
Merchants Face Significant Challenges from Heightened Consumer Expectations
Consumer expectations are high for all merchants, regardless of whether the merchant has been in business for only one day or if the merchant is the largest, most established and most innovative retailer in the world. Consumers quickly become accustomed to the latest technologies and expect a high quality experience in all of their interactions with every merchant. Consumers have convenient access to more merchants than ever, which raises the stakes for merchants to meet these heightened expectations. Consumers will abandon a website that is not loaded quickly and are loathe to return to a website that has trouble with performance. The consequence of not meeting expectations can be the permanent loss of customers.
The challenges facing merchants continue to grow and include:
| Selling Across Different Channels. Consumers expect to be able to transact through multiple sales channels without losing functionality or experience. They expect to be able to seamlessly access a merchants online store from their mobile device, tablet and computer, and expect the same breadth of information from online channels as they would receive in a brick-and-mortar store. A merchants failure to deliver a mobile optimized online store can frustrate consumers and lead them to shop elsewhere. From a merchants perspective, as consumers look to interact across different channels, it becomes increasingly important that the merchant has a single view of its business and customers. The technical requirements to deliver this are complex and involve the synchronization of back-end systems such as those related to customer information, inventory, orders, products, payments and other data that originate in different sales channels. |
| Making Transacting Simple, Seamless and Secure. Consumers expect every interaction to be quick, problem-free, intuitive and secure. From the consumers perspective, merchants are responsible for the entire retail experience, regardless of whether the merchant or a third party provides the solution. If a merchant uses a third-party hosting provider that crashes or causes the merchants website to be slow, the consumer will hold the merchant accountable and will be more likely to shop somewhere else. If a consumer tries to purchase a product from a brick-and-mortar store but in-store inventory is unavailable, a merchant should be able to search its dynamic inventory count and ship the product to the consumers home before the consumer looks elsewhere. If the security of a consumers payment details and personal information is compromised or security measures add complexity and delay to the experience, the consumer may not return. |
| Keeping up with the Latest Technology and Innovating. Technology is undergoing continuous change. As the most innovative retailers improve the consumer experience, the consumer begins to expect a similarly improved experience from all merchants. If the most innovative retailers are selling directly on social media, consumers expect all merchants to do so. If the most innovative merchants arm their store clerks with mobile point-of-sale, or POS, systems, all merchants are expected to offer similar efficiency or risk frustrating consumers. If a consumer is left saying When I shop with this other merchant, I can do this. Why cant I do it with you?, the consumer will likely shop elsewhere. |
| Building and Growing Their Brand. In a world where consumers have more choices than ever before, a merchants brand is increasingly important. A merchant needs to stand out from the crowd. If a consumer searches a third-party marketplace or ecommerce site and selects a merchants product from among thousands of search results, the consumer is more likely to remember the brand of the third-party site than the brand of the merchant. Experiences that enable merchants to connect directly with consumers allow merchants to make a memorable impression. A merchants brand and personality must shine through in every interaction to help build customer loyalty. |
86
| Scaling Their Business. As merchants increase their customer base and sales channels and awareness of their brand grows, merchants must be able to handle increased traffic and ensure availability 24 hours a day, seven days a week. In addition, merchants must be able to handle large spikes in traffic that accompany events such as new product releases, holiday shopping seasons and flash sales. If a merchants store is unavailablewhether due to software upgrades, maintenance or otherwiseor the experience impaired, the consumer will likely shop elsewhere. |
| Managing Their Business Anytime, Anywhere. To keep pace with consumer demands, merchants need to be able to manage their business on the go using their mobile devices. Customers expect it to be quick and simple to connect with merchants anywhere in the world at any time. If a customer emails the merchant with a query about a product, the customer will only wait so long for a response before becoming frustrated and looking elsewhere. Increasingly, merchants need to manage multiple sales channels. While they cant be physically present everywhere at once, they need to be virtually omnipresent. If a merchant is at their pop-up shop and is not aware a customer just placed an order through the merchants online store for the last item in stock, the merchant risks selling the item through the pop-up shop and disappointing the online customer. |
The overriding problem facing merchants is that merchants want to be experts in the products they sell, but are instead forced to be experts in technology in order to prosper.
Existing Alternatives are Inadequate
Traditionally, merchants have been forced to address their commerce needs through one of two means:
| Complex Software Built for Enterprise Merchants. Software built for the largest merchants is not designed for SMBs. It is expensive and complex, requires significant technical knowledge and training to install and maintain, and typically takes a long time to deploy. |
| Cobbled Together Patchwork. Whether a merchant is starting from scratch or building on top of legacy solutions, the process of piecing together a patchwork of disparate technologies is time consuming, complicated and costly. For example, to establish an online store a merchant may need to use one vendor for domain registration and hosting, a second vendor for website design, a third vendor for search engine optimization, a fourth vendor for security, a fifth vendor to provide a payment gateway and a sixth vendor for analytics. As the merchant sells across other sales channels, additional point applications from different vendors would need to be patched together and the complexity mounts. For example, to add a POS solution, the merchant must find a seventh vendor for POS hardware, an eighth vendor for POS software and a ninth vendor for POS credit card readers to help complete the transaction. And a tenth vendor to try to synchronize the inventory and data. The result is a system that, by its nature, lacks full integration between the applications provided by the various vendors and may only be as good as its weakest component. |
The Opportunity
Our mission is to make commerce better for everyone and we believe we can help merchants of nearly all sizes and retail verticals realize their potential. While our platform can scale to meet the needs of large merchants, we focus on selling to SMBs. We have merchants in approximately 150 countries, including merchants in our key geographies: the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Western Europe, Australia and New Zealand. According to AMI Partners, in 2014, there were approximately 10 million merchants with less than 500 employees operating in our key geographies, and approximately 46 million such merchants worldwide. As of March 31, 2015, we had 162,261 merchants and our annualized revenue per merchant based on the three months ended March 31, 2015 was approximately $1,000.
We believe that our market will expand as we continue to inspire entrepreneurs to start new businesses and provide the technology that enables them to do so. In addition, we expect our average revenue per merchant to continue to increase as our merchants grow and we further expand our offerings.
87
Our Solution
We provide a leading cloud-based commerce platform designed for SMBs. Merchants use our software to run their business across all of their sales channels, including web, tablet and mobile storefronts, social media storefronts, and brick-and-mortar and pop-up shops. Whether a merchant is starting their business online or offline, we provide a platform for merchants to create an omni-channel experience that helps showcase the merchants brand and grow their business. The Shopify platform provides merchants with a single view of their business and customers across all of their sales channels and enables them to manage products and inventory, process orders and payments, build customer relationships and leverage analytics and reporting. Merchants can also use Shopify Mobile, our iPhone and Android application, to manage their business on the go.
Our platform has been engineered to enterprise-level standards and functionality while being designed for simplicity and ease-of-use. We have also designed our platform with a robust technical infrastructure able to manage large spikes in traffic and an application ecosystem to integrate additional functionality. We are constantly innovating and enhancing our platform, with our continuously deployed, multi-tenant architecture ensuring all merchants are always using the latest technology.
We strive to make commerce better for everyone by offering:
| An Omni-Channel Commerce Platform. The Shopify platform enables merchants to sell their products across different sales channels, including web, tablet and mobile storefronts, social media storefronts, and brick-and-mortar and pop-up shops. Currently, approximately half of our merchants storefront traffic comes from mobile devices and approximately one quarter of our merchants have a Facebook Store. Merchants can easily add a new sales channel without the need to install new hardware or software infrastructure. Our platform provides merchants with a single view of their business, combining and synchronizing all their customer, inventory, order, product, payment and other data that originate in these different sales channels. |
| A Simplified Merchant Experience. The Shopify platform simplifies commerce technology and makes it accessible for merchants of all sizes. Our platform provides merchants with an intuitive user experience that requires no up-front training to implement and use. Merchants can set up their shop in less than 15 minutes. By integrating multiple channels into a single platform, we are also able to remove the complexities inherent in separate systems and democratize commerce. |
| The Latest Technologies, Seamlessly Integrated. The Shopify platform is designed to integrate the latest technologies that a merchant needs to sell products and operate an omni-channel retail business from any device. For example, our platform enables merchants to offer both mobile web and custom mobile applications that seamlessly integrate with other channels. Merchants can also use Shopify Mobile, our iPhone and Android application, to manage their business on the go. Our high-availability, continuously deployed, multi-tenant architecture ensures that all of our merchants are able to operate with the latest features and the newest innovations without any need to patch or upgrade their software. In 2014, we released thousands of updates to our platform that were immediately available to all of our merchants. We continue to add functionality and innovative features to our platform to address new technologies and the rapidly changing needs of merchants. |
|
A Platform Designed to Launch and Grow Brands. Merchants can launch and build their brand on the Shopify platform and sell direct without any intermediaries or middlemen. Merchants can quickly begin selling and accepting payments in-person using their mobile phone, or they can set up a website and begin taking orders globally. Merchants can select a professional looking storefront design from a curated selection of approximately 100 templates available in the Shopify Theme Store and tailor it to match their brands look and feel with just a few clicks. Merchants can also use our internally-developed design language to fully customize their storefront, or hire a partner who is a trusted Shopify Expert to build their storefront for them. Using the Shopify |
88
platform, a merchants brand is always at the forefront of the experience, and we help merchants make that experience memorable to consumers. |
| A Platform for Merchant Success. The Shopify platform includes advanced features and resources to help merchants sell more products. Our platform has strong search engine optimization, social media marketing features and advanced analytics built-in. Our in-house Shopify Guru team is also available on chat, email and phone 24/7 to help educate merchants on how to drive traffic to their shops and manage their businesses more effectively. Because our goals are aligned with those of our merchants, we do not restrict merchants with sales limits or bandwidth caps. As merchants begin to sell more, we offer more advanced plans with additional features such as lower payment processing rates and dedicated account management. In February 2014, we began offering our Shopify Plus plan to address the needs of our larger merchants. |
| Enterprise-level Security, Scalability and Reliability. The Shopify platform offers security, scalability and reliability that is normally only available to businesses with enterprise-level budgets, while at the same time being easy to use and affordable for smaller businesses. This is important because we believe the Shopify platform is mission critical for all of our merchants. Our merchants data is stored in two co-located facilities in geographically dispersed, fault-tolerant data centers with distributed denial of service prevention appliances, intrusion detection systems and 24/7 operational monitoring. We have been certified as a PCI DSS Level 1 compliant service provider, which is the highest level of compliance available, and our platform is audited annually by a third-party qualified security assessor. Our platform has been built to handle large spikes in traffic that accompany events such as new product releases, holiday shopping seasons and flash sales, and has been benchmarked to process at least 10,000 requests per second based on platform load testing. |
| An Open Platform with a Thriving Ecosystem. A rich ecosystem of app developers, theme designers and other partners has evolved around the Shopify platform. The Shopify platforms functionality is highly extensible and can be expanded using our API and apps from the Shopify App Store to offer additional sales channels (e.g. Facebook Store), bolster features in an existing sales channel (e.g. Product Reviews) and to integrate with third-party systems (e.g. Google Shopping). There are over 900 apps that were created either by us or by third-parties that are available in our Shopify App Store and approximately 75% of our merchants have apps installed. Our thriving ecosystem helps drive the growth of our merchant base, which in turn accelerates growth of the ecosystem. |
Growth Strategy
Our growth strategy is driven by our mission: make commerce better for everyone. Key elements of our strategy include:
| Grow our Base of Merchants. We believe that we have a significant opportunity to increase the size of our current merchant base. We intend to continue to strategically invest in marketing programs that enhance the awareness of our brand and solutions among businesses at different stages of their lifecycle, from entrepreneurs just starting a business to well-established businesses. We believe it is important to establish relationships early in the business lifecycle and grow along with our merchants. We intend to grow our base of merchants by inspiring entrepreneurship through marketing programs like our Build A Business competition. Approximately 20,000 newly launched businesses entered our last Build A Business competition and sold a combined $100 million worth of products on our platform during the eight-month competition. |
|
Grow our Merchants Revenue. Our goals are closely aligned with the goals of our merchants. The more a merchant sells on our platform, the more revenue we generate as they upgrade plans, add additional sales channels, process more transactions and use additional solutions. We intend to continue to improve our platform to help our merchants sell more and expect to continue to use initiatives such as our Shopify Blog and Shopify Guru programs to educate our merchant base on |
89
how they can be even more successful using our platform. Last year, the Shopify Blog had over five million page views, making it one of the internets top blogs about selling online. |
| Continuous Innovation and Expansion of our Platform. Our platform is built to support innovation and the rapid technology changes in commerce. Five years ago, we foresaw the rise of mobile and launched our iPhone-based Shopify Mobile application to allow merchants to manage their business on the go. We intend to continue to build more sales channels and additional functionality to further differentiate our platform. We have recently done this with Shopify Payments, which eliminates the need for merchants to set up and maintain a direct relationship with a third-party payment gateway, gives merchants access to low credit card processing rates and allows us to cross-sell additional solutions to our merchant base. We intend to follow this same approach with other merchant solutions such as shipping. |
| Continue to Grow and Develop our Ecosystem. We have a thriving third-party ecosystem that includes app developers, theme designers and other partners that bolster the functionality of our platform. There are currently more than 900 apps available in the Shopify App Store, up from approximately 500 one year ago. We believe that growing our ecosystem will help to further expand our merchant base, which will in turn drive additional growth of our ecosystem. |
| Continue to Expand our Partner Programs. We have strong relationships with thousands of design and marketing agencies throughout the world. These agencies build merchants web and mobile shops on our platform. They refer merchants to us and we refer work to them using our Shopify Experts directory. We also have a number of resellers that are onboarded to the platform, such as Singtel, Asias leading telecommunications group. We intend to strengthen our existing relationships with referral partners and resellers and create new ones with the goal of expanding our overall merchant base. |
| Continue to Build for the Long-term. We have a culture of iteration and testing new ideas with a focus on maximizing long-term value. As we continue to build for the future, we may consider focused international expansion, strategic partnerships, new solutions and selective acquisitions. |
The Shopify Platform
The cloud-based Shopify platform integrates the features and functionalities that our merchants need to seamlessly sell across different channels, including web, tablet and mobile storefronts, social media storefronts, and brick-and-mortar and pop-up shops.
Merchants can use their mobile device, tablet or computer to log into an intuitive interface that we call the admin. The admin provides an interface into our platforms robust functionality, including:
| Real-Time Dashboard: Provides merchants with a real-time overview of how their business is performing, where orders are coming from (including by channel and by customer), how different products are performing and what actions need the merchants attention. |
| Products and Inventory Management: Allows merchants to keep track of all of their products, including adding and removing products, managing and organizing product details, updating prices, changing product descriptions and photos, and tracking inventory. |
| Order Processing, Management and Fulfilment: Provides a sales inbox where merchants can process and manage their orders, capture payments and update fulfillment services. |
|
S hopify Payments (Currently available in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom): An integrated payment processing solution that allows merchants to accept credit cards at attractive rates. In addition, directly from the Shopify platform, merchants can dispute any chargebacks and have full visibility of cash transfers to their bank account. It also provides flexibility to allow merchants to accept PayPal, Bitcoins and other alternative payment methods. We provide Shopify Payments under payment services provider agreements with Stripe. These agreements renew every |
90
12 months, unless either party provides a notice of termination prior to the end of the then current term. Under these agreements, we pay Stripe monthly fees based on the value of orders processed through Shopify Payments. |
| Payment Gateways: For merchants in locations where Shopify Payments is not yet available, or in situations where the merchant already has a preferred payment processing partner, the Shopify platform connects to over 80 payment gateways, allowing merchants to continue with those relationships. |
| Discounts and Gift Cards: Allows merchants to offer discounts and coupons, as well as to sell and manage gift cards. |
| Customer Management: Gives merchants a single view of their customers across channels, allowing them to manage those relationships and search and analyze customer information for insights that help merchants provide their customers with more personalized shopping experiences. |
| Reporting and Analytics: Gives merchants real-time reports on their products, orders, payments, customers, customer preferences and other matters to gain advanced insights and further their business objectives. |
The most frequently used features of the Shopify platform are available on Shopify Mobile, a mobile application for iPhone and Android. Merchants often use Shopify Mobile to view and process their orders while they are on the go.
Our Channel Offerings
1) | Web, Mobile and Tablet Stores. Our platform provides merchants with an online store that is optimized for web, mobile and tablets using responsive web design practices. Our offering includes integrated web space with unlimited bandwidth and a robust shopping cart with a secure checkout area. We offer a curated selection of approximately 100 customizable storefront templates in our Shopify Theme Store. In addition to offering what we believe is a beautifully designed homepage and product catalog, online stores include an advanced content management system that merchants can use to create and manage a blog or create any number of additional web pages. Our platform has strong search engine optimization and social media marketing features that help drive traffic to our merchants shops. |
2) |
Brick-and-Mortar and Pop - up Shops. Shopify POS is a mobile point - of - sale product that we designed for merchants that sell their products in - person at brick-and-mortar, pop-up shops, retail stores, events and craft shows. Shopify POS allows for seamless synchronization with a merchants product catalog, inventory, customer database and payment settings. For example, merchants |
91
using Shopify Payments can simply plug our credit card reader into an iPhone or iPad running Shopify POS and start accepting credit card transactions within minutes. These transactions are then recorded on our platform, giving a merchant a single view of their customers and all of their orders, regardless of the channel in which the transaction took place. |
3) | Social Media. Merchants can create a storefront on Facebook, allowing the merchant to sell directly to their audience on social media. |
4) | Mobile Apps. Merchants can use our mobile software development kit to build native mobile applications that offer the in-application purchase of products. |
5) | Other Channels. The Shopify App Store offers additional sales channels to our merchants such as online marketplaces. |
Shopify Apps and API
The Shopify platforms functionality can be extended and highly customized using any of the more than 900 apps from the Shopify App Store. Merchants can use apps to, for example, access additional sales channels, market products to their customers, bolster content management features, manage inventory or integrate with a wide variety of third-party software. All apps in the Shopify App Store are built on the powerful Shopify API that enables app developers to seamlessly integrate nearly any functionality that a merchant may need into the Shopify platform.
Technology
The Shopify platform is a multi-tenant cloud-based system that is engineered for high scalability, reliability and performance. Open source has played a major role at Shopify from the beginning when our founder was active on the core team that built Ruby on Rails, the technology that is powering much of the Shopify platform.
We host the Shopify platform using a mix of co-located and cloud-based servers. Maintaining the integrity and security of our technology infrastructure is critical to our business, and we plan to invest further in our data center and network infrastructure to meet our merchants needs and maintain their trust. The key attributes of the Shopify platform are as follows:
| Security. Credit card processing on the Shopify platform is performed by a dedicated, highly scalable, geographically redundant, high security environment with specialized policies and procedures in place. The environment is designed to be highly isolated and secure and exceeds the requirements of PCI DSS. We have been certified as a PCI DSS Level 1 compliant service provider, which is the highest level of compliance available. We use firewalls, denial of service mitigation appliances, advanced encryption, intrusion detection systems, two-factor authentication and other technology to keep our merchants data secure. |
| Scalability. The cloud-based architecture of our platform has been designed to support sudden traffic and order spikes from our merchants. We use a technology called containerization to efficiently scale our computing resources across our platform. We have benchmarked the Shopify platform to handle at least 10,000 requests per second and 10,000 orders per minute based on platform load testing. |
| Reliability. Our platform includes servers in geographically dispersed, co-located data centers that are fault-tolerant and ensure that our platform is highly reliable. Because Shopify is at the heart of our merchants businesses, we employ a highly redundant, horizontally scalable, shared architecture to ensure resiliency and high availability. |
|
Performance. We believe that the faster our merchants shops appear to their customers, the more our merchants will sell. We have a dedicated team that is constantly profiling and optimizing the |
92
performance of the Shopify platform. We leverage content delivery networks with global points of presence to ensure that content and data is delivered quickly to users across the globe. In 2014, online shops hosted on our platform had sub 100 millisecond median response times, which we believe is much lower than the industry average based on the results of a third-party analytics reporting tool. In 2014, our merchants shops averaged 300 million unique monthly visitors, 50% of which were from mobile devices, and we processed an average of 5.3 million orders per month for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Our merchants sold an average of 350,000 products daily in the first quarter of 2015. Our merchants shops have processed 38 terabytes of daily network traffic and 1.5 terabytes of data per day. |
| Deployment. The Shopify platform is single branch software, which means that all of our merchants use the latest version of Shopify at all times. The result is that we have no overhead in maintaining older versions of our platform. Our software deployment process enables us to quickly distribute new software as soon as it is ready. This is made possible by our ongoing investment in end-to-end automation and comprehensive test suites. |
Our Merchants
As of March 31, 2015, we had 162,261 merchants subscribed to our platform from approximately 150 countries. This represents growth of approximately 68.2% from the 96,477 merchants that were subscribed to the platform as of March 31, 2014. Our merchants represent a wide array of retail verticals and business sizes. Our merchants include:
| Best Made Co. Peter Buchanan-Smiths Best Made Co. sells traditional, sturdy axes that have turned into design icons. Peter launched his business on Shopify when the company was very young and the business has grown rapidly since then. Best Made Co. quickly upgraded to higher monthly plans, implemented Shopify POS for their in-store sales, and switched to Shopify Payments to process credit card transactions. The company saw a 250% increase in monthly sales within a year and a 100% increase the following year. |
|
Black Milk Clothing. Black Milk Clothing was a start-up whose team had just moved into their first real office when they switched to Shopify. They needed a platform that was cost-effective, scalable as their business expanded and able to handle traffic spikes from product releases. They launched their online store from Australia with the Shopify platform, started shipping worldwide, and the |
93
brand quickly became popular. As they grew, they launched an additional webstore in the United States, catering to their substantial and steadily-growing fanbase in the region, with their original online store remaining accessible to the rest of the world. Black Milk Clothing also uses Shopify to sell on Facebook, tapping into their social media following to secure additional sales. Black Milk Clothing now employs over 150 people worldwide. They use Shopify Plus, which is designed for our larger merchants. |
| GoldieBlox . Debbie Sterling, a Stanford Engineer, was tired of how few female colleagues she had in her field. She created GoldieBlox, a construction toy and book series encouraging young girls to become interested in engineering. She started using the Shopify platform after raising seed money on Kickstarter. They won a Super Bowl ad slot in 2014, and Shopify seamlessly handled resulting traffic spikes of up to 180 times her normal traffic volume without any issues. |
| LA Lakers Store . AEG Merchandise is the merchandise partner of the Los Angeles Lakers. They manage the LA Lakers Store and event merchandising for them. Before the start of the 2013-14 season, the Los Angeles Lakers were about to unveil their Hollywood Nights alternate jerseys and as their merchandise partner, AEG Merchandise needed to sell them fast. Because of Shopifys quick time-to-market capability, they were able to launch lakersstore.com on time, leading to a highly successful jersey launch. AEG Worldwide has chosen Shopify as its preferred solution, bringing on more than a dozen additional clients including the LA Clippers, the Tough Mudder Shop and the Grammy Store. |
| Packer Shoes. Packer Shoes, a family business founded in 1907, sells footwear directly from their retail store in Teaneck, New Jersey. They chose Shopify because of our strong omni-channel capabilities. The Shopify platform enables them to manage all of their inventory, both online and offline, from a single dashboard. They use Shopify POS as their retail POS system and Shopify Payments to accept credit cards both at their brick-and-mortar store as well as their online store. |
| theory11 . theory11 was founded in 2007 by magician prodigy Jonathan Bayme. They had tried four or five ecommerce platforms but found them inadequate because the feature set was limited, customer support was lacking and flash sales caused performance issues. theory11 switched to Shopify and found the transition to be incredibly smooth. Shopifys API allowed theory11 to make its own admin dashboard tailored specifically to the needs of its business, along with tools and custom functions that streamlined order processing. theory11 has hosted dozens of large product releases and the Shopify platform has consistently delivered enterprise-level performance. |
| DODOcase. DODOcase is a San Francisco-based company that sells bespoke phone and tablet cases and employs traditional bookbinding techniques to make them. They launched their business using Shopify and in their first year they brought in $3 million in sales. They have used several apps from the Shopify App Store to boost their marketing capabilities and Shopifys API to integrate a product customization tool that allows their customers to design and customize their cases. The majority of DODOcase customers now customize their orders using this app. With their success on Shopifys platform and our speed to market, DODOcase has been able to quickly launch new products, such as their Smartphone Virtual Reality Kit, to capitalize on timely opportunities. |
We believe that the above case studies provide a representative sample of how our merchants have been able to use various features of our platform to grow their respective businesses. References in these case studies to increased visits, growth and sales following implementation of our platform do not necessarily mean that our platform was the only factor contributing to such increases.
94
Our Ecosystem
A rich ecosystem of app developers, theme designers and other partners has evolved around the Shopify platform. We have partners located in more than 100 countries that design and customize storefronts, develop apps and enable third-party integration for merchants on the Shopify platform. There are currently more than 900 apps available in the Shopify App Store, up from approximately 500 one year ago. In 2014, more than 5,000 of our partners referred us at least one new merchant, a 50% increase from the year before. Examples of our partners include:
| Bold Apps. Bold Apps began with four people working out of a basement, building apps to sell in the Shopify App Store. The first app they launched was called Product Upsell and allows merchants to easily add targeted upsells to products. This is just one of the 17 apps Bold currently has in the Shopify App Store, with over 25,000 Shopify merchants having used at least one of them. Other popular apps include Social Autopilot, which automates social media postings; Product Discount, to easily implement sales for a merchants online store; and Store Location, which allows merchants to add in locations for brick-and-mortar stores. In the span of 18 months, Bold grew to a team of 40 full-time employees because of the amount of business they received from their Shopify-related projects. |
| Simplistic. Simplistic works closely with Good Morning America, helping featured merchants set up online stores that are able to handle the significant influx of traffic resulting from their product appearing on the show. Simplistic chose to work exclusively with Shopify because of our reliability, scalability and ability to handle large traffic spikes. To date, Simplistic has created Shopify stores for nearly 60 merchants. |
| NewLeaf Labs. Josh Highland founded NewLeaf Labs in 2010 to develop custom applications for small businesses. He then discovered the Shopify platform and began creating SEO-related apps for the Shopify App Store. He now has four apps available to our merchants. He has experienced such success with his apps that he decided to write a book on SEO for Shopify, entitled Shopify Empire. |
Merchant Acquisition
Our merchant acquisition strategy is primarily focused on marketing that builds awareness of our offerings. Our approach includes a strong emphasis on data and analytics while continuously innovating and testing new ideas to drive growth.
We actively grow our audience through online channels, including paid search, organic search and social media. Our offline channel strategy includes participating in trade shows and local events to generate awareness of our platform. We also invest in content marketing, such as the Shopify Blog, video content, ebooks and free tools, and provide thought leadership to help our merchants succeed and to build our own
95
brand. Our Build A Business competition similarly helps increase our brand awareness and merchant acquisition.
In addition to direct channels, we leverage relationships with third-party design agencies, developers and freelancers around the world who actively refer merchants to us.
We also partner with adjacent companies and resellers to sell and offer our solutions to their customers. For example, we partnered with Wix and Wordpress.com to allow them to offer the Shopify platform to their customers. Similarly, we have a channel partnership with SingTel to resell the Shopify platform in Singapore.
Competition
Our market is transforming, competitive and highly fragmented, and we expect competition to increase in the future. We believe the principal competitive factors in our market are:
| vision for commerce and product strategy; |
| simplicity and ease of use; |
| integration of multiple channels; |
| cost-effective solution; |
| breadth and depth of functionality; |
| pace of innovation; |
| ability to scale; |
| security and reliability; |
| support for a merchants brand development; and |
| brand recognition and reputation. |
With respect to each of these factors, we believe that we compare favorably to our competitors.
We believe no competitor offers an integrated, cloud-based commerce platform with comparable functionality to ours. However, some merchants may elect to piece together technology from other companies that overlaps with certain functions and features that we provide, including:
| ecommerce software vendors; |
| content management systems; |
| payment processors; |
| POS software providers; |
| domain registrars; and |
| marketplaces. |
Intellectual Property
Our intellectual property and proprietary rights are important to our business. In our efforts to safeguard them, we rely on a combination of copyright, trade secret, trademark and other rights in Canada, the United States and other jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. We also have confidentiality and/or license agreements with employees, contractors, merchants, distributors and other third parties, which limit access to and use of our proprietary intellectual property. Though we rely, in part, upon these
96
legal and contractual protections, we believe that factors such as the skills and ingenuity of our employees, as well as the functionality and frequent enhancements to our platform, make our intellectual property difficult to replicate.
We have been issued trademark registrations in the United States and Canada covering the trademarks A shop in minutes, a business for life, S & Design S Shopify & Design, and Shopify. We have been issued trademark registrations in the European Union covering the trademark S & Design and in Australia covering the trademark Shopify. We have been issued trademark registration in Canada, covering the trademark, Do what you do best.
We are subject to certain risks related to our intellectual property. For more information, see Risk FactorsRisks Related to our Business and Industry.
Culture and Employees
If you have ambitious goals, you need an equally ambitious team. Shopify is composed of hundreds of highly talented, deeply caring individuals all working on making commerce better for everyone. Our culture is continuously being redefined with every person that joins our company, but, at our core, we value people who:
| Get shit done |
| Build for the long-term |
| Focus on simple solutions |
| Act like owners |
| Thrive on change |
In those values, there is a focus on continuous learning and personal development. We are a fast growing company that is constantly trying to get better. We expect to see similar growth from everyone in our team.
We deeply value innovation and experimentation. Every few months we take a break from our regular work and for two full days every employee has free reign to work on whatever project they want as long as it adds value to Shopify. We call these two days Hack Days. There is no limit to the creativity or scope of the projects. The only rule is that employees must complete their projects no later than 4:00 p.m. at the end of the second day, at which point teams pitch their finished projects.
We believe that being headquartered in Ottawa, Canada gives us access to a large talent pool. Ottawa is currently home to over 1,800 technology companies and has the highest concentration per capita of scientists and engineers in Canada. We recruit our employees through multiple avenues including internships, campus recruiting and global outreach.
As of March 31, 2015, we had 632 employees. None of our employees is represented by a labor organization or is a party to a collective bargaining arrangement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be excellent.
Facilities
We are headquartered in Ottawa, Canada. We do not own any real property. The following table outlines significant properties that we currently lease:
Location |
Area
(in square feet) |
Lease Expiration Date | Use | |||||||||
Ottawa, Canada (1) |
137,818 | December 31, 2025 | Office Space | |||||||||
Toronto, Canada (1) |
36,771 | August 31, 2021 | Office Space | |||||||||
Montreal, Canada |
30,663 | June 30, 2026 | Office Space | |||||||||
Kitchener-Waterloo, Canada |
2,968 | September 30, 2016 | Office Space |
97
(1) | We received leasehold incentives on the Ottawa, Canada and Toronto, Canada leases in the form of rent-free periods and fit-up allowances. These incentives are subject to certain conditions, including that we are not in material default under the applicable lease. |
We also lease space in two data centers in the United States.
We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our ongoing needs and that, if we require additional space, we will be able to obtain additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms.
Government Regulation
We are subject to a number of foreign and domestic laws and regulations that affect companies conducting business on the internet, many of which are still evolving and could be interpreted in ways that could harm our business. Concern about the use of SaaS platforms for illegal conduct, such as money laundering or to support terrorist activities, may in the future result in legislation or other governmental action that could require changes to our platform.
We are subject to U.S. and Canadian laws and regulations that govern or restrict our business and activities in certain countries and with certain persons, including the economic sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Departments Office of Foreign Assets Control, sanctions regulations administered or enforced by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions in Canada, and the export control laws administered by the U.S. Commerce Departments Bureau of Industry and Security, the U.S. State Departments Directorate of Defense Trade Controls and the Canadian Export and Import Controls Bureau. We are currently subject to a variety of laws and regulations in Canada, the United States, the United Kingdom and elsewhere related to payment processing, including those governing cross-border and domestic money transmission, gift cards and other prepaid access instruments, electronic funds transfers, foreign exchange, anti-money laundering, counter-terrorist financing, banking and import and export restrictions. Depending on how Shopify Payments and our other merchant solutions evolve, we may be subject to additional laws in Canada, the United States, the United Kingdom and elsewhere.
We are also subject to federal, state, provincial and foreign laws regarding privacy and protection of data. Some jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving certain types of personal data and our agreements with certain merchants require us to notify them in the event of a security incident. We post on our website our privacy policy and terms of service, which describe our practices concerning the use, transmission and disclosure of merchant data and data relating to their customers. Any failure by us to comply with our posted privacy policy or privacy related laws and regulations could result in proceedings against us by governmental authorities or others, which could harm our business. In addition, the interpretation of data protection laws, and their application to the internet, is unclear and in a state of flux. There is a risk that these laws may be interpreted and applied in conflicting ways from province to province, state to state, country to country or region to region, and in a manner that is not consistent with our current data protection practices. Because our services are accessible worldwide, certain foreign jurisdictions have claimed and others may claim that we are required to comply with their laws, including in jurisdictions where we have no local entity, employees or infrastructure. Complying with these varying international requirements could cause us to incur additional costs and change our business practices. Further, any failure by us to adequately protect our merchants or their customers data could result in a loss of confidence in our platform and ultimately in a loss of merchants that have subscriptions to our platform which could adversely affect our business.
Further, our reputation and brand may be negatively affected by the actions of merchants or their users that are deemed to be hostile, offensive, inappropriate or unlawful. We do not monitor or review the appropriateness of the content accessible through merchants shops in connection with our services, and we do not have control over the activities in which merchants customers engage. While we have adopted
98
policies regarding illegal or offensive use of our platform, merchants or their customers could nonetheless engage in these activities. The safeguards we have in place may not be sufficient to avoid harm to our reputation and brand, especially if such hostile, offensive or inappropriate use was high profile, which could adversely affect our ability to expand our merchant subscription base and harm our business and financial results. It is possible that we could also be subject to liability. In many jurisdictions, laws relating to the liability of providers of online services for activities of their customers and other third parties are currently being tested by a number of claims, including actions based on defamation, invasion of privacy and other torts, unfair competition, copyright and trademark infringement, and other theories based on the nature of the relevant content. Any court ruling or other governmental regulation or action that imposes liability on providers of online services in connection with the activities of their customers or their customers users could harm our business. In such circumstances we may also be subject to liability under applicable law in a way which may not be fully mitigated by our terms of service. Any liability attributed to us could adversely affect our brand, reputation, our ability to expand our subscriber base and our financial results.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we may become involved in legal or regulatory proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party to any material litigation or regulatory proceeding and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or regulatory proceeding against us that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.
Corporate Structure
We were incorporated under the CBCA on September 28, 2004 under the name 4261607 Canada Ltd. We filed articles of amendment on January 19, 2006 to change our name to Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc., and again on November 30, 2011 to change our name to Shopify Inc. On April 12, 2013, we filed articles of amendment to split all of our issued and outstanding common shares and all of our issued and outstanding Series A and Series B preferred shares on a 5-for-1 basis. Prior to the closing of this offering, we will file articles of amendment to amend and redesignate our authorized and issued share capital. See Description of Share Capital.
The following reflects our organizational structure. All of our subsidiaries are wholly-owned.
(1) | Shopify Payments (Canada) Inc. currently processes all payments from merchant shops based outside the United States that use Shopify Payments. |
(2) | Shopify Holdings (USA) Inc. acts as a holding company for all of our U.S. subsidiaries. |
(3) | Shopify Payments (USA) Inc. processes all payments from U.S.-based merchant shops that use Shopify Payments. Shopify Payments (USA) Inc. also sells all of our POS hardware in the United States. |
99
(4) | Shopify Data Processing (USA) Inc. controls the network infrastructure used to host our platform. |
(5) | Shopify LLC is used for investment purposes. |
Our principal and registered office is located at 150 Elgin Street, 8th floor, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K2P 1L4, and our telephone number is (613) 241-2828. Our website address is www.shopify.com. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference.
100
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth certain information relating to our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus. The address for our directors and executive officers is c/o Shopify Inc., 150 Elgin Street, 8th Floor, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K2P 1L4.
Name and Province or State and Country of Residence |
Age |
Position |
||
Tobias Lütke Ontario, Canada |
34 |
Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board |
||
Russell Jones Ontario, Canada |
56 |
Chief Financial Officer |
||
Daniel Weinand Ontario, Canada |
35 |
Chief Design Officer |
||
Harley Finkelstein Ontario, Canada |
31 |
Chief Platform Officer |
||
Cody Fauser Ontario, Canada |
36 |
Chief Technology Officer |
||
Craig Miller Ontario, Canada |
32 |
Chief Marketing Officer |
||
Toby Shannan Ontario, Canada |
45 |
Vice President of Support |
||
Brittany Forsyth Ontario, Canada |
28 |
Vice President of Human Relations |
||
Joseph Frasca Ontario, Canada |
41 |
General Counsel and Secretary |
||
Robert Ashe (1)(2)(4) Ontario, Canada |
56 |
Director |
||
Steven Collins (1)(4) Florida, United States |
50 |
Director |
||
Jeremy Levine (3)(4) New York, United States |
41 |
Director |
||
Trevor Oelschig (2)(3)(4) California, United States |
40 |
Director |
||
John Phillips (1)(2)(3)(4) Ontario, Canada |
64 |
Director |
(1) | Will be a member of our audit committee. |
(2) | Will be a member of our compensation committee. |
(3) | Will be a member of our nominating and corporate governance committee. |
(4) | Independent director under the rules of the NYSE, and independent for purposes of National Instrument 58-101Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices of the Canadian Securities Administrators. |
As a group, our directors and executive officers will beneficially own, or control or direct, directly or indirectly, a total of Class B multiple voting shares immediately following the closing of this offering, representing % of the Class B multiple voting shares outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering and % of the voting power attached to all of our issued and outstanding shares immediately following the closing of this offering.
101
Tobias Lütke
Tobias Lütke co-founded Shopify in September 2004. Mr. Lütke has served as our Chief Executive Officer since April 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Lütke acted as our Chief Technology Officer between September 2004 and April 2008. Mr. Lütke worked on the core team of the Ruby on Rails framework and has created many popular open source libraries such as Active Merchant.
Russell Jones
Russell Jones has been our Chief Financial Officer since March 2011. Prior to his appointment at Shopify, Mr. Jones served as Chief Financial Officer to both BDNA Corporation from September 2009 to August 2010 and to Xambala Incorporated from September 2007 to February 2011. Between March 2002 and August 2007, Mr. Jones co-founded CFO4Results, which provided interim Chief Financial Officer, business and operational support services to a number of early to mid-stage technology companies. Mr. Jones holds a Bachelor of Commerce (Honors) degree from Carleton University and is a CPA, CA.
Daniel Weinand
Daniel Weinand joined Shopify in August 2005 and co-founded the Shopify platform that launched in 2006. He has been our Chief Design Officer since 2008. Mr. Weinand also acts as our Chief Culture Officer, taking on that role in 2012. Prior to joining Shopify, Mr. Weinand was a freelance web designer for private and corporate clients. Mr. Weinand studied Computer Science and Music at the University of Dortmund in Germany.
Harley Finkelstein
Harley Finkelstein has acted as our Chief Platform Officer since 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Finkelstein founded numerous other startups and e-commerce companies. Mr. Finkelstein currently serves on the board of The C100, a non-profit organization that supports Canadian technology entrepreneurship through mentorship, partnership and investment. Mr. Finkelstein holds a B.A. degree in Economics from Concordia University and a J.D./M.B.A. joint degree in Law and Business from the University of Ottawa.
Cody Fauser
Cody Fauser has served as our Chief Technology Officer since 2008, after acting as a software developer at Shopify for the prior two years. Mr. Fauser holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Computer and Electrical Engineering from the University of Alberta.
Craig Miller
Craig Miller joined Shopify in September 2011 and acts as our Chief Marketing Officer. Mr. Miller previously held several product and marketing roles at Kijiji, an eBay Company, between 2009 and 2011. Mr. Miller holds a Bachelor degree in Electrical Engineering from McGill University.
Toby Shannan
Toby Shannan has served as our Vice President of Support since June 2010. Between November 2007 and May 2010, Mr. Shannan co-founded and acted as Chief Executive Officer of Social Fabric, a personal genomics company. Prior to that, Mr. Shannan acted as Vice President of Sales and Marketing at DNA Genotek from October 2003 to October 2007.
102
Brittany Forsyth
Brittany Forsyth has been with Shopify since May 2010 and served as our Vice President of Human Relations since September 2014. Prior to joining Shopify, Ms. Forsyth obtained a Bachelor of Commerce degree at Carleton University. Ms. Forsyth is involved with a number of human resources organizations across North America.
Joseph Frasca
Joseph Frasca has served as General Counsel and Secretary for Shopify since May 2014. Prior to his appointment at Shopify, Mr. Frasca was Senior Corporate Counsel at EMC Corporation between May 2011 and May 2014 and Corporate Counsel at EMC Corporation between January 2008 and May 2011. Mr. Frasca also worked in private practice as an Associate at Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP prior to EMC. Mr. Frasca holds a J.D. from Boston University School of Law, a Master of Arts in Law and Diplomacy from The Fletcher School at Tufts University and a B.S. in Russian Language and Linguistics from Georgetown University. Mr. Frasca is a member of the Society of Corporate Secretaries & Governance Professionals sitting on the Securities Law Committee.
Robert Ashe
Robert Ashe has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2014. Over 24 years, Mr. Ashe held a variety of positions with increasing responsibility at Cognos Incorporated, a business intelligence and performance management software company. Mr. Ashe ultimately served as Chief Executive Officer of Cognos Incorporated from 2005 to 2008 before the company was acquired by IBM. Mr. Ashe remained with IBM as a general manager of business analytics from 2008 to 2012. Mr. Ashe currently serves on the board of directors of Halogen Software (TSX), Servicesource International (NASDAQ Stock Exchange, or NASDAQ) and MSCI Inc. (NYSE). Mr. Ashe holds a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of Ottawa. Mr. Ashe was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his strong business and leadership experience.
Steven Collins
Steven Collins has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2014. Mr. Collins served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ExactTarget Inc., a cross-channel digital marketing company, from 2011 to 2014. Prior to that, Mr. Collins held the position of Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of NAVTEQ Corporation, a digital mapping company; Mr. Collins was with NAVTEQ Corporation from 2003 through 2011 and served as the Vice President of Finance and the Senior Vice President of Finance & Accounting prior to being named Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Collins currently serves on the board of directors of a number of privately held companies. Mr. Collins holds a B.S. degree in Industrial Engineering from Iowa State University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Collins was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his strong business acumen and leadership skills.
Jeremy Levine
Jeremy Levine has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2011. Since January 2007, Mr. Levine has been a Partner at Bessemer Venture Partners, a venture capital firm he joined in May 2001. Mr. Levine currently serves on the board of directors of Yelp Inc. (NYSE), a local directory and user review service, and a number of privately held companies. Mr. Levine holds a B.S. degree in Computer Science from Duke University. Mr. Levine was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the venture capital industry and as a director of both publicly and privately held technology companies.
103
Trevor Oelschig
Trevor Oelschig has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2010. Since January 2012, Mr. Oelschig has been a Partner at Bessemer Venture Partners, a venture capital firm he joined in June 2007. Mr. Oelschig currently serves on the board of directors of a number of privately held companies. Mr. Oelschig holds a B.S. degree in Industrial Engineering & Operations Research from the University of California at Berkeley, an M.S. degree in Management Science & Engineering from Stanford University, and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Oelschig was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his investment experience in the software industry, his breadth of knowledge and understanding of our industry, and his service on the board of directors of other technology companies.
John Phillips
John Phillips has served as a member of our board of directors since April 30, 2010. Mr. Phillips has worked with Klister Credit Corp., an investment and consulting company, and is currently its Chief Executive Officer, a position he has held since 1993. Mr. Phillips had a career in the legal profession working in private practice at Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP for 20 years and as general counsel at Clearnet Communications Inc. for nearly six years. Mr. Phillips currently serves on the board of directors of a number of privately held companies and gained experience serving on the board of directors of Redknee Solutions Inc., a public company. Mr. Phillips received a B.A. from Trinity College, University of Toronto and an L.L.B./J.D. from the Faculty of Law, University of Toronto. Mr. Phillips was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his business, legal and investment experience.
Arrangements Concerning Election of Directors
Our current board of directors consists of six directors. Pursuant to the terms of a Second Amended and Restated Shareholder Voting Agreement, as amended, among our existing shareholders, as well as our existing articles of incorporation, certain of our shareholders had rights to designate or elect members to our board of directors. Tobias Lütke, John Phillips, Jeremy Levine, Trevor Oelschig, Steven Collins and Robert Ashe were elected to our board of directors pursuant to these arrangements. Our articles of incorporation will be amended in connection with this offering to remove this appointment right, and the Second Amended and Restated Shareholder Voting Agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering. Currently-serving directors that were appointed prior to this offering pursuant to the terms of these arrangements will continue to serve pursuant to their appointment until the next annual general meeting of shareholders, unless they resign or are removed earlier.
Corporate Governance
Section 310.00 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual generally requires that a listed companys by-laws provide for a quorum for any meeting of the holders of the companys common shares that is sufficiently high to insure a representative vote. Pursuant to the NYSE corporate governance rules we, as a foreign private issuer, have elected to comply with practices that are permitted under Canadian law in lieu of the provisions of Section 310.00. Our amended by-laws will provide that a quorum of shareholders is the holders of at least 25% of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, and at least two persons entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy.
Except as stated above, we intend to comply with the rules generally applicable to U.S. domestic companies listed on the NYSE. We may in the future decide to use other foreign private issuer exemptions with respect to some of the other NYSE listing requirements. Following our home country governance practices, as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a company listed on the NYSE, may provide less protection than is accorded to investors under the NYSE listing requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.
104
The Canadian Securities Administrators has issued corporate governance guidelines pursuant to National Policy 58-201Corporate Governance Guidelines, or the Corporate Governance Guidelines, together with certain related disclosure requirements pursuant to National Instrument 58-101Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices, or NI 58-101. The Corporate Governance Guidelines are recommended as best practices for issuers to follow. We recognize that good corporate governance plays an important role in our overall success and in enhancing shareholder value and, accordingly, we have adopted, or will be adopting in connection with the closing of this offering, certain corporate governance policies and practices which reflect our consideration of the recommended Corporate Governance Guidelines.
The disclosure set out below includes disclosure required by NI 58-101 describing our approach to corporate governance in relation to the Corporate Governance Guidelines.
Composition of our Board of Directors
Under our amended articles of incorporation that will be in place at the closing of this offering, our board of directors is to consist of a minimum of one and a maximum of 10 directors as determined from time to time by the directors. As of the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be comprised of six directors. Under the CBCA, a director may be removed with or without cause by a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast by shareholders present in person or by proxy at a meeting and who are entitled to vote. The directors are appointed at the annual general meeting of shareholders and the term of office for each of the directors will expire at the time of our next annual shareholders meeting. Under the CBCA, at least one quarter of our directors must be resident Canadians as defined in the CBCA. Our amended articles of incorporation will provide that, between annual general meetings of our shareholders, the directors may appoint one or more additional directors, but the number of additional directors may not at any time exceed one-third of the number of directors who held office at the expiration of the last meeting of our shareholders.
Majority Voting Policy
In accordance with the requirements of the TSX, we will adopt a Majority Voting Policy to the effect that a nominee for election as a director of Shopify who does not receive a greater number of votes for than votes withheld with respect to the election of directors by shareholders will be expected to offer to tender his or her resignation to the Chairman of our board of directors promptly following the meeting of shareholders at which the director was elected. The nominating and corporate governance committee will consider such offer and make a recommendation to our board of directors whether to accept it or not. Our board of directors will promptly accept the resignation unless it determines, in consultation with the nominating and corporate governance committee, that there are exceptional circumstances that should delay the acceptance of the resignation or justify rejecting it. Our board of directors will make its decision and announce it in a press release within 90 days following the meeting of shareholders. A director who tenders a resignation pursuant to our Majority Voting Policy will not participate in any meeting of our board of directors or the nominating and corporate governance committee at which the resignation is considered. Our majority voting policy will not apply for contested meetings at which the number of directors nominated for election is greater than the number of seats available on the board.
Director Term Limits and Other Mechanisms of Board Renewal
Our board of directors has not adopted director term limits or other automatic mechanisms of board renewal. Rather than adopting formal term limits, mandatory age-related retirement policies and other mechanisms of board renewal, the nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors will develop a skills and competencies matrix for our board as a whole and for individual directors. The nominating and corporate governance committee will also conduct a process for the assessment of our board of directors, each committee and each director regarding his, her or its effectiveness and contribution, and will report evaluation results to our board of directors on a regular basis.
105
Director Independence
Under the NYSE listing standards, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed companys board of directors within a specified period after the closing of this offering. For purposes of the NYSE rules, an independent director means a person who, in the opinion of our board of directors, has no material relationship with our company. Under NI 58-101, a director is considered to be independent if he or she is independent within the meaning of Section 1.4 of National Instrument 52-110Audit Committees, or NI 52-110.
Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Ashe, Collins, Levine, Oelschig and Phillips, representing five of the six members of our board of directors, are independent as that term is defined under the listing standards of the NYSE and NI 58-101. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our shares by each non-employee director. Mr. Lütke is not independent by reason of the fact that he is our Chief Executive Officer.
Members of our board of directors are also members of the boards of other public companies. See Executive Officers and Directors. Our board of directors has not adopted a director interlock policy, but is keeping informed of other public directorships held by its members.
Mandate of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors is responsible for supervising the management of our business and affairs, including providing guidance and strategic oversight to management. Our board will adopt a formal mandate that will include the following:
| appointing our Chief Executive Officer; |
| developing the corporate goals and objectives that our Chief Executive Officer is responsible for meeting and reviewing the performance of our Chief Executive Officer against such corporate goals and objectives; |
| taking steps to satisfy itself as to the integrity of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers and that our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers create a culture of integrity throughout the organization; |
| reviewing and approving our code of conduct and reviewing and monitoring compliance with the code of conduct and our enterprise risk management processes; |
| reviewing and approving managements strategic and business plans and our financial objectives, plans and actions, including significant capital allocations and expenditures; and |
| reviewing and approving material transactions not in the ordinary course of business. |
Meetings of Independent Directors
Our board of directors will hold regularly-scheduled quarterly meetings as well as ad hoc meetings from time to time. The independent members of our board of directors will also meet, as required, without the non-independent directors and members of management before or after each regularly scheduled board meeting.
A director who has a material interest in a matter before our board of directors or any committee on which he or she serves is required to disclose such interest as soon as the director becomes aware of it. In situations where a director has a material interest in a matter to be considered by our board of directors or any committee on which he or she serves, such director may be required to absent himself or herself from the
106
meeting while discussions and voting with respect to the matter are taking place. Directors will also be required to comply with the relevant provisions of the CBCA regarding conflicts of interest.
Position Descriptions
Tobias Lütke, our Chief Executive Officer, is the Chairman of our board of directors. Prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written position description for the Chairman which will set out his or her key responsibilities, including duties relating to determining the frequency, dates and locations of meetings and setting board of directors meeting agendas, chairing board of directors and shareholder meetings and carrying out any other or special assignments or any functions as may be requested by our board of directors or management, as appropriate.
Robert Ashe, an independent director, is our lead director. In that role he will be responsible for overseeing the discharge by the board of directors of its responsibilities, including that the board evaluates the performance of management objectively and that the board understands the boundaries between the responsibilities of our board of directors and management and functions independently of our management. In this role, our lead director will consult with any or all of the independent directors and represent such directors, where necessary, in discussions with our management and Chairman on the conduct of our board meetings and corporate governance and other issues.
Prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will also adopt a written position description for each of the committee chairs which will set out each of the committee chairs key responsibilities, including duties relating to determining the frequency, dates and locations of meetings and setting committee meeting agendas, chairing committee meetings, reporting to our board of directors and carrying out any other special assignments or any functions as may be requested by our board of directors.
In addition, prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors, in conjunction with our Chief Executive Officer, will develop and implement a written position description for the role of our Chief Executive Officer.
Orientation and Continuing Education
Following the closing of this offering, we will implement an orientation program for new directors under which a new director will meet separately with the Chairman of our board of directors, our lead director, members of the senior executive team and the secretary.
The chair of each committee will be responsible for coordinating orientation and continuing director development programs relating to the committees mandate. The Chairman of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing director continuing education designed to maintain or enhance the skills and abilities of our directors and to ensure that their knowledge and understanding of our business remains current.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We will adopt a Code of Conduct applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, controller or principal accounting officer, or other persons performing similar functions, which is a code of ethics as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F promulgated by the SEC and which is a code under NI 58-101. The Code of Conduct will set out our fundamental values and standards of behavior that are expected from our directors, officers and employees with respect to all aspects of our business. The objective of the Code of Conduct will be to provide guidelines for maintaining our integrity, reputation and honesty with a goal of honoring others trust in us at all times.
Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the full text of the Code of Conduct will be posted on our website at www.shopify.com. Information contained on, or that
107
can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus and is not incorporated by reference herein. If we make any amendment to the Code of Conduct or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the code of ethics, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website to the extent required by the rules and regulations of the SEC and the Canadian Securities Administrators. Under Item 16B of the SECs Form 20-F, if a waiver or amendment of the Code of Conduct applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and relates to standards promoting any of the values described in Item 16B(b) of Form 20-F, we will disclose such waiver or amendment on our website in accordance with the requirements of Instruction 4 to such Item 16B.
Monitoring Compliance with the Code of Ethics
Our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing and evaluating the Code of Conduct at least annually and will recommend any necessary or appropriate changes to our board of directors for consideration. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist our board of directors with the monitoring of compliance with the Code of Conduct, and will be responsible for considering any waivers of the Code of Conduct (other than waivers applicable to members of the nominating and corporate governance committee, which shall be considered by the audit committee, or waivers applicable to our directors or executive officers, which shall be subject to review by our board of directors as a whole).
Requirement for Directors and Officers to Disclose Interest in a Contract or Transaction
In accordance with the CBCA, directors and officers must disclose the nature and value of any interest he or she has in a material contract or material transaction whether made or proposed with us, if the director is a party to the contract or transaction, is a director or an officer or an individual acting in a similar capacity of a party to the contract or transaction, or has a material interest in a party to the contract or transaction. Subject to certain limited exceptions under the CBCA, no director may vote on a resolution to approve a material contract or material transaction which is subject to such disclosure requirement. See Description of Share CapitalOther Important Provisions of Our Amended Articles of Incorporation, By-Laws and the CBCADirectors.
Complaint Reporting
In order to foster a climate of openness and honesty in which any concern or complaint pertaining to a suspected violation of the law, our Code of Conduct or any of our policies, or any unethical or questionable act or behavior, our Code of Conduct requires that our employees promptly report the violation or suspected violation. In order to ensure that violations or suspected violations can be reported without fear of retaliation, harassment or an adverse employment consequence, our Code of Conduct contains procedures that are aimed to facilitate confidential, anonymous submissions by our employees.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Upon completion of this offering we will have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, with each committee having a written charter.
Audit Committee
Our audit committee will be comprised of Messrs. Ashe, Collins and Phillips, and will be chaired by Mr. Collins. Our board of directors has determined that each of these directors meets the independence requirements, including the heightened independence standards for members of the audit committee, of the NYSE, the SEC and NI 52-110. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of the
108
audit committee is financially literate within the meaning of the NYSE rules and NI 52-110. Mr. Collins has been identified as an audit committee financial expert as defined by the SEC rules. Mr. Ashe currently serves on the audit committees of three public companies: Halogen Software (TSX), Servicesource International (NASDAQ) and MSCI Inc. (NYSE). Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Ashes simultaneous service on those audit committees does not impair his ability to effectively serve on our audit committee. For a description of the education and experience of each member of the audit committee, see Executive Officers and Directors.
Our board of directors will establish a written charter setting forth the purpose, composition, authority and responsibility of the audit committee, consistent with the rules of the NYSE, the SEC and NI 52-110. The principal purpose of our audit committee is to assist our board of directors in discharging its oversight of:
| the quality and integrity of our financial statements and related information; |
| the independence, qualifications, appointment and performance of our external auditor; |
| our disclosure controls and procedures, internal control over financial reporting and managements responsibility for assessing and reporting on the effectiveness of such controls; |
| our compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements; and |
| our enterprise risk management processes. |
Our audit committee has access to all of our books, records, facilities and personnel and may request any information about us as it may deem appropriate. It also has the authority in its sole discretion and at our expense, to retain and set the compensation of outside legal, accounting or other advisors as necessary to assist in the performance of its duties and responsibilities.
Our audit committee also reviews our policies and procedures for reviewing and approving or ratifying related-party transactions, and it is responsible for reviewing and approving or ratifying all related-party transactions.
Pre-Approval Procedures for Non-Audit Services
The audit committee is also responsible for the pre-approval of all non-audit services to be provided to us by our auditor. At least annually, the audit committee will review and confirm the independence of the auditor by obtaining statements from the independent auditor describing all relationships or services that may affect their independence and objectivity, and the committee will take appropriate actions to oversee our auditor.
Principal Accountants Fees
Aggregate fees billed by our current independent auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 were approximately $63,342 and $230,410, respectively, as detailed below.
Service Retained |
Fees billed for 2013 | Fees billed for 2014 | ||||||
Audit fees (1) |
$ | 52,147 | $ | 160,971 | ||||
Audit-related fees (2) |
| | ||||||
Tax fees (3) |
11,195 | 69,439 | ||||||
All other fees |
| |
(1) | Audit fees include fees necessary to perform the annual audit or reviews of the consolidated financial statements. |
(2) | Audit related fees include fees for assurance and related services by the independent auditor that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements other than those included in Audit Fees. |
(3) | Tax Fees include fees for all tax services other than those included in Audit Fees and Audit-Related Fees. This category includes fees for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. |
109
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee will be comprised of Messrs. Ashe, Oelschig and Phillips, and will be chaired by Mr. Ashe. Under SEC and the NYSE rules, there are heightened independence standards for members of the compensation committee. All of our compensation committee members meet this heightened standard and are also independent for purposes of NI 58-101. For a description of the background and experience of each member of our compensation committee, see Executive Officers and Directors.
Our board of directors will establish a written charter setting forth the purpose, composition, authority and responsibility of the compensation committee consistent with the rules of the NYSE, the SEC and the guidance of the Canadian Securities Administrators. The compensation committees purpose is to assist the board in its oversight of executive compensation, management development and succession, director compensation and executive compensation disclosure. The principal responsibilities and duties of the compensation committee include:
| reviewing at least annually our executive compensation plans; |
| evaluating at least once a year our Chief Executive Officers performance in light of the goals and objectives established by our board of directors and, based on such evaluation, with appropriate input from other independent members of our board of directors, determining the Chief Executive officers annual compensation; |
| reviewing on an annual basis the evaluation process and compensation structure for our executive officers and, in consultation with our Chief Executive Officer, reviewing the performance of the other executive officers in order to make recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the compensation for such officers; |
| assessing the competitiveness and appropriateness of our policies relating to the compensation of executive officers on an annual basis; and |
| reviewing and, if appropriate, recommending to our board of directors the approval of any adoption, amendment and termination of our incentive and equity-based incentive compensation plans (and the aggregate number of shares to be reserved for issuance thereunder), and overseeing their administration and discharging any duties imposed on the compensation committee by any of those plans. |
Further particulars of the process by which compensation for our executive officers is determined is provided under the heading Executive Compensation.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee will be comprised of Messers. Levine, Oelschig and Phillips, each of whom is independent for purposes of NI 58-101. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be chaired by Mr. Phillips.
Our board of directors will establish a written charter setting forth the purpose, composition, authority and responsibility of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committees purpose is to assist our board of directors in:
| identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors; |
| selecting or recommending that our board of directors select director nominees for the next annual meeting of shareholders and determining the composition of our board of directors and its committees; |
| developing and overseeing a process to assess our board of directors, the Chairman of the board, the committees of the board, the chairs of the committees, individual directors and management; and |
| developing and implementing our corporate governance guidelines. |
110
In identifying new candidates for our board of directors, the nominating and corporate governance committee will consider what competencies and skills our board of directors, as a whole, should possess and assess what competencies and skills each existing director possesses, considering our board of directors as a group, and the personality and other qualities of each director, as these may ultimately determine the boardroom dynamic.
It will be the responsibility of the nominating and corporate governance committee to regularly evaluate the overall efficiency of our board of directors and our Chairman and all board committees and their chairs. As part of its mandate, the nominating and corporate governance committee will conduct the process for the assessment of our board of directors, each committee and each director regarding his, her or its effectiveness and contribution, and report evaluation results to our board of directors on a regular basis.
111
Compensation of Executives
Introduction
The following section describes the significant elements of our executive compensation program, with particular emphasis on the process for determining compensation payable to our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and our other executive officers in 2015.
Overview
We operate in a new and rapidly evolving market. To succeed in this environment and to achieve our business and financial objectives, we need to attract, retain and motivate a highly talented team of executives. We expect our team to possess and demonstrate strong leadership and management capabilities, as well as foster our company culture, which is at the foundation of our success and remains a pivotal part of our everyday operations.
Our executive compensation program is designed to achieve the following objectives:
| provide market-competitive compensation opportunities in order to attract and retain talented, high-performing and experienced executive officers, whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success; |
| motivate these executive officers to achieve our business objectives; |
| align the interests of our executive officers with those of our shareholders by tying a meaningful portion of compensation directly to the long-term value and growth of our business; and |
| provide incentives that encourage appropriate levels of risk-taking by the executive team. |
We offer our executives cash compensation in the form of base salary and equity-based compensation which is awarded in the form of stock options. We believe that equity-based compensation awards motivate our executives to achieve our strategic and financial objectives, and also align their interests with the long-term interests of our shareholders. We provide base salary to compensate employees for their day-to-day responsibilities, at levels that we feel are necessary to attract and retain executive talent. We do not provide performance bonuses or incentives to our executive officers. We expect all employees to perform at a level deserving of a bonus and we have taken this into consideration in setting total compensation for our executive officers. While we have determined that our current executive compensation program is effective at attracting and maintaining executive talent, we evaluate our compensation practices on an ongoing basis to ensure that we are providing market-competitive compensation opportunities for our executive team.
As we transition from being a privately-held company to a publicly-traded company, we will continue to evaluate our philosophy and compensation programs as circumstances require and plan to review compensation on an annual basis. As part of this review process, we expect to be guided by the philosophy and objectives outlined above, as well as other factors which may become relevant, such as the cost to us if we were required to find a replacement for a key employee.
Compensation-Setting Process
Historically the compensation committee of our board of directors has been responsible for setting the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, and for working with our Chief Executive Officer to set the compensation for our other executive officers. In anticipation of becoming a public company, our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the compensation committee that establishes, among other things, the compensation committees purpose and its responsibilities with respect to executive compensation. The charter of the compensation committee will provide that the compensation committee shall, among other
112
things, assist the board of directors in its oversight of executive compensation, management development and succession, director compensation and executive compensation disclosure.
Prior to 2014, neither we nor our board or compensation committee had retained a compensation consultant to provide services in respect of executive compensation. In 2014, our compensation committee retained Towers Watson Canada Inc., or Towers Watson, a consulting firm which provides independent advice in executive compensation and related governance issues, to provide services exclusively to the compensation committee in connection with executive compensation matters for 2015, including the following:
| assist in reviewing the competitiveness of our cash compensation arrangements for our executives; |
| assist in determining new option awards for our executives; |
| suggest a peer company group composed of industry-related, public companies with revenues, market capitalization and employee populations comparable to us; and |
| conduct an executive compensation assessment analyzing the current cash and equity compensation of our senior management team against compensation for similarly situated executives at our peer group companies. |
For the foregoing services, Towers Watson billed us an aggregate of approximately C$63,000 in 2014. Towers Watson does not provide any services to us other than its provision of services to the compensation committee.
The compensation expected to be paid in 2015 to our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and our other three most highly compensated executive officers, which we refer to as our named executive officers or NEOs, for the year ending December 31, 2015, which will be our first year as a public company, is summarized below under the heading Summary Compensation Table.
Executive Compensation Program Components
In 2015, our compensation program will consist primarily of the following elements: base salary, long-term equity incentive compensation and customary benefit programs.
Base Salary . Historically, we have provided base salary as a fixed source of compensation for our executive officers. Base salaries for NEOs are established based on the scope of their responsibilities and competencies, and taking into consideration the NEOs total compensation package and our overall approach to compensation. Base salaries are reviewed annually and increased for merit reasons, based on the executives success in meeting or exceeding individual objectives. Additionally, base salaries can be adjusted as warranted throughout the year to reflect promotions or other changes in the scope of breadth of an executives role or responsibilities, as well as to maintain market competitiveness. The board does not apply specific formulas or undertake benchmarking in determining base salary levels.
Bonuses. We do not provide performance bonuses or incentives, including for our named executive officers. We expect all employees to perform at a level deserving of a bonus, and have taken this into consideration in setting total compensation for all employees, including the named executive officers. We believe that this promotes a focus on long-term value creation.
Equity Compensation. As a privately held company, we have historically used stock options as the principal component of our executive compensation program. Consistent with our compensation objectives, we believe this approach has allowed us to attract and retain key talent in our industry and aligned our executive teams focus and contributions with the long-term interests of the company and our shareholders. Typically, stock options granted to our executive officers are subject to time-based vesting at a rate of 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting start date with the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over the next three years, allowing them to serve as an effective retention tool and to focus the executives on achieving long-term value.
113
In determining the size and frequency of executive option awards, our board has customarily considered, among other things, individual negotiations with the executive officers at their time of hire, the executive officers total compensation opportunity, the need to create a meaningful opportunity for reward predicated on the creation of long-term shareholder value, the need to attract and retain employees in the absence of a cash bonus program, the Chief Executive Officers recommendations, individual accomplishments, adjustments to duties, the executive officers existing equity award holdings (including the unvested portion of such awards), and the retention implications of existing grants and our incentive goals.
No equity award grants have been made to our named executive officers in 2015 as of the date of this prospectus. Based on the equity holdings of our executive team, taking into consideration the unvested portion and value of outstanding equity awards, our board of directors currently has no plans to grant any annual equity awards to our named executive officers for 2015.
Employee Benefits. We provide standard health, dental, life and disability insurance benefits to our executive officers, on the same terms and conditions as provided to all other eligible employees. We do not offer a deferred compensation plan or pension plan.
We currently do not provide executive perquisites that are not generally available on a non-discriminatory basis to all of our employees. However, from time to time, we may consider providing such perquisites to our executives to the extent our board believes that they are important for attracting and retaining key executive talent.
Compensation Risk Assessment
In connection with this offering, our board of directors has reviewed the potential risks associated with the structure and design of our various compensation plans, including a comprehensive review of the material compensation plans and programs for all employees. Our board of directors has concluded that our compensation plans and programs operate within our larger corporate governance and review structure that serves and support risk mitigation and discourages excessive or unnecessary risk-taking behavior.
Summary Compensation Table
The aggregate cash compensation, including benefits in kind, accrued or paid to our executive officers and directors with respect to the year ended December 31, 2014 for services in all capacities was C$2,727,541. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2014, we granted 1,490,045 options to purchase common shares in the aggregate to our executive officers and directors, as set forth in the following table.
Number of Share Options |
Exercise per Share | Expiration Date | ||||
205,000 |
$ | 4.22 | June 26, 2024 | |||
1,285,045 |
$ | 6.22 | December 17, 2024 |
114
The following table summarizes the compensation we expect to pay our named executive officers for the year ending December 31, 2015, our first fiscal year as a public company.
Name and Principal
|
Salary
(1)(2)
($) |
Share-
based Awards (3) ($) |
Option-
based Awards ($) |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation (4) ($) |
Pension
Value (5) ($) |
All Other
Compensation (6) ($) |
Total
Compensation ($) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Annual
incentive plans |
Long-term
incentive plans |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tobias Lütke |
339,055 | | | | | | | 339,055 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Executive Officer |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Russell Jones |
256,262 | | | | | | | 256,262 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Financial Officer |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Harley Finkelstein |
256,263 | | | | | | | 256,263 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Platform Officer |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Craig Miller |
256,263 | | | | | | | 256,263 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Marketing Officer |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Daniel Weinand |
256,263 | | | | | | | 256,263 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Design Officer |
(1) | Represents annual base salary expected to be paid for the year ending December 31, 2015. |
(2) | Base salaries are paid to our named executive officers in Canadian dollars. For the year ending December 31, 2015, we expect to pay a base salary of C$430,000 to Mr Lütke, C$325,000 to Mr. Jones, and C$325,001 to each of Messrs. Finkelstein, Miller and Weinand. The base salary amounts reported in the above table have been converted to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of C$1.00 = US$0.7885, which was the Bank of Canada noon rate on March 31, 2015. |
(3) | We do not intend to grant any share-based awards to our executive officers in 2015. |
(4) | We do not currently offer non-equity incentive plan compensation. |
(5) | We do not currently offer a deferred compensation plan or pension plan. |
(6) | None of the named executive officers are entitled to perquisites or other personal benefits which, in the aggregate, are worth over C$50,000 or over 10% of their base salary. |
115
Outstanding Option-Based and Share-based Awards
The following table indicates, for each of the named executive officers, all option-based and share-based awards expected to be outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering.
Option-Based Awards | Share-Based Awards | |||||||||||||||||
Name |
Number of
securities underlying unexercised options exercisable (#) (1) |
Option
Exercise Price ($) (2) |
Option
expiration date |
Value of
Unexercised In-The- Money Options (3) ($) |
Number of
shares or units that have not vested (#) |
Market or
payout value of share-based awards that have not vested ($) |
||||||||||||
Tobias Lütke |
|
80,899
345,000 332,730 403,348 |
|
0.095
0.095 0.126 6.22 |
7/1/2018
7/1/2018 9/30/2020 12/17/2024 |
| | |||||||||||
Russell Jones |
|
302,015
181,255 121,004 |
|
0.152
0.362 6.22 |
4/26/2021
3/28/2022 12/17/2024 |
| | |||||||||||
Harley Finkelstein |
|
245,982
166,365 174,870 80,670 |
|
0.126
0.126 0.152 6.22 |
6/7/2020
9/30/2020 8/10/2021 12/17/2024 |
| | |||||||||||
Craig Miller |
|
549,568
100,000 322,678 |
|
0.152
0.74 6.22 |
8/10/2021
7/12/2023 12/17/2024 |
| | |||||||||||
Daniel Weinand |
|
165,000
345,000 332,730 80,670 |
|
0.095
0.095 0.126 6.22 |
7/1/2018
7/1/2018 9/30/2020 12/17/2024 |
| |
(1) | The stock options reflected in this column were granted under our Legacy Option Plan, and, in connection with the closing of this offering, each such option will become exercisable for one Class B multiple voting share. For a description of the terms of stock options granted under our Legacy Option Plan, see Incentive PlansLegacy Option Plan. |
(2) | Some of these options have an exercise price in Canadian dollars. Such exercise prices have been converted to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of C$1.00 = US$0.7885, which was the Bank of Canada noon rate on March 31, 2015. |
(3) | The value of unexercised in-the-money options is calculated based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per Class A subordinate voting share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Each Class B multiple voting share is convertible, at the option of the holder, into one Class A subordinate voting share. |
Incentive Plan AwardsValue Vested or Earned During the Year
The following table indicates, for each of the named executive officers, a summary of the value of the option-based and share-based awards expected to be vested in accordance with their terms during the year ending December 31, 2015 (assuming the continued employment of each NEO).
Name |
Option-Based Awards
Value Expected to be Vested During the Year (1) ($) |
Share-Based Awards
Value Expected to be Vested During the Year ($) |
||||
Tobias Lütke |
| |||||
Russell Jones |
| |||||
Harley Finkelstein |
| |||||
Craig Miller |
| |||||
Daniel Weinand |
|
(1) | The value of options expected to be vested during the year is calculated based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per Class A subordinate voting share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Each Class B multiple voting share is convertible, at the option of the holder, into one Class A subordinate voting share. |
116
Executive Employment Arrangements and Termination and Change in Control Benefits
On October 15, 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Lütke setting forth the terms and conditions of his employment as our Chief Executive Officer, which provided for his initial base salary and initial equity award, and which includes, among other things, provisions regarding confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation, as well as eligibility for our benefit plans. Mr. Lütkes agreement also provides that the vesting of any unvested equity awarded to Mr. Lütke will be accelerated in the event of a change in control transaction. In addition, in the case of termination of employment other than for cause, Mr. Lütkes employment agreement provides that he is entitled to a termination payment equal to a period of 12 months plus one additional month of base salary for each complete calendar year of service performed by Mr. Lütke, up to a maximum termination payment equal to a period of 18 months, as well as continued benefits for such period of time, and all eligible bonuses. Mr. Lütkes agreement provides that, for purposes of calculating the applicable termination payment period, the first complete calendar year of service ended on September 30, 2011, with each subsequent complete calendar year of service ending on each anniversary of such date.
On March 7, 2011, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Jones setting forth the terms and conditions of his employment as our Chief Financial Officer, which provided for his initial base salary and initial equity award, and which includes, among other things, provisions regarding confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation, as well as eligibility for our benefit plans. Mr. Jones agreement also provides that the vesting of any unvested equity awarded to Mr. Jones will be accelerated in the event of his involuntary termination of employment on or immediately prior to the time of completion of a change in control transaction. In addition, in the case of termination of employment other than for cause, Mr. Jones employment agreement provides that he is entitled to a termination payment equal to a period of three months plus one additional month of base salary for each complete calendar year of service performed by Mr. Jones, up to a maximum termination payment equal to a period of six months, as well as continued benefits for such period of time and all eligible bonuses.
On July 5, 2011, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Miller setting forth the terms and conditions of his employment, which provided for his initial base salary and initial equity award, and which includes, among other things, provisions regarding confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation, as well as eligibility for our benefit plans. In addition, Mr. Millers agreement also provides that the vesting of the unvested equity of his initial equity award will be accelerated by 12 months in the event of certain change in control transactions. In the case of termination of employment other than for cause, Mr. Millers employment agreement provides that he is entitled to a termination payment equal to a period of three months plus one additional month of base salary for each complete calendar year of service performed by Mr. Miller, up to a maximum termination payment equal to a period of six months, as well as continued benefits for such period of time, and all eligible bonuses.
The terms and conditions of employment for each of Messrs. Finkelstein and Weinand are set forth in written letter agreements, each dated December 9, 2010, which include, among other things, provisions regarding initial base salary, initial equity award, eligibility for our benefit plans generally, and confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation. These agreements do not provide for any contractual severance entitlements or equity acceleration.
117
The table below shows the incremental payments that would be made to our named executive officers under the terms of their employment agreements upon the occurrence of certain events, if such events were to occur immediately following the completion of this offering.
Name and Principal
|
Event
|
Severance
($) (1) |
Options
($) (2)(3) |
Other
Payments ($) |
Total
($) |
|||||||||||||
Tobias Lütke Chief Executive Officer |
Termination other than for cause
Change in control |
452,073 | | 452,073 | ||||||||||||||
Russell Jones Chief Financial Officer |
Termination other than for cause
Involuntary termination on or immediately prior to a change in control |
128,131 | | 128,131 | ||||||||||||||
Harley Finkelstein Chief Platform Officer |
| | | | | |||||||||||||
Craig Miller Chief Marketing Officer |
Termination other than for cause
Change in control |
128,131 | 128,131 | |||||||||||||||
Daniel Weinand Chief Design Officer |
| | | | |
(1) | Severance payments are calculated based on the base salary we pay to the executive officer, which is paid in Canadian dollars. The severance amounts reported in the table have been converted to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of C$1.00 = US$0.7885, which was the Bank of Canada noon rate on March 31, 2015. |
(2) | The value of options is calculated based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per Class A subordinate voting share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Each Class B multiple voting share is convertible, at the option of the holder, into one Class A subordinate voting share. Some of Mr. Lütkes unexercised in-the-money options have an exercise price in Canadian dollars. Such exercise prices have been converted to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of C$1.00 = US$0.7885, which was the Bank of Canada noon rate on March 31, 2015. |
(3) | Mr. Lütkes employment agreement provides that the vesting of any unvested equity awarded to Mr. Lütke will be accelerated in the event of a change in control transaction. Mr. Jones agreement provides that the vesting of any unvested equity awarded to Mr. Jones will be accelerated in the event of his involuntary termination of employment on or immediately prior to the time of completion of a change in control transaction. Mr. Millers agreement provides that the vesting of the unvested equity of his initial equity award will be accelerated by twelve (12) months in the event of certain change in control transactions. Mr. Millers initial equity award was 603,920 options, of which 54,352 have already been exercised. |
Compensation of Directors
Mr. Lütke, the Chairman of our board of directors, is also our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Lütke does not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. See Compensation of Executives for disclosure relating to his compensation.
In 2014, our directors did not receive any compensation for serving on our board of directors, with the exception of Mr. Collins and Mr. Ashe. Mr. Collins received compensation of $15,000 for his services as a member of our board of directors and the audit committee in 2014, and was granted options to purchase 75,000 common shares under the Legacy Option Plan at an exercise price of $4.22 per share on June 26, 2014. On December 17, 2014, we granted Mr. Ashe options to purchase 75,000 common shares under the Legacy Option Plan at an exercise price of $6.22 per share. As part of the reorganization of our share capital in connection with this offering, each option issued and outstanding under the Legacy Option Plan will become exercisable for one Class B multiple voting share.
118
For 2015, Mr. Collins will be eligible to receive annual cash compensation of $20,000 for services as a member of our board of directors and $10,000 for services as chair of our audit committee, and Mr. Ashe will be eligible to receive $20,000 for services as a member of our board of directors, $10,000 for services as chair of our compensation committee and $5,000 for services as a member of our audit committee.
The written charter of our compensation committee provides that the committee will review compensation for members of our board of directors on at least an annual basis, taking into account their responsibilities and time commitment and information regarding the compensation paid at peer companies. The compensation committee will make recommendations to our board of directors with respect to changes to our approach to director compensation as it considers appropriate.
Each member of our board of directors is entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending board meetings and meetings for any committee on which he serves.
Incentive Plans
We have adopted a Third Amended and Restated Incentive Stock Option Plan that will be amended by the Fourth Amended and Restated Incentive Stock Option Plan in connection with this offering. In this prospectus, we refer to this plan as the Legacy Option Plan. A total of options are outstanding under the Legacy Option Plan, and, in connection with the closing of this offering, each such option will become exercisable for one Class B multiple voting share. Following closing of this offering no further awards will be made under the Legacy Option Plan. Prior to closing of this offering, our board of directors and shareholders will approve a new stock option plan, or the Stock Option Plan, which will be effective upon the completion of this offering, as well as a long term incentive plan, or the LTIP (and, together with the Stock Option Plan, the Incentive Plans). Options to be granted under the Stock Option Plan will be exercisable for Class A subordinate voting shares. The LTIP will provide for the grant of share units, or LTIP Units, consisting of restricted share units, or RSUs, performance share units, or PSUs, and deferred share units, or DSUs. Our board of directors has no current intention of making awards under the LTIP.
Stock Option Plan
The Stock Option Plan will allow for the grant of options to our directors, executive officers, employees and consultants. Our board of directors will be responsible for administering the Stock Option Plan, and the compensation committee will make recommendations to our board of directors in respect of matters relating to the Stock Option Plan. The following discussion is qualified in its entirety by the text of the Stock Option Plan.
Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, shall from time to time designate the directors, executive officers, employees or consultants to whom options shall be granted, the number of Class A subordinate shares to be covered by each option granted and the terms and conditions of such option.
The maximum number of Class A subordinate voting shares reserved for issuance, in the aggregate, under our Stock Option Plan and the LTIP will initially equal 2,500,000 Class A subordinate voting shares, plus the number of shares subject to the Legacy Option Plans available reserve as of the date of the closing of this offering, which we expect to be and which is expected to represent, in the aggregate: (i) approximately % of the Class A subordinate voting shares issued and outstanding upon closing of this offering, and (ii) approximately % of the total Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares collectively issued and outstanding upon closing of this offering.
The number of Class A subordinate voting shares available for issuance, in the aggregate, under the Stock Option Plan and the LTIP will be automatically increased on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2016 and ending on January 1, 2026, in an amount equal to 5% of the aggregate number of
119
outstanding Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares on December 31 of the preceding calendar year. Our board of directors, however, may act prior to January 1 of a given year to provide that there will be no January 1 increase in the maximum number of Class A subordinate voting shares reserved for issuance under the Stock Option Plan and the LTIP for the then-upcoming fiscal year or to provide that any increase in the Class A subordinate voting share reserve for that year will be a lesser number of Class A subordinate voting shares.
It is not expected that any options will be outstanding under the Stock Option Plan, upon closing of this offering. All of the Class A subordinate voting shares covered by expired, cancelled or forfeited options granted under the Stock Option Plan, as well as a number of Class A subordinate voting shares equal to the number of Class B multiple voting shares covered by expired, cancelled or forfeited options granted under the Legacy Option Plan and a number of Class A subordinate voting shares that become re-available for grants pursuant to the terms of the LTIP will automatically become available Class A subordinate voting shares for the purposes of options that may be subsequently granted under the Stock Option Plan and for purposes of the LTIP.
All options granted under the Stock Option Plan will have an exercise price determined and approved by our board of directors at the time of grant, which shall not be less than the market price of the Class A subordinate voting shares at such time. For purposes of the Stock Option Plan, the market price of the Class A subordinate voting shares shall be the volume weighted average trading price of the Class A subordinate voting shares on the NYSE for the five trading days ending on the last trading day before the day on which the option is granted.
An option shall be exercisable during a period established by our board of directors which shall commence on the date of the grant and shall terminate not later than ten years after the date of the granting of the option. The Stock Option Plan will provide that the exercise period shall automatically be extended if the date on which it is scheduled to terminate shall fall during a black-out period. In such cases, the extended exercise period shall terminate ten business days after the last day of the blackout-period.
The Stock Option Plan will also provide that appropriate adjustments, if any, will be made by our board of directors in connection with a reclassification, reorganization or other change of shares, consolidation, distribution, merger or amalgamation or similar corporate transaction, in order to maintain the optionees economic rights in respect of their options in connection with such change in capitalization, including adjustments to the exercise price and/or the number of Class A subordinate voting shares to which an optionee is entitled upon exercise of options, or permitting the immediate exercise of any outstanding options that are not otherwise exercisable.
120
The following table describes the impact of certain events upon the rights of holders under the Stock Option Plan, including termination for cause, resignation, termination other than for cause, retirement, death or disability:
Event |
Provisions |
|
Termination for cause |
Forfeiture of all unvested options Cancellation of all unexercised options as of date of termination |
|
Resignation |
Forfeiture of all unvested options 90 days after resignation to exercise vested options |
|
Termination other than for cause |
Forfeiture of all unvested options 90 days after termination to exercise vested options |
|
Retirement |
Forfeiture of all unvested options 90 days after retirement to exercise vested options |
|
Death or disability |
Forfeiture of all unvested options one year after event to exercise vested options |
A participants grant agreement or any other written agreement between a participant and Shopify may provide that unvested options be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability in certain circumstances, including in the event of certain change of control transactions. Our board of directors may at its discretion accelerate the vesting of any outstanding options notwithstanding the previously established vesting schedule, regardless of any adverse or potentially adverse tax consequences resulting from such acceleration or, subject to applicable regulatory provisions and shareholder approval, extend the expiration date of any option, provided that the period during which an option is exercisable does not exceed ten years from the date such option is granted.
Our board of directors may amend the Stock Option Plan or any option at any time without the consent of the optionees provided that such amendment shall (i) not adversely alter or impair any option previously granted except as permitted by the terms of the Stock Option Plan, (ii) be subject to any regulatory approvals including, where required, the approval of the TSX, and (iii) be in compliance with applicable law and subject to shareholder approval, where required by law, the requirements of the TSX or the Stock Option Plan, provided however that shareholder approval shall not be required for the following amendments and our board of directors may make any changes which may include but are not limited to:
| amendments of a general housekeeping or clerical nature that, among others, clarify, correct or rectify any ambiguity, defective provision, error or omission in the Stock Option Plan; |
| a change to the provisions of any option governing vesting, assignability and effect of termination of a participants employment contract or office; |
| the addition of a form of financial assistance and any amendment to a financial assistance provision which is adopted; |
| a change to advance the date on which any option may be exercised under the Stock Option Plan; and |
| a change to the eligible participants of the Stock Option Plan. |
For greater certainty, our board of directors shall be required to obtain shareholder approval to make the following amendments:
| any amendment which reduces the exercise price of any option after the options have been granted or any cancellation of an option and the substitution of that option by a new option with a reduced price, except in the case of an adjustment pursuant to a change in capitalization; |
121
| any amendment which extends the expiry date of any option beyond the original expiry date, except in case of an extension due to a black-out period; |
| any increase to the maximum number of Class A subordinate shares issuable from treasury under the Stock Option Plan and any other treasury-based share compensation plans, other than an adjustment pursuant to a change in capitalization; and |
| any amendment to the amendment provisions of the Stock Option Plan. |
Except as specifically provided in an option agreement approved by our board of directors, options granted under the Stock Option Plan are generally not transferable; however, an optionee may, with the prior approval of the company, transfer options to (i) such optionees family or retirement savings trust, or (ii) registered retirement savings plans or registered retirement income funds of which the optionee is and remains the annuitant.
We currently do not provide any financial assistance to participants under the Stock Option Plan.
Legacy Option Plan
We have previously granted to certain directors, employees, officers and consultants options to purchase common shares of the company under the Legacy Option Plan. As part of the reorganization of our share capital in connection with this offering, each option issued and outstanding under the Legacy Option Plan will become exercisable for Class B multiple voting shares. The options issued under the Legacy Option Plan were granted at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the underlying shares at the time of initial grant. The exercise price of certain options was subsequently adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Legacy Option Plan to reflect the split of all our issued and outstanding common shares on a 5-for-1 basis which occurred on April 12, 2013. For additional information relating to options outstanding under the Legacy Option Plan, see Description of Share CapitalOptions to Purchase Securities.
Following the closing of this offering, no additional options will be granted under the Legacy Option Plan. A total of options are outstanding under the Legacy Option Plan, and the Class B multiple voting shares issuable upon exercise of such options will represent in the aggregate: (i) % of the Class B multiple voting shares issued and outstanding upon closing of this offering, and (ii) % of the total Class A subordinate shares and Class B multiple voting shares collectively issued and outstanding upon closing of this offering. As of the date of the closing of this offering, we expect a total of Class B multiple voting shares to be subject to the Legacy Option Plans available reserve, and an equal number of Class A subordinate voting shares will be included in the number of Class A subordinate voting shares available for issuance under the Stock Option Plan and the LTIP.
The Legacy Option Plan provides that appropriate adjustments, if any, will be made by our board of directors in connection with any subdivision, redivision, consolidation, merger, recapitalization or similar change affecting the Class B multiple voting shares, including adjustments to the exercise price and/or the number of Class B multiple voting shares to which an optionee is entitled upon exercise of options.
In connection with this offering, the Legacy Option Plan will be amended and restated to, among other things, introduce a cashless exercise feature and to include terms and conditions required by the TSX for a stock option plan such as provisions and restrictions relating to amendment of the Legacy Option Plan or options similar to those applicable to the Stock Option Plan summarized above under Stock Option Plan.
LTIP
In connection with this offering we will adopt the LTIP to provide us with future flexibility in the design of our long-term incentive compensation arrangements for our directors, officers, employees and consultants
122
(in the case of RSU and PSU grants) and directors (in the case of DSU grants). Our board of directors will be responsible for administering the LTIP, and the compensation committee will make recommendations to our board of directors in respect of matters relating to the LTIP. The following discussion is qualified in its entirety by the text of the LTIP.
Under the terms of the LTIP, our board of directors, or if authorized by our board of directors, our compensation committee, may grant LTIP Units as RSUs, PSUs or DSUs. Each LTIP Unit represents the right to receive one Class A subordinate voting share in accordance with the terms of the LTIP. Participation in the LTIP is voluntary and, if an eligible participant agrees to participate, the grant of LTIP Units will be evidenced by a grant agreement with each such participant. The interest of any participant in any LTIP Unit is not assignable or transferable, whether voluntary, involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, except upon the death of the participant.
In the event that a participant receives Class A subordinate voting shares in satisfaction of a grant of RSUs, PSUs or DSUs during a black-out period, such participant shall not be entitled to sell or otherwise dispose of such Class A subordinate voting share until such black-out period has expired.
The LTIP will provide that appropriate adjustments, if any, will be made by our board of directors in connection with a reclassification, reorganization or other change of shares, consolidation, distribution, merger or amalgamation, in the Class A subordinate voting shares issuable or amounts payable to preclude a dilution or enlargement of the benefits under the LTIP.
Unless otherwise approved by our board of directors and except as otherwise provided in a participants grant agreement or any other provision of the LTIP, RSUs will vest as to 1/3 each on the first, second and third anniversary dates of the date of grant. Unless otherwise approved by our board of directors, unvested RSUs previously credited to the participants account will expire in the event that the participant is terminated for cause or resigns without good reason, and will vest in the event that the participant retires, is terminated without cause, dies or is incapacitated.
A PSU participants grant agreement will describe the performance criteria established by our board of directors that must be achieved for PSUs to vest to the PSU participant, provided the participant is continuously employed by or in our service or the service or employment of any of our affiliates from the date of grant until such PSU vesting date. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, unvested PSUs previously credited to the participants account will expire in the event that the participant ceases to be an eligible participant.
Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, suspend or terminate the LTIP at any time or from time to time amend, revise or discontinue the terms and conditions of the LTIP or of any LTIP Unit granted under the LTIP and any grant agreement relating thereto, subject to any required regulatory and stock exchange approval, provided that such suspension, termination, amendment, or revision will not adversely alter or impair any LTIP Unit previously granted except as permitted by the terms of the LTIP or as required by applicable laws.
Our board of directors may amend the LTIP or any LTIP Unit at any time without the consent of a participant provided that such amendment shall (i) not adversely alter or impair any LTIP Unit previously granted except as permitted by the terms of the LTIP, (ii) be in compliance with applicable law and subject to any regulatory approvals including, where required, the approval of the TSX, and (iii) be subject to shareholder approval, where required by law, the requirements of the TSX or the LTIP, provided however that shareholder approval shall not be required for the following amendments and our board of directors may make any changes which may include but are not limited to:
| amendments of a general housekeeping or clerical nature that, among others, clarify, correct or rectify any ambiguity, defective provision, error or omission in the LTIP; |
123
| changes that alter, extend or accelerate the terms of vesting or settlement applicable to any LTIP Units; and |
| a change to the eligible participants under the LTIP. |
provided that the alteration, amendment or variance does not:
| increase the maximum number of Class A subordinate voting shares issuable under the LTIP, other than an adjustment pursuant to a change in capitalization; or |
| amend the amendment provisions of the LTIP. |
No such amendment to the LTIP shall cause the LTIP in respect of RSUs or PSUs to cease to be a plan described in section 7 of the Income Tax Act (Canada) or any successor to such provision and no such amendment to the LTIP shall cause the LTIP in respect of DSUs to cease to be a plan described in regulation 6801(d) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) or any successor to such provision. If any provision of the LTIP contravenes Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, our board of directors may, in its sole discretion and without the participants consent, modify such provision to: (i) comply with, or avoid being subject to, Code Section 409A, or to avoid incurring taxes, interest or penalties under Code Section 409A, or otherwise; and/or (ii) maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent and economic benefit to the participant of the applicable provision without materially increasing the cost to us and contravening Code Section 409A.
124
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In addition to the compensation arrangements discussed under Management, the following is a description of the material terms of those transactions with related parties to which we are party and which we are required to disclose pursuant to the disclosure rules of the SEC and the Canadian Securities Administrators.
Agreements with Directors and Officers
Indemnity Agreements
We have entered into indemnity agreements with each of our current directors and officers undertaking to indemnify each of them to the fullest extent permitted by law from and against all liabilities, costs, charges and expenses incurred as a result of actions in the exercise of their duties as a director or officer. See Description of Share CapitalLimitations on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Employment Agreements
We have entered into employment agreements with all of our executive officers. For more information regarding certain of these agreements, see Executive CompensationCompensation of ExecutivesExecutive Employment Agreements and Termination and Change in Control Benefits.
Equity Awards
Since our inception, we have granted equity awards to all of our officers. We describe our equity plans under Executive CompensationIncentive Plans.
Indebtedness of Directors, Executive Officers and Employees
None of our directors, executive officers, employees, former directors, former executive officers or former employees, and none of their associates, is indebted to us or another entity whose indebtedness is the subject of a guarantee, support agreement, letter of credit or other similar agreement or understanding provided by us.
125
The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our shares as of March 31, 2015 by:
| each of our directors and executive officers; |
| each person or entity known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding shares; and |
| all of our directors and named executive officers as a group. |
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, which generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to those securities, and include shares that a person would receive upon exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2015. Beneficial ownership includes the power to receive the economic benefit of ownership of the securities. Shares issuable pursuant to exercisable stock options are also deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding the option, but not the percentage ownership of any other person. As of March 31, 2015, we had 76 record holders of our share capital, with 61 record holders in Canada, representing 51.7% of our outstanding share capital, and 15 record holders in the United States, representing 48.3% of our outstanding share capital.
Ownership and voting power percentages are based on no Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares outstanding as of March 31, 2015. Under our amended articles of incorporation, the Class A subordinate voting shares carry one vote per share and the Class B multiple voting shares carry ten votes per share.
Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares, except to the extent that authority is shared by spouses under community property laws. All figures in this table assume no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase up to an additional Class A subordinate voting shares from us. None of our shareholders has informed us that he, she or it is affiliated with a registered broker-dealer or is in the business of underwriting securities.
126
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o Shopify Inc., 150 Elgin Street, 8th Floor, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K2P 1L4.
Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to the
Offering |
% of
Total Voting Power Before Our Initial Public Offering |
Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering |
% of
Total Voting Power After Our Initial Public Offering |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Class A
Subordinate Voting Shares |
Class B Multiple
Voting Shares |
Class A
Subordinate Voting Shares |
Class B Multiple
Voting Shares |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Number | Percent | Number | Percent | Number | Percent | Number | Percent | |||||||||||||||||||||||
5% Shareholders |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (1) |
| | 30.28 | % | 30.28 | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
FirstMark Capital I, L.P (2) |
| | 11.87 | % | 11.87 | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Klister Credit Corp. (3) |
| | 7.49 | % | 7.49 | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
OMERS Ventures II, L.P (4) |
| | 6.05 | % | 6.05 | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Bruce McKean (5) |
| | 5.72 | % | 5.72 | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
James Lake (6) |
| | 5.65 | % | 5.65 | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Entities affiliated with Georgian Partners (7) |
| | 5.48 | % | 5.48 | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Executive Officers and Directors |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tobias Lütke (8) |
| | 14.62 | % | 14.62 | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Russell Jones (9) |
| | 1.01 | % | 1.01 | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Daniel Weinand (10) |
| | 2.49 | % | 2.49 | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Harley Finkelstein |
| | * | % | * | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Cody Fauser (11) |
| | 1.97 | % | 1.97 | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Craig Miller |
| | * | % | * | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Toby Shannan |
| | * | % | * | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Brittany Forsyth |
| | * | % | * | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Joseph Frasca |
| | | | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Robert Ashe |
| | | | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Steve Collins |
| | | | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jeremy Levine (1) |
| | 30.28 | % | 30.28 | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Trevor Oelschig (12) |
| | | | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
John Phillips (3) |
| | 3.74 | % | 3.74 | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Executive Officers and Directors as a group (14 persons) (13) |
| | 56.50 | % | 56.50 | % | % |
* | Less than one percent. |
(1) | Represents shares held, in the aggregate, by BVP VII Special Opportunity Fund L.P. (BVP VII SOF), Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P. (BVP VII) and Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional L.P. (BVP VII Inst. and collectively with BVP VII SOF and BVP VII, the BVP Funds). BVP VII SOF holds 2,008,510 common shares, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to consummation of this offering, and 5,435,295 Series A convertible preferred shares, 2,738,950 Series B convertible preferred shares and 729,300 Series C convertible preferred shares, all of which will be converted into an equivalent number of Class B multiple voting shares upon consummation of this offering. BVP VII holds 1,190,230 common shares, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, and 3,220,920 Series A convertible preferred shares, 1,623,085 Series B convertible preferred shares and 432,179 Series C convertible preferred shares, all of which will be converted into an equivalent number of Class B multiple voting shares upon consummation of this offering. BVP VII Inst. holds 520,725 common shares, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, and 1,409,150 Series A convertible preferred shares, 710,100 Series B convertible preferred shares and 189,078 Series C convertible preferred shares, all of which will be converted into Class B multiple voting shares upon consummation of this offering. Deer VII & Co. L.P. (Deer L.P.) is the general partner of the BVP Funds. Deer VII & Co. Ltd. (Deer Ltd.) is the general partner of Deer L.P. J. Edmund Colloton, David J. Cowan, Byron B. Deeter, Robert P. Goodman, Jeremy S. Levine and Robert M. Stavis are the directors of, and have economic interests in, Deer Ltd. and as such the directors may be deemed to be beneficial owners (as such term is defined in General Instruction F of Form 20-F) of the shares held by the BVP Funds. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by the BVP Funds are made by the directors acting as a committee. The address for BVP Funds entities is 1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104, Larchmont, NY 10538. Bessemer Venture Partners address is 1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104, Larchmont, New York 10538. |
(2) |
Consists of 3,349,560 common shares, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to consummation of this offering, and 2,368,320 Series A convertible preferred shares, 2,103,895 Series B convertible preferred shares and 100,000 Series C convertible preferred shares, which will be converted into an equivalent number of Class B multiple voting shares upon consummation of this offering. FirstMark Capital I GP, LLC (FirstMark I GP) is the general partner of |
127
FirstMark Capital I, L.P. (FirstMark). FirstMark Capital, LLC (FirstMark LLC) is the investment manager of FirstMark. Richard Heitzmann, Amish Jani and Lawrence Lenihan, Jr. are the managers of FirstMark I GP and the members of the sole member of FirstMark LLC, have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by FirstMark and therefore may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by FirstMark. |
(3) | Consists of 4,996,060 common shares, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to consummation of this offering. One of our directors, John Phillips, is the Chief Executive Officer of Klister Credit Corp. (Klister), and directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% of Klister and accordingly is considered to indirectly beneficially own 50% of our common shares owned by Klister. Mr. Phillips wife, Dr. Catherine Phillips, owns the remaining 50% of Klister. Mr. Phillips and Dr. Phillips may each be deemed to have the power to vote and/or dispose of the shares held by Klister. |
(4) | Consists of 2,035,092 common shares, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to consummation of this offering, and 2,001,764 Series C convertible preferred shares, which will be converted into an equivalent number of Class B multiple voting shares upon consummation of this offering. OMERS Ventures Management Inc. (OVMI) is the general partner of OMERS Ventures II, LP (OV II LP). OVMI is the ventures investment platform of OMERS Strategic Investments LP (OSI), the strategic investment arm of OMERS Administration Corporation (OAC). OAC is the administrator of the OMERS Primary Pension Plan and trustee of the pension funds. The OMERS Primary Pension Plan is a multi-employer pension plan providing defined pension benefits to local government employees in the Province of Ontario, Canada. OSI has been granted investment authority in respect of the OVMI investment portfolio pursuant to a delegation of investment authority from OAC. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by OV II LP are made by an investment committee comprised of the managing directors and directors of OVMI and approved by the Chief Executive Officer of OVMI and the Chief Executive Officer of OSI and as such these individuals may be deemed to have the power to vote and/or dispose of the shares held by OV II LP. |
(5) | Consists of 3,813,865 common shares, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to consummation of this offering. |
(6) | Consists of 3,773,690 common shares, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to consummation of this offering. |
(7) | Represents shares held, in the aggregate, by Georgian Partners I GP Inc. (Georgian I), Georgian Partners II GP Inc. (Georgian II) and Georgian Growth Fund 1 L.P. (Georgian Growth) (collectively, Georgian). Georgian I holds 2,819,076 common shares, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to consummation of this offering, and 117,504 Series C convertible preferred shares, which will be converted into an equivalent number of Class B multiple voting shares upon consummation of this offering. Georgian II holds 297,691 common shares, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, and 117,504 Series C convertible preferred shares, which will be converted into an equivalent number of Class B multiple voting shares upon consummation of this offering. Georgian Growth holds 303,030 common shares, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Georgian I is the general partner of Georgian Partners I, GP LP, which is the general partner of Georgian Growth. Justin LaFayette, Simon Chong and John Berton are the directors (the Georgian Directors) of Georgian I and Georgian II. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by Georgian are made by the Georgian Directors acting as a committee. |
(8) | Represents 9,000,000 common shares held by 7910240 Canada Inc., which Tobias Lütke is deemed to beneficially own. These common shares will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to consummation of this offering. Also includes 758,629 stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2015. Mr. Lütke is currently a director of Shopify and an employee of Shopify. |
(9) | Consists of 78,116 common shares held directly by Russell Jones, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to consummation of this offering. Also consists of 150,000 common shares held in trust by the R&J Jones Family Trust, for which Russell Jones serves as trustee, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to consummation of this offering, and 445,509 stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2015. Mr. Jones is currently an employee of Shopify. |
(10) | Consists of 690,227 common shares held directly by Daniel Weinand, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to consummation of this offering. Also, consists of 126,316 common shares held in trust by the Daniel Weinand Family Trust, for which Daniel Weinand serves as trustee, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to consummation of this offering, and 842,730 stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2015. Mr. Weinand is currently an employee of Shopify. |
(11) | Consists of 90,303 common shares held in trust for Cody Fauser by the Fauser Family Trust, for which Cody Fauser and Maria Urbina-Fauser serve as co-trustees, which will be redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares immediately prior to consummation of this offering, and 1,224,440 stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2015. Mr. Fauser is currently an employee of Shopify. |
(12) | Trevor Oelschig serves as an employee of Bessemer Venture Partners, the management company affiliate of the BVP Funds, and has an indirect economic interest in the BVP Funds by virtue of his investment in a limited partner of such BVP Funds. As such, Mr. Oelschig may be deemed to have beneficial ownership (within the meaning of General Instruction F of Form 20-F) of the shares held by the BVP Funds. |
(13) | Consists of 32,915,644 shares beneficially owned by our current directors and executive officers and 4,788,263 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding stock options which are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015. |
128
General
The following is a description of the material terms of our Class A subordinate voting shares, our Class B multiple voting shares and our preferred shares, as set forth in our amended articles of incorporation that will become effective on or prior to completion of this offering.
On or immediately prior to the completion of this offering:
| our outstanding common shares will be amended and redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares; and |
| each of our outstanding preferred shares will be converted into one Class B multiple voting share. |
As a result, upon completion of this offering, our authorized share capital will consist of an unlimited number of Class A subordinate voting shares of which will be issued and outstanding (assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option), an unlimited number of Class B multiple voting shares of which will be issued and outstanding and an unlimited number of preferred shares, issuable in series, none of which will be issued and outstanding. Although the rules of the TSX generally prohibit us from issuing additional Class B multiple voting shares, there may be certain circumstances where additional Class B multiple voting shares may be issued, including upon receiving shareholder approval and pursuant to the exercise of stock options under the Legacy Option Plan that were granted prior to this offering. Any further issuances of Class A subordinate voting shares or Class B multiple voting shares will result in immediate dilution to existing shareholders and may have an adverse effect on the value of their shareholdings.
The Class A subordinate voting shares are restricted securities within the meaning of such term under applicable Canadian securities laws. As such, we are required to have our shareholders approve the distribution of Class A subordinate voting shares under this prospectus pursuant to Section 12.3 of National Instrument 41-101 General Prospectus Requirements, or NI 41-101, of the Canadian Securities Administrators. We intend to hold an annual and special meeting of our shareholders on or about May 5, 2015, and in any event, prior to filing the final prospectus, to, among other things, approve the reorganization of our share capital in connection with this offering and approve the distribution of Class A subordinate voting shares under this prospectus so as to comply with the requirements of Section 12.3 of NI 41-101.
Shares
Except as described herein, the Class A subordinate voting shares and the Class B multiple voting shares have the same rights, are equal in all respects and are treated by Shopify as if they were one class of shares.
Rank
The Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares rank pari passu with respect to the payment of dividends, return of capital and distribution of assets in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Class A subordinate voting shares and the holders of Class B multiple voting shares are entitled to participate equally in the remaining property and assets of the Company available for distribution to the holders of shares, without preference or distinction among or between the Class A subordinate voting shares and the Class B multiple voting shares, subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred shares.
Dividends
The holders of outstanding Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares are entitled to receive dividends on a share for share basis at such times and in such amounts and form as our
129
board of directors may from time to time determine, but subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred shares, without preference or distinction among or between the Class A subordinate voting shares and the Class B multiple voting shares. We are permitted to pay dividends unless there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (i) we are, or would after such payment be, unable to pay our liabilities as they become due; or (ii) the realizable value of our assets would, as a result of such payment, be less than the aggregate of our liabilities and stated capital of all classes of shares. In the event of a payment of a dividend in the form of shares, Class A subordinate voting shares shall be distributed with respect to outstanding Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares shall be distributed with respect to outstanding Class B multiple voting shares, unless otherwise determined by our board.
Voting Rights
Under our amended articles of incorporation, each Class A subordinate voting share is entitled to one vote per share and each Class B multiple voting share is entitled to 10 votes per share. After giving effect to the offering (and assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option), the Class A subordinate voting shares will collectively represent % of our total issued and outstanding shares and % of the voting power attached to all of our issued and outstanding shares and the Class B multiple voting shares will collectively represent % of our total issued and outstanding shares and % of the voting power attached to all of our issued and outstanding shares. After giving effect to the offering (and assuming the over-allotment option is exercised in full), the Class A subordinate voting shares will collectively represent % of our total issued and outstanding shares and % of the voting power attached to all of our issued and outstanding shares and the Class B multiple voting shares will collectively represent % of our total issued and outstanding shares and % of the voting power attached to all of our issued and outstanding shares.
Conversion
The Class A subordinate voting shares are not convertible into any other class of shares. Each outstanding Class B multiple voting share may at any time, at the option of the holder, be converted into one Class A subordinate voting share. Upon the first date that a Class B multiple voting share is Transferred (as defined below) by a holder of Class B multiple voting shares, other than to a Permitted Holder (as defined below) or from any such Permitted Holder back to such holder of Class B multiple voting shares and/or any other Permitted Holder of such holder of Class B multiple voting shares, the holder thereof, without any further action, shall automatically be deemed to have exercised his, her or its rights to convert such Class B multiple voting share into a fully paid and non-assessable Class A subordinate voting share, on a share for share basis.
In addition, all Class B multiple voting shares will convert automatically into Class A subordinate voting shares on the date on which the outstanding Class B multiple voting shares represent less than 5% of the aggregate number of outstanding Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares as a group.
For the purposes of the foregoing:
Affiliate means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person;
Members of the Immediate Family means with respect to any individual, each parent (whether by birth or adoption), spouse, or child or other descendants (whether by birth or adoption) of such individual, each spouse of any of the aforementioned Persons, each trust created solely for the benefit of such individual and/or one or more of the aforementioned Persons, and each legal representative of such individual or of any aforementioned Persons (including without limitation a tutor, curator, mandatary due to incapacity, custodian, guardian or testamentary executor), acting in such capacity under the authority of the law, an order from a competent tribunal, a will or a mandate in case of incapacity or similar instrument. For the
130
purposes of this definition, a Person shall be considered the spouse of an individual if such Person is legally married to such individual, lives in a civil union with such individual or is the common law partner (as defined in the Income Tax Act (Canada) as amended from time to time) of such individual. A Person who was the spouse of an individual within the meaning of this paragraph immediately before the death of such individual shall continue to be considered a spouse of such individual after the death of such individual;
Permitted Holders means, in respect of a holder of Class B multiple voting shares that is an individual, the Members of the Immediate Family of such individual and any Person controlled, directly or indirectly, by any such holder, and in respect of a holder of Class B multiple voting shares that is not an individual, an Affiliate of that holder;
Person means any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture or limited liability company;
Transfer of a Class B multiple voting share shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law. A Transfer shall also include, without limitation, (1) a transfer of a Class B multiple voting share to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether or not there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership) or (2) the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control over a Class B multiple voting share by proxy or otherwise, provided, however, that the following shall not be considered a Transfer: (a) the grant of a proxy to our officers or directors at the request of our board of directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of shareholders; or (b) the pledge of a Class B multiple voting share that creates a mere security interest in such share pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction so long as the holder of the Class B multiple voting share continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however, that a foreclosure on such Class B multiple voting share or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a Transfer;
Voting Control with respect to a Class B multiple voting share means the exclusive power (whether directly or indirectly) to vote or direct the voting of such Class B multiple voting share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.
A Person is controlled by another Person or other Persons if: (1) in the case of a company or other body corporate wherever or however incorporated: (A) securities entitled to vote in the election of directors carrying in the aggregate at least a majority of the votes for the election of directors and representing in the aggregate at least a majority of the participating (equity) securities are held, other than by way of security only, directly or indirectly, by or solely for the benefit of the other Person or Persons; and (B) the votes carried in the aggregate by such securities are entitled, if exercised, to elect a majority of the board of directors of such company or other body corporate; or (2) in the case of a Person that is not a company or other body corporate, at least a majority of the participating (equity) and voting interests of such Person are held, directly or indirectly, by or solely for the benefit of the other Person or Persons; and controls, controlling and under common control with shall be interpreted accordingly.
Subdivision or Consolidation
No subdivision or consolidation of the Class A subordinate voting shares or the Class B multiple voting shares may be carried out unless, at the same time, the Class B multiple voting shares or the Class A subordinate voting shares, as the case may be, are subdivided or consolidated in the same manner and on the same basis.
Certain Class Votes
Except as required by the CBCA, applicable securities laws or our amended articles of incorporation, holders of Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares will vote together on all
131
matters subject to a vote of holders of both those classes of shares as if they were one class of shares. Under the CBCA, certain types of amendments to our articles are subject to approval by special resolution of the holders of our classes of shares voting separately as a class, including amendments to:
| change the rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions attached to the shares of that class; |
| increase the rights or privileges of any class of shares having rights or privileges equal or superior to the shares of that class; and |
| make any class of shares having rights or privileges inferior to the shares of such class equal or superior to the shares of that class. |
Without limiting other rights at law of any holders of Class A subordinate voting shares or Class B multiple voting shares to vote separately as a class, neither the holders of the Class A subordinate voting shares nor the holders of the Class B multiple voting shares shall be entitled to vote separately as a class upon a proposal to amend our articles of incorporation in the case of an amendment to (1) increase or decrease any maximum number of authorized shares of such class, or increase any maximum number of authorized shares of a class having rights or privileges equal or superior to the shares of such class; or (2) create a new class of shares equal or superior to the shares of such class, which rights are otherwise provided for in paragraphs (a), and (e) of subsection 176(1) of the CBCA. Pursuant to our amended articles of incorporation, neither holders of our Class A subordinate voting shares nor holders of our Class B multiple voting shares will be entitled to vote separately as a class on a proposal to amend our articles to effect an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of all or part of the shares of such class pursuant to Section 176(1)(b) of the CBCA unless such exchange, reclassification or cancellation: (a) affects only the holders of that class; or (b) affects the holders of Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares differently, on a per share basis, and such holders are not already otherwise entitled to vote separately as a class under applicable law or our amended articles of incorporation in respect of such exchange, reclassification or cancellation.
Pursuant to our amended articles of incorporation, holders of Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares will be treated equally and identically, on a per share basis, in certain change of control transactions that require approval of our shareholders under the CBCA, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares, each voting separately as a class.
Take-Over Bid Protection
Under applicable Canadian law, an offer to purchase Class B multiple voting shares would not necessarily require that an offer be made to purchase Class A subordinate voting shares. In accordance with the rules of the TSX designed to ensure that, in the event of a take-over bid, the holders of Class A subordinate voting shares will be entitled to participate on an equal footing with holders of Class B multiple voting shares, the holders of not less than 80% of the outstanding Class B multiple voting shares on completion of this offering will enter into a customary coattail agreement with Shopify and a trustee, which we refer to as the Coattail Agreement. The Coattail Agreement will contain provisions customary for dual class, TSX listed corporations designed to prevent transactions that otherwise would deprive the holders of Class A subordinate voting shares of rights under the take-over bid provisions of applicable Canadian securities legislation to which they would have been entitled if the Class B multiple voting shares had been Class A subordinate voting shares.
The undertakings in the Coattail Agreement will not apply to prevent a sale of Class B multiple voting shares by a holder of Class B multiple voting shares party to the Coattail Agreement if concurrently an offer is made to purchase Class A subordinate voting shares that:
(a) | offers a price per Class A subordinate voting share at least as high as the highest price per share paid or required to be paid pursuant to the take-over bid for the Class B multiple voting shares; |
132
(b) | provides that the percentage of outstanding Class A subordinate voting shares to be taken up (exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the offer by the offeror or persons acting jointly or in concert with the offeror) is at least as high as the percentage of outstanding Class B multiple voting shares to be sold (exclusive of Class B multiple voting shares owned immediately prior to the offer by the offeror and persons acting jointly or in concert with the offeror); |
(c) | has no condition attached other than the right not to take up and pay for Class A subordinate voting shares tendered if no shares are purchased pursuant to the offer for Class B multiple voting shares; and |
(d) | is in all other material respects identical to the offer for Class B multiple voting shares. |
In addition, the Coattail Agreement will not prevent the sale of Class B multiple voting shares by a holder thereof to a Permitted Holder, provided such sale does not or would not constitute a take-over bid or, if so, is exempt or would be exempt from the formal bid requirements (as defined in applicable securities legislation). The conversion of Class B multiple voting shares into Class A subordinate voting shares, shall not, in of itself constitute a sale of Class B multiple voting shares for the purposes of the Coattail Agreement.
Under the Coattail Agreement, any sale of Class B multiple voting shares (including a transfer to a pledgee as security) by a holder of Class B multiple voting shares party to the Coattail Agreement will be conditional upon the transferee or pledgee becoming a party to the Coattail Agreement, to the extent such transferred Class B multiple voting shares are not automatically converted into Class A subordinate voting shares in accordance with our amended articles of incorporation.
The Coattail Agreement will contain provisions for authorizing action by the trustee to enforce the rights under the Coattail Agreement on behalf of the holders of the Class A subordinate voting shares. The obligation of the trustee to take such action will be conditional on Shopify or holders of the Class A subordinate voting shares providing such funds and indemnity as the trustee may require. No holder of Class A subordinate voting shares will have the right, other than through the trustee, to institute any action or proceeding or to exercise any other remedy to enforce any rights arising under the Coattail Agreement unless the trustee fails to act on a request authorized by holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding Class A subordinate voting shares and reasonable funds and indemnity have been provided to the trustee.
The Coattail Agreement will provide that it may not be amended, and no provision thereof may be waived, unless, prior to giving effect to such amendment or waiver, the following have been obtained: (a) the consent of the TSX and any other applicable securities regulatory authority in Canada and (b) the approval of at least 66 2 ⁄ 3 % of the votes cast by holders of Class A subordinate voting shares represented at a meeting duly called for the purpose of considering such amendment or waiver, excluding votes attached to Class A subordinate voting shares held directly or indirectly by holders of Class B multiple voting shares, their affiliates and related parties and any persons who have an agreement to purchase Class B multiple voting shares on terms which would constitute a sale for purposes of the Coattail Agreement other than as permitted thereby.
No provision of the Coattail Agreement will limit the rights of any holders of Class A subordinate voting shares under applicable law.
Preferred Shares
We are authorized to issue an unlimited number of preferred shares issuable in series. Each series of preferred shares shall consist of such number of shares and having such rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions as may be determined by our board of directors prior to the issuance thereof. Holders of preferred shares, except as otherwise provided in the terms specific to a series of preferred shares or as required by law, will not be entitled to vote at meetings of holders of shares, and will not be entitled to vote separately as a class upon a proposal to amend our articles of incorporation in the case of an amendment
133
of the kind referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (e) of subsection 176(1) of the CBCA. With respect to the payment of dividends and distribution of assets in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the preferred shares are entitled to preference over the Class A subordinate voting shares, Class B multiple voting shares and any other shares ranking junior to the preferred shares from time to time and may also be given such other preferences over Class A subordinate voting shares, Class B multiple voting shares and any other shares ranking junior to the preferred shares as may be determined at the time of creation of such series.
The issuance of preferred shares and the terms selected by our board of directors could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares or adversely affect the rights and powers, including the voting rights, of the holders of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares without any further vote or action by the holders of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares. The issuance of preferred shares, or the issuance of rights to purchase preferred shares, could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting shares and thereby have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us or an unsolicited acquisition proposal or of making the removal of management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of preferred shares may have the effect of decreasing the market price of our Class A subordinate voting shares.
We have no current intention to issue any preferred shares.
Registration Rights
Upon completion of this offering, we will amend and restate our existing Second Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement with certain of our shareholders. This amended and restated agreement, which will be the Third Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, will provide certain holders of our Class B multiple voting shares with registration rights in respect of (i) the Class A subordinate voting shares issuable or issued upon conversion of the Class B multiple voting shares held by such holders as of the closing of this offering, (ii) any Class A subordinate voting shares held by such holders as of the closing of this offering or any Class A subordinate voting shares issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any other securities issued by us and held by such holders as of the closing of this offering and (iii) any Class A subordinate voting shares issued as, or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any other securities issued as, a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above. We refer to these Class A subordinate voting shares as registrable securities.
We will pay the expenses, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and share transfer taxes incurred in connection with the registrations, filings or qualifications described below.
The registration rights described below will expire with respect to any particular holder at such time that such holder (i) can sell all of its registrable securities under Rule 144(b)(1)(i) under the Securities Act or (ii) holds less than 1% of the outstanding Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares, in the aggregate, and can sell its registrable securities during any three month period under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.
Long-Form Demand Registration Rights
Beginning 180 days after the date of the final receipt for the Canadian prospectus for this offering or the effective date of the registration statement for this offering, as applicable, the holders of at least 50% of our registrable securities then outstanding can request that we qualify by prospectus in Canada and register pursuant to a registration statement in the United States all or a portion of their registrable securities, provided that the aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and selling commissions, is at least $5.0 million. We are required to effect no more than two such registrations. We may postpone the filing of
134
a prospectus or registration statement for up to 90 days once in a 12-month period if in the good faith judgment of our board of directors such registration would be materially detrimental to us. The managing underwriter of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit, due to marketing reasons, the number of registrable securities to be qualified by such underwritten offering.
Short-Form Demand Registration Rights
If at any time we are eligible to file a short form prospectus under Canadian securities laws or a registration statement on Form F-3 or F-10 under the U.S. Securities Act, the holders of at least 30% of our registrable securities then outstanding can request that we register all or a portion of their registrable securities on those forms, provided that the aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and selling commissions, is at least $2.0 million. We are required to effect no more than two such registrations in any calendar year. We may postpone the filing of a prospectus or registration statement for up to 90 days once in a 12-month period if in the good faith judgment of our board of directors such registration would be materially detrimental to us. The managing underwriter of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit, due to marketing reasons, the number of registrable securities to be qualified by such underwritten offering.
Piggyback Registration Rights
If we propose to register or qualify any of our securities for sale to the public for cash consideration, we must give notice to each holder of registrable securities and cause to be qualified or registered all registrable securities that the holders of such securities request in writing be qualified or registered. These piggyback registration rights do not apply to certain registrations, including: a registration relating to any of our stock option, stock purchase or similar plans; a transaction under Rule 145 under the Securities Act; and a registration in which the only securities being registered are Class A subordinate voting shares issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of registrable securities included in the offering if the underwriters believe that their inclusion would jeopardize the success of our offering. However, in any registration for our account, after any such reduction, the Class A subordinate voting shares included for the account of participating holders of registrable securities shall be not less than 30% of the total number of securities included in such offering.
As a result of the lock-up arrangements described under Underwriting, the demand and piggyback registration rights granted pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement will not be exercisable during a period of 180 days after the date of the closing of this offering without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters. See Underwriting.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Under the CBCA, we may indemnify our current or former directors or officers or another individual who acts or acted at our request as a director or officer, or an individual acting in a similar capacity, of another entity, against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by the individual in respect of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding in which the individual is involved because of his or her association with us or another entity. The CBCA also provides that we may advance moneys to a director, officer or other individual for costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with such a proceeding; provided that such individual shall repay the moneys if the individual does not fulfill the conditions described below.
However, indemnification is prohibited under the CBCA unless the individual:
| acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests, or the best interests of the other entity for which the individual acted as director or officer or in a similar capacity at our request; and |
135
| in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the individual had reasonable grounds for believing that his or her conduct was lawful. |
Our by-laws require us to indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by the CBCA each of our current or former directors or officers and each individual who acts or acted at our request as a director or officer, or an individual acting in a similar capacity, of another entity, against all costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by the individual in respect of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding in which the individual is involved because of his or her association with us or another entity.
Our by-laws authorize us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of each of our current or former directors or officers and each person who acts or acted at our request as a director or officer, or an individual acting in a similar capacity, of another entity.
We have entered into indemnity agreements with our directors and certain officers which provide, among other things, that we will indemnify him or her to the fullest extent permitted by law from and against all liabilities, costs, charges and expenses incurred as a result of his or her actions in the exercise of his or her duties as a director or officer.
At present, we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents in which indemnification would be required or permitted.
Other Important Provisions of Our Amended Articles of Incorporation, By-Laws and the CBCA
The following is a summary of certain other important provisions of our amended articles of incorporation, by-laws and certain related sections of the CBCA. Please note that this is only a summary and is not intended to be exhaustive. For further information please refer to the full version of our amended articles of incorporation and by-laws, each of which has been filed as part of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the CBCA.
Stated Objects or Purposes
Our amended articles of incorporation do not contain stated objects or purposes and do not place any limitations on the business that we may carry on.
Directors
Residency and Independence . At least 25% of our directors must be resident Canadians. Furthermore, under the CBCA, no business may be transacted at a meeting of our board of directors unless 25% of the directors present are resident Canadians. The minimum number of directors we may have is one and the maximum number we may have is ten, as set out in our amended articles of incorporation. The CBCA provides that any amendment to our articles to increase or decrease the minimum or maximum number of our directors requires the approval of our shareholders by a special resolution.
Power to Vote on Matters in Which a Director is Materially Interested. The CBCA states that a director must disclose to us, in accordance with the provisions of the CBCA, the nature and extent of an interest that the director has in a material contract or material transaction, whether made or proposed, with us, if the director is a party to the contract or transaction, is a director or an officer or an individual acting in a similar capacity of a party to the contract or transaction, or has a material interest in a party to the contract or transaction. A director required to make such a disclosure is not entitled to vote on any directors resolution to approve that contract or transaction, unless the contract or transaction:
| relates primarily to the directors remuneration as a director, officer, employee, agent or mandatary of us or an affiliate; |
136
| is for indemnity or insurance otherwise permitted under the CBCA; or |
| is with an affiliate. |
Directors Power to Determine the Remuneration of Directors . The CBCA provides that the remuneration of our directors, if any, may be determined by our directors subject to our amended articles of incorporation and by-laws. That remuneration may be in addition to any salary or other remuneration paid to any of our employees who are also directors.
Retirement or Non-Retirement of Directors Under an Age Limit Requirement . Neither our amended articles of incorporation nor the CBCA impose any mandatory age-related retirement or non-retirement requirement for our directors.
Number of Shares Required to be Owned by a Director . Neither our amended articles of incorporation nor the CBCA provide that a director is required to hold any of our shares as a qualification for holding his or her office. Our board of directors has discretion to prescribe minimum share ownership requirements for directors.
Removal of Directors by Shareholders. The CBCA provides that our shareholders may at a special meeting, by an ordinary resolution, which is a simple majority of votes cast by our shareholders who voted in respect of the resolution, remove any director or directors from office.
Duties of Directors and Officers. Our directors and officers have fiduciary duties to us under the CBCA. In exercising their powers and discharging their duties, our directors and officers must act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of our company, and must exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. A director is afforded a due diligence defence for failure to comply with any provision of the CBCA, our articles or our by-laws where he or she exercised the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would have exercised in comparable circumstances, including reliance in good faith on: (i) financial statements represented to him or her by an officer of our company or in a written report of our auditor fairly to reflect the financial condition of our company; or (ii) a report of a person whose profession lends credibility to a statement made by the professional person.
Action Necessary to Change the Rights of Holders of Our Shares
Our shareholders can authorize the alteration or amendment of our articles of incorporation to create or vary the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to any of our shares by passing a special resolution. However, the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to any class or series of shares may not be amended unless the shareholders holding shares of that class or series to which the right or special right is attached consent by a separate special resolution (subject to certain exceptions for separate class votes described above under SharesCertain Class Votes). A special resolution means a resolution passed by: (a) a majority of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast by the applicable class or series of shareholders who vote in person or by proxy at a meeting, or (b) a resolution consented to in writing by all of the shareholders entitled to vote holding the applicable class or series of shares.
Shareholder Meetings
We must hold a general meeting of our shareholders at least once every year at a time and place determined by our board of directors, provided that the meeting must not be held later than 15 months after the preceding annual general meeting but no later than six months after the end of our preceding financial year. A meeting of our shareholders may be held anywhere in Canada that our directors determine.
Our directors may, at any time, call a meeting of our shareholders. Shareholders holding not less than 5% of our issued voting shares may also cause our directors to call a shareholders meeting.
137
A notice to convene a meeting, specifying the date, time and location of the meeting, and, where a meeting is to consider special business (which is any business other than the consideration of the financial statements, auditors report, election of directors or the re-appointment of the current auditor), the general nature of the special business, must be sent to shareholders, to each director and the auditor not less than 21 and not more than 60 days prior to the meeting, although, as a result of applicable securities laws, the minimum time for notice is effectively longer. Under the CBCA, shareholders entitled to notice of a meeting may waive or reduce the period of notice for that meeting, provided applicable securities laws are met. The accidental omission to send notice of any meeting of shareholders to, or the non-receipt of any notice by, any person entitled to notice does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting.
Our amended by-laws will provide that a quorum of shareholders is the holders of at least 25% of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, and at least two persons entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy. If a quorum is not present at the opening of the meeting, the shareholders present may adjourn the meeting to a fixed time and place but may not transact any further business.
Holders of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares are entitled to attend meetings of our shareholders. Except as otherwise provided with respect to any particular series of preferred shares, and except as otherwise required by law, the holders of our preferred shares are not entitled as a class to receive notice of, or to attend or vote at any meetings of our shareholders. Our directors, our secretary (if any), our auditor and any other persons invited by our chairman or directors or with the consent of those at the meeting are entitled to attend at any meeting of our shareholders but will not be counted in the quorum or be entitled to vote at the meeting unless he or she is a shareholder or proxyholder entitled to vote at the meeting.
Amendments to our By-Laws
Our board of directors may also make, amend or repeal any by-law that regulates our business or affairs. If our directors make, amend or repeal a by-law, they are required under the CBCA to submit such action to our shareholders at the next meeting of shareholders and our shareholders may confirm, reject or amend the action by an ordinary resolution. If the action is rejected by our shareholders or if our directors do not submit the action to shareholders at the next shareholder meeting, the action will cease to be effective and no subsequent resolution of our directors to make, amend or repeal a by-law having substantially the same purpose or effect will be effective until it is confirmed by our shareholders.
Oppression Remedy
Under the CBCA, a complainant (including a shareholder, officer, director, former officer or director or any other person determined by a court to be a proper person to file such application for an oppression remedy) has the right to apply to a court for an order if an act or omission of our company or an affiliate of ours effects a result, or our business or affairs or those of an affiliate are, or have been conducted in a manner, or the powers of our directors or our affiliates directors are or have been exercised in a manner, that is oppressive or unfairly prejudicial to or that unfairly disregards the interests of any security holder, creditor, director or officer of our company. In connection with any application so brought, the court may make any interim or final order it thinks fit.
Derivative Action
Under the CBCA, a complainant may apply to a court for leave to bring an action in the name and on behalf of our company or any of our subsidiaries, or to intervene in an existing action to which our company or any of our subsidiaries is a party for the purpose of prosecuting, defending or discontinuing the action on our or our subsidiaries behalf. No action may be brought and no intervention in an action may be made unless a court is satisfied that: (i) the complainant has given required notice to our directors or the
138
directors of our subsidiary of the complainants intention to apply to the court if our directors or the directors of our subsidiary do not bring, diligently prosecute or defend or discontinue the action; (ii) the complainant is acting in good faith; and (iii) it appears to be in our or our subsidiarys interests that the action be brought, prosecuted, defended or discontinued. In connection with any derivative action so brought or intervened with, the court may make any interim or final order it thinks fit.
Change of Control
Our amended articles of incorporation do not contain any change of control limitations with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring that involves us.
Pursuant to our amended articles of incorporation, holders of Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares will be treated equally and identically, on a per share basis, in certain change of control transactions that require approval of our shareholders under the CBCA, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by a majority of votes cast by the holders of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares, each voting separately as a class.
Although applicable securities laws regarding shareholder ownership by certain persons require disclosure, our amended articles of incorporation do not provide for any ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.
Ownership and Exchange Controls
Limitations on the ability to acquire and hold our Class A subordinate voting shares or Class B multiple voting shares may be imposed by the Competition Act (Canada). This legislation permits the Commissioner of Competition, or the Commissioner, to review any acquisition of control over or of a significant interest in us. This legislation grants the Commissioner jurisdiction, for up to one year, to challenge this type of acquisition before the Canadian Competition Tribunal on the basis that it would, or would be likely to, substantially prevent or lessen competition. This legislation also requires any person who intends to acquire our Class A subordinate voting shares or Class B multiple voting shares to file a notification with the Canadian Competition Bureau if certain financial thresholds are exceeded, if that person (and their affiliates) would hold more than 20% in the aggregate of the votes attached to all of our outstanding voting shares and if no exemption applies. If a person already holds more than 20% in the aggregate of the votes attached to all of our outstanding voting shares, a notification must be filed when the acquisition of additional shares would bring that persons (and their affiliates) holdings to over 50%, if certain financial thresholds are exceeded and if no exemption applies.
Where a notification is required, the legislation prohibits completion of the acquisition until the expiration of a statutory waiting period, unless compliance with the waiting period has been waived or the Commissioner provides written notice that he or she does not intend to challenge the acquisition. The Commissioners review of a notifiable transaction for substantive competition law considerations may take longer than the statutory waiting period.
There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or our amended articles of incorporation on the right of non-residents to hold or vote our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares, other than those that may be imposed by the Investment Canada Act .
The Investment Canada Act requires any person that is not a Canadian (as defined in the Investment Canada Act) who acquires control (as defined in the Investment Canada Act) of an existing Canadian business to file either a pre-closing application for review or a post-closing notification with Industry Canada.
On March 25, 2015, the Canadian government announced new Investment Canada Act regulations that changed the thresholds for determining when an acquisition of control of a Canadian business is a reviewable transaction (from an asset value-based test to an enterprise value-based test, in most cases). As
139
of April 24, 2015, when amendments to the Investment Canada Act and the regulations come into force, the threshold for review of a direct acquisition of control of a non-cultural Canadian business by a World Trade Organization member country investor is an enterprise value of assets that exceeds C$600 million. The enterprise value review threshold will remain at C$600 million for two years, before increasing to C$800 million for the following two years, and then moved to C$1 billion. For purposes of a publicly traded company, the enterprise value of the assets of the Canadian business is equal to the market capitalization of the entity, plus its liabilities (excluding its operating liabilities), minus its cash and cash equivalents.
As such, under the Investment Canada Act , the acquisition of control of us (either through the acquisition of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares or all or substantially all our assets) by a non-Canadian who is a World Trade Organization member country investor, including a U.S. investor, would be reviewable only if the enterprise value of our assets exceeds the specified threshold for review.
Where the acquisition of control is a reviewable transaction, the Investment Canada Act generally prohibits the implementation of the reviewable transaction unless, after review, the relevant Minister is satisfied that the acquisition is likely to be of net benefit to Canada.
The acquisition of a majority of the voting interests of an entity is deemed to be acquisition of control of that entity. The acquisition of less than a majority but one-third or more of the total number of votes attached to all of the voting shares of a corporation or of an equivalent undivided ownership interest in the total number of votes attached to all of the voting shares of the corporation is presumed to be an acquisition of control of that corporation unless it can be established that, on the acquisition, the corporation is not controlled in fact by the acquiror through the ownership of voting shares. The acquisition of less than one-third of the total number of votes attached to all of the voting shares of a corporation is deemed not to be acquisition of control of that corporation subject to certain discretionary rights relative to investments involving state owned enterprises. Other than in connection with a national security review, discussed below, certain transactions in relation to our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares would be exempt from the Investment Canada Act including:
| the acquisition of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares by a person in the ordinary course of that persons business as a trader or dealer in securities; |
| the acquisition or control of us in connection with the realization of security granted for a loan or other financial assistance and not for any purpose related to the provisions of the Investment Canada Act ; and |
| the acquisition or control of us by reason of an amalgamation, merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization following which the ultimate direct or indirect control in fact of us, through the ownership of our voting interests, remains unchanged. |
Under the national security regime in the Investment Canada Act , review on a discretionary basis may also be undertaken by the federal government in respect of a much broader range of investments by a non-Canadian to acquire, in whole or in part, or to establish an entity carrying on all or any part of its operations in Canada. The relevant test is whether such an investment by a non-Canadian could be injurious to national security. The Minister of Industry has broad discretion to determine whether an investor is a non-Canadian and therefore may be subject to national security review. Review on national security grounds is at the discretion of the federal government and may occur on a pre- or post-closing basis.
There is no law, governmental decree or regulation in Canada that restricts the export or import of capital, or which would affect the remittance of dividends or other payments by us to non-resident holders of our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares, other than withholding tax requirements.
140
Advance Notice Requirements for Director Nominations
We have adopted an advance notice by-law providing that shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors must provide timely written notice to our corporate secretary at our principal executive offices. To be timely, a shareholders notice must be received (1) in the case of an annual meeting of shareholders, not less than 30 days prior to the date of the annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting of shareholders is to be held on a date that is less than 50 days after the date on which the first public announcement of the date of the annual meeting was made, notice by the shareholder may be received not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the date of such public announcement; and (2) in the case of a special meeting (which is not also an annual meeting) of shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the day on which the first public announcement of the date of the special meeting was made. Our advance notice by-law also prescribes the proper written form for a shareholders notice. Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, waive any requirement under these provisions.
Choice of Forum
We have adopted a forum selection by-law that provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Superior Court of Justice of the Province of Ontario, Canada and appellate Courts therefrom (or, failing such court, any other court as defined in the CBCA having jurisdiction, and the appellate Courts therefrom), will be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action or proceeding asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us; (3) any action or proceeding asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the CBCA or our amended articles or by-laws, or (4) any action or proceeding asserting a claim otherwise related to our affairs (as defined in the CBCA). Our forum selection by-law also provides that our securityholders are deemed to have consented to personal jurisdiction in the Province of Ontario and to service of process on their counsel in any foreign action initiated in violation of our by-law.
Transfer Agent, Registrar and Auditor
Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A subordinate voting shares in the United States will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. at its principal office in Canton, Massachusetts, and in Canada will be Computershare Investor Services Inc. at its principal office in Toronto, Ontario.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is our independent registered public accounting firm and has been appointed as our independent auditor.
Listing
We intend to apply for the listing of our Class A subordinate voting shares on the NYSE under the symbol SHOP and on the TSX under the symbol SH. Our Class A subordinate voting shares will trade in U.S. dollars on the NYSE and in Canadian dollars on the TSX.
Options to Purchase Securities
We have previously granted options to acquire common shares under the Legacy Option Plan. As part of the reorganization of our share capital in connection with this offering, each option issued and outstanding under the Legacy Option Plan will become exercisable for one Class B multiple voting share. The options issued under the Legacy Option Plan were granted at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the underlying shares at the time of initial grant. The exercise price of certain options was subsequently adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Legacy Option Plan to reflect the split of all our issued and outstanding
141
common shares on a 5-for-1 basis which occurred on April 12, 2013. The terms of the Legacy Option Plan are described under Executive CompensationIncentive PlansLegacy Option Plan.
The following table shows the aggregate number of options to purchase Class B multiple voting shares outstanding as at , assuming the reorganization of our share capital in connection with the consummation of this offering as a result of which each option issued and outstanding under our Legacy Option Plan will become exercisable for one Class B multiple voting share.
Category of Holder |
Number of
Options |
Exercise Price
per Option ($) (1) |
Expiration Date |
|||
All of our executive officers and past executive officers, as a group (14 in total) |
From to | |||||
All of our directors and past directors who are not also executive officers, as a group ( in total) |
From to | |||||
All of our other employees and past employees, as a group ( in total) |
From to | |||||
All of our consultants, as a group ( in total) |
From to |
(1) | Represents the weighted average exercise price of all outstanding Options to purchase Class B multiple voting shares, whether vested or unvested. |
Prior Sales
The table below summarizes the issuance by Shopify of common shares or securities convertible into common shares during the 12-month period preceding the date of this prospectus. As part of the reorganization of our share capital immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, each of our outstanding common shares will be amended and redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares and each option issued and outstanding under our Legacy Option Plan will become exercisable for one Class B multiple voting share. See Description of Share Capital and ManagementExecutive Compensation.
Date |
Type of Security |
Number of Securities |
Issuance/Exercise Price
per Security |
|||||
Options (1) | $ |
(1) | Common shares issued upon the exercise of options. |
Restricted Shares
As of , a total of common shares ( % of the outstanding common shares) were held in escrow by a third party escrow agent. These common shares were issued in connection with the acquisition of Jet Cooper Ltd., and will be released from escrow evenly, on a month-by-month basis, until July 31, 2016, subject to the holders continued employment with us. We have the right to repurchase any shares that have not been released from escrow upon the occurrence of certain events. As part of the reorganization of our share capital immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, each of our outstanding common shares will be amended and redesignated as Class B multiple voting shares.
142
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our Class A subordinate voting shares. Future sales of our Class A subordinate voting shares in the public market, or the availability for sale of substantial amounts of our Class A subordinate voting shares in the public market, could adversely affect prevailing market prices and could impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Upon closing of this offering, we will have outstanding Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares. All of the Class A subordinate voting shares issued in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our affiliates without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial numbers of our shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Class A subordinate voting shares. While we have applied to list our Class A subordinate voting shares on the NYSE and the TSX, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in our Class A subordinate voting shares. The Class A subordinate voting shares issuable upon the conversion of the Class B multiple voting shares that will be held by our existing shareholders upon closing of this offering will be available for sale in the public market after the expiration or waiver of the lock-up arrangements described below, subject to limitations imposed by U.S. and Canadian securities laws on resale by our affiliates.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, an affiliate who has beneficially owned our shares for a period of at least six months is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either 1% of the then outstanding shares or the average weekly trading volume of our shares on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing with the SEC of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale. Such sales under Rule 144 of the Securities Act are also subject to prescribed requirements relating to the manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about us.
Under Rule 144, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior holder other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares without restriction, provided we have been in compliance with our reporting requirements under the Exchange Act for 90 days preceding such sale. To the extent that our affiliates sell their shares, other than pursuant to Rule 144 or a registration statement, the purchasers holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who acquires our Class A subordinate voting shares or Class B multiple voting shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the closing of this offering is eligible to resell such shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.
Regulation S
Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
Canadian Resale Restrictions
Any sale of any of our shares which constitutes a control distribution under Canadian securities laws (generally a sale by a person or a group of persons holding more than 20% of the voting rights attached to
143
our outstanding voting securities) will be subject to restrictions under applicable Canadian securities laws in addition to those restrictions noted above, unless the sale is qualified under a prospectus filed with Canadian securities regulatory authorities or if prior notice of the sale is filed with the Canadian securities regulatory authorities at least seven days before any sale and there has been compliance with certain other requirements and restrictions regarding the manner of sale, payment of commissions, reporting and availability of current public information about us and compliance with applicable Canadian securities laws.
Lock-up Arrangements
For a description of the lock-up arrangements that we and our shareholders have entered into in connection with this offering, see Underwriting.
Form S-8 Registration Statements
Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register our Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares subject to stock options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans. The registration statements on Form S-8 will become effective automatically upon filing. Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares issued upon exercise of a stock option and registered pursuant to the applicable Form S-8 registration statement will, subject to vesting provisions and Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to our affiliates, be available for sale in the open market immediately.
Registration Rights
Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our Class B multiple voting shares will be entitled to rights in certain circumstances that enable such holders to require us to qualify by prospectus in Canada or pursuant to a registration statement in the United States all or any portion of the Class A subordinate voting shares issuable to them upon conversion of the Class B multiple voting shares held by them. For more information on these registration rights, see Description of Share CapitalRegistration Rights.
144
The following description is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A subordinate voting shares. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor concerning the tax considerations relevant to you having regard to your own circumstances, including tax considerations that may arise under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction.
Canadian Federal Income Tax Consequences for Non-Canadian Residents
The following summarizes the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the holding and disposition of our Class A subordinate voting shares by a holder who acquires such Class A subordinate voting shares as beneficial owner pursuant to this offering, and who, for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations thereto, or the Tax Act, and at all relevant times, (1) is not, and is not deemed to be, resident in Canada, (2) deals at arms length with us and the underwriters, and is not affiliated with us or the underwriters, (3) holds such shares as capital property and does not use or hold, and is not deemed to use or hold, such shares in the course of carrying on, or otherwise in connection with, a business in Canada and (4) has not entered into and will not enter into, with respect to the Class A subordinate voting shares, a derivative forward agreement as that term is defined in the Tax Act (hereinafter, a Non-Canadian Holder). Special rules, which are not discussed in this summary, apply to a Non-Canadian Holder that is an insurer carrying on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere.
This summary is based on the current provisions of the Tax Act, the Canada-United States Tax Convention (1980), as amended, or the Treaty, all proposed amendments to the Tax Act and the Treaty publicly announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof, and our understanding of the current published administrative policies and assessing practices of the Canada Revenue Agency, or the CRA. It has been assumed that all such proposed amendments will be enacted as proposed and that there will be no other relevant change in any governing law or administrative policy or assessing practice, whether by legislative, administrative or judicial action, although no assurances can be given in this respect. The summary does not take into account Canadian provincial, U.S. federal (which follows further below), state or other foreign income tax law or practice.
Subject to certain exceptions that are not discussed in this summary, for the purposes of the Tax Act, all amounts relating to the acquisition, holding or disposition of Class A subordinate voting shares must be determined in Canadian dollars based on the rate of exchange quoted by the Bank of Canada at noon on the date such amount first arose or such other rate of exchange as may be acceptable to CRA.
This summary is of a general nature only and is not, and is not intended to be, legal or tax advice to any particular holder. This summary is not exhaustive of all Canadian federal income tax considerations. Accordingly, prospective purchasers of Class A subordinate voting shares are urged to consult their own tax advisors having regard to their own particular circumstances.
Dividends
Dividends paid or credited or deemed to be paid or credited to a Non-Canadian Holder by us will be subject to Canadian withholding tax. The Tax Act imposes withholding tax at a rate of 25%, although such rate may be reduced by virtue of an applicable tax treaty. For example, under the Treaty, where dividends on the Class A subordinate voting shares are considered to be paid to a Non-Canadian Holder that is the beneficial owner of the dividends and is a U.S. resident for the purposes of, and is entitled to all of the benefits of, the Treaty, or a qualifying person, the applicable rate of Canadian withholding tax is generally reduced to 15% (or to 5% if such Non-Canadian Holder is a qualifying person that is a company that for purposes of Article X(2)(a) of the Treaty owns at least 10% of our voting shares). We will be required to
145
withhold the applicable withholding tax from any dividend and remit it to the Canadian government for the Non-Canadian Holders account. A disposition of Class A subordinate voting shares to us may in certain circumstances result in a deemed dividend.
Disposition
A Non-Canadian Holder will not be subject to Canadian tax under the Tax Act on a capital gain realized on a disposition or deemed disposition of our Class A subordinate voting shares unless, at the time of disposition, such Class A subordinate voting shares constitute taxable Canadian property to the Non-Canadian Holder for the purposes of the Tax Act and the Non-Canadian Holder is not entitled to relief under an applicable income tax convention between Canada and the country in which the Non-Canadian Holder is resident.
If a Class A subordinate voting share is listed on a designated stock exchange (which includes the TSX) at the time it is disposed of, such Class A subordinate voting share will generally not constitute taxable Canadian property to a Non-Canadian Holder unless, at that time or at any particular time within the preceding 60 months,
| 25% or more of the issued shares of any class or series of our capital stock was owned by one or any combination of (1) the Non-Canadian Holder, (2) persons with whom the Non-Canadian Holder did not deal with at arms length (within the meaning of the Tax Act), and (3) partnerships in which the Non-Canadian Holder or a person described in (2) holds a membership directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships, and |
| more than 50% of the fair market value of the Class A subordinate voting share was derived directly or indirectly from one or any combination of real or immovable property situated in Canada, Canadian resource properties (as defined in the Tax Act), timber resource properties (as defined in the Tax Act), and options in respect of, or interests in, or for civil law rights in, any such foregoing properties, whether or not such properties exist. |
If a Class A subordinate voting share is taxable Canadian property to a Non-Canadian Holder that is a qualifying person, any capital gain realized on a disposition or deemed disposition of such share will nevertheless generally not be subject to Canadian federal income tax by virtue of the Treaty if the value of the Class A subordinate voting share at the time of the disposition or deemed disposition is not derived principally from real property situated in Canada for purposes of the Treaty.
A Non-Canadian Holder whose shares may constitute taxable Canadian property is urged to consult with the Non-Canadian Holders own tax advisors.
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable of to the ownership and disposition of the Class A subordinate voting shares offered hereunder. This discussion does not address all potentially relevant U.S. federal income tax matters, and unless otherwise specifically provided, it does not address any state, local, non-U.S., alternative minimum, estate or gift tax consequences of holding or disposing of the Class A subordinate voting shares offered hereunder. This discussion is limited to U.S. Holders that own less than 10% of our total Class A subordinate voting shares outstanding.
As used herein, the term U.S. Holder means the following persons who invest in and hold our Class A subordinate voting shares as capital assets (generally, property held for investment purposes): (1) citizens or residents of the United States; (2) corporations (or other entities classified as corporations for U.S. federal tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, (3) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, and (4) a trust
146
(A) if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (B) that has elected to be treated as a U.S. person under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations. If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes) holds our Class A subordinate voting shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Prospective investors who are partners in partnerships (or other entities or arrangements treated as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes) holding our Class A subordinate voting shares are urged to consult with their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.
This summary is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus supplement may affect the tax consequences described herein, possibly on a retroactive basis. It is for general guidance only and does not address the consequences applicable to certain categories of shareholders subject to special treatment under the Code, including tax exempt organizations, pass through entities, certain financial institutions, insurance companies, qualified retirement plans, individual retirement accounts or other tax-deferred accounts, persons that hold our Class A subordinate voting shares as part of a straddle, hedging transaction, conversion transaction, constructive sale or other similar arrangements, persons that acquired our Class A subordinate voting shares in connection with the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for services, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, traders in securities electing to mark to market, U.S. persons whose functional currency (as defined in the Code) is not the U.S. dollar, persons that hold our Class A subordinate voting shares other than as a capital asset within the meaning of the Code, or persons that own directly, indirectly or by application of the constructive ownership rules of the Code 10% or more of our shares by voting power or by value. Persons considering the purchase of the Class A subordinate voting shares offered hereunder are urged to consult their tax advisors with regard to the application of the income tax laws of the United States and any other taxing jurisdiction to their particular situations.
This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be tax advice to any prospective investor, and no representation with respect to the tax consequences to any particular investor is made. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to the income tax considerations relevant to them, having regard to their particular circumstances.
Dividends
Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules below, a U.S. Holder will generally recognize, to the extent out of our current and accumulated earnings and profits (determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles), dividend income on the receipt of distributions on our Class A subordinate voting shares. The amount of any distributions paid in Canadian dollars will equal the U.S. dollar value of such distributions determined by reference to the exchange rate on the day they are received by the U.S. Holder (with the value of such distributions computed before any reduction for any Canadian withholding tax). A U.S. Holder will have a tax basis in Canadian dollars equal to their U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. If the Canadian dollars received are converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, the U.S. Holder should generally not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the distribution. If the Canadian dollars received are not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder may recognize foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the Canadian dollars. Such gain or loss will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss. Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, we believe that we are a qualified foreign corporation, and therefore distributions treated as dividends and received by non-corporate U.S. Holders may be eligible for a preferential tax rate. Any amount of such distributions treated as dividends generally will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to certain U.S. corporate shareholders.
147
As discussed above under Material Canadian Federal Income Tax Consequences for Non-Canadian Residents, distributions to a U.S. Holder with respect to our Class A subordinate voting shares will be subject to Canadian non-resident withholding tax. Any Canadian withholding tax paid will not reduce the amount treated as received by the U.S. Holder for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, subject to limitations imposed by U.S. law, a U.S. Holder may be eligible to receive a foreign tax credit for the Canadian withholding tax. Because the rules applicable to the foreign tax credit rules are complex, U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own advisors concerning the application of these rules in light of their particular circumstances. U.S. Holders who do not elect to claim any foreign tax credits may be able to claim an ordinary income tax deduction for Canadian income tax withheld.
Dispositions
Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, upon a sale or exchange of a common share, a U.S. Holder will generally recognize a capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale or exchange (or, if the amount realized is denominated in Canadian dollars, its U.S. dollar equivalent, determined by reference to the spot rate of exchange on the date of disposition) and the tax basis of such common share. Such gain or loss will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the common share has been held for more than one year and will be short-term gain or loss if the holding period is equal to or less than one year. Such gain or loss generally will be considered U.S. source gain or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate taxpayers are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. For both corporate and non-corporate taxpayers, limitations apply to the deductibility of capital losses.
Passive Foreign Investment Company
A foreign corporation will be considered a passive foreign investment company, or a PFIC, for any taxable year in which (1) 75% or more of its gross income is passive income or (2) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets produce (or are held for the production of) passive income. For this purpose, passive income generally includes interest, dividends, rents, royalties and certain gains. We currently do not believe that we were a PFIC in the preceding taxable year nor do we anticipate that we will be a PFIC in the current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. However, the determination as to whether we are a PFIC for any taxable year is based on the application of complex U.S. federal income tax rules, which are subject to differing interpretations, and is not determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Because of the above described uncertainties, there can be no assurance that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will not challenge the determination made by us concerning our PFIC status or that we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year. If we are classified as a PFIC in any year a U.S. Holder owns our Class A subordinate voting shares, certain adverse tax consequences could apply to such U.S. Holder. Certain elections may be available (including a mark-to-market election) to U.S. Holders that may mitigate some of the adverse consequences resulting from our treatment as a PFIC. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of PFIC rules to their investments in our Class A subordinate voting shares and whether to make an election or protective election.
Net Investment Income Tax
Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals, estates and trusts are required to pay 3.8 percent tax on net investment income including, among other items, dividends and net gain from the sale or other disposition of property (other than property held in certain trades or businesses). U.S. Holders who are individuals, estates and trusts are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their ownership and disposition of our Class A subordinate voting shares.
148
Required Disclosure with Respect to Foreign Financial Assets
Certain U.S. Holders are required to report information relating to an interest in our Class A subordinate voting shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for common shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions), by attaching a completed IRS Form 8938, Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets, with their tax return for each year in which they hold an interest in the common shares. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding information reporting requirements relating to their ownership of the common shares.
149
Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and RBC Dominion Securities Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of Class A subordinate voting shares indicated below:
Name |
Number of Class A
Subordinate Voting Shares |
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
||
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC |
||
RBC Dominion Securities Inc. |
||
Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. |
||
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. |
||
Canaccord Genuity Inc. |
||
|
||
Total: |
||
|
The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the underwriters and the representatives, respectively. The underwriters are offering the Class A subordinate voting shares subject to their acceptance of the Class A subordinate voting shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the Class A subordinate voting shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The obligations of the underwriters under the underwriting agreement may be terminated at any time before closing of this offering at their discretion on the basis of their assessment of the state of the financial markets and may also be terminated upon the occurrence of certain stated events. The underwriters are, however, obligated to take and pay for all of the Class A subordinate voting shares offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the Class A subordinate voting shares covered by the underwriters over-allotment option described below unless and until the over-allotment option is exercised.
The offering is being made concurrently in the United States and in each of the provinces and territories of Canada. The Class A subordinate voting shares will be offered in the United States through certain of the underwriters listed above, either directly or indirectly, through their respective U.S. broker-dealer affiliates or agents. The Class A subordinate voting shares will be offered in each of the provinces and territories of Canada through certain of the underwriters or their Canadian affiliates who are registered to offer the Class A subordinate voting shares for sale in such provinces and territories, or through such other registered dealers as may be designated by the underwriters. Subject to applicable law, the underwriters may offer the Class A subordinate voting shares outside of the United States and Canada.
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the Class A subordinate voting shares directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the underwriters have made a reasonable effort to sell all of the Class A subordinate voting shares at the offering price specified on the cover page, the offering price may be decreased and may be further changed from time to time to an amount not greater than that set out on the cover page, and the compensation realized by the underwriters will be decreased by the amount that the aggregate price paid by purchasers for the Class A subordinate voting shares is less than the gross price paid by the underwriters to us. The Class A subordinate voting shares are being offered in the United States and Canada in U.S. dollars.
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional Class A subordinate voting shares at the public offering price
150
listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the initial offering of the Class A subordinate voting shares offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same proportion of the additional Class A subordinate voting shares as the number listed next to the underwriters name in the preceding table bears to the total number of Class A subordinate voting shares listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.
The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters option to purchase up to an additional Class A subordinate voting shares.
Total | ||||||||||||
Per Class A
Subordinate Voting Share |
No Exercise |
Full
Exercise |
||||||||||
Public offering price |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
$ | $ | $ |
The total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us to the underwriters represent % of the total amount of the offering. The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $ . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, in an amount up to $ .
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of Class A subordinate voting shares offered by them.
We intend to apply for listing of our Class A subordinate voting shares on the NYSE under the symbol SHOP and the TSX under the symbol SH. Listing will be subject to us fulfilling all the listing requirements of the NYSE and the TSX.
We and all directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our Class B multiple voting shares, collectively representing % of our outstanding shares and options on a fully-diluted basis (each, a locked-up party), have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the restricted period):
| offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common shares, Series A, Series B or Series C convertible preferred shares; |
| Class A subordinate voting shares, Class B multiple voting shares (collectively, the subject shares) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any subject shares or publicly disclose the intention to do so; or |
| enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the subject shares or such other securities; |
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of subject shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such locked-up party have agreed that, without the
151
prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, we or such locked-up party will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration or qualification for distribution of any subject shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any subject shares.
In respect of our directors, officers and other shareholders who have signed lock-ups, the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:
| transactions relating to the subject shares or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering; provided that no filing or public announcement under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, under any Canadian securities laws or otherwise is required or voluntarily made during the restricted period in connection with any such subsequent sales of the subject shares or other securities acquired in such open market transactions; |
| the exercise of stock options or other similar awards granted pursuant to the our equity incentive plans or the vesting or settlement of awards granted pursuant to our equity incentive plans (including the delivery and receipt of subject shares, other awards or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for subject shares in connection with such vesting or settlement), provided that the foregoing restrictions shall apply to any locked-partys subject shares or any security convertible into or exchangeable for such shares issued or received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement; |
| transfers of subject shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such shares: (i) as a bona fide gift, including as a result of estate or intestate succession, or pursuant to a will or other testamentary document; (ii) if the locked-up party is a natural person, to a member of the immediate family of such locked-up party, any trust or other like entity for the direct or indirect benefit of such locked-up party or the immediate family of such locked-up party or to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which such locked-up party and the immediate family of such locked-up party are the direct or indirect legal and beneficial owners of all the outstanding equity securities or similar interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity; and (iii) if the locked-up party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, to any trust or other like entity for the direct or indirect benefit of such locked-up party or any affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act), wholly-owned subsidiary, limited partner, member or stockholder of such locked-up party, to any affiliate, wholly-owned subsidiary, limited partner, member or stockholder of such locked-up party or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by such locked up-party; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this paragraph, no public filing or public announcement under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or Canadian securities laws, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of the subject shares, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period; |
| the establishment or modification of any trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act or similar plan under Canadian securities laws for the transfer of subject shares, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of such shares during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act or Canadian securities laws, if any, is required or voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of such shares may be made under such plan during the restricted period; |
|
the transfer of subject shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such shares to us, pursuant to agreements or rights in existence on the date hereof under which we have the option to repurchase such shares or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares, in each case, in connection with the termination of the locked-up partys employment or other service relationship with us; provided that any public filing or public announcement under |
152
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or Canadian securities laws required or voluntarily made during the restricted period shall clearly indicate that such transfer was made solely to us pursuant to the circumstances described above; |
| the transfer of subject shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such shares from a locked-up party to us (or the purchase and cancellation of same by us) upon a vesting event of our securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase such shares by a locked-up party, in each case on a cashless or net exercise basis, or to cover tax withholding obligations of such locked-up party in connection with such vesting or exercise; provided that any public filing or public announcement under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or Canadian securities laws required or voluntarily made during the restricted period shall clearly indicate that such transfer was made pursuant to the circumstances described above; |
| the transfer of subject shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such shares pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of such shares involving a change of control of the Company, provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, such shares owned by such locked-up party shall remain subject to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph; |
| the exercise of any right with respect to, or the taking of any other action in preparation for, a registration by us of subject shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such shares, provided that no transfer of a locked-up partys shares proposed to be registered pursuant to the exercise of such rights shall occur, and no registration statement shall be filed, during the restricted period; and further provided that no public announcement regarding such exercise or taking of such action shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period; |
| any transfer of subject shares that occurs by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order in connection with a divorce settlement or other court order; provided that any public filing or public announcement under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or Canadian securities laws required or voluntarily made during the restricted period shall clearly indicate that such transfer was made solely to us pursuant to the circumstances described above; |
| the transfer of subject shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such shares that is required to effect the recapitalization of the Company as described in this prospectus, including the conversion of convertible preferred shares of the Company into Class B multiple voting shares; or |
| the conversion of Class B multiple voting shares into Class A subordinate voting shares in accordance with their terms; |
provided that in the case of the third and ninth bullets above, each donee, distributee or transferee shall agree to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph concurrently with such transfer or distribution.
In addition, the restrictions described above do not apply to us with respect to:
| the Class A subordinate voting shares to be sold by us in this offering; |
| the issuance of Class A subordinate voting shares upon the conversion of Class B multiple voting shares in accordance with their terms; |
| the issuance by us of subject shares upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof; |
| subject shares issued or options granted pursuant to our incentive plans disclosed in this prospectus; |
153
| the filing by us of one or more registration statements on Form S-8; |
| the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of subject shares, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of subject shares during the restricted period and that to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of subject shares may be made under such plan during the restricted period; |
| the entry into an agreement providing for the issuance by us of Class A subordinate voting shares or any security convertible into or exercisable for Class A subordinate voting shares in connection with the acquisition by us or any of our subsidiaries of the securities, business, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by us in connection with such acquisition, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement, or the entry into an agreement providing for the issuance of Class A subordinate voting shares or any security convertible into or exercisable for Class A subordinate voting shares in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic corporate transactions, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement; provided that in the case of this exception, the aggregate number of Class A subordinate voting shares that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this exception shall not exceed 10% of the total number of subject shares issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering and each recipient of Class A subordinate voting shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A subordinate voting shares pursuant to this exception shall execute a lock-up agreement substantially in the form entered into by our other securityholders in connection with this offering. |
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the subject shares subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.
In order to facilitate the offering of the Class A subordinate voting shares, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A subordinate voting shares. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A subordinate voting shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, Class A subordinate voting shares in the open market to stabilize the price of such shares. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the Class A subordinate voting shares above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the Class A subordinate voting shares. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.
In accordance with Canadian securities laws, the underwriters may not, throughout the period of distribution, bid for or purchase the Class A subordinate voting shares. Exceptions, however, exist where the bid or purchase is not made to create the appearance of active trading in, or rising prices of, the Class A subordinate voting shares. These exceptions include a bid or purchase permitted under the by-laws and rules of applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities and the TSX, including the Universal Market
154
Integrity Rules for Canadian Marketplaces, relating to market stabilization and passive market making activities and a bid or purchase made for and on behalf of a customer where the order was not solicited during the period of distribution. Subject to the foregoing and applicable laws, in connection with the offering and pursuant to the first exception mentioned above, the underwriters may over-allot or effect transactions that stabilize or maintain the market price of the Class A subordinate voting shares at levels other than those which might otherwise prevail on the open market. Any of the foregoing activities may have the effect of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of the Class A subordinate voting shares. They may also cause the price of the Class A subordinate voting shares to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, the TSX, in the OTC market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and applicable Canadian securities laws.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of Class A subordinate voting shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
Subscriptions will be received subject to rejection or allotment in whole or in part and the right is reserved to close the subscription books at any time without notice. This offering is expected to close on or about , 2015 or such later date as we and the underwriters may agree but, in any event, not later than , 2015.
Conflicts of Interest
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In 2011, we entered into a revolving credit facility with an affiliate of RBC Dominion Securities Inc., that is annually renewable. In 2013, the borrowing limit on this credit facility was increased to C$1.5 million. This credit facility is secured by cash and cash equivalents and its interest rate is tied to the Bank of Canada prime lending rate plus 0.3%. As of the date of this prospectus, no amounts were drawn on this credit facility and C$1.05 million under the facility was pledged as collateral for letters of credit.
In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Pricing of the Offering
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A subordinate voting shares. The terms and structure of this offering, including the initial public offering price, were determined solely by
155
negotiations between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price and other terms of this offering were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. We cannot assure you that the prices at which the Class A subordinate voting shares will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in the Class A subordinate voting shares will develop and continue after this offering.
Selling Restrictions
Other than in the United States and each of the provinces and territories of Canada, no action has been taken by us that would permit a public offering of the Class A subordinate voting shares offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The Class A subordinate voting shares offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such Class A subordinate voting shares be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any Class A subordinate voting shares offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, or a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any of our Class A subordinate voting shares may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any of our Class A subordinate voting shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:
(a) | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive; |
(b) | to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or |
(c) | in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of our Class A subordinate voting shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive. |
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to the public in relation to any of our Class A subordinate voting shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any of our Class A subordinate voting shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any of our Class A subordinate voting shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.
156
United Kingdom
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
(a) | it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of our Class A subordinate voting shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and |
(b) | it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to our Class A subordinate voting shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom. |
157
EXPENSES RELATED TO THIS OFFERING
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the offer and sale of Class A subordinate voting shares in this offering. All amounts listed below are estimates except the SEC registration fee, Canadian securities regulatory filing fees, NYSE listing fee, TSX listing fee and FINRA filing fee.
Itemized expense * |
Amount | |||
SEC registration fee |
$ | |||
Canadian securities regulatory filing fees |
||||
NYSE listing fee | ||||
TSX listing fee |
||||
FINRA filing fee |
||||
Printing and engraving expenses |
||||
Transfer agent and registrar fees |
||||
Legal fees and expenses |
||||
Accounting fees and expenses |
||||
Advisory fees |
||||
Miscellaneous |
||||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | |||
|
|
* | To be completed by amendment. |
The validity of the Class A subordinate voting shares being offered by this prospectus and other legal matters concerning this offering relating to Canadian law will be passed upon for us by Stikeman Elliott LLP. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering relating to U.S. law will be passed upon for us by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, with respect to Canadian law, and by Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, with respect to U.S. law.
The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is a member of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Ontario. The offices of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are located at 99 Bank Street, Suite 800, Ottawa, Ontario K1P 1E4.
158
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act, including relevant exhibits and schedules, with respect to the Class A subordinate voting shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read the registration statement and its exhibits for further information with respect to us and the Class A subordinate voting shares. Some of these exhibits consist of documents or contracts that are described in this prospectus in summary form. You should read the entire document or contract for the complete terms. You may read and copy the registration statement and its exhibits at the SECs Public Reference Room at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an internet website at www.sec.gov, from which you can electronically access the registration statement and its exhibits.
After this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers. As a foreign private issuer, the SECs rules do not require us to deliver proxy statements or to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, among other things. However, we plan to produce quarterly financial reports and furnish them to the SEC not later than 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of our fiscal year and to file our annual report on Form 20-F not later than 90 days after the end of our fiscal year. In addition, our insiders are not subject to the SECs rules regarding insider reporting and prohibiting short-swing trading under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
We will also be subject to the full informational requirements of the securities commissions in all provinces and territories of Canada. You are invited to read and copy any reports, statements or other information, other than confidential filings, that we intend to file with the Canadian provincial and territorial securities commissions. These filings are also electronically available from the Canadian System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (SEDAR) (http://www.sedar.com), the Canadian equivalent of the SECs Electronic Document Gathering And Retrieval System. Documents filed on SEDAR are not, and should not be considered, part of this prospectus.
We also maintain a website at www.shopify.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference.
159
INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 |
F-2 | |||
F-3 | ||||
F-4 | ||||
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 |
F-5 | |||
F-6 |
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
F-1
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)
Expressed in US $000s except share amounts
As at | ||||||||||
December 31,
2014 |
March 31,
2015 |
|||||||||
Note | $ | $ | ||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
4, 5 | 41,953 | 46,148 | |||||||
Short-term investments |
4 | 17,709 | 13,013 | |||||||
Trade and other receivables |
7,227 | 5,339 | ||||||||
Other current assets |
1,495 | 3,477 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
68,384 | 67,977 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Long term assets |
||||||||||
Property and equipment |
21,728 | 23,615 | ||||||||
Intangible assets |
2,708 | 3,361 | ||||||||
Goodwill |
2,373 | 2,373 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
26,809 | 29,349 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total assets |
95,193 | 97,326 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Liabilities and shareholders Equity |
||||||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
12,514 | 15,948 | ||||||||
Current portion of deferred revenue |
6,775 | 7,837 | ||||||||
Current portion of lease incentives |
485 | 636 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
19,774 | 24,421 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Long term liabilities |
||||||||||
Deferred revenue |
394 | 469 | ||||||||
Lease incentives |
7,293 | 7,681 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
7,687 | 8,150 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Commitments and contingencies |
6 | |||||||||
Shareholders equity |
||||||||||
Series A convertible preferred shares; 13,025,765 (201413,025,765) shares authorized, issued and outstanding (aggregate liquidation preference of $5,500) |
5,346 | 5,346 | ||||||||
Series B convertible preferred shares; 7,247,070 (20147,247,070) shares authorized, issued and outstanding (aggregate liquidation preference of $12,000) |
11,952 | 11,952 | ||||||||
Series C convertible preferred shares; 6,886,442 (20146,886,442) shares authorized, issued and outstanding (aggregate liquidation preference of $70,000) |
69,758 | 69,758 | ||||||||
Common sharesunlimited shares authorized; 39,464,044 (201439,310,446) issued and outstanding |
4,055 | 4,303 | ||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
5,685 | 6,990 | ||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(29,064 | ) | (33,594 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total shareholders equity |
67,732 | 64,755 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
95,193 | 97,326 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-2
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(Unaudited)
Expressed in US $000s, except share and per share amounts
Three months ended | ||||||||||||
March 31, 2014
$ |
March 31, 2015
$ |
|||||||||||
Revenues |
||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
13,053 | 22,352 | ||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
5,757 | 14,996 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
18,810 | 37,348 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Cost of revenues |
||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
3,284 | 5,033 | ||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
3,898 | 10,749 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
7,182 | 15,782 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross profit |
11,628 | 21,566 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
9,718 | 13,540 | ||||||||||
Research and development, net of refundable tax credits of $300 (2014$240) |
6,086 | 7,313 | ||||||||||
General and administrative |
1,796 | 4,189 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total operating expenses |
17,600 | 25,042 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Loss from operations |
(5,972 | ) | (3,476 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other income (expenses) |
||||||||||||
Interest income, net |
10 | 11 | ||||||||||
Foreign exchange loss |
(403 | ) | (1,065 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
(393 | ) | (1,054 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net loss and comprehensive loss |
(6,365 | ) | (4,530 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders |
8 | $ | (0.16 | ) | $ | (0.12 | ) | |||||
Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common shareholders |
8 | 38,643,293 | 39,344,619 | |||||||||
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders |
8 | $ | (0.07 | ) | ||||||||
Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common shareholders |
8 | 66,503,896 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-3
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
(Unaudited)
Expressed in US $000s except share amounts
Series A
Convertible Preferred Shares |
Series B Convertible
Preferred Shares |
Series C
Convertible Preferred Shares |
Common Shares |
Additional
Paid-In Capital $ |
Accumulated
Deficit $ |
Total
$ |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares |
Amount
$ |
Shares |
Amount
$ |
Shares |
Amount
$ |
Shares |
Amount
$ |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at December 31, 2013 |
13,025,765 | 5,346 | 7,247,070 | 11,952 | 6,886,442 | 69,758 | 38,563,121 | 3,009 | 2,069 | (6,753 | ) | 85,381 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options |
| | | | | | 111,875 | 284 | (208 | ) | | 76 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | | | | | | | 853 | | 853 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting of restricted shares |
| | | | | | 134,908 | 273 | | | 273 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period |
| | | | | | | | | (6,365 | ) | (6,365 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
As at March 31, 2014 |
13,025,765 | 5,346 | 7,247,070 | 11,952 | 6,886,442 | 69,758 | 38,809,904 | 3,566 | 2,714 | (13,118 | ) | 80,218 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A
Convertible Preferred Shares |
Series B
Convertible Preferred Shares |
Series C
Convertible Preferred Shares |
Common Shares |
Additional
Paid-In Capital $ |
Accumulated
Deficit $ |
Total
$ |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares |
Amount
$ |
Shares |
Amount
$ |
Shares |
Amount
$ |
Shares |
Amount
$ |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at December 31, 2014 |
13,025,765 | 5,346 | 7,247,070 | 11,952 | 6,886,442 | 69,758 | 39,310,446 | 4,055 | 5,685 | (29,064 | ) | 67,732 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options |
| | | | | | 115,546 | 153 | (98 | ) | | 55 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | | | | | | | 1,403 | | 1,403 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting of restricted shares |
| | | | | | 38,052 | 95 | | | 95 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period |
| | | | | | | | | (4,530 | ) | (4,530 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
As at March 31, 2015 |
13,025,765 | 5,346 | 7,247,070 | 11,952 | 6,886,442 | 69,758 | 39,464,044 | 4,303 | 6,990 | (33,594 | ) | 64,755 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-4
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
Expressed in US $000s
Three months ended | ||||||||||
March 31,
2014 |
March 31,
2015 |
|||||||||
$ | $ | |||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities |
||||||||||
Net loss for the period |
(6,365 | ) | (4,530 | ) | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
||||||||||
Amortization and depreciation |
994 | 1,470 | ||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
842 | 1,345 | ||||||||
Vesting of restricted shares |
273 | 95 | ||||||||
Unrealized foreign exchange loss |
267 | 1,191 | ||||||||
Changes in lease incentives |
343 | 539 | ||||||||
Change in deferred revenue |
768 | 1,137 | ||||||||
Changes in non-cash working capital items |
9 | 2,310 | 2,719 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
(568 | ) | 3,966 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash flows from investing activities |
||||||||||
Sale of short-term investments |
| 4,696 | ||||||||
Acquisitions of property and equipment |
(1,584 | ) | (2,524 | ) | ||||||
Acquisitions of intangible assets |
(251 | ) | (1,020 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities |
(1,835 | ) | 1,152 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash flows from financing activities |
||||||||||
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options |
76 | 55 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
76 | 55 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Effect of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents |
(349 | ) | (978 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
(2,676 | ) | 4,195 | |||||||
Cash and cash equivalentsBeginning of Period |
83,529 | 41,953 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalentsEnd of Period |
80,853 | 46,148 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-5
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Expressed in US $000s except share amounts
1 | Nature of Business |
Shopify Inc. (Shopify or the Company) was incorporated as a Canadian corporation on September 28, 2004.
The Companys mission is to make commerce better for everyone. The Company provides a leading cloud-based commerce platform designed for small and medium-sized businesses. Using a single interface, the Companys merchants can design, set up and manage their shops across multiple sales channels, including web, tablet and mobile storefronts, social media storefronts, and brick-and-mortar and pop-up shops. The Companys platform provides merchants with a single view of their business and customers across all of their sales channels and enables them to manage products and inventory, process orders and payments, build customer relationships and leverage analytics and reporting. The Companys platform is engineered to enterprise-level standards and functionality while designed for simplicity and ease-of-use.
The Companys headquarters and principal place of business are in Ottawa, Canada.
2 | Basis of Presentation and Consolidation |
These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries: Shopify Payments (Canada) Inc., incorporated in Canada; Shopify Payments (USA) Inc., incorporated in Delaware, United States; Shopify Data Processing (USA) Inc., incorporated in Delaware, United States and Shopify LLC, incorporated in Delaware, United States. On February 19, 2015, the Company dissolved and wound up two inactive shell subsidiaries: Jet Cooper Ltd., incorporated in Canada; and Atatomic Inc., incorporated in Canada. The wind-up had no accounting impact on the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.
These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company have been presented in United States dollars (USD) and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP), including the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regarding interim financial reporting. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations.
In the opinion of the Company, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of its financial position as at March 31, 2015 and the results of its operations, cash flows and changes in shareholders equity for the three-months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015. The condensed consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2014 was derived from audited consolidated annual financial statements, but does not contain all of the footnote disclosures from the annual consolidated financial statements.
The results for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year.
F-6
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Expressed in US $000s except share amounts
3 | Significant Accounting Policies |
The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements follow the same accounting policies as the most recent annual consolidated financial statements. The interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2014.
The Company has not adopted any new accounting policies in the three months ended March 31, 2015.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements, in accordance with U.S. GAAP, requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items that are subject to estimation and assumptions include: estimates related to contingencies and refundable tax credits; chargebacks on Shopify Payments transactions that are unrecoverable from merchants; recoverability of deferred tax assets; fair values of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations; capitalization of software development costs; estimated useful life of property and equipment and intangible assets; and assumptions used when employing the Black-Scholes valuation model to estimate the fair value of common shares and stock-based awards. Actual results may differ from the estimates made by management.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Companys cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, trade and other receivables, and foreign exchange forward contracts subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk. Management mitigates this risk associated with cash and cash equivalents by making deposits and entering into foreign exchange forward contracts only with large Canadian and United States banks and financial institutions that are considered to be highly creditworthy. Management mitigates the risks associated with short-term investments by adhering to its investment policy, which stipulates minimum rating requirements, maximum investment exposures and maximum maturities. Due to the Companys diversified merchant base, there is no particular concentration of credit risk related to the Companys trade receivables. Trade and other receivables are monitored on an ongoing basis to ensure timely collection of amounts. There are no receivables from individual merchants accounting for 10% or more of revenues or receivables.
Interest Rate Risk
Certain of the Companys cash equivalents and short-term investments earn interest. The Companys trade and other receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and lease liabilities do not bear interest. The Company is not exposed to material interest rate risk.
Foreign Exchange Risk
The Companys exposure to foreign exchange risk is primarily related to fluctuations between the Canadian dollar and the United States dollar. The Company is exposed to foreign exchange fluctuations on the revaluation of foreign currency assets and liabilities. The Company uses foreign exchange derivative products to manage the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations. By their nature, derivative financial instruments involve risk, including the credit risk of non-performance by counterparties.
F-7
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Expressed in US $000s except share amounts
Deferred Offering Expenses
Incremental direct costs incurred in connection with a proposed offering of the Companys shares are deferred on the condensed consolidated balance sheet, as incurred, and applied as a reduction of the relevant share capital account on completion of the offering. Such costs are written-off to expense if the offering is aborted prior to completion. As at March 31, 2015 the Company has deferred $1,444 of offering expenses (December 31, 2014nil).
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued ASU No. 2014-9 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The new accounting standards update requires an entity to apply a five step model to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods and services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services, as well as a cohesive set of disclosure requirements that would result in an entity providing comprehensive information about the nature, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entitys contracts with customers. The standard becomes effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with no early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this new standard.
In February 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2015-02 Consolidations (Topic 810)Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. The new standard makes amendments to the current consolidation guidance, including introducing a separate consolidation analysis specific to limited partnerships and other similar entities. Under this analysis, limited partnerships and other similar entities will be considered a variable-interest entity (VIE) unless the limited partners hold substantive kick-out rights or participating rights. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating the standard and the impact, if any, on its business model and financial statements.
4 | Fair Value Measurements |
The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, trade receivables, other receivables, trade accounts payable and accruals, and employee related accruals approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.
The Company measures the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities using a fair value hierarchy.
F-8
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Expressed in US $000s except share amounts
As at March 31, 2015, the Companys financial instruments, measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, were as follows:
Amount at
Fair Value $ |
Fair Value Measurements Using | |||||||||||||||
Level 1
$ |
Level 2
$ |
Level 3
$ |
||||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Cash equivalents: |
||||||||||||||||
Money market funds |
26,982 | 26,982 | | | ||||||||||||
Canadian guaranteed investment certificates |
1,177 | 1,177 | | | ||||||||||||
U.S. term deposits |
3,250 | 3,250 | | | ||||||||||||
Short-term investments: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. federal bonds |
5,502 | 5,502 | | | ||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
7,511 | | 7,511 | |
All instruments mature within the next year of the condensed consolidated balance sheet date.
As at December 31, 2014, the Companys financial instruments, measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, were as follows.
Amount at
Fair Value $ |
Fair Value Measurements Using | |||||||||||||||
Level 1
$ |
Level 2
$ |
Level 3
$ |
||||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Cash equivalents: |
||||||||||||||||
Money market funds |
31,271 | 31,271 | | | ||||||||||||
Canadian guaranteed investment certificates |
1,294 | 1,294 | | | ||||||||||||
U.S. term deposits |
3,500 | 3,500 | | | ||||||||||||
Short-term investments: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. federal bonds |
5,502 | 5,502 | | | ||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
12,207 | | 12,207 | | ||||||||||||
Derivatives: |
||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange forward contracts |
7 | | 7 | |
As at December 31, 2014, the Company held foreign exchange forward contracts to convert USD into CAD to fund a portion of its operations. The fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts and corporate bonds was based on Level 2 inputs, which included period-end mid-market quotations for each underlying contract as calculated by the financial institution with which the Company has transacted. The quotations are based on bid/ask quotations and represent the discounted future settlement amounts based on current market rates.
There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 during the three months ended March 31, 2015.
5 | Credit Facility |
In March 2015, the Company entered into a credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank, which provides for a $25,000 revolving line of credit bearing interest at the U.S. prime rate, as established by the Wall Street
F-9
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Expressed in US $000s except share amounts
Journal plus or minus 25 basis points per annum. As at March 31, 2015, the effective rate was 3.00%. The credit facility is collateralized by substantially all of the Companys assets, including the stock of its subsidiaries, but excluding the Companys intellectual property, which is subject to a negative pledge and has a maturity date of March 11, 2016. As at March 31, 2015, no amounts have been drawn under this credit facility and the Company is in compliance with all of the covenants contained therein.
6 | Commitments and Contingencies |
Operating Leases
In the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, rent expense totalled $680 and $1,285, respectively.
Amounts of minimum future annual rental commitments under non-cancellable operating leases in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:
Fiscal Year |
Amount
$ |
|||
Remainder of 2015 |
3,789 | |||
2016 |
5,951 | |||
2017 |
7,519 | |||
2018 |
7,527 | |||
2019 |
7,577 | |||
Thereafter |
48,694 | |||
|
|
|||
Total future minimum lease payments |
81,057 | |||
|
|
Sales Taxes
In fiscal 2014, the Company determined that it owed amounts related to sales and use taxes in various states and local jurisdictions and as a result recorded a sales tax liability of $2,182 which was included in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014. During the first quarter of 2015, the Company registered in applicable states, filed all necessary voluntary disclosure agreements and began charging sales taxes to its merchants. As a result of business activities, in the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company recognized additional sales taxes of $566 within general and administrative expenses.
F-10
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Expressed in US $000s except share amounts
7 | Shareholders Equity |
Stock-based Compensation
A summary of option activity under the Stock Option Plan is as follows:
Quantity |
Weighted
Average Price $ |
|||||||
Options outstanding as at December 31, 2014 |
15,031,388 | 1.32 | ||||||
Granted |
435,750 | 10.72 | ||||||
Exercised |
(115,546 | ) | 0.47 | |||||
Forfeited |
(105,938 | ) | 2.81 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Options outstanding as at March 31, 2015 |
15,245,654 | 1.58 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
There were no options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The 435,750 options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2015 had a weighted average grant date fair value of $5.85.
The following table illustrates the classification of stock-based compensation in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, which includes both stock-based compensation and restricted share-based compensation expense.
Three months ended | ||||||||
March 31,
2014 $ |
March 31,
2015 $ |
|||||||
Cost of revenues |
40 | 59 | ||||||
Sales and marketing |
133 | 174 | ||||||
Research and development |
869 | 779 | ||||||
General and administrative |
73 | 428 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
1,115 | 1,440 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
The Company capitalized $11 and $58 of stock-based compensation as software development costs in the three-month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2015.
F-11
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Expressed in US $000s except share amounts
8 | Earnings Per Share |
The following table summarizes the reconciliation of the basic weighted average number of shares outstanding and the diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding.
Three months ended | ||||||||
March 31,
2014 |
March 31,
2015 |
|||||||
Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding |
38,643,293 | 39,344,619 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
The following items have been excluded from the diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding because they are antidilutive: |
||||||||
Stock options |
12,570,018 | 15,245,654 | ||||||
Restricted shares |
455,073 | 110,262 | ||||||
Convertible preferred shares |
27,159,277 | 27,159,277 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total excluded |
40,184,368 | 42,515,193 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
In the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company was in a loss position and therefore diluted loss per share is equal to basic loss per share.
In connection with the consummation of the initial public offering (IPO) contemplated by the Company, the Company has presented unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per Class A subordinate voting share and Class B multiple voting share, which have been calculated assuming the creation of such classes of shares and the conversion of all series of the Companys convertible preferred shares (using the as-if converted method) into Class B multiple voting shares as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the year. The Company applied the two-class method to calculate its basic and diluted net loss per share as both classes of its voting shares are participating securities with equal participation rights and are entitled to receive dividends on a share for share basis equally.
The following table sets forth the computation of the Companys unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per Class A and Class B voting share for the three months ended March 31, 2015 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
Three months
ended March 31, 2015 |
||||
Net loss |
$ | (4,530 | ) | |
Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to Class A and Class B voting shares, basic and diluted |
39,344,619 | |||
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred shares |
27,159,277 | |||
|
|
|||
Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per Class A and Class B voting shares, basic and diluted |
66,503,896 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma net loss per Class A and Class B voting share, basic and diluted |
$ | (0.07) | ||
|
|
F-12
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Expressed in US $000s except share amounts
9 | Supplemental Cash Flow Information Items |
The following table presents the changes in non-cash working capital items.
Three months ended | ||||||||
March 31,
2014 $ |
March 31,
2015 $ |
|||||||
Trade and other receivables |
(280 | ) | 1,538 | |||||
Other current assets |
(248 | ) | (1,982 | ) | ||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
2,838 | 3,163 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
2,310 | 2,719 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
As at March 31, 2014 and 2015, $327 and $1,372 of acquired property and equipment remained unpaid and in accounts payable. As at March 31, 2014 and 2015, $400 and $141 of acquired intangible assets remained unpaid and in accounts payable.
10 | Subsequent Events |
The Company has evaluated subsequent events occurring through to April 14, 2015, the date these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements were issued.
F-13
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders of
Shopify Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Shopify Inc. and its subsidiaries, which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, shareholders equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 and the related notes, which comprise a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.
Managements Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditors Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement. Canadian generally accepted auditing standards also require that we comply with ethical requirements.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence, on a test basis, about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the companys internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the companys internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting principles and policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Shopify Inc. and its subsidiaries as at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada
February 18, 2015 (except for note 22, which is as of April 14, 2015)
F-14
SHOPIFY INC.
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
Note |
December 31,
2013 $ |
December 31,
2014 $ |
||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
4, 5 | 83,529 | 41,953 | |||||||
Short-term investments |
5 | | 17,709 | |||||||
Trade and other receivables |
6 | 3,391 | 7,227 | |||||||
Other current assets |
7 | 1,081 | 1,495 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
88,001 | 68,384 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Long term assets |
||||||||||
Property and equipment |
8 | 4,488 | 21,728 | |||||||
Intangible assets |
9 | 926 | 2,708 | |||||||
Goodwill |
10 | 2,373 | 2,373 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
7,787 | 26,809 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total assets |
95,788 | 95,193 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Liabilities and shareholders equity |
||||||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
11 | 5,565 | 12,514 | |||||||
Current portion of deferred revenue |
4,146 | 6,775 | ||||||||
Current portion of lease incentives |
12 | 330 | 485 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
10,041 | 19,774 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Long term liabilities |
||||||||||
Deferred revenue |
210 | 394 | ||||||||
Lease incentives |
12 | 156 | 7,293 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
366 | 7,687 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Commitments and contingencies |
14 | |||||||||
Shareholders equity |
||||||||||
Series A convertible preferred shares; 13,025,765 (201313,025,765) shares authorized, issued and outstanding (aggregate liquidation preference of $5,500) |
15 | 5,346 | 5,346 | |||||||
Series B convertible preferred shares; 7,247,070 (20137,247,070) shares authorized, issued and outstanding (aggregate liquidation preference of $12,000) |
15 | 11,952 | 11,952 | |||||||
Series C convertible preferred shares; 6,886,442 (20136,886,442) shares authorized, issued and outstanding (aggregate liquidation preference of $70,000) |
15 | 69,758 | 69,758 | |||||||
Common sharesunlimited shares authorized; 39,310,446 (201338,563,121) issued and outstanding |
15 | 3,009 | 4,055 | |||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
15 | 2,069 | 5,685 | |||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(6,753 | ) | (29,064 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total shareholders equity |
85,381 | 67,732 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
95,788 | 95,193 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-15
SHOPIFY INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Expressed in US $000s, except share and per share amounts
Years ended | ||||||||||||||||
Note |
December 31,
2012 $ |
December 31,
2013 $ |
December 31,
2014 $ |
|||||||||||||
Revenues |
||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
19,200 | 38,339 | 66,668 | |||||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
4,513 | 11,913 | 38,350 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
19 | 23,713 | 50,252 | 105,018 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cost of revenues |
||||||||||||||||
Subscription solutions |
4,291 | 8,504 | 16,790 | |||||||||||||
Merchant solutions |
485 | 5,009 | 26,433 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
4,776 | 13,513 | 43,223 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross profit |
18,937 | 36,739 | 61,795 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
12,262 | 23,351 | 45,929 | |||||||||||||
Research and development, net of refundable tax credits of $1,295 (2012$902; 2013$891) |
6,452 | 13,682 | 25,915 | |||||||||||||
General and administrative |
1,737 | 3,975 | 11,566 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
20,451 | 41,008 | 83,410 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Loss from operations |
(1,514 | ) | (4,269 | ) | (21,615 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other income (expenses) |
||||||||||||||||
Interest income, net |
50 | 42 | 57 | |||||||||||||
Loss on asset disposal |
| (73 | ) | (100 | ) | |||||||||||
Foreign exchange gain (loss) |
232 | (537 | ) | (653 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
282 | (568 | ) | (696 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net loss and comprehensive loss |
(1,232 | ) | (4,837 | ) | (22,311 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders |
16 | (0.03 | ) | (0.13 | ) | (0.57 | ) | |||||||||
Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common shareholders |
16 | 36,155,333 | 37,248,710 | 38,940,252 | ||||||||||||
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders (unaudited) |
16 | (0.34 | ) | |||||||||||||
Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common shareholders (unaudited) |
16 | 66,099,529 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-16
SHOPIFY INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
Series A Convertible
Preferred Shares |
Series B Convertible
Preferred Shares |
Series C Convertible
Preferred Shares |
Common Shares |
Additional
Paid-In Capital $ |
Total
$ |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares |
Amount
$ |
Shares |
Amount
$ |
Shares |
Amount
$ |
Shares |
Amount
$ |
Accumulated
Deficit $ |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at December 31, 2011 |
13,025,765 | 5,346 | 7,247,070 | 11,952 | | | 35,515,880 | 1,457 | 513 | (684 | ) | 18,584 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options |
| | | | | | 335,000 | 91 | (34 | ) | | 57 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | | | | | | | 268 | | 268 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stockbusiness acquisition |
| | | | | | 314,510 | 152 | | | 152 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting of restricted shares |
| | | | | | 288,325 | 140 | | | 140 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the year |
| | | | | | | | | (1,232 | ) | (1,232 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
As at December 31, 2012 |
13,025,765 | 5,346 | 7,247,070 | 11,952 | | | 36,453,715 | 1,840 | 747 | (1,916 | ) | 17,969 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options |
| | | | | | 1,658,197 | 445 | (150 | ) | | 295 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | | | | | | | 1,472 | | 1,472 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stockbusiness acquisition |
| | | | | | 96,479 | 404 | | | 404 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting of restricted shares |
| | | | | | 354,730 | 320 | | | 320 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of Series C Convertible preferred shares, net of issuance costs of $242 |
| | | | 6,886,442 | 69,758 | | | | | 69,758 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the year |
| | | | | | | | | (4,837 | ) | (4,837 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
As at December 31, 2013 |
13,025,765 | 5,346 | 7,247,070 | 11,952 | 6,886,442 | 69,758 | 38,563,121 | 3,009 | 2,069 | (6,753 | ) | 85,381 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options |
| | | | | | 305,649 | 395 | (255 | ) | | 140 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | | | | | | | 3,871 | | 3,871 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting of restricted shares |
| | | | | | 441,676 | 651 | | | 651 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the year |
| | | | | | | | | (22,311 | ) | (22,311 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
As at December 31, 2014 |
13,025,765 | 5,346 | 7,247,070 | 11,952 | 6,886,442 | 69,758 | 39,310,446 | 4,055 | 5,685 | (29,064 | ) | 67,732 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-17
SHOPIFY INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Expressed in US $000s
Years ended | ||||||||||||||||
Note |
December 31,
2012 $ |
December 31,
2013 $ |
December 31,
2014 $ |
|||||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities |
||||||||||||||||
Net loss for the year |
(1,232 | ) | (4,837 | ) | (22,311 | ) | ||||||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
||||||||||||||||
Amortization and depreciation |
767 | 1,758 | 4,672 | |||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
268 | 1,446 | 3,792 | |||||||||||||
Vesting of restricted shares |
140 | 320 | 651 | |||||||||||||
Loss on asset disposal |
| 73 | 100 | |||||||||||||
Unrealized foreign exchange (gain) loss |
(140 | ) | 62 | 524 | ||||||||||||
Changes in lease incentives |
(17 | ) | 236 | 7,292 | ||||||||||||
Changes in deferred revenue |
1,814 | 1,945 | 2,813 | |||||||||||||
Changes in non-cash working capital items |
18 | 441 | 393 | 1,666 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
2,041 | 1,396 | (801 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities |
||||||||||||||||
Purchases of short-term investments |
| | (20,131 | ) | ||||||||||||
Sales of short-term investments |
| | 2,375 | |||||||||||||
Acquisitions of property and equipment |
(1,706 | ) | (3,462 | ) | (20,573 | ) | ||||||||||
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment |
| | 90 | |||||||||||||
Acquisitions of intangible assets |
(310 | ) | (1,042 | ) | (2,127 | ) | ||||||||||
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired |
(779 | ) | (828 | ) | | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(2,795 | ) | (5,332 | ) | (40,366 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash flows from financing activities |
||||||||||||||||
Issuance of Series C convertible preferred shares, net of issuance costs |
| 69,758 | | |||||||||||||
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options |
57 | 295 | 140 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
57 | 70,053 | 140 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Effect of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents |
36 | (243 | ) | (549 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
(661 | ) | 65,874 | (41,576 | ) | |||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalentsBeginning of year |
18,316 | 17,655 | 83,529 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalentsEnd of year |
17,655 | 83,529 | 41,953 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Supplemental non-cash items: |
18 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-18
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
1 | Nature of Business |
Shopify Inc. (Shopify or the Company) was incorporated as a Canadian corporation on September 28, 2004.
The Companys mission is to make commerce better for everyone. The Company provides a leading cloud-based commerce platform designed for small and medium-sized businesses. Using a single interface, the Companys merchants can design, set up and manage their shops across multiple sales channels, including web, tablet and mobile storefronts, social media storefronts, and brick-and-mortar and pop-up shops. The Companys platform provides merchants with a single view of their business and customers across all of their sales channels and enables them to manage products and inventory, process orders and payments, build customer relationships and leverage analytics and reporting. The Companys platform is engineered to enterprise-level standards and functionality while designed for simplicity and ease-of-use.
The Companys headquarters and principal place of business are in Ottawa, Canada.
2 | Basis of Presentation and Consolidation |
These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries: Shopify Payments (Canada) Inc., incorporated in Canada; Shopify Payments (USA) Inc., incorporated in Delaware, United States; Shopify Data Processing (USA) Inc., incorporated in Delaware, United States; Shopify LLC, incorporated in Delaware, United States; Jet Cooper Ltd., incorporated in Canada; and Atatomic Inc., incorporated in Canada. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.
The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been presented in United States dollars (USD) and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP).
3 | Significant Accounting Policies |
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements, in accordance with U.S. GAAP, requires management to make estimates, judgements and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items that are subject to estimation and assumptions include: estimates related to contingencies and refundable tax credits; chargebacks on Shopify Payments transactions that are unrecoverable from merchants; recoverability of deferred tax assets; fair values of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations; capitalization of software development costs; estimated useful life of property and equipment and intangible assets; and assumptions used when employing the Black-Scholes valuation model to estimate the fair value of common shares and stock-based awards. Actual results may differ from the estimates made by management.
Segment Information
The Companys chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer reviews the financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluation of financial performance. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates as a single operating and reportable segment.
F-19
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
Revenue Recognition
The Companys sources of revenue consist of subscription solutions and merchant solutions. Arrangements with merchants do not provide the merchants with the right to take possession of the software supporting the Companys hosting platform at any time and are therefore accounted for as service contracts. The Companys subscription service contracts do not provide for refunds or any other rights of return to merchants in the event of cancellations.
The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following criteria are met:
| There is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; |
| The services have been or are being provided to the merchant; |
| The amount of fees to be paid by the merchant is fixed or determinable; and |
| The collection is reasonably assured. |
The Company follows the guidance provided in ASC 605-45, Principal Agent Considerations for determining whether the Company should recognize revenue based on the gross amount billed to a merchant or the net amount retained. This determination is a matter of judgment that depends on the facts and circumstances of each arrangement. The Company recognizes revenue from the sales of Apps on a net basis as it has been determined that the Company is the Agent in the arrangement with merchants. All other revenue is reported on a gross basis, as the Company has determined it is the principal in the arrangement, in that it is the primary obligor for providing services, assumes the risk of any loss or changes in costs, and has pricing flexibility.
Sales taxes collected from merchants and remitted to government authorities are excluded from revenue.
Our arrangements can include multiple elements, which may consist of some or all of our subscription solutions. When multiple-element arrangements exist, we evaluate whether these individual deliverables should be accounted for as separate units of accounting or one single unit of accounting. In order to treat deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement as separate units of accounting, the delivered item or items must have standalone value upon delivery. A delivered item has standalone value to the customer when either (1) any vendor sells that item separately or (2) the customer could resell that item on a standalone basis. Each of our subscription solutions have standalone value, as the solutions are sold separately. Accordingly, we consider the separate units of accounting in our multiple deliverable arrangements to be the subscription fees, themes, apps and domain names. When multiple deliverables included in an arrangement are separable into different units of accounting, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the identified separate units of accounting based on their relative selling price. Multiple-element arrangement accounting guidance provides a hierarchy to use when determining the relative selling price for each unit of accounting. Vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of selling price, based on the price at which the item is regularly sold by the vendor on a standalone basis, should be used if it exists. If VSOE of selling price is not available, third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price is used to establish the selling price if it exists. We have not established VSOE for our subscription solutions due to lack of pricing consistency, the introduction of new services and other factors. We have also concluded that third-party evidence of selling price is not a practical alternative due to differences in our service offerings compared to other parties and the availability of relevant third-party pricing information. Accordingly, we use our best estimate of selling price (BESP) to determine the relative selling price for our subscription solutions.
We determined BESP by considering our overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration for our subscription solutions, include discounting practices, the
F-20
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
size and volume of our transactions, the customer demographic, the geographic area where services are sold, price lists, our go-to-market strategy, historical standalone sales and contract prices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and approval by our management, taking into consideration our go-to-market strategy. As our go-to-market strategies evolve, we may modify our pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in relative selling prices.
Subscription Solutions
Subscription revenue is recognized on a rateable basis over the contractual term. The terms range from monthly, annual or multi-year subscription terms. Revenue recognition begins on the date that the Companys service is made available to the merchant. Payments received in advance of services being rendered are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized on a rateable basis over the requisite service period. The Company earns revenue based on the services it delivers either directly to its merchants or indirectly through resellers.
The Company also sells separately priced Themes and Apps to merchants for which revenue is recognized at the time of the sale. The right to use domain names is also sold separately and is recognized on a rateable basis over the contractual term, which is generally an annual term. Revenue from Themes, as well as Apps and Domains have been classified within Subscription solutions on the basis that they are typically sold at the time the merchant enters into the subscription services arrangement or because they are charged on a recurring basis.
Merchant Solutions
The Company generates merchant solutions revenue from fees that it charges merchants on their customer orders processed through Shopify Payments. The Company also derives revenue relating to other transaction services and referral fees, as well as from the sale of Point-of-Sale (POS) hardware. For the sale of POS hardware, revenue is recognized when title passes to the merchant, in accordance with the shipping terms. Revenues earned from Shopify Payments, and transaction services and referral fees are recognized at the time of the transaction.
Cost of Revenues
The Companys cost of revenues consists of payments for Themes and Domain registration, credit card fees, hosting infrastructure costs, an allocation of costs incurred by both the operations and support functions, and amortization of capitalized software development costs. In addition, included in the cost of merchant solutions are costs associated with credit card processing and chargebacks related to Shopify Payments and the cost of POS hardware.
Software Development Costs
Research and development costs are generally expensed as incurred. These costs primarily consist of personnel and related expenses, contractor and consultant fees, stock-based compensation, and corporate overhead allocations, including depreciation.
The Company capitalizes certain development costs incurred in connection with its internal use software. These capitalized costs are related to the development of its software platform that is hosted by the Company and accessed by its merchants on a subscription basis as well as material internal infrastructure software. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. The Company
F-21
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
capitalizes all direct and incremental costs incurred during the application phase, until such time when the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalization ceases upon completion of all substantial testing.
The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional features and functionality. Capitalized costs are recorded as part of Intangible assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
Internal use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of two to three years.
Deferred Offering Expenses
Incremental direct costs incurred in connection with a proposed offering of the Companys shares are deferred on the balance sheet, as incurred, and applied as a reduction of the relevant share capital account upon completion of the offering. Such costs are written-off to expense if the offering is aborted prior to completion. The Company has not deferred any such costs as of December 31, 2013 and 2014.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs included in Sales and marketing expenses during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 were $7,039, $14,447, and $31,093 respectively.
Operating Leases
The total payments and costs associated with operating leases, including leases that contain lease inducements and uneven payments, are aggregated and amortized on a straight-line basis over the initial lease term of each respective agreement.
Foreign Currency Transactions
The functional and reporting currency of the Company and its subsidiaries is the United States dollar. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are re-measured to United States dollars using the exchange rates at the balance sheet dates. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are measured in United States dollars using historical exchange rates. Revenues and expenses are measured using the actual exchange rates prevailing on the dates of the transactions. Gains and losses resulting from re-measurement are recorded in the Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations as Foreign exchange gain (loss).
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with maturities at their acquisition date of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Short-Term Investments
The Companys short-term investments consist of U.S federal and corporate bonds and mature within 12 months from the date of purchase. Short-term investments are classified as held-to-maturity at the time of
F-22
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
purchase and this classification is re-evaluated as of each balance sheet date. Held-to-maturity securities represent those securities that the Company has both the intent and ability to hold to maturity and are carried at amortized cost, which approximates their fair market value. Interest on these securities, as well as amortization/accretion of premiums/ discounts, are included in interest income. All investments are assessed as to whether any unrealized loss positions are other than temporarily impaired. Impairments are considered other than temporary if they are related to deterioration in credit risk or if it is likely the Company will sell the securities before the recovery of their cost basis. Realized gains and losses and declines in value determined to be other than temporary are determined based on the specific identification method and are reported in Other income (expenses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
Derivatives
The Company generally holds foreign exchange forward contracts to mitigate the risk of future foreign exchange rate volatility related to future Canadian dollar denominated costs and current and future obligations. The Company recognizes these derivative financial instruments as either assets or liabilities and measures them at fair value. The Company has elected to not apply hedge accounting therefore changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments will affect their balance sheet amounts and the resulting gain or loss will be reflected as Foreign exchange gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Companys cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, trade and other receivables, and foreign exchange forward contracts subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk. Management mitigates this risk associated with cash and cash equivalents by making deposits and entering into foreign exchange forward contracts only with large Canadian and United States banks and financial institutions that are considered to be highly creditworthy. Management mitigates the risks associated with short-term investments by adhering to its investment policy which stipulates minimum rating requirements, maximum investment exposures and maximum maturities. Due to the Companys diversified merchant base, there is no particular concentration of credit risk related to the Companys trade receivables. Trade and other receivables are monitored on an ongoing basis to ensure timely collection of amounts. There are no receivables from individual merchants accounting for 10% or more of revenues or receivables.
Interest Rate Risk
Certain of the Companys cash equivalents and short-term investments earn interest. The Companys trade and other receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and lease liabilities do not bear interest. The Company is not exposed to material interest rate risk.
Foreign Exchange Risk
The Companys exposure to foreign exchange risk is primarily related to fluctuations between the Canadian dollar and the United States dollar. The Company is exposed to foreign exchange fluctuations on the revaluation of foreign currency assets and liabilities. The Company uses foreign exchange derivative products to manage the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations. By their nature, derivative financial instruments involve risk, including the credit risk of non-performance by counterparties.
F-23
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
Fair Value Measurements
The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, trade receivables, other receivables, trade accounts payable and accruals, and employee related accruals approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.
The Company measures the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities using a fair value hierarchy. A financial instruments classification within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value.
Level 1: | Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. | |
Level 2: | Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. | |
Level 3: | Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. |
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Computer equipment is depreciated over three years while office furniture and equipment are depreciated over four years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of their associated leases, which range from three to thirteen years.
The carrying values of property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such assets may not be recoverable. The determination of whether any impairment exists includes a comparison of estimated undiscounted future cash flows anticipated to be generated over the remaining life of the asset to the net carrying value of the asset. If the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with the asset are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss will be recorded based on the estimated fair value.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Purchased software and other intangible assets are amortized over three years while capitalized software development costs are amortized into cost of revenues over a two or three-year period.
The carrying values of intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such assets may not be recoverable. The determination of whether any impairment exists includes a comparison of estimated undiscounted future cash flows anticipated to be generated over the remaining life of the asset to the net carrying value of the asset. If the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with the asset are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss will be recorded based on the estimated fair value.
F-24
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets of a business acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually in the fourth quarter of each year. Should certain events or indicators of impairment occur between annual impairment tests, the Company will perform the impairment test as those events or indicators occur. Examples of such events or circumstances include the following: a significant decline in the Companys expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in the Companys fair value; a significant adverse change in the business climate; and slower growth rates.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level by first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. The qualitative assessment considers the following factors: macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall company financial performance, events affecting the reporting units, and changes in the Companys fair value. If the reporting unit does not pass the qualitative assessment, the Company carries out a two-step test for impairment of goodwill. The first step of the test compares the fair value of the reporting unit with the carrying value of its net assets. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying value, no impairment results. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company performs the second step of the test for impairment of goodwill. During the second step of the test, the Company compares the implied fair value of the reporting units goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value, an impairment charge would be recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company has one reporting unit and evaluates goodwill for impairment at the entity level.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that are more likely than not to be realized.
The Company evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing tax returns to determine whether the tax positions have met a more-likely-than-not threshold of being sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax benefits related to tax positions not deemed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold are not permitted to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements. The Company classifies accrued interest and penalties related to liabilities for income taxes in income tax expense.
Refundable Tax Credits
Tax credits related to Scientific Research and Experimental Development (SR&ED) expenditures are accounted for using the flow-through method. Refundable tax credits are accounted for, in the period in which the related expenditures are incurred, as a direct reduction of research and development or capitalized costs. Non-refundable tax credits, which may only be used to reduce future taxes otherwise payable, are recorded as an income tax recovery in the period in which their realization is considered more likely than not.
Stock-Based Compensation
The accounting for stock-based awards is based on the fair value of the award measured at the grant date. Accordingly, stock-based compensation cost is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of
F-25
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
Operations as an operating expense over the requisite service period. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, single option approach. An estimate of forfeitures is applied when determining compensation expense. The Company determines the fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using assumptions regarding expected term, share price volatility over the expected term of the awards, risk-free interest rate, and dividend rate. All shares issued under the Stock Option Plan are from treasury.
In connection with prior period business acquisitions, the Company has also issued restricted shares. The restricted shares vest evenly, on a month-by-month basis and are contingent on future services being provided. As a result, the restricted shares are considered post business combination services and are accounted for as compensation expense and not as part of purchase accounting. The fair value of the restricted shares is derived from the fair value of the Companys common shares, which was determined by an independent valuation firm, based on input, feedback and review by the Companys management, at or around the same time as the related transactions and in combination with other available market data.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to common equity holders of the company by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year.
Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to common equity holders of the company by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year, plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the year. This method requires that diluted earnings per share be calculated (using the treasury stock method) as if all dilutive potential common shares had been exercised at the latest of the beginning of the year or on the date of issuance, as the case may be, and that the funds obtained thereby (plus an amount equivalent to the unamortized portion of related stock-based compensation costs) be used to purchase common shares of the company at the average fair value of the common shares during the year.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-9 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The new accounting standards update requires an entity to apply a five step model to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods and services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services, as well as a cohesive set of disclosure requirements that would result in an entity providing comprehensive information about the nature, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entitys contracts with customers. The standard becomes effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with no early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this new standard.
4 | Cash and Cash Equivalents |
As of December 31, 2013, and 2014, the Companys cash and cash equivalents balance of $83,529 and $41,953 respectively, included $4,410 and $36,065, respectively, of money market funds and term deposits that bear interest at rates ranging from 0.01% to 1.0%, and Nil and $1,050 CAD, respectively, of restricted cash which has been pledged as collateral against the Companys operating line as discussed in Note 13.
F-26
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
5 | Financial Instruments |
As of December 31, 2014, the Companys financial instruments, measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, were as follows.
Amount at
Fair Value $ |
Fair Value Measurements Using | |||||||||||||||
Level 1
$ |
Level 2
$ |
Level 3
$ |
||||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Cash equivalents: |
||||||||||||||||
Money market funds |
31,271 | 31,271 | | | ||||||||||||
Canadian guaranteed investment certificates |
1,294 | 1,294 | | | ||||||||||||
U.S. term deposits |
3,500 | 3,500 | | | ||||||||||||
Short-term investments: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. federal bonds |
5,502 | 5,502 | | | ||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
12,207 | | 12,207 | | ||||||||||||
Derivatives: |
||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange forward contracts |
7 | | 7 | |
All instruments mature within the next year of the consolidated balance sheet date.
As of December 31, 2013, cash equivalents included Canadian Guaranteed Investment Certificates and U.S. Term Deposits totalling $4,410 which were measured using Level 1 inputs. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had a liability of $37 relating to its foreign exchange forward contracts which were measured using Level 2 inputs.
The fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts is based upon Level 2 inputs, which included period-end mid-market quotations for each underlying contract as calculated by the financial institution with which the Company has transacted. The quotations are based on bid/ask quotations and represent the discounted future settlement amounts based on current market rates.
There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 during the year.
6 | Trade and Other Receivables |
2013
$ |
2014
$ |
|||||||
Leasehold incentives receivable |
| 3,158 | ||||||
Refundable tax credits |
1,707 | 1,959 | ||||||
Trade receivables |
846 | 838 | ||||||
Unbilled revenues |
284 | 704 | ||||||
Sales taxes receivable |
460 | 499 | ||||||
Other receivables |
94 | 69 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
3,391 | 7,227 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
Unbilled revenues represent amounts not yet billed to merchants related to transaction fees up to the consolidated balance sheet date.
F-27
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
7 | Other Current Assets |
2013
$ |
2014
$ |
|||||||
Prepaid expenses |
681 | 1,023 | ||||||
POS hardware |
201 | 290 | ||||||
Deposits |
181 | 175 | ||||||
Foreign exchange forward contracts |
| 7 | ||||||
Other |
18 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
1,081 | 1,495 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2013, the Company held foreign exchange forward contracts to convert $10,000 USD into $10,608 CAD at exchange rates ranging from 1.0599 to 1.0617 and the fair value of these contracts was a liability of $37. As of December 31, 2014, the Company held foreign exchange forward contracts to convert $6,000 USD into $6,974 CAD at exchange rates ranging from 1.1618 to 1.1630. These contracts expire between January 12, 2015 and March 11, 2015 and the fair value of these contracts as of December 31, 2014 was an asset of $7. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, the use of foreign exchange forward contracts resulted in a net foreign exchange gain of $55 and losses of $489 and $368 respectively.
8 | Property and Equipment |
2013 | ||||||||||||
Cost
$ |
Accumulated
depreciation $ |
Net book
value $ |
||||||||||
Leasehold improvements |
2,737 | 958 | 1,779 | |||||||||
Computer equipment |
3,151 | 1,096 | 2,055 | |||||||||
Office furniture and equipment |
902 | 248 | 654 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
6,790 | 2,302 | 4,488 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 | ||||||||||||
Cost
$ |
Accumulated
depreciation $ |
Net book
value $ |
||||||||||
Leasehold improvements |
15,014 | 352 | 14,662 | |||||||||
Computer equipment |
7,346 | 2,415 | 4,931 | |||||||||
Office furniture and equipment |
2,506 | 371 | 2,135 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
24,866 | 3,138 | 21,728 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
The following table illustrates the classification of depreciation in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
2012
$ |
2013
$ |
2014
$ |
||||||||||
Cost of revenues |
96 | 572 | 1,599 | |||||||||
Sales and marketing |
208 | 344 | 795 | |||||||||
Research and development |
308 | 466 | 1,253 | |||||||||
General and administrative |
50 | 98 | 351 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
662 | 1,480 | 3,998 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 | Intangible Assets |
2013 | ||||||||||||
Cost
$ |
Accumulated
amortization $ |
Net book
value $ |
||||||||||
Software development costs |
656 | 115 | 541 | |||||||||
Purchased software |
623 | 274 | 349 | |||||||||
Domain names |
86 | 50 | 36 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
1,365 | 439 | 926 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 | ||||||||||||
Cost
$ |
Accumulated
amortization $ |
Net book
value $ |
||||||||||
Software development costs |
1,925 | 445 | 1,480 | |||||||||
Purchased software |
1,806 | 588 | 1,218 | |||||||||
Domain names |
90 | 80 | 10 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
3,821 | 1,113 | 2,708 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Internal software development costs of nil, $656, and $1,269 were capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 respectively, and are included in Intangible assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization expense related to the capitalized internally developed software was $115, and $330 for the years ended December 31, 2013, and 2014 respectively, and is included in cost of revenues in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The following table illustrates the classification of amortization expense related to Intangible assets in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
2012
$ |
2013
$ |
2014
$ |
||||||||||
Cost of revenues |
15 | 240 | 608 | |||||||||
Sales and marketing |
33 | 32 | 33 | |||||||||
Research and development |
49 | 5 | 20 | |||||||||
General and administrative |
8 | 1 | 13 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
105 | 278 | 674 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
Estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets, as at December 31, 2014 is as follows.
Fiscal Year |
Amount
$ |
|||
2015 |
1,081 | |||
2016 |
872 | |||
2017 |
671 | |||
2018 |
84 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
2,708 | |||
|
|
10 | Goodwill |
The Companys goodwill was recognized upon the acquisitions of Select Start Studios Inc., Jet Cooper Ltd. and Atatomic Inc., and is attributable to the Companys single reporting unit.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company completed its annual impairment test of goodwill. The Company elected to bypass the qualitative analysis and used a two-step quantitative analysis. Using the enterprise value, the Company concluded that the fair value of the single reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount and therefore there was no requirement to proceed with step two.
No goodwill impairment was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follows.
2013
$ |
2014
$ |
|||||||
Balance, beginning of the year |
831 | 2,373 | ||||||
Increase related to acquisitions |
1,542 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance, end of the year |
2,373 | 2,373 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
11 | Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities |
2013
$ |
2014
$ |
|||||||
Trade accounts payable and trade accruals |
3,285 | 8,186 | ||||||
Accrued sales taxes |
| 2,182 | ||||||
Other payables and accrued liabilities |
761 | 1,607 | ||||||
Employee related accruals |
1,519 | 539 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
5,565 | 12,514 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
12 | Lease Incentives |
At the end of 2013, the Company gave notice of lease termination for 126 York Street, Ottawa Canada. As a result of early termination the Company was subject to an early termination fee of $206, which was recognized in fiscal 2013.
F-30
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
At the end of 2013, the Company also decided to vacate its adjoining leased space at 130 York Street, Ottawa, Canada. The cease-use date was November 22, 2013 and the Company has recognized a liability on that date in the amount of $237, which represented the fair value of future minimum lease payments, less estimated sublease rentals, which will continue through to June 30, 2016, with no future economic benefit to the Company.
During fiscal 2014, as detailed in Note 14, the Company occupied two new leased facilities at 150 Elgin Street, Ottawa, Canada and 80 Spadina Avenue, Toronto, Canada. As a result, the Company recognized lease incentives totalling $7,585 which are considered in determining the straight-line expense recorded over the lease terms.
The following table represents the details of the Companys lease incentives balance as of December 31.
2013
$ |
2014
$ |
|||||||
Lease incentives: |
||||||||
150 Elgin, Ottawa, ON, Canada |
| 6,507 | ||||||
80 Spadina, Toronto, ON, Canada |
| 1,029 | ||||||
Lease termination liability |
238 | | ||||||
Cease-use liability |
248 | 149 | ||||||
Lease restoration liability |
| 93 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
486 | 7,778 | |||||||
Less: Current portion |
330 | 485 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Long-term portion |
156 | 7,293 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
During fiscal 2014 the Company amortized $386 of its lease incentives as a reduction of rental expense and recognized leasehold improvements in the amount of $93 relating to the Companys lease restoration liability.
13 | Credit Facility |
In 2011, the Company established a revolving line of credit with a financial institution. The credit facility is renewable annually for borrowing of up to $1,500 CAD. The line is collateralised by cash and cash equivalents and its interest rate is tied to the Bank of Canada prime lending rate plus 0.3% (3.3% as of December 31, 2013 and 2014). As of December 31, 2013 the Company had drawn nil under the facility. As of December 31, 2014, $1,050 CAD under the facility was pledged as collateral for letters of credit.
14 | Commitments and Contingencies |
Operating Leases
The Company leases space for its offices. The Companys principal lease is for its head office, which is located at 150 Elgin Street in Ottawa, Canada. This lease covers a twelve-year and ten month period that began on March 1, 2014. The lease includes an option to renew for a further five years. The Company received leasehold incentives in the form of rent-free periods and fit-up allowances. The lease agreement also includes scheduled rent increases that are not dependent on future events and therefore the lease payments are being accounted for on a straight-line basis over the entire term of the lease.
F-31
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
The Company also maintains Canadian office locations in Toronto, Montreal and Kitchener-Waterloo. In the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company entered into a seven-year lease in Toronto that began on January 1, 2014. The lease includes an option to renew for a further five years. The Company received leasehold incentives in the form of rent-free periods and fit-up allowances. The lease agreement also includes scheduled rent increases that are not dependent on future events and therefore the lease payments are being accounted for on a straight-line basis over the entire term of the lease. In Montreal, the Company has entered into a 3.5-year lease that began on October 31, 2013.
In the year ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 rent expense totalled $407, $1,178 and $4,547 respectively.
Amounts of minimum future annual rental payments under non-cancellable operating leases in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows.
Fiscal Year |
Amount
$ |
|||
2015 |
5,044 | |||
2016 |
5,771 | |||
2017 |
7,100 | |||
2018 |
7,109 | |||
2019 |
7,163 | |||
Thereafter |
45,630 | |||
|
|
|||
Total future minimum lease payments |
77,817 | |||
|
|
Sales Taxes
In fiscal 2014, the Company determined that it owed amounts related to sales and use taxes in various states and local jurisdictions and as a result recorded a sales tax liability of $2,182 which has been included in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014. During the first quarter of 2015, the Company commenced the necessary steps to register in applicable states, file voluntary disclosure agreements and begin to charge sales taxes to its merchants.
Litigation and Loss Contingencies
The Company accrues estimates for resolution of legal and other contingencies when losses are probable and estimable. From time to time, the company may become a party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business, including intellectual property claims, labour and employment claims and threatened claims, breach of contract claims, tax and other matters. The Company currently has no material pending litigation. The Company is not aware of any litigation matters or loss contingencies that would be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial position, results of operation, or cash flows
15 | Shareholders Equity |
Common Shares
As of December 31, 2014, the Company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares.
F-32
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
Holders of common shares are entitled to one vote per common share, subject in all cases to the rights of the preferred shares; the right to receive dividends when declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the prior rights of the preferred shares; and upon a liquidation event, all remaining property and assets of the Company after payment to the holders of the preferred shares.
Convertible Preferred Shares
As of December 31, 2014, the Company has issued 27,159,277 convertible preferred shares, of which 13,025,765 are designated Series A, 7,247,070 are designated Series B and 6,886,442 are designated Series C. In October and December 2010 the Company issued 13,025,765 Series A shares for gross proceeds of $5,500 with issuance costs of $154. In September 2011 the Company issued 7,247,070 Series B shares for gross proceeds of $12,000 with issuance costs of $48. In October 2013, the Company issued 3,443,221 Series C shares for gross proceeds of $35,000. Subsequently, in November 2013, the Company issued an additional 3,443,221 Series C shares for gross proceeds of $35,000. The total issuance costs incurred for the Series C financings in fiscal 2013 amounted to $242. The Company has determined, based on the applicable guidance that there are no embedded features present that require separate classification as a liability, and as such the entire value as been recorded in Shareholders Equity.
The holders of convertible preferred shares have the following rights.
Dividends Preference The holders of Series A, Series B, and Series C shares have the right to receive dividends, on a pari passu basis and in preference to any dividends paid to the holders of common shares, at a rate of $0.02956, $0.1159, and $0.71154 per share per annum, respectively, when and as declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends shall not be cumulative. To date, no such dividends have been declared.
Liquidation Preference In the event of the liquidation of the Company, the holders of Series A, Series B, and Series C shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, amounts equal to $0.42224, $1.65584, and $10.1649 per share, respectively (being the original issue price of such shares) plus any dividends then declared but unpaid. A liquidation event means generally: (1) the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company; (2) a reduction of capital; (3) unless a majority of preferred shareholders elect otherwise, an amalgamation, merger, plan of arrangement or consolidation, or the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (4) other distribution of the Companys assets among shareholders by way of repayment of capital.
Conversion Rights The holders of Series A, Series B, and Series C shares may convert their shares into shares of the Companys common shares, on a one-to-one basis, at any time, at their option. The conversion price for each series of preferred shares shall be reduced if additional common shares are issued or deemed issued at a lower price than it was in each series of preferred shares, or shall be adjusted for stock splits and combinations, for certain dividends or distributions, or certain mergers or reorganizations, all subject to customary exceptions. All outstanding Series A, Series B, and Series C shares shall automatically be converted into shares of the Companys common shares upon the closing of an initial public offering of the Companys common shares resulting in gross proceeds payable to the Company of at least $40,000 or at any time upon the approval of a majority of the holders of Series A, Series B, and Series C shares voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis and the approval of holders of a majority of Series C shares voting separately as a single class on an as-converted basis.
Voting Rights The voting rights of the holders of Series A, Series B, and Series C shares are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of common shares into which their preferred shares are convertible as of the record date.
F-33
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
Stock-Split
On April 12, 2013, the Company executed a 5 for 1 stock-split. All references to shares issuances, stock options and per share data have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock-split.
Stock-Based Compensation
In 2008, the Board of Directors adopted and the Companys shareholders approved the Stock Option Plan (the Stock Option Plan). Under the Stock Option Plan, the Board of Directors was authorized to grant options to purchase common shares to both employees and non-employees. The Compensation Committee, or in their absence, the Board of Directors, was given the authority to set the exercise prices of all options granted based upon not less than the fair market value of the common shares of the Company on the date of grant. In October 2010, an amendment was made to the Stock Option Plan to set all future option grants, unless otherwise specified by the Board at the time of grant, on a uniform vesting schedule over four years with 25% vesting after one year and the remainder vesting 1/48 each month thereafter. In April 2013, an amendment was made to the Stock Option Plan to provide that the term of the options shall be exercisable until the tenth anniversary of their grant date. In December 2013 the Board of Directors approved a modification to the Stock Option Plan which allows for uniform vesting at 1/48 each month starting immediately in the first month after an option grant for any grant issued to employees subsequent to their initial grant. At that time, the Board of Directors also approved a modification that changed the initial vesting commencement date from three months following the employment or engagement start date to the actual employment or engagement start date.
In December 2014, the Board of Directors passed a resolution increasing the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Stock Option Plan by 2,525,262. Therefore, as of December 31, 2014, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the stock option plan was 18,216,207.
A summary of option activity under the Stock Option Plan is as follows.
Quantity of
options |
Weighted
average price $ |
|||||||
Options outstanding December 31, 2011 |
9,374,210 | 0.15 | ||||||
Granted |
3,423,755 | 0.36 | ||||||
Exercised |
(335,000 | ) | 0.17 | |||||
Forfeited |
(477,500 | ) | 0.15 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Options outstanding December 31, 2012 |
11,985,465 | 0.21 | ||||||
Granted |
2,961,250 | 0.94 | ||||||
Exercised |
(1,658,197 | ) | 0.18 | |||||
Forfeited |
(550,625 | ) | 0.33 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Options outstanding December 31, 2013 |
12,737,893 | 0.38 | ||||||
Granted |
2,985,495 | 5.28 | ||||||
Exercised |
(305,649 | ) | 0.46 | |||||
Forfeited |
(386,351 | ) | 1.40 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Options outstanding December 31, 2014 |
15,031,388 | 1.32 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
The 3,423,755 options granted during the year ended December 31, 2012 were determined to have a weighted average grant date fair value of $0.19. The 2,961,250 options granted during the year ended
F-34
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
December 31, 2013 were determined to have a weighted average grant date fair value of $3.11. The 2,985,495 options granted during the year ended December 31, 2014 were determined to have a weighted average grant date fair value of $5.63.
Additional information regarding options outstanding as of December 31, 2014 is as follows.
Options Outstanding | Options Exercisable | |||||||||||||||||||
Exercise Price |
Quantity of
Options |
Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual Life (years) |
Weighted
Average Exercise Price |
Quantity of
Options |
Weighted
Average Exercise Price |
|||||||||||||||
CAD 0.12 |
1,996,859 | 3.70 | CAD 0.12 | 1,996,859 | CAD 0.12 | |||||||||||||||
CAD 0.16 |
2,109,288 | 5.60 | CAD 0.16 | 2,103,038 | CAD 0.16 | |||||||||||||||
$0.15 |
2,598,125 | 6.50 | $ | 0.15 | 2,211,884 | $ | 0.15 | |||||||||||||
$0.36 |
2,953,871 | 7.52 | $ | 0.36 | 1,810,824 | $ | 0.36 | |||||||||||||
$0.74 |
2,245,000 | 8.52 | $ | 0.74 | 825,101 | $ | 0.74 | |||||||||||||
$3.16 |
209,250 | 8.97 | $ | 3.16 | 63,548 | $ | 3.16 | |||||||||||||
$3.77 |
538,250 | 9.25 | $ | 3.77 | 94,379 | $ | 3.77 | |||||||||||||
$4.22 |
446,250 | 9.49 | $ | 4.22 | 13,625 | $ | 4.22 | |||||||||||||
$5.17 |
409,000 | 9.75 | $ | 5.17 | 1,458 | $ | 5.17 | |||||||||||||
$6.22 |
1,525,495 | 9.96 | $ | 6.22 | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
15,031,388 | 7.16 | $ | 1.32 | 9,120,716 | $ | 0.30 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 was $65, $10,591, and $1,231. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options vested and expected to vest, as of December 31, 2013, and 2014 was $21,045 and $73,642 respectively.
As of December 31, 2013, and 2014, there was $7,972 and $16,574, respectively, of remaining unamortized compensation cost related to unvested stock options granted to the Companys employees. This cost will be recognized over an estimated weighted-average remaining period of 3.24 years. Total unamortized compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures.
The Company determines it share-based compensation as follows.
Valuation and Amortization Method The Black-Scholes single option approach is used, which determines a single value for each grant; in addition, the Companys policy is to amortize that value over the vesting term on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures. Assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option model include the expected: share value, term, volatility, risk-free interest rate, and dividend yield. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent managements best estimate. These estimates involve uncertainties and the application of managements judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our share-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.
Fair Value of Common Shares The value of the Companys shares is determined by its board of directors. Valuations of the Companys shares were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountant Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.
Expected Term As the Company does not have sufficient history of exercises to be able to rely upon the resulting data, it has elected to use the simplified method to compute the expected term by taking the average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the awards.
F-35
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
Expected Volatility The Company estimates volatility for option grants by evaluating the average historical volatility of peer group companies for the period immediately preceding the option grant.
Risk-Free Interest Rate The Company bases the risk-free interest rate that it uses in the option-pricing model on United States Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.
Expected Dividend The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and, therefore, uses an expected dividend yield of zero in the option-pricing model.
The Company used the following weighted-average assumptions to determine stock-based compensation expense.
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | ||||||||||
Expected volatility |
55.0 | % | 73.9 | % | 62.4 | % | ||||||
Risk free interest rate |
1.09 | % | 1.67 | % | 1.82 | % | ||||||
Dividend yield |
Nil | Nil | Nil | |||||||||
Average expected life |
6.04 | 6.06 | 5.73 | |||||||||
Fair value of common shares |
$ | 0.36 | $ | 3.64 | $ | 8.40 |
The following table illustrates the classification of share-based compensation in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, which includes both stock-based compensation and restricted share-based compensation expense.
2012
$ |
2013
$ |
2014
$ |
||||||||||
Cost of revenues |
11 | 113 | 259 | |||||||||
Sales and marketing |
66 | 354 | 696 | |||||||||
Research and development |
282 | 1,152 | 2,776 | |||||||||
General and administrative |
49 | 147 | 712 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
408 | 1,766 | 4,443 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company capitalized nil, $26, and $79 of stock-based compensation as software development costs in fiscal 2012, 2013, and 2014.
16 | Earnings Per Share |
The following table summarizes the reconciliation of the basic weighted average number of shares outstanding and the diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding.
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | ||||||||||
Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding |
36,155,333 | 37,248,710 | 38,940,252 | |||||||||
The following items have been excluded from the diluted weighted average number of shares because they are antidilutive: |
||||||||||||
Stock options |
11,985,465 | 12,737,893 | 15,031,388 | |||||||||
Restricted shares |
655,285 | 589,990 | 148,314 | |||||||||
Convertible preferred shares |
20,272,835 | 27,159,277 | 27,159,277 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total excluded |
32,913,585 | 40,487,160 | 42,338,979 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-36
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
In the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, the Company was in a loss position and therefore diluted loss per share is equal to basic loss per share.
In connection with the consummation of the initial public offering (IPO) contemplated by the Company, we have presented unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per Class A subordinate voting share and Class B multiple voting share, which has been calculated assuming the creation of such classes of shares and the conversion of all series of the Companys convertible preferred shares (using the as-if converted method) into Class B multiple voting shares as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the year. The Company applied the two-class method to calculate its basic and diluted net loss per share as both classes of its voting shares are participating securities with equal participation rights and are entitled to receive dividends on a share for share basis equally.
The following table sets forth the computation of the Companys unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per Class A and Class B voting shares for the year ended December 31, 2014 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
Year Ended
December 31, 2014 |
||||
(unaudited) | ||||
Net loss |
$ | (22,311 | ) | |
|
|
|||
Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to Class A and Class B voting shares, basic and diluted |
38,940,252 | |||
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred shares |
27,159,277 | |||
|
|
|||
Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per Class A and Class B voting shares, basic and diluted |
66,099,529 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma net loss per Class A and Class B voting shares, basic and diluted |
$ | (0.34 | ) | |
|
|
17 | Income Taxes |
The reconciliation of the expected provision for income tax recovery/expense to the actual provision for income tax recovery/expense reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 is as follows.
2012
$ |
2013
$ |
2014
$ |
||||||||||
Loss before income taxes |
(1,232 | ) | (4,837 | ) | (22,311 | ) | ||||||
Expected income tax recovery at Canadian statutory income tax rate of 26.51% (201226.51%; 201326.51%) |
(327 | ) | (1,282 | ) | (5,915 | ) | ||||||
Permanent differences |
119 | 435 | 1,203 | |||||||||
Effect of change in tax rates |
(69 | ) | (163 | ) | | |||||||
Utilization of tax credits |
(30 | ) | (93 | ) | | |||||||
Foreign rate differential |
| (2 | ) | (3 | ) | |||||||
Other |
| | (43 | ) | ||||||||
Increase in valuation allowance |
307 | 1,105 | 4,758 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Provision for income tax (recovery) expense |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, the reported loss before income taxes includes foreign income of nil, a foreign loss of $14, and foreign income of $14, respectively.
F-37
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
The significant components of the Companys future income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follows.
2013
$ |
2014
$ |
|||||||
Deferred tax assets |
||||||||
Temporary differences on capital and intangible assets |
233 | 606 | ||||||
Tax loss carryforwards |
165 | 3,415 | ||||||
SR&ED expenditure carryforwards |
1,074 | 974 | ||||||
Share issue costs |
51 | 39 | ||||||
Investment tax credits |
564 | 497 | ||||||
Lease accruals and other provisions |
257 | 1,664 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total deferred tax assets |
2,344 | 7,195 | ||||||
Valuation allowance |
(1,820 | ) | (6,578 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total deferred tax asset |
524 | 617 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
||||||||
Capitalized software development costs |
(174 | ) | (380 | ) | ||||
Investment tax credits used or refunded |
(350 | ) | (237 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
(524 | ) | (617 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net deferred tax asset |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
The Company has determined that it is not more likely than not that it will realize any of its deferred tax assets, and therefore a full valuation allowance has been established against the net deferred tax assets.
The Company does not have any unrecognized tax benefits.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense. In the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, there was no interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.
The Company files Canadian and U.S. federal and state income tax returns. The Company is not currently under audit by any jurisdiction. The Company remains subject to audit by the relevant tax authorities for the years ended 2009 through 2014.
F-38
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
The Company estimates SR&ED expenditures and claims investment tax credits for income tax purposes based on managements interpretation of the applicable legislation in the Income Tax Act (the Act) and related provincial legislation. These claims are subject to audit by the tax authorities. In the opinion of management, the treatment of research and development expenditures for income tax purposes is appropriate. Any difference between recorded refundable tax credits and amounts ultimately received is recorded when the amount becomes known. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company had unused non-capital tax losses of approximately $504 and $13,475 respectively, a SR&ED expenditure pool totaling $4,053 and $3,673 respectively, and investment tax credits of $639 and $532 respectively, that are due to expire as follows.
SR&ED
expenditures $ |
Investment
tax credits $ |
Non-capital
losses $ |
||||||||||
2030 |
| | 10 | |||||||||
2031 |
| 45 | 141 | |||||||||
2032 |
| 117 | 262 | |||||||||
2033 |
| 266 | 40 | |||||||||
2034 |
| 104 | 12,419 | |||||||||
Indefinite |
3,673 | | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
3,673 | 532 | 12,872 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
18 | Supplemental Cash Flow Information Items |
The following table presents the changes in non-cash working capital items.
2012
$ |
2013
$ |
2014
$ |
||||||||||
Trade and other receivables |
(635 | ) | (1,196 | ) | (3,930 | ) | ||||||
Other current assets |
(213 | ) | (725 | ) | (414 | ) | ||||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
1,289 | 2,314 | 6,010 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
441 | 393 | 1,666 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, nil and $853 of acquired property and equipment remained unpaid and in accounts payable. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, nil and $250 of acquired intangible assets remained unpaid and in accounts payable. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 the Company capitalized nil, $26, and $79 respectively, of stock-based compensation as software development costs. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, the Company had $152, $404, and nil non-cash acquisitions of businesses respectively.
F-39
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
19 | Geographical Information |
The following table presents total revenues by geographic location, based on the location of the Companys merchants.
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount
$ |
% |
Amount
$ |
% |
Amount
$ |
% | |||||||||||||||||||
Canada |
1,853 | 7.8 | 4,101 | 8.2 | 7,729 | 7.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
United States |
15,113 | 63.7 | 31,743 | 63.2 | 72,149 | 68.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
2,154 | 9.1 | 4,517 | 9.0 | 7,912 | 7.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Australia |
1,810 | 7.6 | 3,807 | 7.6 | 6,420 | 6.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Rest of World |
2,783 | 11.8 | 6,084 | 12.0 | 10,808 | 10.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
23,713 | 100.0 | 50,252 | 100.0 | 105,018 | 100.0 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table presents the total net book value the Companys long-lived assets by geographic location.
2013 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
Amount
$ |
% |
Amount
$ |
% | |||||||||||||
Canada |
6,072 | 78.0 | 22,249 | 83.0 | ||||||||||||
United States |
1,715 | 22.0 | 4,560 | 17.0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
7,787 | 100.0 | 26,809 | 100.0 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 | Acquisitions |
2013 Acquisition
On July 31, 2013 the Company acquired 100% of the shares of two companies which were commonly owned, Jet Cooper Ltd., a design studio focused on user experience and website design, and Atatomic Inc., a firm of mobile application developers, in a combined purchase transaction for total consideration on closing of $1,232, consisting of cash in the amount of $828 and 96,479 common shares with a fair value of $404 determined at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the common shares was determined by the Company using an independent valuation report prepared based upon input, feedback and review by the Companys management, in combination with market data on the acquisition date.
The acquisition established an escrow agreement upon which cash of C$468 was restricted and 289,435 shares were transferred to an escrow agent. The restrictions on the cash were lifted on July 31, 2014. The restricted shares vest evenly, on a month-by-month basis over a three-year period ending on July 31, 2016. Both the cash payment and restricted shares are contingent on the sellers continued employment and are therefore considered post business combination services and are accounted for as compensation expense and not part of purchase accounting. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, C$201 and C$280 of the restricted cash was released from escrow and 40,200 shares with a fair value of $168 and 118,301 restricted shares with a fair value of $493 respectively were earned and have been recognized as compensation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The total purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair value at July 31, 2013. The tangible assets acquired included $79 of property and equipment and $111 of
F-40
SHOPIFY INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Expressed in US $000s, except share amounts
contacts assets. The liabilities assumed included contingent consideration of $111 and trade payables of $389. The excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill in the amount of $1,542. Management determined that the goodwill generated from the acquisition was primarily attributable to the assembled workforce and is not deductible for tax purposes.
2012 Acquisition
On January 31, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Select Start Studios Inc. (S3), a firm of mobile application developers, for consideration on closing consisting of cash in the amount of $874 and 314,510 common shares with a fair value of $152 determined at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the common shares was determined by the Company using an independent valuation report prepared based upon input, feedback and review by the Companys management in combination with market data on the acquisition date.
As part of the agreement to acquire S3, the Company entered into a compensation arrangement with the former owners of S3 whereby additional cash payments of C$1,096 were to be earned on a monthly basis over a period of three years after the acquisition date. These cash payments of C$335, C$366 and C$366 in 2012, 2013 and 2014 respectively, have been recognized as compensation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. This arrangement also entitled the former owners to earn 943,610 common shares with a fair value of $456. These common shares vest monthly and are released from escrow, in accordance with the vesting agreement over a period of three years subsequent to the acquisition date. During 2012, 288,325 common shares with a value of $140 were earned, during 2013, 314,530 common shares with a value of $152 were earned, and during 2014 323,375 common shares with a value of $157 were earned. These amounts have been recognized as compensation expense in the Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations. This additional consideration of cash and common stock was accounted for as post-acquisition consideration and was not included in the purchase price of the acquisition.
21 | Comparative Figures |
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified in order to conform to the current year presentation.
22 | Subsequent Events |
The Company has evaluated subsequent events for financial statement purposes occurring through April 14, 2015, the date that these financial statements were available to be issued.
In March 2015, the Company entered into a credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank, which provides for a $25,000 revolving line of credit bearing interest at the U.S. prime rate, as established by the Wall Street Journal plus or minus 25 basis points per annum. The credit facility is collateralized by substantially all of the Companys assets, including the stock of its subsidiaries, but excluding the Companys intellectual property, which is subject to a negative pledge, and has a maturity date of March 11, 2016.
In March 2015, the Company granted 435,750 stock options with an exercise price of $10.72.
In March 2015, the Company entered into a new lease agreement for its space in Montreal, Canada with minimum future annual rental payments under a non-cancellable operating lease for $174 in 2015, $704 in 2016, $1,064 in 2017, $1,064 in 2018, $1,064 in 2019 and $7,204 thereafter.
F-41
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 6. Indemnification of Office Holders (Including Directors).
Under the CBCA, we may indemnify our current or former directors or officers or another individual who acts or acted at our request as a director or officer, or an individual acting in a similar capacity, of another entity, against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by the individual in respect of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding in which the individual is involved because of his or her association with us or another entity. The CBCA also provides that we may advance moneys to a director, officer or other individual for costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with such a proceeding; provided that such individual shall repay the moneys if the individual does not fulfill the conditions described below.
However, indemnification is prohibited under the CBCA unless the individual:
| acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests, or the best interests of the other entity for which the individual acted as director or officer or in a similar capacity at our request; and |
| in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the individual had reasonable grounds for believing that his or her conduct was lawful. |
Our by-laws require us to indemnify each of our current or former directors or officers and each individual who acts or acted at our request as a director or officer, or an individual acting in a similar capacity, of another entity, against all costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by the individual in respect of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding in which the individual is involved because of his or her association with us or another entity.
Our by-laws authorize us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of each of our current or former directors or officers and each person who acts or acted at our request as a director or officer, or an individual acting in a similar capacity, of another entity.
We have entered into indemnity agreements with our directors and certain officers which provide, among other things, that we will indemnify him or her to the fullest extent permitted by law from and against all liabilities, costs, charges and expenses incurred as a result of his or her actions in the exercise of his or her duties as a director or officer.
At present, we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents in which indemnification would be required or permitted.
The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of our officers and directors by the underwriters against certain liabilities.
Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Set forth below is information regarding all securities issued by Shopify without registration under the Securities Act since January 1, 2012. The information presented below does not give effect to our corporate reorganization as described in the prospectus forming part of this registration statement.
II-1
Common Share Issuances
| On January 31, 2012, Shopify issued 1,258,120 common shares in connection with the acquisition of Select Start Studios Inc. at a value of $2.1232 per common share. These shares were issued in an offshore transaction in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Regulation S under the Securities Act. |
| On July 31, 2013, Shopify issued 385,914 common shares in connection with the acquisition of Jet Cooper Ltd. and Atatomic Inc. at a value of $4.18 per common share. These shares were issued in an offshore transaction in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Regulation S under the Securities Act. |
| Since January 1, 2012, Shopify has granted to its employees, consultants and advisors options to purchase an aggregate of 9,806,250 common shares under its equity compensation plans at exercise prices ranging from $0.36 to $10.72 per share. The options were either issued in an offshore transaction pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act or pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation. |
| Since January 1, 2012, Shopify has issued and sold to its employees, consultants and advisors an aggregate of 2,414,392 common shares in connection with the exercise of options granted under its equity compensation plans, at exercise prices ranging from $0.12 to $5.17 per share. The shares were either issued in an offshore transaction pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act or pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation. |
Preferred Share Issuances
| On October 22, 2013, Shopify issued an aggregate of 3,443,221 Series C Preferred Shares for $10.1649 per share in connection with its Series C financing for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $35.0 million. The shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transaction did not involve a public offering. |
| On November 26, 2013, Shopify issued an aggregate of 3,443,221 Series C Preferred Shares for $10.1649 per share in connection with its Series C financing for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $35.0 million. The shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transaction did not involve a public offering. |
None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.
Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
The exhibits listed in the exhibits index, appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement, have been filed as part of this Registration Statement.
All schedules have been omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is otherwise set forth in the financial statements and related notes thereto.
Item 9. Undertakings.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6 hereof, or
II-2
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
| To provide the underwriters specified in the underwriting agreement, at the closing, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser. |
| That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. |
| That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-3
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on April 14, 2015.
SHOPIFY INC. | ||
By: | /s/ Tobias Lütke | |
Name: Tobias Lütke | ||
Title: Chief Executive Officer |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Tobias Lütke and Russell Jones as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and to sign any related registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each action alone, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signatures |
Title |
Date |
||
/s/ Tobias Lütke Tobias Lütke |
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
|
April 14, 2015 | ||
/s/ Russell Jones Russell Jones |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
|
April 14, 2015 | ||
/s/ Robert Ashe Robert Ashe |
Director |
April 14, 2015 |
||
/s/ Steven Collins Steven Collins |
Director |
April 14, 2015 |
||
/s/ Jeremy Levine Jeremy Levine |
Director | April 14, 2015 | ||
/s/ Trevor Oelschig Trevor Oelschig |
Director | April 14, 2015 | ||
/s/ John Phillips John Phillips |
Director | April 14, 2015 |
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned certifies that it is the duly authorized United States representative of the registrant and has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form F-1 to be signed by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Ottawa, Ontario, on April 14, 2015.
Shopify Payments (USA) Inc.
(Authorized Representative in the United States)
By: | /s/ Tobias Lütke | |
Name: Tobias Lütke |
||
Title: President and Secretary |
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No. |
Description |
|
1.1* | Form of Underwriting Agreement. | |
3.1* | Form of Articles of Amendment of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of the offering. | |
3.2* | Form of By-laws of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of the offering. | |
4.1* | Specimen Class A subordinate voting share certificate. | |
4.2* | Specimen Class B multiple voting share certificate. | |
5.1 | Form of Opinion of Stikeman Elliott LLP. | |
10.1* | Third Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement. | |
10.2 | Employment Agreement, dated October 15, 2010, between Shopify Inc. and Tobias Lütke. | |
10.3 | Employment Agreement, dated March 7, 2011, between Shopify Inc. and Russell Jones. | |
10.4 | Employment Agreement, dated July 5, 2011, between Shopify Inc. and Craig Miller. | |
10.5 | Employment Agreement, dated December 9, 2010, between Shopify Inc. and Harley Finkelstein. | |
10.6 | Employment Agreement, dated December 9, 2010, between Shopify Inc. and Daniel Weinand. | |
10.7 | Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors. | |
10.8* | Stock Option Plan. | |
10.9* | Fourth Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan. | |
10.10* | Long Term Incentive Plan. | |
10.11 |
Payment Services Provider Agreement, dated July 22, 2013, between Stripe, Inc. and Shopify Payments (USA) Inc. |
|
10.12 | Addendum to Payment Services Provider Agreement for Canada, dated July 22, 2013, among Stripe, Inc., Shopify Payments (USA) Inc. and Shopify Payments (Canada) Inc. | |
10.13 | Lease of Office Space Multi-Tenant Office Building, dated as of February 28, 2014, between Morguard Performance Court Limited and Shopify Inc. | |
10.14 | Lease Amendment Agreement, dated August 25, 2014, between Morguard Performance Court Limited and Shopify Inc. | |
10.15 | Second Lease Amendment Agreement, dated February 13, 2015, between Morguard Performance Court Limited and Shopify Inc. | |
10.16 | Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 12, 2015, between Silicon Valley Bank and Shopify Inc. | |
21.1 | Subsidiaries of the Registrant. | |
23.1 | Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. | |
23.3 | Form of Consent of Stikeman Elliott (included in Exhibit 5.1). | |
24.1 | Powers of Attorney (contained on the signature pages of this Registration Statement) |
* | To be filed by amendment. |
| Registrant has omitted portions of the referenced exhibit pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act. |
Exhibit 5.1
[Stikeman Elliott LLP Letterhead]
[ ], 2015
SHOPIFY INC.
150 Elgin Street, Suite 800,
Ottawa, Ontario,
Canada, K2P 1L4
Re: | Shopify Inc. |
Registration Statement on Form F-1 |
We have acted as Canadian counsel to Shopify Inc., a corporation incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act (the Corporation ), in connection with the registration pursuant to a registration statement, as amended (the Registration Statement ), filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission ) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 , as amended (the Securities Act ), relating to the initial public offering of up to [ ] Class A Subordinate Voting Shares of the Corporation (the Shares ) which will be issued and sold by the Corporation (including up to [ ] Shares issuable upon exercise of an over-allotment option granted by the Corporation). We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Corporation and the underwriters (the Underwriting Agreement ).
This opinion is being delivered in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act.
We have examined the Registration Statement and, for the purposes of this opinion, we have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of and relied upon the following documents (collectively, the Corporate Documents ):
(a) | the certificate of incorporation and articles of the Corporation; |
(b) | the by-laws of the Corporation; |
(c) | certain resolutions of the Corporations directors; |
(d) | a certificate of compliance dated [ ], 2015 issued by Industry Canada with respect to the Corporation; and |
(e) | a certificate of an officer of the Corporation (the Officers Certificate ). |
We also have reviewed such other documents, and have considered such questions of law, as we have deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for our opinion.
2
With respect to the accuracy of factual matters material to this opinion, we have relied upon the Corporate Documents.
In examining all documents and in providing our opinion we have assumed that all individuals had the requisite legal capacity, all signatures are genuine, all documents submitted to us as originals are complete and authentic and all photostatic, certified, telecopied, notarial or other copies conform to the originals.
We are qualified to carry on the practice of law in the Province of Ontario and we express no opinion as to any laws, or matters governed by any laws, other than the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.
Based and relying upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that the Shares to be issued and sold by the Corporation have been duly authorized and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption Legal Matters in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.
Yours very truly,
Exhibit 10.2
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated the 15 th day of October, 2010, between Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc. (the Company ) and Tobias Lütke (the Employee ).
The Company and the Employee desire to enter into this employment agreement (the Agreement ) to set forth the definitive terms and conditions of the employment of the Employee at the position of President and Chief Executive Officer.
In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements contained herein (the receipt and adequacy of which are acknowledged), the parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION
ARTICLE 1.1 Definitions.
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
Business shall mean the e-commerce platform software business carried on by the Company.
Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, statutory holiday or other day on which banks are generally closed in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada.
Cause shall mean any act or omission of the Employee that would in law permit an employer to, without notice or payment in lieu of notice, terminate the employment of an employee.
Effective Date shall mean the date hereof.
Position means the Employees position within the Company as set out in Section 2.1 below.
Stock Option Plan means any stock option plan which may be adopted by the Board of Directors, as amended from time to time, providing, among others, employees of the Company with the opportunity through stock options to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.
ARTICLE 1.2 Entire Agreement.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supercedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties hereto and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements between the parties in connection
with the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall supercede any agreement among the Company and its shareholders relating to the ownership, restrictions on transfer, and other rights relating to the ownership of shares in the capital of the Company. For greater certainty, any and all existing agreements between the Company and the Employee in respect of the Employees employment with or provision of services to the Company, are terminated, replaced and superceded by this Agreement
ARTICLE 1.3 Extended Meanings.
In this Agreement, words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender shall include all genders.
ARTICLE 1.4 Headings.
The division of this Agreement into articles and sections and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 1.5 References.
References to a specific article or section shall be construed as references to that specified article or section of this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires.
ARTICLE 1.6 Business Day.
Whenever any payment to be made or action to be taken under this Agreement is required to be made or taken on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made or action taken on the next Business Day following.
ARTICLE 1.7 Currency.
All dollar amounts referred to in this Agreement are in Canadian funds.
ARTICLE 2
EMPLOYMENT
ARTICLE 2.1 Employment.
The Company hereby acknowledges the employment of the Employee, and the Employee acknowledges acceptance of employment in the Position of President and Chief Executive Officer, on the terms and conditions contained herein as of and with effect from the Effective Date. During the term of this Agreement, the Employee shall report to the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board of Directors). The Employee acknowledges that the duties of the Employee set out in Section 2.3 herein, may be reasonably amended or added to by the Company from time to time.
2
ARTICLE 2.2 Term and Termination.
This Agreement and the Employees employment hereunder shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue for an indefinite period, subject to termination in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 2.3 Duties.
During the term of this Agreement, the Employee shall:
(a) | well and faithfully serve the Company and carry out those responsibilities as are necessary or incidental to perform the functions associated with the Position, as well as such other duties assigned to the Employee pursuant to Section 2.1 above; |
(b) | devote his full time, skill, experience and attention to carry out the responsibilities consistent with the Position; and |
(c) | not incur any debt, liability or obligation, or enter into any contract or agreement for, or on behalf of, or in the name of the Company except in the ordinary course of business unless duly authorized by the Company. |
ARTICLE 2.4 Remuneration.
As compensation for the performance by the Employee of his duties hereunder:
(a) | Commencing on the Effective Date, the Employees base salary (the Base Salary ,) shall be Cdn$170,000 per annum, payable in equal bi-weekly instalments in arrears, less those deductions, withholdings or contributions which are required by law. The salary will be reviewed annually by the Board of Directors. |
(b) | The Employee holds options to purchase 168,546 common shares in the capital of the Corporation. Employee, at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors (or the compensation committee thereof), may be granted, pursuant to the Stock Option Plan, additional stock options on such terms as shall be determined by the Board of Directors (or compensation committee thereof). Notwithstanding the Stock Option Plan or any other agreement relating to stock options of the Company, and effective both before and after the Termination Date, any unexpired and unvested stock options held by the Employee shall vest immediately upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as such term is defined in the Stock Option Plan). |
(c) | The Employee, at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors (or the compensation committee thereof), may also participate in any other commission, bonus, profit sharing or equity programs in place from time to time for the benefit of the employee and/or senior executives of the Company. |
3
(d) | The Employee shall be entitled to participate in all of the benefit plans for executives of the Company in effect from time to time, including medical, dental, and group life and disability benefit plans, as of and with effect from the Effective Date. |
ARTICLE 2.5 Vacation.
During each year of this Agreement, the Employee shall be entitled to a paid vacation totalling up to four (4) weeks, of which no more than three (3) consecutive weeks can be taken any given time without prior approval of the Board of Directors. No more than two (2) weeks of vacation may be carried forward to the following year.
ARTICLE 2.6 Expenses.
The Company shall reimburse the Employee for all out-of-pocket expenses reasonably and properly incurred by the Employee in connection with his duties hereunder, provided that the Employee shall first furnish to the Company statements and vouchers for all such reasonable expenses.
ARTICLE 3
TERMINATION
ARTICLE 3.1 Termination.
The employment of the Employee hereunder may be terminated by either the Company or the Employee, as the case may be, exercised by notice in writing at any time upon the happening of any of the following events, in which event the Employees employment shall terminate upon the date specified in such notice ( Termination Date ):
(a) | by the Company for Cause, without advance notice or payment in lieu thereof; |
(b) | by the Company, without Cause, by providing to the Employee: |
(i) | either: |
(A) | advance notice representing the Applicable Notice Period; or |
(B) | a lump sum representing the Base Salary payable to the Employee during the Applicable Notice Period payable as of the Termination Date; |
Where, for purposes hereof, Applicable Notice Period means a period of twelve (12) months plus one (1) additional month for each complete calendar year of service performed by the Employee pursuant hereto, with the first such complete calendar year of service hereunder ending September 30, 2011, and each subsequent complete calendar year of service ending on each subsequent anniversary of such date unless this
4
Agreement is otherwise terminated in accordance herewith, up to a maximum Applicable Notice Period of eighteen (18) months;
(ii) | the value of the unused accrued vacation leave with pay; |
(iii) | to the extent permitted under the terms of the Companys benefits plans, continuation of existing benefit coverage for the Applicable Notice Period; and |
(iv) | all eligible bonuses and commissions, payable in accordance with such commissions plans or policies determined in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof; or |
(c) | by the Employee, by delivering eight (8) weeks written prior notice of his resignation to the Company, provided that anytime after receipt of a termination notice delivered by the Employee, the Company may inform the Employee that he is no longer required to actively attend at the Companys offices, |
provided that this Agreement shall automatically terminate without notice of any kind whatsoever upon the death of the Employee. The payments referred to in paragraph (b) above are inclusive of all termination notice or severance pay requirements of the Employment Standards Act, 2000 (Ontario) (the ESA ). To the extent that the payments referred to in paragraph (b) above are less than the minimum payments required by the ESA in respect of a termination without Cause, the Company shall make such additional payments as may be necessary to meet such minimums.
The Company may deduct from any payment due to the employee under this Section 3.1, any amount then owed by the Employee to the Company, and this Agreement shall be the Employees written authorization for the Company to do so. It is agreed that the payment by the Company of any balance owing to the Employee following any such deduction shall be in full satisfaction of all obligations of the Company under this Section 3.1.
The Employee agrees that if the Employee is unable, due to any reason beyond the control of the Employee or the Company, to perform the Employees duties as an employee of the Company for a period in excess of ninety (90) consecutive business days and, for reasonable business purposes, the Company appoints a person to the position held by the Employee at the time of his said inability, then, when and if the Employee informs the Company that he is able to return to perform his duties as an employee of the Company, provided that the return to work occurs before the expiration of a period of twenty-six (26) weeks following the date of the beginning of the absence, the Company will make all reasonable commercial efforts to provide the Employee with as comparable a position as is available at that time at a base remuneration of not less than the Employees base salary at the time of his said inability, and other remuneration comparable to the Employees variable compensation at the time of the
5
onset of said inability. If the Company, in good faith, complies with its obligations hereunder and the Employee refuses the position offered, such refusal shall be deemed for all purposes to be a resignation of employment.
ARTICLE 3.2 Release.
Each of the Company and the Employee confirm that the provisions of section 3.1(b) are reasonable and the total amount payable as outlined therein is an amount which has been agreed between them to be payable hereunder and is a reasonable estimate of the damages which will be suffered by the Employee in the event of a termination without Cause and shall not be construed as a penalty. The Employee agrees to accept the payment provided for in section 3.l(b) in full satisfaction of any and all claims he has or may have against the Company in respect of his employment with the Company and the termination thereof, and the Employee agrees that any payment referred to in section 3.l(b) (to the extent applicable thereto, only to the extent such amounts are over and above the minimum payments required by the ESA) shall be conditional upon the Employee delivering a full and final release of all claims in favour of the Company.
ARTICLE 4
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Section 4.1 Company Information .
The Employee shall at all times during the term of his employment and thereafter hold in strictest confidence, and shall not use, except as required in connection with the Employees work for the Company, or disclose to any person, firm or corporation, without the written authorization of an officer of the Company, any trade secrets, confidential knowledge, data or other proprietary information of the Company. By way of illustration and not limitation, such shall include information relating to products, processes, know-how, designs, formulas, source code, object code, programs, methods, samples, developmental or experimental work, improvements, discoveries, plans for research, new products, marketing and selling, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, suppliers and customers, and information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company. The Employee must obtain the Companys written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal or otherwise) that relates to his work at the Company and/or incorporates any confidential or proprietary information of the Company.
Section 4.2 Former Employer Information.
The Employee will not, during his employment with the Company, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of his former or concurrent
6
employers or companies, if any, and the Employee will not bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished documents or any property belonging to his former or concurrent employers or companies unless consented to in writing by said employers or companies. The Employee will use in the performance of his duties only information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to that of the Employee, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company.
Section 4.3 Third Party Information.
The Employee recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive confidential or proprietary information from third parties subject to a duty on the Companys part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and, in some cases, to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Employee agrees that he owes the Company and such third parties, bother during the term of his employment and thereafter, a duty to hold and will so hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation (except in a manner that is consistent with the Companys agreement with the third party) or use it for the benefit of anyone other than the Company or such third party (consistent with the Companys agreement with the third party), unless expressly authorized to act otherwise by an officer of the Company.
Section 4.4 Inventions and Original Works Assigned to the Company.
The Employee will make prompt written disclosure to the Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and hereby assigns to the Company all of the Employees rights, title and interest in and to any ideas, inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets relating to the business of the Company which the Employee may solely or jointly conceive or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or reduced to practice, during the period of and in the course of the Employees employment with the Company.
The Employee recognizes that this Agreement does not require assignment of any invention which he has developed entirely on the Employees own time without using the Companys trade secret information except for those inventions that either:
(a) | relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the Companys business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company; or, |
(b) | result from any work performed by the Employee for the Company. |
The Employee acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by the Employee (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of his employment and which are protectable by copyright are works made in the course of employment within the
7
meaning of the Copyright Act of Canada (Section 13(3)) or are works made for hire, as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101) and belong to the Company. The Employee hereby further waives any moral rights he may otherwise claim on such works of authorship and copyright.
Section 4.5 Obtaining Patent, Copyright Registrations and Other Protections.
The Employee will assist the Company in every proper way to obtain and enforce Canadian, United States and foreign proprietary rights relating to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets of the Company in any and all countries. To that end, the Employee will execute, verify and deliver such documents and perform such other acts (including appearing as a witness) as the Company may reasonably request for use in applying for, obtaining, evidencing, sustaining and enforcing or to perfect such proprietary rights and the assignment thereof. In addition, the Employee will execute, verify and deliver assignments of such proprietary rights to the Company or its designee. The Employees obligation to assist the Company with respect to proprietary rights in any and all countries shall continue beyond the cessation for any reason whatsoever of his employment, but the Company shall compensate the Employee at a reasonable rate after his employment ceases for the time actually spent by the Employee at the Companys request on such assistance.
In the event the Company is unable for any reason, after reasonable effort, to secure the Employees signature on any document needed in connection with the actions specified in the preceding paragraph of this Section 4.5, the Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its officers and agents as his agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and in his behalf to execute, verify and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the preceding paragraph with the same legal force and effect as if executed by the Employee. The Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to the Company any and all claims of any nature whatsoever which the Employee now or may hereafter has for infringement of any proprietary rights assigned to the Company.
Section 4.6 Obligation to Keep the Company Informed.
In addition to the Employees obligations under sections 4.4 and 4.5 above, during the period of the Employees employment and for six (6) months after cessation of the Employees employment for any reason whatsoever, the Employee will promptly disclose to the Company fully and in writing all patent applications filed by the Employee or on his behalf. At the time of each such disclosure, the Employee will advise the Company in writing of any inventions that the Employee believes are not inventions and original works assigned to the Company and the Employee will at that time provide to the Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief. The Employee understands that the Company will keep in confidence and will not disclose to third parties without the Employees consent any proprietary information disclosed in writing to the Company pursuant to this Agreement relating to inventions that are not inventions and original works assigned to the Company.
8
The Employee will preserve the confidentiality of any invention that is an invention and original work assigned to the Company. The Employee agrees to keep and maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and in any other form that may be required by the Company) of all proprietary information developed by the Employee and all inventions made by the Employee during the period of the Employees employment at the Company, which records shall be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.
Section 4.7 Conflicts of Interest; Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.
The Employee represents that his performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence information acquired by the Employee in confidence or in trust prior to the Effective Date. The Employee has not entered into, and the Employee agrees that he will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith.
Furthermore, the Employee agrees that during the period of his employment by the Company and for twelve (12) months after the cessation for any reason whatsoever of his employment with the Company, he will not, without the Companys express written consent:
(a) | anywhere within North America, engage in any employment or business activity which is the same as or directly competitive with the Business, nor will the Employee engage in any other activities which conflict with the Employees obligations to the Company; or |
(b) | directly or indirectly solicit or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any consultant or contractor engaged by the Company, to leave his or her employ or engagement. |
Section 4.8 Return of Company Documents.
Upon any cessation for any reason whatsoever of the Employees employment with the Company, the Employee will deliver to the Company (and will not keep in his possession, recreate or deliver to anyone else) any and all devices, records data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, electronic mail, other documents or property, together with all copies thereof (in whatever medium recorded) belonging to the Company, its successors or assigns. The Employee agrees that any property situated on the Companys premises and owned by the Company, including disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Company personnel at any time with or without notice.
Section 4.9 Notification of New Employer.
9
In the event that the Employee leaves the employ of the Company, the Employee hereby consents to the notification of his new employer of his rights and obligations under this Agreement.
Section 4.10 Remedies.
Because the Employees services are personal and unique and because the Employee may have access to and become acquainted with the proprietary information of the Company, the Company shall have the right to enforce this Agreement and any of its provisions by injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, without bond and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Company may have for a breach of this Agreement.
If any restriction set forth in this agreement is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it extends for too long a period of time or over too great a range of activities or in too broad a geographic area, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, range of activities or geographic area as to which it may be enforceable.
Section 4.11 Interpretation.
For the purposes of this Article 4, unless the context otherwise requires, the term Company shall include not only the Company itself, but also its subsidiaries, affiliates, parent companies, successors, and assigns.
ARTICLE 5
GENERAL
Section 5.1 Notices.
Any notice, demand or other communication which is required or permitted by this Agreement to be given or made by a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if delivered personally or sent by pre-paid registered mail at the following addresses:
(a) | to the Employee at: |
(b) | to the Company at: |
61A YORK STREET | ||||
OTTAWA, ONTARIO | ||||
KIN 5T2 | ||||
Attention: | Board of Directors |
10
or at such other address as any party may from time to time advise the other party by notice in writing. Every notice or other communication shall be deemed to have been received, (i) on the date of receipt, if given by personal delivery, and (ii) the fifth Business Day after which it is mailed, if sent by registered mail. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a strike or lockout of postal employees is in effect, or generally known to be impending, notice shall be effected by personal delivery.
Section 5.2 Survival.
Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement, (a) neither party shall be released from any obligation that accrued prior to the Termination Date; and (b) each party shall remain bound by the provisions of this Agreement which by their terms impose obligations upon that party that extend beyond the termination of this Agreement and more particularly, but not limited to, Articles 3, 4 and 5 hereof.
Section 5.3 Further Assurances.
The parties shall, with reasonable diligence, do all things and provide all reasonable assurances as may be required to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and each party shall provide such further documents or instruments required by any other party as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to give effect to this Agreement and carry out its provisions.
Section 5.4 Assignment.
Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations shall be assignable by either party without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.
Section 5.5 Amendment and Waiver.
No supplement, modification, amendment or waiver of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both parties and unanimously approved by the Companys compensation committee (or Board of Directors in the absence thereof). No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other provision (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.
Section 5.6 Successors and Assigns.
This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective heirs, executors and administrators or successors and permitted assigns, as the case may be.
Section 5.7 Severability.
If any provision in this Agreement is determined to be invalid, void or unenforceable by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, which determination is not appealed or
11
appealable for any reason whatsoever, the provision in question shall not be deemed to affect or impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement and such invalid or unenforceable provision or portion thereof shall be severed from the remainder of this Agreement.
Section 5.9 Independent Legal Advice.
The Employee acknowledges that he has been advised to obtain, and that he has obtained or has been afforded the opportunity to obtain, independent legal advice with respect to this Agreement and that he understands the nature and consequences of this Agreement.
Section 5.10 Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.
Section 5.11 Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed by the parties in one or more counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 5.12 Receipt of Consideration.
The Employee hereby acknowledges his receipt of the sum of one hundred dollars ($100.00) payable to him by the Company effective as of the date hereof, which payment, in addition to mutual covenants and agreements of the parties set forth herein, represents valid and sufficient consideration for this Agreement without regard to the actual commencement date of the Employees employment by the Company or the performance of any services by and on behalf of the Company by the Employee.
[signatures on next page]
12
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
SIGNED, SEALED AND | ) | |
DELIVERED IN THE PRESENCE | ) | |
OF: | ) | |
) | ||
By: /s/ Harley Finkelstein |
) | |
Witness: Harley Finkelstein |
By: |
/s/ Tobias Lütke |
|
TOBIAS LÜTKE |
JADED PIXEL TECHNOLOGIES INC. | ||
By: |
/s/ Cody Fauser |
|
Authorized Signing Officer |
13
Exhibit 10.3
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated the 7 th day of March, 2011, between Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc. (the Company ) and Russell Jones (the Employee ).
The Company and the Employee desire to enter into this employment agreement (the Agreement ) to set forth the definitive terms and conditions of the employment of the Employee at the position of Chief Financial Officer.
In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements contained herein (the receipt and adequacy of which are acknowledged), the parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION
Section 1.1 Definitions.
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
Business shall mean the e-commerce platform software business carried on by the Company.
Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, statutory holiday or other day on which banks are generally closed in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada.
Cause shall mean any act or omission of the Employee that would in law permit an employer to, without notice or payment in lieu of notice, terminate the employment of an employee.
Effective Date shall mean the date hereof.
Position means the Employees position within the Company as set out in Section 2.1 below.
Stock Option Plan means any stock option plan which may be adopted by the Company, as amended from time to time, providing, among others, employees of the Company with the opportunity through stock options to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.
Section 1.2 Entire Agreement.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supercedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties hereto and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements between the parties in connection with the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall supercede any agreement among the Company and its shareholders relating to the ownership, restrictions on transfer, and other rights relating to the
ownership of shares in the capital of the Company. For greater certainty, any and all existing agreements between the Company and the Employee in respect of the Employees employment with or provision of services to the Company, are terminated, replaced and superceded by this Agreement
Section 1.3 Extended Meanings.
In this Agreement, words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender shall include all genders.
Section 1.4 Headings.
The division of this Agreement into articles and sections and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 1.5 References.
References to a specific article or section shall be construed as references to that specified article or section of this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires.
Section 1.6 Business Day.
Whenever any payment to be made or action to be taken under this Agreement is required to be made or taken on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made or action taken on the next Business Day following.
Section 1.7 Currency .
All dollar amounts referred to in this Agreement are in Canadian funds.
ARTICLE 2
EMPLOYMENT
Section 2.1 Employment.
The Company hereby acknowledges the employment of the Employee, and the Employee acknowledges acceptance of employment in the Position of Chief Financial Officer, on the terms and conditions contained herein as of and with effect from the Effective Date. During the term of this Agreement, the Employee shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the CEO ). The Employee acknowledges that the duties of the Employee set out in Section 2.3 herein, may be reasonably amended or added to by the Company from time to time.
Section 2.2 Term and Termination.
This Agreement and the Employees employment hereunder shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue for an indefinite period, subject to termination in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.
-2-
Section 2.3 Duties.
During the term of this Agreement, the Employee shall:
(a) | well and faithfully serve the Company and carry out those responsibilities as are necessary or incidental to perform the functions associated with the Position, as well as such other duties assigned to the Employee pursuant to Section 2.1 above; |
(b) | devote his full time, skill, experience and attention to carry out the responsibilities consistent with the Position; and |
(c) | not incur any debt, liability or obligation, or enter into any contract or agreement for, or on behalf of, or in the name of the Company except in the ordinary course of business unless duly authorized by the Company. |
Section 2.4 Remuneration .
As compensation for the performance by the Employee of his duties hereunder:
(a) | Commencing on the Effective Date, the Employees base salary (the Base Salary ) shall be Cdn$170,000 per annum, payable in equal bi-monthly instalments in arrears, less those deductions, withholdings or contributions which are required by law. In addition, the Employee will be eligible to receive variable compensation of Cdn$40,000 per annum, 50% of which will be tied to the achievement of mutually agreed upon quarterly objectives and 50% of which will be tied to the achievement of overall Company performance targets. The base salary and variable compensation will be reviewed annually by the CEO. |
(b) | Subject to approval by the board of directors of the Company, the Company hereby grants to the Employee options to purchase up to 120,805 common shares in the capital of the Company at an exercise price based on the fair market value of the common shares as at the date of the grant as determined by the board of directors of the Company (the Options ). The Options shall be granted in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Stock Option Plan including, without limitation, the vesting schedule commencing as of the Effective Date, the termination provisions (other than as explicitly set forth in Section 3.l(b) below) and other material provisions set forth therein. The Employee, at the sole discretion of the board of directors (or the compensation committee thereof), may be granted, pursuant to the Stock Option Plan, additional stock options on such terms as shall be determined by the board of directors (or compensation committee thereof). For certainty, other than as set forth in Section 3.l(b), no provision of this Agreement shall extend the term of any Option beyond the termination of those Options in accordance with the terms thereof and the Stock Option Plan. |
-3-
(c) | The Employee, at the sole discretion of the board of directors, may also participate in any other commission, bonus, profit sharing or equity programs in place from time to time for the benefit of the employee and/or senior executives of the Company. |
(d) | The Employee shall be entitled to participate in all of the benefit plans for executives of the Company in effect from time to time, including medical, dental, and group life and disability benefit plans, as of and with effect from the Effective Date. |
Section 2.5 Vacation.
During each year of this Agreement, the Employee shall be entitled to a paid vacation totalling up to four (4) weeks, of which no more than three (3) consecutive weeks can be taken any given time without prior approval of the CEO. No more than two (2) weeks of vacation may be carried forward to the following year.
Section 2.6 Expenses.
The Company shall reimburse the Employee for all out-of-pocket expenses reasonably and properly incurred by the Employee in connection with his duties hereunder, provided that the Employee shall first furnish to the Company statements and vouchers for all such reasonable expenses.
ARTICLE 3
TERMINATION
Section 3.1 Termination.
The employment of the Employee hereunder may be terminated by either the Company or the Employee, as the case may be, exercised by notice in writing at any time upon the happening of any of the following events, in which event the Employees employment shall terminate upon the date specified in such notice ( Termination Date ):
(a) | by the Company for Cause, without advance notice or payment in lieu thereof; |
(b) | by the Company, without Cause, by providing to the Employee: |
(i) | either: |
(A) | advance notice representing the Applicable Notice Period; or |
(B) | a lump sum representing the Base Salary payable to the Employee during the Applicable Notice Period payable as of the Termination Date; |
Where, for purposes hereof, Applicable Notice Period means a period of three (3) months plus one (1) additional month for each
-4-
complete calendar year of service performed by the Employee pursuant hereto, up to a maximum Applicable Notice Period of six (6) months;
(ii) | the value of the unused accrued vacation leave with pay; |
(iii) | to the extent permitted under the terms of the Companys benefits plans, continuation of existing benefit coverage for the Applicable Notice Period; |
(iv) | all eligible bonuses and commissions, if any, payable in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of such commissions plans or policies; and |
provided that, following such termination in accordance with this Section 3.1(b), notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Stock Option Plan:
(A) | in the event of: (x) a Change in Control (as that term is defined in the Stock Option Plan), and (y) the Employees termination pursuant to this Section 3.l (b) on or immediately prior to the time of completion of the Change in Control, then notwithstanding the vesting provisions of the Options or the Stock Option Plan, the vesting of the Options shall be accelerated and fully vested, such that the Employee shall be entitled to exercise (conditional upon the completion of the proposed Change in Control) all of the Options. Any Options not exercised prior to the time of completion of a Change in Control pursuant to the foregoing shall, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Company, be terminated; and |
(B) | the Employee may exercise any vested Options after the Termination Date at any time in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Stock Option Plan, after which all such Options shall terminate; or |
(c) | by the Employee, by delivering eight (8) weeks written prior notice of his resignation to the Company, provided that anytime after receipt of a termination notice delivered by the Employee, the Company may inform the Employee that he is no longer required to actively attend at the Companys offices, |
provided that this Agreement shall automatically terminate without notice of any kind whatsoever upon the death of the Employee. The payments referred to in paragraph (b) above are inclusive of all termination notice or severance pay requirements of the Employment Standards Act, 2000 (Ontario) (the ESA ). To the extent that the payments referred to in paragraph (b) above are less than the minimum payments required by the ESA in respect of a
-5-
termination without Cause, the Company shall make such additional payments as may be necessary to meet such minimums.
For purposes of subsection 3.l(b)(iii) above, the Company agrees to take commercially reasonable steps to satisfy the requirements of any benefit plan in order to ensure continuation of existing benefit coverage of the Employee for the Applicable Notice Period.
The Company may deduct from any payment due to the employee under this Section 3.1, any amount then owed by the Employee to the Company, and this Agreement shall be the Employees written authorization for the Company to do so. It is agreed that the payment by the Company of any balance owing to the Employee following any such deduction shall be in full satisfaction of all obligations of the Company under this Section 3.1.
The Employee agrees that if the Employee is unable, due to any reason beyond the control of the Employee or the Company, to perform the Employees duties as an employee of the Company for a period in excess of ninety (90) consecutive business days and, for reasonable business purposes, the Company appoints a person to the position held by the Employee at the time of his said inability, then, when and if the Employee informs the Company that he is able to return to perform his duties as an employee of the Company, provided that the return to work occurs before the expiration of a period of twenty-six (26) weeks following the date of the beginning of the absence, the Company will make all reasonable commercial efforts to provide the Employee with as comparable a position as is available at that time at a base remuneration of not less than the Employees base salary at the time of his said inability, and other remuneration comparable to the Employees variable compensation at the time of the onset of said inability. If the Company, in good faith, complies with its obligations hereunder and the Employee refuses the position offered, such refusal shall be deemed for all purposes to be a resignation of employment.
Section 3.2 Release.
Each of the Company and the Employee confirm that the provisions of section 3.1(b) are reasonable and the total amount payable as outlined therein is an amount which has been agreed between them to be payable hereunder and is a reasonable estimate of the damages which will be suffered by the Employee in the event of a termination without Cause and shall not be construed as a penalty. The Employee agrees to accept the payment provided for in section 3.1(b) in full satisfaction of any and all claims he has or may have against the Company in respect of his employment with the Company and the termination thereof, and the Employee agrees that any payment referred to in section 3.1(b) (to the extent applicable thereto, only to the extent such amounts are over and above the minimum payments required by the ESA) shall be conditional upon the Employee delivering a full and final release of all claims in favour of the Company.
-6-
ARTICLE 4
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Section 4.1 Company Information.
The Employee shall at all times during the term of his employment and thereafter hold in strictest confidence, and shall not use, except as required in connection with the Employees work for the Company, or disclose to any person, firm or corporation, without the written authorization of an officer of the Company, any trade secrets, confidential knowledge, data or other proprietary information of the Company. By way of illustration and not limitation, such shall include information relating to products, processes, know-how, designs, formulas, source code, object code, programs, methods, samples, developmental or experimental work, improvements, discoveries, plans for research, new products, marketing and selling, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, suppliers and customers, and information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company. The Employee must obtain the Companys written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal or otherwise) that relates to his work at the Company and/or incorporates any confidential or proprietary information of the Company.
Section 4.2 Former Employer Information.
The Employee will not, during his employment with the Company, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of his former or concurrent employers or companies, if any, and the Employee will not bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished documents or any property belonging to his former or concurrent employers or companies unless consented to in writing by said employers or companies. The Employee will use in the performance of his duties only information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to that of the Employee, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company.
Section 4.3 Third Party Information.
The Employee recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive confidential or proprietary information from third parties subject to a duty on the Companys part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and, in some cases, to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Employee agrees that he owes the Company and such third parties, both during the term of his employment and thereafter, a duty to hold and will so hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation (except in a manner that is consistent with the Companys agreement with the third party) or use it for the benefit of anyone other than the Company or such third party (consistent with the Companys agreement with the third party), unless expressly authorized to act otherwise by an officer of the Company.
-7-
Section 4.4 Inventions and Original Works Assigned to the Company.
The Employee will make prompt written disclosure to the Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and hereby assigns to the Company all of the Employees rights, title and interest in and to any ideas, inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets relating to the business of the Company which the Employee may solely or jointly conceive or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or reduced to practice, during the period of and in the course of the Employees employment with the Company.
The Employee recognizes that this Agreement does not require assignment of any invention which he has developed entirely on the Employees own time without using the Companys trade secret information except for those inventions that either:
(a) | relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the Companys business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company; or, |
(b) | result from any work performed by the Employee for the Company. |
The Employee acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by the Employee (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of his employment and which are protectable by copyright are works made in the course of employment within the meaning of the Copyright Act of Canada (Section 13(3)) or are works made for hire, as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101) and belong to the Company. The Employee hereby further waives any moral rights he may otherwise claim on such works of authorship and copyright.
Section 4.5 Obtaining Patent, Copyright Registrations and Other Protections.
The Employee will assist the Company in every proper way to obtain and enforce Canadian, United States and foreign proprietary rights relating to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets of the Company in any and all countries. To that end, the Employee will execute, verify and deliver such documents and perform such other acts (including appearing as a witness) as the Company may reasonably request for use in applying for, obtaining, evidencing, sustaining and enforcing or to perfect such proprietary rights and the assignment thereof. In addition, the Employee will execute, verify and deliver assignments of such proprietary rights to the Company or its designee. The Employees obligation to assist the Company with respect to proprietary rights in any and all countries shall continue beyond the cessation for any reason whatsoever of his employment, but the Company shall compensate the Employee at a reasonable rate after his employment ceases for the time actually spent by the Employee at the Companys request on such assistance.
In the event the Company is unable for any reason, after reasonable effort, to secure the Employees signature on any document needed in connection with the actions specified in
-8-
the preceding paragraph of this Section 4.5, the Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its officers and agents as his agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and in his behalf to execute, verify and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the preceding paragraph with the same legal force and effect as if executed by the Employee. The Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to the Company any and all claims of any nature whatsoever which the Employee now or may hereafter has for infringement of any proprietary rights assigned to the Company.
Section 4.6 Obligation to Keep the Company Informed.
In addition to the Employees obligations under sections 4.4 and 4.5 above, during the period of the Employees employment and for six (6) months after cessation of the Employees employment for any reason whatsoever, the Employee will promptly disclose to the Company fully and in writing all patent applications filed by the Employee or on his behalf. At the time of each such disclosure, the Employee will advise the Company in writing of any inventions that the Employee believes are not inventions and original works assigned to the Company and the Employee will at that time provide to the Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief. The Employee understands that the Company will keep in confidence and will not disclose to third parties without the Employees consent any proprietary information disclosed in writing to the Company pursuant to this Agreement relating to inventions that are not inventions and original works assigned to the Company. The Employee will preserve the confidentiality of any invention that is an invention and original work assigned to the Company. The Employee agrees to keep and maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and in any other form that may be required by the Company) of all proprietary information developed by the Employee and all inventions made by the Employee during the period of the Employees employment at the Company, which records shall be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.
Section 4.7 Conflicts of Interest; Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.
The Employee represents that his performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence information acquired by the Employee in confidence or in trust prior to the Effective Date. The Employee has not entered into, and the Employee agrees that he will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith.
Furthermore, the Employee agrees that during the period of his employment by the Company and for twelve (12) months after the cessation for any reason whatsoever of his employment with the Company, he will not, without the Companys express written consent:
(a) | anywhere within North America, engage in any employment or business activity which is the same as or directly competitive with the Business, nor will the Employee engage in any other activities which conflict with the Employees obligations to the Company; or |
-9-
(b) | directly or indirectly solicit or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any consultant or contractor engaged by the Company, to leave his or her employ or engagement. |
Section 4.8 Return of Company Documents.
Upon any cessation for any reason whatsoever of the Employees employment with the Company, the Employee will deliver to the Company (and will not keep in his possession, recreate or deliver to anyone else) any and all devices, records data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, electronic mail, other documents or property, together with all copies thereof (in whatever medium recorded) belonging to the Company, its successors or assigns. The Employee agrees that any property situated on the Companys premises and owned by the Company, including disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Company personnel at any time with or without notice.
Section 4.9 Notification of New Employer.
In the event that the Employee leaves the employ of the Company, the Employee hereby consents to the notification of his new employer of his rights and obligations under this Agreement.
Section 4.10 Remedies.
Because the Employees services are personal and unique and because the Employee may have access to and become acquainted with the proprietary information of the Company, the Company shall have the right to enforce this Agreement and any of its provisions by injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, without bond and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Company may have for a breach of this Agreement.
If any restriction set forth in this agreement is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it extends for too long a period of time or over too great a range of activities or in too broad a geographic area, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, range of activities or geographic area as to which it may be enforceable.
Section 4.11 Interpretation.
For the purposes of this Article 4, unless the context otherwise requires, the term Company shall include not only the Company itself, but also its subsidiaries, affiliates, parent companies, successors, and assigns.
-10-
ARTICLE 5
GENERAL
Section 5.1 Notices.
Any notice, demand or other communication which is required or permitted by this Agreement to be given or made by a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if delivered personally or sent by pre-paid registered mail at the following addresses:
(a) | to the Employee at: |
442 LANDSWOOD WAY
STITTSVILLE, ONTARIO
K2S OA4
(b) | to the Company at: |
61A YORK STREET
OTTAWA, ONTARIO
KIN 5T2
Attention: CEO
or at such other address as any party may from time to time advise the other party by notice in writing. Every notice or other communication shall be deemed to have been received, (i) on the date of receipt, if given by personal delivery, and (ii) the fifth Business Day after which it is mailed, if sent by registered mail. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a strike or lockout of postal employees is in effect, or generally known to be impending, notice shall be effected by personal delivery.
Section 5.2 Survival.
Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement, (a) neither party shall be released from any obligation that accrued prior to the Termination Date; and (b) each party shall remain bound by the provisions of this Agreement which by their terms impose obligations upon that party that extend beyond the termination of this Agreement and more particularly, but not limited to, Articles 3, 4 and 5 hereof.
-11-
Section 5.3 Further Assurances.
The parties shall, with reasonable diligence, do all things and provide all reasonable assurances as may be required to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and each party shall provide such further documents or instruments required by any other party as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to give effect to this Agreement and carry out its provisions.
Section 5.4 Assignment.
Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations shall be assignable by either party without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.
Section 5.5 Amendment and Waiver.
No supplement, modification, amendment or waiver of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both parties and unanimously approved by the Companys compensation committee (or CEO in the absence thereof). No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other provision (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.
Section 5.6 Successors and Assigns.
This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective heirs, executors and administrators or successors and permitted assigns, as the case may be.
Section 5.7 Severability.
If any provision in this Agreement is determined to be invalid, void or unenforceable by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, which determination is not appealed or appealable for any reason whatsoever, the provision in question shall not be deemed to affect or impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement and such invalid or unenforceable provision or portion thereof shall be severed from the remainder of this Agreement.
Section 5.9 Independent Legal Advice.
The Employee acknowledges that he has been advised to obtain, and that he has obtained or has been afforded the opportunity to obtain, independent legal advice with respect to this Agreement and that he understands the nature and consequences of this Agreement.
Section 5.10 Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.
-12-
Section 5.11 Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed by the parties in one or more counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
[signatures on next page]
-13-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
SIGNED, SEALED AND | ) | |
DELIVERED IN THE PRESENCE | ) | |
OF: | ) | |
) | ||
) | ||
By: /s/ Harley Finkelstein |
) | |
Witness: H. Finkelstein | ) |
/s/ Russell Jones |
||
RUSSELL JONES | ||
JADED PIXEL TECHNOLOGIES INC. | ||
By: |
/s/ Tobias Lütke |
|
Authorized Signing Officer |
-14-
Exhibit 10.4
THIS OFFER OF EMPLOYMENT (the Agreement) is dated the 5th day of July 2011, between Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc. (the Company) and Craig Miller (the Employee) and remains valid until the 8 th day of July 2011.
The Company and the Employee desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the definitive terms and conditions of the employment of the Employee at the position of Vice President Marketing.
In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements contained herein (the receipt and adequacy of which are acknowledged), the parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION
Section 1.1 Definitions.
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
Business shall mean the e-commerce platform software business carried on by the Company.
Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, statutory holiday or other day on which banks are generally closed in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada.
Cause shall mean any act or omission of the Employee that would in law permit an employer to, without notice or payment in lieu of notice, terminate the employment of an employee.
Effective Date shall mean the 1st day of September 2011.
Position means the Employees position within the Company as set out in Section 2.1 below.
Stock Option Plan means any stock option plan which may be adopted by the Company, as amended from time to time, providing among others, employees of the Company with the opportunity through stock options to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.
Section 1.2 Entire Agreement.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supercedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties hereto and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements between the parties in connection with the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall supercede any agreement among the Company and its
shareholders relating to the ownership, restrictions on transfer, and other rights relating to the ownership of shares in the capital of the Company. For greater certainty, any and all existing agreements between the Company and the Employee in respect of the Employees employment with or provision of services to the Company, are terminated, replaced and superceded by this Agreement
Section 1.3 Extended Meanings.
In this Agreement, words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender shall include all genders.
Section 1.4 Headings.
The division of this Agreement into articles and sections and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 1.5 References.
References to a specific article or section shall be construed as references to that specified article or section of this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires.
Section 1.6 Business Day.
Whenever any payment to be made or action to be taken under this Agreement is required to be made or taken on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made or action taken on the next Business Day following.
Section 1.7 Currency.
All dollar amounts referred to in this Agreement are in Canadian funds.
ARTICLE 2
EMPLOYMENT
Section 2.1 Employment.
The Company hereby acknowledges the employment of the Employee, and the Employee acknowledges acceptance of employment in the Position of Vice President Marketing, on the terms and conditions contained herein as of and with effect from the Effective Date. During the term of this Agreement, the Employee shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the CEO). The Employee acknowledges that the duties of the Employee set out in Section 2.3 herein, may be reasonably amended or added to by the Company from time to time.
Section 2.2 Term and Termination.
This Agreement and the Employees employment hereunder shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue for an indefinite period, subject to termination in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.
- 2 -
Section 2.3 Duties.
During the term of this Agreement, the Employee shall:
(a) | well and faithfully serve the Company and carry out those responsibilities as are necessary or incidental to perform the functions associated with the Position, such as setting up and managing a marketing team primarily based in Toronto, as well as such other duties assigned to the Employee pursuant to Section 2.1 above; |
(b) | devote his full time, skill, experience and attention to carry out the responsibilities consistent with the Position; and |
(c) | not incur any debt, liability or obligation, or enter into any contract or agreement for, or on behalf of, or in the name of the Company except in the ordinary course of business unless duly authorized by the Company. |
Section 2.4 Remuneration.
As compensation for the performance by the Employee of his duties hereunder:
(a) | Commencing on the Effective Date, the Employees base salary (the Base Salary ) shall be Cdn$135,000 per annum, payable in equal bi-monthly instalments in arrears, less those deductions, withholdings or contributions which are required by law. In addition, the Employee will be eligible to receive variable compensation of Cdn$50,000 per annum (pro-rated during the first year based on effective date), 50% of which will be paid quarterly and tied to the achievement of mutually agreed upon quarterly objectives and 50% of which will be tied to the achievement of overall Company performance targets. The base salary and variable compensation will be reviewed annually by the CEO. |
(b) | Subject to approval by the board of directors of the Company, the Company hereby grants to the Employee options to purchase up to 120,784 common shares in the capital of the Company (equivalent to 1% of all outstanding shares, on a fully diluted basis) at an exercise price based on the fair market value of the-common shares as at the date of the grant as determined by the board of directors of the Company (the Options ). The Options shall be granted in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Stock Option Plan including, without limitation, the vesting schedule commencing as of July 8, 2011. |
(c) | The Employee, at the sole discretion of the board of directors, may also participate in any other commission, bonus, profit sharing or equity programs in place from time to time for the benefit of the employee and/or senior executives of the Company. |
- 3 -
(d) | The Employee shall be entitled to participate in all of the benefit plans for executives of the Company in effect from time to time, including medical, dental, and group life and disability benefit plans, as of and with effect from the Effective Date. |
Section 2.5 Option Acceleration
In the event of a Change in Control (as that term is defined in the Stock Option Plan), and not withstanding the vesting provisions of the Options or the Stock Option Plan, the vesting of the Options described in section 2.4(b) above shall be accelerated by a period of 12 months.
Section 2.6 Signing Bonus.
As a further incentive to accept this offer, the Company will pay the Employee a Cdn$50,000 signing bonus less those deductions, withholdings or contributions which are required by law. This bonus shall be paid in two equal instalments, the first one within 15 days of commencement of employment and the second Cdn$25,000 on November 30, 2011. If the Employee voluntarily ceases employment during the first 12 months of employment, the Employee agrees to fully reimburse the Company for these amounts.
Section 2.7 Expenses.
The Company shall reimburse the Employee for all out-of-pocket expenses reasonably and properly incurred by the Employee in connection with his duties hereunder (including, but not limited to, phone, travel, and lodging expenses while commuting between Toronto and Ottawa), provided that the Employee shall first furnish to the Company statements and vouchers for all such reasonable expenses.
ARTICLE 3
TERMINATION
Section 3.1 Termination.
The employment of the Employee hereunder may be terminated by either the Company or the Employee, as the case may be, exercised by notice in writing at any time upon the happening of any of the following events, in which event the Employees employment shall terminate upon the date specified in such notice ( Termination Date ):
(a) | by the Company for Cause, without advance notice or payment in lieu thereof; |
(b) | by the Company, without Cause, by providing to the Employee: |
(i) | either: |
(A) | advance notice representing the Applicable Notice Period; or |
- 4 -
(B) | a lump sum representing the Base Salary payable to the Employee during the Applicable Notice Period payable as of the Termination Date; |
Where, for purposes hereof, Applicable Notice Period means a period of three (3) months plus one (1) additional month for each complete calendar year of service performed by the Employee pursuant hereto, up to a maximum Applicable Notice Period of six (6) months;
(ii) | the value of the unused accrued vacation leave with pay; |
(iii) | to the extent permitted under the terms of the Companys benefits plans, continuation of existing benefit coverage for the Applicable Notice Period; |
(iv) | all eligible bonuses and commissions, if any, payable in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of such commissions plans or policies; and |
(c) | by the Employee, by delivering four (4) weeks written prior notice of his resignation to the Company, provided that anytime after receipt of a termination notice delivered by the Employee, the Company may inform the Employee that he is no longer required to actively attend at the Companys offices, |
provided that this Agreement shall automatically terminate without notice of any kind whatsoever upon the death of the Employee. The payments referred to in paragraph (b) above are inclusive of all termination notice or severance pay requirements of the Employment Standards Act, 2000 (Ontario) (the ESA ). To the extent that the payments referred to in paragraph (b) above are less than the minimum payments required by the ESA in respect of a termination without Cause, the Company shall make such additional payments as may be necessary to meet such minimums.
The Company may deduct from any payment due to the employee under this Section 3.1, any amount then owed by the Employee to the Company, and this Agreement shall be the Employees written authorization for the Company to do so. It is agreed that the payment by the Company of any balance owing to the Employee following any such deduction shall be in full satisfaction of all obligations of the Company under this Section 3.1.
The Employee agrees that if the Employee is unable, due to any reason beyond the control of the Employee or the Company, to perform the Employees duties as an employee of the Company for a period in excess of ninety (90) consecutive business days and, for reasonable business purposes, the Company appoints a person to the position held by the Employee at the time of his said inability, then, when and if the Employee informs the Company that he is able to return to perform his duties as an employee of the Company, provided that the return to work occurs before the expiration of a period of twenty-six (26) weeks following the date of
- 5 -
the beginning of the absence, the Company will make all reasonable commercial efforts to provide the Employee with as comparable a position as is available at that time at a base remuneration of not less than the Employees base salary at the time of his said inability, and other remuneration comparable to the Employees variable compensation at the time of the onset of said inability. If the Company, in good faith, complies with its obligations hereunder and the Employee refuses the position offered, such refusal shall be deemed for all purposes to be a resignation of employment
Section 3.2 Release.
Each of the Company and the Employee confirm that the provisions of section 3.1(b) are reasonable and the total amount payable as outlined therein is an amount which has been agreed between them to be payable hereunder and is a reasonable estimate of the damages which will be suffered by the Employee in the event of a termination without Cause and shall not be construed as a penalty. The Employee agrees to accept the payment provided for in section 3.1(b) in full satisfaction of any and all claims he has or may have against the Company in respect of his employment with the Company and the termination thereof, and the Employee agrees that any payment referred to in section 3.l (b) (to the extent applicable thereto, only to the extent such amounts are over and above the minimum payments required by the ESA) shall be conditional upon the Employee delivering a full and final release of all claims in favour of the Company.
ARTICLE 4
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Section 4.1 Company Information.
The Employee shall at all times during the term of his employment and thereafter hold in strictest confidence, and shall not use, except as required in connection with the Employees work for the Company, or disclose to any person, firm or corporation, without the written authorization of an officer of the Company, any trade secrets, confidential knowledge, data or other proprietary information of the Company. By way of illustration and not limitation, such shall include information relating to products, processes, know-how, designs, formulas, source code, object code, programs, methods, samples, developmental or experimental work, improvements, discoveries, plans for research, new products, marketing and selling, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, suppliers and customers, and information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company. The Employee must obtain the Companys written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal or otherwise) that relates to his work at the Company and/or incorporates any confidential or proprietary information of the Company.
Section 4.2 Former Employer Information.
The Employee will not, during his employment with the Company, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of his former or concurrent employers or
- 6 -
companies, if any, and the Employee ill not bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished documents or any property belonging to his former or concurrent employers or companies unless consented to in writing by said employers or companies. The Employee will use in the performance of his duties only information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to that of the Employee, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company.
Section 4.3 Third Party Information.
The Employee recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive confidential or proprietary information from third parties subject to a duty on the Companys part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and, in some cases, to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Employee agrees that he owes the Company and such third parties, both during the term of his employment and thereafter, a duty to hold and will so hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation (except in a manner that is consistent with the Companys agreement with the third party) or use it for the benefit of anyone other than the Company or such third party (consistent with the Companys agreement with the third party), unless expressly authorized to act otherwise by an officer of the Company.
Section 4.4 Inventions and Original Works Assigned to the Company.
The Employee will make prompt written disclosure to the Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and hereby assigns to the Company all of the Employees rights, title and interest in and to any ideas, inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets relating to the business of the Company which the Employee may solely or jointly conceive or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or reduced to practice, during the period of and in the course of the Employees employment with the Company.
The Employee recognizes that this Agreement does not require assignment of any invention which he has developed entirely on the Employees own time without using the Companys trade secret information except for those inventions that either:
(a) | relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the Companys business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company; or, |
(b) | result from any work performed by the Employee for the Company. |
The Employee acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by the Employee (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of his employment and which are protectable by copyright are works made in the course of employment within the meaning of the Copyright Act of Canada (Section 13(3)) or are works made for hire, as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101) and belong to the
- 7 -
Company. The Employee hereby further waives any moral rights he may otherwise claim on such works of authorship and copyright.
Section 4.5 Obtaining Patent, Copyright Registrations and Other Protections.
The Employee will assist the Company in every proper way to obtain and enforce Canadian, United States and foreign proprietary rights relating to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets of the Company in any and all countries. To that end, the Employee will execute, verify and deliver such documents and perform such other acts (including appearing as a witness) as the Company may reasonably request for use in applying for, obtaining, evidencing, sustaining and enforcing or to perfect such proprietary rights and the assignment thereof. In addition, the Employee will execute, verify and deliver assignments of such proprietary rights to the Company or its designee. The Employees obligation to assist the Company with respect to proprietary rights in any and all countries shall continue beyond the cessation for any reason whatsoever of his employment, but the Company shall compensate the Employee at a reasonable rate after his employment ceases for the time actually spent by the Employee at the Companys request on such assistance.
In the event the Company is unable for any reason, after reasonable effort, to secure the Employees signature on any document needed in connection with the actions specified in the preceding paragraph of this Section 4.5, the Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its officers and agents as his agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and in his behalf to execute, verify and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the preceding paragraph with the same legal force and effect as if executed by the Employee. The Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to the Company any and all claims of any nature whatsoever which the Employee now or may hereafter has for infringement of any proprietary rights assigned to the Company.
Section 4.6 Obligation to Keep the Company Informed.
In addition to the Employees obligations under sections 4.4 and 4.5 above, during the period of the Employees employment and for six (6) months after cessation of the Employees employment for any reason whatsoever, the Employee will promptly disclose to the Company fully and in writing all patent applications filed by the Employee or on his behalf. At the time of each such disclosure, the Employee will advise the Company in writing of any inventions that the Employee believes are not inventions and original works assigned to the Company and the Employee will at that time provide to the Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief. The Employee understands that the Company will keep in confidence and will not disclose to third parties without the Employees consent any proprietary information disclosed in writing to the Company pursuant to this Agreement relating to inventions that are not inventions and original works assigned to the Company. The Employee will preserve the confidentiality of any invention that is an invention and original work assigned to the Company. The Employee agrees to keep and maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and in any other form that may be required by the Company) of all proprietary information developed by the Employee and
- 8 -
all inventions made by the Employee during the period of the Employees employment at the Company, which records shall be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.
Section 4.7 Conflicts of Interest; Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.
The Employee represents that his performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence information acquired by the Employee in confidence or in trust prior to the Effective Date. The Employee has not entered into, and the Employee agrees that he will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith.
Furthermore, the Employee agrees that during the period of his employment by the Company and for twelve (12) months after the cessation for any reason whatsoever of his employment with the Company, he will not, without the Companys express written consent:
(a) | anywhere within North America, engage in any employment or business activity which is the same as or obviously competitive with the primary Business of the Company (as defined in Section 1.1), nor will the Employee engage in any other activities which conflict with the Employees obligations to the Company; or |
(b) | directly or indirectly solicit or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any consultant or contractor engaged by the Company, to leave his or her employ or engagement. |
Section 4.8 Return of Company Documents.
Upon any cessation for any reason whatsoever of the Employees employment with the Company, the Employee will deliver to the Company (and will not keep in his possession, recreate or deliver to anyone else) any and all devices, records data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, electronic mail, other documents or property, together with all copies thereof (in whatever medium recorded) belonging to the Company, its successors or assigns. The Employee agrees that any property situated on the Companys premises and owned by the Company, including disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Company personnel at any time with or without notice.
Section 4.9 Notification of New Employer.
In the event that the Employee leaves the employ of the Company, the Employee hereby consents to the notification of his new employer of his rights and obligations under this Agreement.
Section 4.10 Remedies.
- 9 -
Because the Employees services are personal and unique and because the Employee may have access to and become acquainted with the proprietary information of the Company, the Company shall have the right to enforce this Agreement and any of its provisions by injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, without bond and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Company may have for a breach of this Agreement.
If any restriction set forth in this agreement is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it extends for too long a period of time or over too great a range of activities or in too broad a geographic area, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, range of activities or geographic area as to which it may be enforceable.
Section 4.11 Interpretation.
For the purposes of this Article 4, unless the context otherwise requires, the term Company shall include not only the Company itself, but also its subsidiaries, affiliates, parent companies, successors, and assigns.
ARTICLE 5
GENERAL
Section 5.1 Notices.
Any notice, demand or other communication which is required or permitted by this Agreement to be given or made by a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if delivered personally or sent by pre-paid registered mail at the following addresses:
(a) | to the Employee at: |
1381 TECUMSEH PARK DR.
MISSISSAUGA, ONTARIO
L5H 3P1
- 10 -
(b) | to the Company at: |
61A YORK STREET
OTTAWA, ONTARIO
K1N 5T2
Attention: CFO
or at such other address as any party may from time to time advise the other party by notice in writing. Every notice or other communication shall be deemed to have been received, (i) on the date of receipt, if given by personal delivery, and (ii) the fifth Business Day after which it is mailed, if sent by registered mail. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a strike or lockout of postal employees is in effect, or generally known to be impending, notice shall be effected by personal delivery.
Section 5.2 Survival.
Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement, (a) neither party shall be released from any obligation that accrued prior to the Termination Date; and (b) each party shall remain bound by the provisions of this Agreement which by their terms impose obligations upon that party that extend beyond the termination of this Agreement and more particularly, but not limited to, Articles 3, 4 and 5 hereof.
Section 5.3 Further Assurances.
The parties shall, with reasonable diligence, do all things and provide all reasonable assurances as may be required to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and each party shall provide such further documents or instruments required by any other party as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to give effect to this Agreement and carry out its provisions.
Section 5.4 Assignment.
Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations shall be assignable by either party without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.
Section 5.5 Amendment and Waiver.
No supplement, modification, amendment or waiver of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both parties and unanimously approved by the Companys compensation committee (or CEO in the absence thereof). No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other provision (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.
- 11 -
Section 5. 6 Successors and Assigns.
This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective heirs, executors and administrators or successors and permitted assigns, as the case may be.
Section 5. 7 Severability.
If any provision in this Agreement is determined to be invalid, void or unenforceable by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, which determination is not appealed or appealable for any reason whatsoever, the provision in question shall not be deemed to affect or impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement and such invalid or unenforceable provision or portion thereof shall be severed from the remainder of this Agreement.
Section 5. 9 Independent Legal Advice.
The Employee acknowledges that he has been advised to obtain, and that he has obtained or has been afforded the opportunity to obtain, independent legal advice with respect to this Agreement and that he understands the nature and consequences of this Agreement.
Section 5.10 Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.
Section 5. 11 Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed by the parties in one or more counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
[signatures on next page]
- 12 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement.
SIGNED, SEALED AND | ) | |||||||
DELIVERED IN THE PRESENCE | ) | |||||||
OF: | ) | |||||||
) | ||||||||
) |
/s/ Craig Miller |
|||||||
) | CRAIG MILLER | |||||||
By: |
/s/ Sabina Vomra-Miller |
July 6, 2011 | ||||||
Witness: Sabina Vomra-Miller | ||||||||
JADED PIXEL TECHNOLOGIES INC. | ||||||||
By: |
/s/ Tobias Lütke |
|||||||
Authorized Signing Officer |
- 13 -
Exhibit 10.5
December 9 th , 2010
Harley Finkelstein
Dear Harley:
RE: Offer of Employment
This letter will confirm our offer of employment to you as a Director of Business Development and Legal Council with Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc. (Jaded Pixel), starting on December 9 th , 2010. The terms and conditions of your employment will be as follows:
1. | Position |
As mentioned above, you will be employed with us as a Director of Business Development and will report to Tobias Lütke, CEO. As a Director of Business Development you will be primarily responsible for evaluation and execution of new sales channels and affiliated partnerships. However, Jaded Pixel is a growing and dynamic company and all employees at Jaded Pixel are asked to remain flexible in the types of work they are prepared to undertake. This offer assumes that type of flexibility.
2. | Probationary Period |
In accordance with Jaded Pixels policies, your employment is probationary for the first three months. The purpose of this probationary period is to provide Jaded Pixel an opportunity to assess your skills and suitability in the position of Director of Business Development and your fit within the company generally. It also gives you an opportunity to see if we are a fit for you. During this period Jaded Pixel retains the right to terminate your employment for any reason, upon providing to you only that period of notice (or, at our option, pay in lieu of such notice), which is required by the Ontario Employment Standards Act.
3. | Hours of Work |
We believe that different employees are more productive at different hours of the day, and during different days of the week. As such, although our office is ordinarily open from 9:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. we do not require you to adhere to traditional office hours. Therefore, while we generally expect you to be working between 35 and 40 hours per week, our focus is on employees acting responsibly and efficiently in a task-driven manner.
4. | Salary |
Your salary will be $100,000 per annum, paid in accordance with Jaded Pixels standard payroll practices. In accordance with Jaded Pixels policies, your performance and salary will be reviewed on an annual basis.
5. | Bonus |
In addition to the Salary mentioned above, you may also receive a bonus. However, bonuses are in the absolute discretion of Jaded Pixel. In deciding whether to award a bonus or not, Jaded Pixel will consider its own profitability and the individual contribution of each employee. Bonuses, if any, may be paid at various times during the year or at the end of the calendar year.
6. | Jaded Pixels Policies, etc. |
You agree that you will adhere to Jaded Pixels policies, rules, systems and procedures. Jaded Pixel reserves the right to change the provisions of any of these at any time.
7. | Employee Benefits |
(1) You will be entitled to participate in Jaded Pixels Family Health Plan, in effect for all Jaded Pixel employees, after the completion of three (3) full months of employment with Jaded Pixel.
(2) We have enclosed a copy of our Family Health Plan booklet for your review. However, please note that benefits will be provided in accordance with the formal plan documents or policies and any issues with respect to entitlement to or payment of benefits under any of terms of the Family Health Plan will be governed by the terms of such documents or policies establishing the benefit in issue, not the description contained in the enclosed booklet.
(3) Finally, please note that the Employer reserves the right to unilaterally revise or eliminate any of the terms or benefits of the Family Health Plan.
8. | Vacation and Holidays |
Similar to our approach on the hours you will work, we are also flexible when it comes to vacation and holidays. Generally, you will be entitled to three (3) weeks vacation per year; however, we may at our discretion accommodate reasonable requests for additional vacation days. Vacation is to be taken at a time and for a duration that is approved by management. Vacation should be taken during the calendar year and can only be carried over to the next calendar year with written approval. In addition to vacation, you will be entitled to be paid for all public holidays in accordance with the provisions of the Ontario Employment Standards Act .
9. | Termination of Employment |
(1) It is always difficult to consider termination just when a new relationship is starting out, however, we believe that it is important that you understand and agree to your entitlements upon termination.
(2) Clause 2 above explains what you are entitled to if we terminate your employment with us during your probationary period.
(3) If we terminate your employment after your probationary period, unless you are terminated for cause, Jaded Pixel will provide you with the greater of :
a) | two weeks of notice (or, at our option, pay in lieu of such notice), or |
b) | that period of notice (or, at our option, pay in lieu of such notice) and severance pay, if any, required by the Ontario Employment Standards Act , plus one (1) additional week of notice (or, at our option, pay in lieu of such notice) for each completed full year of employment as of the date upon which you receive notice of termination. |
(4) In addition, the Employer will ensure that it complies with any other provisions of the Ontario Employment Standards Act which apply to the termination of your employment. For example, Jaded Pixel will continue all of your Family Health Plan benefits for the period, if any, required by such legislation.
(5) If you are terminated for cause, or you resign from your employment, you will not receive any notice or pay in lieu or severance pay. Cause for this purpose includes such things as unsatisfactory performance, dishonesty, insubordination and serious misconduct, as well as anything else which would legally constitute cause.
(6) Upon the termination of your employment with Jaded Pixel, you must return all Jaded Pixel property, including any Confidential Information, as defined in the attached Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement, and you agree that you will not retain any copies of the Confidential Information.
10. | Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement |
We enclose our standard agreement regarding confidential information, non-solicitation and non-competition. This offer of employment is conditional upon you accepting the terms of these agreements.
If you are prepared to accept employment with Jaded Pixel in accordance with the terms and conditions outlined in this letter please sign both the Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement and this letter and return them to me. When you have done so, this letter will constitute a binding agreement between you and Jaded Pixel with respect to your employment. The extra copies are for your personal files.
We are delighted to have you join the Jaded Pixel and look forward to your acceptance of this offer.
Yours truly,
Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc.
/s/ Tobias Lütke
Per: Tobias Lütke
EMPLOYEES AGREEMENT
I have read, understood and agree with the foregoing. I have had a reasonable opportunity to consider this letter and the matters set out therein. I accept employment with Jaded Pixel on the terms and conditions set out in this letter.
December 9, 2010 |
/s/ Harley Finkelstein |
|||||||
December 9 th , 2010 | Harley Finkelstein |
Annex A: Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement
1. | Introduction |
This Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement (the Agreement ) is between me, Harley Finkelstein and Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc. ( Jaded Pixel ), and it forms an integral part of Jaded Pixels Offer of Employment. The Agreement confirms my commitment to abide by certain terms and conditions related to confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation.
In consideration of the Offer of Employment, and the payment of salary and benefits contained therein, I agree to be bound by the terms and conditions in this Agreement.
2. | Definitions |
(1) Confidential Information means all of the materials and information (whether or not reduced to writing and whether or not patentable or protected by copyright) provided by Jaded Pixel to me, or which is available to me during the course of my employment with Jaded Pixel, including, but not limited to, the following:
(a) | customer lists, records and statistics; |
(b) | profits, costs and pricing data, sales policies, marketing plans and strategies, and any other information relating to the marketing, distribution, sale or supply of Jaded Pixels products and/or services; |
(c) | personnel information, including but not limited to, the names and backgrounds of key personnel, personnel lists, information about compensation and benefits, performance evaluations of personnel and training and promotional policies; |
(d) | Inventions, as defined below; |
(e) | records and other materials in the form of art work, illustrations, notes, letters, data, tapes, reference items, models, sketches, blueprints, drawings and writings, in any way relating to any of the above information and any and all copies or extracts thereof; |
(f) | technical and business information of Jaded Pixels clients which was obtained as a result of or in connection with the provision of services to such clients, including information regarding the business operations, methods and practices and product plans of such clients; and |
(f) | any other materials or information related to Jaded Pixels business which is not generally known to others; |
regardless of whether such materials or information are in paper or electronic format or any other format.
(2) I nventions means all artworks, copy writing, marketing or media plans, concepts, copyrights, copyrightable works, computer data, developments, designs, discoveries, formulae or other intellectual property, ideas, improvements, industrial designs, innovations, inventions, know-how, patents, plans, processes, programs, schematic drawings, specifications, techniques, technology, topographies, trademarks, trade secrets (whether patentable or unpatentable) (including source code materials), which I make or discover by myself or in conjunction with others while employed by Jaded Pixel, which arise, directly or indirectly, from my employment with Jaded Pixel, and which pertain to a business in which Jaded Pixel is engaged, is reasonably expected to engage in, or in which it has previously expressed an intention to enter
(3) Pre-employment Inventions means any Inventions that I made prior to my employment by Jaded Pixel.
3. | Commitment to Protect Confidential Information |
(1) I acknowledge that Jaded Pixel owns and has a valuable interest in the Confidential Information that it develops in its operations.
(2) I acknowledge as an employee of Jaded Pixel, that I have access to this Confidential Information, which includes information not generally known in the industry, which was discovered, developed or obtained as a result of my employment with Jaded Pixel.
(3) Accordingly, I agree as follows:
(a) | Both during and after my employment with Jaded Pixel, I will: |
i. | keep in confidence all Confidential Information and not, directly or indirectly, disclose any Confidential Information to any person whatsoever; |
ii. | not, directly or indirectly, use any Confidential Information for my own benefit or for the benefit of any person or business whatsoever; and |
iii. | not, directly or indirectly, use or copy any Confidential Information for any reason, except when reasonably necessary for the purpose of performing my duties an employee of Jaded Pixel or with the consent of Jaded Pixel. |
(b) | In the event of the termination of my employment, for whatever reason, I agree that I will promptly deliver to Jaded Pixel all Confidential Information in my possession and I will not take, copy or retain any records or other materials in any way relating to any Confidential Information without Jaded Pixels prior written-permission. |
(c) | I confirm: |
i. | that I do not have in my possession Confidential Information belonging to others, and therefore I will not use or disclose same to Jaded Pixel during my employment; and |
ii. | that my employment will not require me to violate any obligation to or confidence with any other party (including, but not limited to, any previous employers). |
(d) | I agree to comply with any procedures that Jaded Pixel may adopt from time to time to preserve the confidentiality of any Confidential Information. |
(e) | I agree that the absence of any notice indicating confidentiality on any material will not imply that it is not Confidential Information. |
(f) | Jaded Pixel agrees that the obligations imposed by this clause 3 on me shall not apply to information which: |
i. | at the time it is received is in the public domain; |
ii. | subsequently comes into the public domain through no fault of mine; |
iii. | is lawfully received by me from a third party on an unrestricted basis; |
iv. | is already legitimately known to me prior to disclosure; or |
v. | is required by law to be disclosed, |
provided, however, that I shall first have given prompt notice to Jaded Pixel of any possible or prospective order or proceeding pursuant to which any order may result which requires me to disclose any Confidential Information; and Jaded Pixel shall have been afforded a reasonable opportunity to prevent or limit any such disclosure of any of the Confidential Information. I understand and agree that this subparagraph does not grant to me any right or licence.
4. | Commitment to Disclose Inventions |
(1) I agree that during my employment with Jaded Pixel and at any time thereafter, I will notify my immediate supervisor promptly in writing of all inventions.
(2) Subject to clause 4(4), I agree that all Inventions shall be the sole property of Jaded Pixel. I waive in whole any moral rights I may have in each of the Inventions and any part or parts thereof, including but not limited to the right to the integrity of the Invention, the right to be associated with the Invention as its author by name or under a pseudonym and the right to remain anonymous. Such agreement to waive is applicable regardless of whether the Inventions are considered works made in the course of employment or whether they are copyrightable. I will assist Jaded Pixel and/or its nominees (without charge but at no expense to me) at any time and in every proper way to obtain
for its and/or their own benefit, patents and copyrights for all such Inventions anywhere in the world and to enforce its and/or their rights in legal proceedings.
(3) Subject to clause 4(4), I assign to Jaded Pixel all rights and interests in all such Inventions which pertain to a business in which Jaded Pixel is engaged, is reasonably expected to engage in, or in which it has previously expressed an intention to enter, except any Pre-Employment Inventions which I cannot assign to Jaded Pixel because of a prior invention agreement with a previous employer.
(4) Jaded Pixel recognizes the entrepreneurial background of its employees, and as a result, I understand that I may request that Jaded Pixel exempt my invention from clause 4 of this Agreement (an Exempted invention ). Such an exemption is at the sole discretion of Jaded Pixel and a written agreement executed by Jaded Pixel agreeing to the Exempted Invention must be provided by Jaded Pixel in order for any exemption to apply.
(5) Every Invention, that is not an Exempted Invention, disclosed to anyone other than Jaded Pixel within six (6) months after the termination of my employment with Jaded Pixel will be presumed to be the property of Jaded Pixel, unless it is proved that such Invention was first made or conceived after termination of my employment with Jaded Pixel.
(6) During my employment with Jaded Pixel and at any time thereafter, I will, at the request and expense of Jaded Pixel, complete and return to Jaded Pixel all documents necessary for the preparation and filing of applications covering the registration of intellectual property rights in Inventions in all countries, as well as perform all other acts which Jaded Pixel may deem necessary or advisable for the purpose of protecting or recognizing Jaded Pixels rights to same.
(7) I acknowledge that Jaded Pixel may from time to time have agreements with other persons or with the Canadian government or its agencies that impose obligations or restrictions on Jaded Pixel regarding Inventions made during the course of work under such agreements or regarding the confidential nature of such work. I agree to be bound by all such obligations or restrictions and to take all action necessary to discharge the obligations Jaded Pixel may have under such agreements.
(8) Upon the termination of my employment with Jaded Pixel, I agree to surrender promptly to Jaded Pixel all records or other evidence of any Inventions that are not Exempted Inventions.
5. | Non-competition |
I agree that I will not, during the duration of my employment and for a period of eight (8) months following the termination of my employment whether as principal, as agent or as an employee of, or in partnership or association with, any person, firm or corporation or in any manner whatsoever, directly or indirectly: carry on, be engaged in, advise, own shares, lend money to, guarantee the debts or obligations of, or permit my name to be used or employed by, any person, firm or corporation engaged in, concerned with or interested in marketing or advertising services or providing electronic illustration services, anywhere within the geographical area of Canada or any other areas where Jaded Pixel markets its products and services (other than solely as a holder of not more than 1% of the issued and outstanding voting shares of any public corporation).
6. | Non-solicitation |
(1) I further agree that for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of my employment, for whatever reason, I will not, directly or indirectly, solicit business from any client or potential client of Jaded Pixel which was served or solicited by me directly or indirectly on behalf of Jaded Pixel within the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the termination of my employment.
(2) I further agree that for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of my employment, I will not, directly or indirectly, hire or take away or cause to be hired or taken away, any employee of Jaded Pixel who was in the employ of Jaded Pixel during the twelve (12) months preceding the termination of my employment.
7. | Injunctive Relief |
(1) I acknowledge and confirm that the scope of the covenants in clauses 5 and 6 are in all respects (and particularly in respect of area, time and subject matter), no more than is reasonable to protect Jaded Pixels interests.
(2) I understand and agree that the damages which Jaded Pixel might suffer from my violation of any of my obligations set out in this Agreement would be difficult or impossible to measure and that Jaded Pixel is entitled to, in addition to all other remedies it may have, injunctive relief for any such violation (including interim, interlocutory and permanent injunctive relief).
8. | General Agreement Provisions |
(1) Each provision in this Agreement is separate and distinct. In the event that any provision in this Agreement is determined by a court to be invalid, such provision will be severable from this Agreement and the validity of the other provisions shall not be affected.
(2) The failure of Jaded Pixel to require the performance of any term of this Agreement, or the waiver by Jaded Pixel of any breach of this Agreement by me shall not prevent a subsequent exercise or enforcement of such terms or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term of this Agreement.
(3) My obligations under this Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment regardless of the reasons for such termination and whether such termination is occasioned by me, by Jaded Pixel with or without cause, or by mutual agreement.
(4) I acknowledge that:
(a) | I have had time to review this Agreement and to obtain independent legal advice in connection with it and its execution; |
(b) | I fully understand its contents; |
(c) | I have signed it freely and voluntarily; |
(d) | this Agreement is reasonable and I understand that it is necessary to protect the legitimate interests of Jaded Pixel. |
(5) The terms and conditions of this Agreement can only be modified by the written agreement of the parties.
(6) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein, without reference to conflicts of laws. The courts of Ontario shall have exclusive jurisdiction over all disputes that may arise between the parties arising from this Agreement.
DATED at the City of Ottawa, Province of Ontario, this 9 th day of December, 2010 .
Harley Finkelstein | ||
Signature: |
/s/ Harley Finkelstein |
|
Name: | Harley Finkelstein | |
Address: | 84 St. Andrew, Ottawa K1N 5T2 | |
Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc. | ||
BY: |
/s/ Tobias Lütke |
|
|
||
Name: | Tobias Lütke | |
Title: | CEO |
Exhibit 10.6
December 9 th , 2010
Daniel Weinand
Dear Daniel:
RE: Offer of Employment
This letter will confirm our offer of employment to you as a Chief Design Officer with Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc. (Jaded Pixel), starting on December 9 th , 2010. The terms and conditions of your employment will be as follows:
1. | Position |
As mentioned above, you will be employed with us as a Chief Design Officer and will report to Tobias Lütke, CEO. As a Chief Design Officer you will be primarily responsible for the guidance and design features of Shopify. However, Jaded Pixel is a growing and dynamic company and all employees at Jaded Pixel are asked to remain flexible in the types of work they are prepared to undertake. This offer assumes that type of flexibility.
2. | Probationary Period |
In accordance with Jaded Pixels policies, your employment is probationary for the first three months. The purpose of this probationary period is to provide Jaded Pixel an opportunity to assess your skills and suitability in the position of Chief Design Officer and your fit within the company generally. It also gives you an opportunity to see if we are a fit for you. During this period Jaded Pixel retains the right to terminate your employment for any reason, upon providing to you only that period of notice (or, at our option, pay in lieu of such notice), which is required by the Ontario Employment Standards Act.
3. | Hours of Work |
We believe that different employees are more productive at different hours of the day, and during different days of the week. As such, although our office is ordinarily open from 9:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. we do not require you to adhere to traditional office hours. Therefore, while we generally expect you to be working between 35 and 40 hours per week, our focus is on employees acting responsibly and efficiently in a task-driven manner.
4. | Salary |
Your salary will be $120,000 per annum, paid in accordance with Jaded Pixels standard payroll practices. In accordance with Jaded Pixels policies, your performance and salary will be reviewed on an annual basis.
5. | Bonus |
In addition to the Salary mentioned above, you may also receive a bonus. However,
bonuses are in the absolute discretion of Jaded Pixel. In deciding whether to award a bonus or not, Jaded Pixel will consider its own profitability and the individual contribution of each employee. Bonuses, if any, will be paid at various times during the year or at the end of the calendar year.
6. | Jaded Pixels Policies, etc. |
You agree that you will adhere to Jaded Pixels policies, rules, systems and procedures. Jaded Pixel reserves the right to change the provisions of any of these at any time.
7. | Employee Benefits |
(1) You will be entitled to participate in Jaded Pixels Family Health Plan, in effect for all Jaded Pixel employees, after the completion of three (3) full months of employment with Jaded Pixel.
(2) We have enclosed a copy of our Family Health Plan booklet for your review. However, please note that benefits will be provided in accordance with the formal plan documents or policies and any issues with respect to entitlement to or payment of benefits under any of terms of the Family Health Plan will be governed by the terms of such documents or policies establishing the benefit in issue, not the description contained in the enclosed booklet.
(3) Finally, please note that the Employer reserves the right to unilaterally revise or eliminate any of the terms or benefits of the Family Health Plan.
8. | Vacation and Holidays |
Similar to our approach on the hours you will work, we are also flexible when it comes to vacation and holidays. Generally, you will be entitled to three (3) weeks vacation per year; however, we may at our discretion accommodate reasonable requests for additional vacation days. Vacation is to be taken at a time and for a duration that is approved by management. Vacation should be taken during the calendar year and can only be carried over to the next calendar year with written approval. In addition to vacation, you will be entitled to be paid for all public holidays in accordance with the provisions of the Ontario Employment Standards Act .
9. | Termination of Employment |
(1) It is always difficult to consider termination just when a new relationship is starting out, however, we believe that it is important that you understand and agree to your entitlements upon termination.
(2) Clause 2 above explains what you are entitled to if we terminate your employment with us during your probationary period.
(3) If we terminate your employment after your probationary period, unless you are terminated for cause, Jaded Pixel will provide you with the greater of.
a) | two weeks of notice (or, at our option, pay in lieu of such notice), or |
b) | that period of notice (or, at our option, pay in lieu such notice) and severance pay if any, required by the Ontario Employment Standards Act, plus one (1) additional week of notice (or, at our option, pay in lieu of such notice) for each completed full year of employment as of the date upon which you receive notice of termination. |
(4) In addition, the Employer will ensure that it complies with any other provisions of the Ontario Employment Standards Act which apply to the termination of your employment. For example, Jaded Pixel will continue all of your Family Health plan benefits for the period, if any required by such legislation.
(5) If you are terminated for cause, or you resign from your employment, you will not receive any notice or pay in lieu or severance pay. Cause for this purpose includes such things as unsatisfactory performance, dishonesty, insubordination and serious misconduct, as well as anything else which would legally constitute cause.
(6) Upon the termination of your employment with Jaded Pixel, you must return all Jaded Pixel property, including any Confidential Information, as defined in the attached Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement, and you agree that you will not retain any copies of the Confidential Information.
10. | Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement |
We enclose our standard agreement regarding confidential information, non-solicitation and non-competition. This offer of employment is conditional upon you accepting the terms of these agreements.
If you are prepared to accept employment with Jaded Pixel in accordance with the terms and conditions outlined in this letter please sign both the Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non- Solicitation Agreement and this letter and return them to me. When you have done so, this letter will constitute a binding agreement between you and Jaded Pixel with respect to your employment. The extra copies are for your personal files.
We are delighted to have you join the Jaded Pixel and look forward to your acceptance of this offer.
Yours truly,
Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc.
/s/ Tobias Lütke
Per: Tobias Lütke
EMPLOYEES AGREEMENT
I have read, understood and agree with the foregoing. I have had a reasonable opportunity to consider this letter and the matters set out therein. I accept employment with Jaded Pixel on the terms and conditions set out in this letter.
Dec. 9 th , 2010 |
/s/ Daniel Weinand |
|||
December 9 th , 2010 | Daniel Weinand |
Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc. Standard Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement
Annex A: Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement
1. | Introduction |
This Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement (the Agreement) is between me, Daniel Weinand and Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc. (Jaded Pixel), and it forms an integral part of Jaded Pixels Offer of Employment. The Agreement confirms my commitment to abide by certain terms and conditions related to confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation.
In consideration of the Offer of Employment, and the payment of salary and benefits contained therein, I agree to be bound by the terms and conditions in this Agreement.
2. | Definitions |
(1) Confidential Information means all of the materials and information on (whether or not reduced to writing and whether or not patentable or protected by copyright) provided by Jaded Pixel to me, or which is available to me during the course of my employment with Jaded Pixel, including, but not limited to, the following:
(a) | customer lists, records and statistics; |
(b) | profits, costs and pricing data, sales policies, marketing plans and strategies, and any other information relating to the marketing, distribution, sale or supply of Jaded Pixels products and/or services; |
(c) | personnel information, including but not limited to, the names and backgrounds of key personnel, personnel lists, information about compensation and benefits, performance evaluations of personnel and training and promotional policies; |
(d) | Inventions, as defined below; |
(e) | records and other materials in the form of art work, illustrations, notes, letters, data, tapes, reference items, models, sketches, blueprints, drawings and writings, in any way relating to any of the above information and any and all copies or extracts thereof; |
(f) | technical and business information of Jaded Pixels clients which was obtained as a result of or in connection with the provision of services to such clients, including information regarding the business operations, methods and practices and product plans of such clients; and |
(f) | any other materials or information related to Jaded Pixels business which is not generally known to others; |
regardless of whether such materials or information are in paper or electronic format or any other format.
a. Inventions means all artworks, copy writing, marketing or media plans, concepts, copyrights, copyrightable works, computer data, developments, designs, discoveries, formulae or other intellectual property, ideas, improvements, industrial designs, innovations, inventions, know-how, patents, plans, processes, programs, schematic drawings, specifications, techniques, technology, topographies, trademarks, trade secrets (whether patentable or unpatentable) (including source code materials), which I make or discover by myself or in conjunction with others while employed by Jaded Pixel, which arise,
Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc. Standard Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement
directly or indirectly, from my employment with Jaded Pixel, and which pertain to a business in which Jaded Pixel is engaged, is reasonably expected to engage in, or in which it has previously expressed an intention to enter
(3) Pre-employment Inventions means any Inventions that I made prior to my employment by Jaded Pixel.
3. | Commitment to Protect Confidential Information |
(1) I acknowledge that Jaded Pixel owns and has a valuable interest in the Confidential Information that it develops in its operations.
(2) I acknowledge as an employee of Jaded Pixel, that I have access to this Confidential Information, which includes information not generally known in the industry, which was discovered, developed or obtained as a result of my employment with Jaded Pixel.
(3) Accordingly, I agree as follows:
(a) | Both during and after my employment with Jaded Pixel, I will: |
i. | keep in confidence all Confidential Information and not, directly or indirectly, disclose any Confidential Information to any person whatsoever; |
ii. | not, directly or indirectly, use any Confidential Information for my own benefit or for the benefit of any person or business whatsoever; and |
iii. | not, directly or indirectly, use or copy any Confidential Information for any reason, except when reasonably necessary for the purpose of performing my duties as an employee of Jaded Pixel or with the consent of Jaded Pixel. |
(b) | In the event of the termination of my employment, for whatever reason, I agree that I will promptly deliver to Jaded Pixel all Confidential Information in my possession and I will not take, copy or retain any records or other materials in any way relating to any Confidential Information without Jaded Pixels prior written-permission. |
(c) | I confirm: |
i. | that I do not have in my possession Confidential Information belonging to others, and therefore I will not use or disclose same to Jaded Pixel during my employment; and |
ii. | that my employment will not require me to violate any obligation to or confidence with any other party (including, but not limited to, any previous employers). |
(d) | I agree to comply with any procedures that Jaded Pixel may adopt from time to time to preserve the confidentiality of any Confidential Information. |
(e) | I agree that the absence of any notice indicating confidentiality on any material will not imply that it is not Confidential Information. |
(f) | Jaded Pixel agrees that the obligations imposed by this clause 3 on me shall not apply to information which: |
i. | at the time it is received is in the public domain; |
ii. | subsequently comes into the public domain through no fault of mine; |
iii. | is lawfully received by me from a third party on an unrestricted basis; |
iv. | is already legitimately known to me prior to disclosure; or |
v. | is required by law to be disclosed, |
Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc. Standard Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement
provided, however, that I shall first have given prompt notice to Jaded Pixel of any possible or prospective order or proceeding pursuant to which any order may result which requires me to disclose any Confidential Information; and Jaded Pixel shall have been afforded a reasonable opportunity to prevent or limit any such disclosure of any of the Confidential Information. I understand and agree that this subparagraph does not grant to me any right or licence.
4. | Commitment to Disclose Inventions |
(1) I agree that during my employment with Jaded Pixel and at any time thereafter, I will notify my immediate supervisor promptly in writing of all inventions.
(2) Subject to clause 4(4), I agree that all Inventions shall be the sole property of Jaded Pixel. I waive in whole any moral rights I may have in each of the Inventions and any part or parts thereof, including but not limited to the right to the integrity of the Invention, the right to be associated with the Invention as its author by name or under a pseudonym and the right to remain anonymous. Such agreement to waive is applicable regardless of whether the Inventions are considered works made in the course of employment or whether they are copyrightable. I will assist Jaded Pixel and/or its nominees (without charge but at no expense to me) at any time and in every proper way to obtain for its and/or their own benefit, patents and copyrights for all such Inventions anywhere in the world and to enforce its and/or their rights in legal proceedings.
(3) Subject to clause 4(4), I assign to Jaded Pixel all rights and interests in all such Inventions which pertain to a business in which Jaded Pixel is engaged, is reasonably expected to engage in, or in which it has previously expressed an intention to enter, except any Pre-Employment Inventions which I cannot assign to Jaded Pixel because of a prior invention agreement with a previous employer.
(4) Jaded Pixel recognizes the entrepreneurial background of its employees, and as a result, I understand that I may request that Jaded Pixel exempt my invention from clause 4 of this Agreement (an Exempted invention). Such an exemption is at the sole discretion of Jaded Pixel and a written agreement executed by Jaded Pixel agreeing to the Exempted Invention must be provided by Jaded Pixel in order for any exemption to apply.
(5) Every Invention, that is not an Exempted Invention, disclosed to anyone other than Jaded Pixel within six (6) months after the termination of my employment with Jaded Pixel will be presumed to be the property of Jaded Pixel, unless it is proved that such Invention was first made or conceived after termination of my employment with Jaded Pixel.
(6) During my employment with Jaded Pixel and at any time thereafter, I will, at the request and expense of Jaded Pixel, complete and return to Jaded Pixel all documents necessary for the preparation and filing of applications covering the registration of intellectual property rights in Inventions in all countries, as well as perform all other acts which Jaded Pixel may deem necessary or advisable for the purpose of protecting or recognizing Jaded Pixels rights to same.
(7) I acknowledge that Jaded Pixel may from time to time have agreements with other persons or with the Canadian government or its agencies that impose
Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc. Standard Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement
obligations or restrictions on Jaded Pixel regarding Inventions made during the course of work under such agreements or regarding the confidential nature of such work. I agree to be bound by all such obligations or restrictions and to take all action necessary to discharge the obligations Jaded Pixel may have under such agreements.
(8) Upon the termination of my employment with Jaded Pixel, I agree to surrender promptly to Jaded Pixel all records or other evidence of any Inventions that are not Exempted Inventions.
5. | Non-competition |
I agree that I will not, during the duration of my employment and for a period of eight (8) months following the termination of my employment whether as principal, as agent or as an employee of, or in partnership or association with, any person, firm or corporation or in any manner whatsoever, directly or indirectly: carry on, be engaged in, advise, own shares, lend money to, guarantee the debts or obligations of, or permit my name to be used or employed by, any person, firm or corporation engaged in, concerned with or interested in marketing or advertising services or providing electronic illustration services, anywhere within the geographical area of Canada or any other areas where Jaded Pixel markets its products and services (other than solely as a holder of not more than 1% of the issued and outstanding voting shares of any public corporation).
6. | Non-solicitation |
(1) I further agree that for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of my employment, for whatever reason, I will not, directly or indirectly, solicit business from any client or potential client of Jaded Pixel which was served or solicited by me directly or indirectly on behalf of Jaded Pixel within the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the termination of my employment.
(2) I further agree that for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of my employment, I will not, directly or indirectly, hire or take away or cause to be hired or taken away, any employee of Jaded Pixel who was in the employ of Jaded Pixel during the twelve (12) months preceding the termination of my employment.
7. | Injunctive Relief |
(1) I acknowledge and confirm that the scope of the covenants in clauses 5 and 6 are in all respects (and particularly in respect of area, time and subject matter), no more than is reasonable to protect Jaded Pixels interests.
(2) I understand and agree that the damages which Jaded Pixel might suffer from my violation of any of my obligations set out in this Agreement would be difficult or impossible to measure and that Jaded Pixel is entitled to, in addition to all other remedies it may have, injunctive relief for any such violation (including interim, interlocutory and permanent injunctive relief).
8. | General Agreement Provisions |
(1) Each provision in this Agreement is separate and distinct. In the event that any provision in this Agreement is determined by a court to be invalid, such provision will be severable from this Agreement and the validity of the other
Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc. Standard Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement
provisions shall not be affected.
(2) The failure of Jaded Pixel to require the performance of any term of this Agreement, or the waiver by Jaded Pixel of any breach of this Agreement by me shall not prevent a subsequent exercise or enforcement. of such terms or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term of this Agreement.
(3) My obligations under this Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment regardless of the reasons for such termination and whether such termination is occasioned by me, by Jaded Pixel with or without cause, or by mutual agreement.
(4) I acknowledge that:
(a) | I have had time to review this Agreement and to obtain independent legal advice in connection with it and its execution; |
(b) | I fully understand its contents; |
(c) | I have signed it freely and voluntarily; |
(d) | this Agreement is reasonable and I understand that it is necessary to protect the legitimate interests of Jaded Pixel. |
(5) The terms and conditions of this Agreement can only be modified by the written agreement of the parties.
(6) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein, without reference to conflicts of laws. The courts of Ontario shall have exclusive jurisdiction over all disputes that may arise between the parties arising from this Agreement.
Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc. Standard Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement
DATED at the City of Ottawa, Province of Ontario, this 9 th day of December, 2010 .
Daniel Weinand | ||
Signature: |
/s/ Daniel Weinand |
|
Name: | Daniel Weinand | |
Address: | 76 Jolliet Ave, Ottawa K1C 5H2 | |
Jaded Pixel Technologies Inc. | ||
BY: |
/s/ Tobias Lütke |
|
Name: | Tobias Lütke | |
Title: | CEO |
Exhibit 10.7
DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the Agreement ) dated , 2015, between Shopify Inc. (the Corporation ), a corporation incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act and (the Indemnified Party ).
RECITALS:
(a) | The Corporation desires to attract and retain highly qualified individuals to serve as officers and directors of the Corporation or other bodies corporate with which the Corporation has a relationship (an Included Entity ), and to indemnify them to the maximum extent permitted by law. |
(b) | The Indemnified Party has consented to act as a [director] [officer] of the [Corporation] [and] [ ]. |
In consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:
1. | Indemnity |
(a) | Subject to Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the Corporation agrees to indemnify and save the Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Liabilities (as defined below). |
(b) | Liabilities means all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, costs, charges or expenses which the Indemnified Party reasonably incurs in respect of any Proceeding (as defined below), including, without limitation: |
(i) | an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment in respect of any Proceeding; |
(ii) | all legal and other professional fees and disbursements incurred in connection with any Proceeding; |
(iii) | all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Indemnified Party to prepare for any Proceeding, including out-of pocket expenses for attending discoveries, trials, hearings, and meetings; |
(iv) | any fines or other financial penalties imposed against the Indemnified Party in connection with any Proceeding as a result of a conviction or reprimand under the law because of the Indemnified Partys position as director or officer of the Corporation or an Included Entity; and |
(v) |
the full amount of any income taxes that the Indemnified Party is required to pay as a consequence of receiving any payment made by the Corporation pursuant to this Agreement, unless, in |
computing the Indemnified Partys income for income tax purposes the Indemnified Party is entitled to deduct the amounts paid by the Indemnified Party on account of Liabilities for which the Indemnified Party has been indemnified by the Corporation under this Agreement. |
(c) | Proceeding means any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding whether anticipated, threatened, pending, commenced, continuing or completed, and any appeal or appeals therefrom, which (i) the Indemnified Party is involved in or made a party to, and (ii) arises because the Indemnified Party is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or an Included Entity. |
2. | Written Notice by Indemnified Party |
Forthwith upon the Indemnified Party becoming aware of any Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification under this Agreement (other than a Proceeding commenced by the Corporation or an Included Entity), the Indemnified Party shall give written notice to the Chief Executive Officer and the General Counsel of the Corporation. Failure to give written notice in a timely fashion shall not disentitle the Indemnified Party to indemnification, except if and to the extent that the Corporation suffers prejudice by reason of the delay.
3. | Advance of Costs |
Subject to Section 4 of this Agreement, the Corporation agrees to advance monies to the Indemnified Party for all reasonable costs, charges and expenses as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of any Proceeding, which have been incurred by the Indemnified Party in the monitoring, investigation or defense of any Proceeding. For greater certainty, subject as hereinafter provided, it shall not be necessary for the Indemnified Party to pay such costs, charges and expenses and then seek reimbursement; the Indemnified Party shall provide bona fide receipts and statements of account to the Corporation for direct payment by the Corporation. If, pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, the Corporation has no obligation or liability to indemnify the Indemnified Party under this Agreement, the Indemnified Party shall repay any monies that have been advanced to the Indemnified Party by the Corporation pursuant to this Agreement.
4. | Application to Court |
In respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or any Included Entity to procure a judgement in its favour to which the Indemnified Party is made a party because of the Indemnified Partys position as a director or officer of the Corporation or the Included Entity, the Corporation will, upon the Indemnified Partys request, make an application for the approval of a court to make advances pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement and to indemnify the Indemnified Party, in accordance with Section 124(4)
- 2 -
of the Canada Business Corporations Act . The Corporation will have no obligation or liability to advance monies under Section 3 of this Agreement, or to indemnify the Indemnified Party under this Agreement, in respect of any action to which Section 124(4) of the Canada Business Corporations Act applies unless and until court approval for such advance or indemnity is obtained.
5. | Limitation |
(a) | The indemnity described in this Agreement shall not apply to (i) claims initiated by the Indemnified Party against the Corporation or an Included Entity except for claims relating to the enforcement of this Agreement or (ii) claims initiated by the Indemnified Party against any other person or entity unless the Corporation or the Included Entity has joined with the Indemnified Party in or consented to the initiation of that Proceeding. |
(b) | The Corporation will have no obligation or liability to indemnify the Indemnified Party under this Agreement if it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final order that is not subject to further appeal that (i) the Indemnified Party did not act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Corporation or the Included Entity, as applicable; or (ii) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the Indemnified Party did not have reasonable grounds for believing that the Indemnified Partys conduct was lawful. |
6. | Assumption of Defence |
The Corporation shall be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defence of any Proceeding (other than a Proceeding commenced by the Corporation). If the Corporation so elects after receipt of notice of a Proceeding, or the Indemnified Party in such notice so directs, the Corporation shall assume control of the negotiation, settlement or defence of any Proceeding, in which case such defence shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Corporation and reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. If the Corporation elects to assume such control, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in the negotiation, settlement or defence of such Proceeding and to retain counsel to act on his or her behalf, provided that the fees and disbursements of such counsel shall be paid by the Indemnified Party unless the Corporation consents to the retention of such counsel or unless the parties to any such Proceeding include both the Corporation and the Indemnified Party and the Corporation and the Indemnified Party, acting reasonably, shall have concluded that representation of both the Corporation and the Indemnified Party by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them, including the availability of legal defences to the Indemnified Party which are different from or additional to those available to the Corporation. The Indemnified Party and the Corporation shall co-operate fully with each other and their respective counsel in the investigation and defence of any Proceeding and shall make available to each other all
- 3 -
relevant books, records, documents and files and shall otherwise use their respective best efforts to assist such counsel in the proper and adequate defence of any Proceeding.
7. | Payment for Expenses of a Witness |
To the extent that the Indemnified Party is, by reason of the fact that the Indemnified Party is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or an Included Entity, a witness or participant other than as a named party in a Proceeding, the Corporation shall pay to the Indemnified Party all out-of-pocket costs, charges and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party or on the Indemnified Partys behalf in connection therewith, and payment at a rate of $200 per hour for the time reasonably spent by the Indemnified Party in preparing for, instructing or receiving the advice of counsel or attending meetings in connection thereto or participating as a witness therein.
8. | Settlement |
(a) | The Corporation may, with the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), enter into a settlement or other agreement to settle or compromise a Proceeding, provided that the Indemnified Party is indemnified by the Corporation for all Liabilities incurred in connection therewith. |
(b) | The Indemnified Party shall have the right to negotiate a settlement in respect of any Proceeding, provided however that in such circumstances, unless the Corporation approves such settlement (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), the Indemnified Party shall pay any compensation or other payment to be made under the settlement and the costs of negotiating and implementing the settlement, and shall not seek indemnity from the Corporation in respect of such compensation, payment or costs. The Corporation shall not be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). |
9. | Mandatory Obligation to Indemnify |
Nothing in this Agreement shall in any way adversely affect or diminish the obligation of the Corporation to indemnify the Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 124(5) of the Canada Business Corporations Act , and shall not operate to abridge or exclude any other rights, in law or in equity, to which the Indemnified Party or the Corporation may be entitled by operation of law.
- 4 -
10. | Directors & Officers Insurance |
The Corporation shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to ensure that it has in place at all times a directors and officers liability insurance policy that has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation under which the Indemnified Party is covered in his capacity as a current or former director or officer of the Corporation or Included Entity. Upon the Indemnified Party ceasing to be a director or officer of the Corporation, the Corporation shall continue to purchase and maintain or cause to be purchased and maintained such insurance on terms at least as favourable as that provided immediately before such time or as purchased and maintained for the directors and officers then in office or, failing that, a non-cancellable run-off policy or an endorsement or rider to any existing or previous policy providing equivalent coverage or an extension to the period within which any claim may be reported under such policy for a period not less than six (6) years, subject, in either case, to such policy, renewal, endorsement or rider being available on commercially reasonable terms and conditions.
11. | Arrangements to Satisfy Obligations Hereunder; Notification of Transactions |
The Corporation shall not carry out any arrangement, amalgamation, winding-up, amendment of its constating documents or any other transaction or series of transactions which may result in the Corporation ceasing to exist as a legal entity or substantially impairing its ability to fulfill its obligations hereunder (a Specified Transaction ) unless and until the Corporation has made adequate arrangements, acting reasonably, to fulfill its obligations hereunder, which arrangements may include, without limitation, the assumption of any liability hereunder by any successor to the assets or business of the Corporation or the prepayment of any premium for any insurance contemplated in Section 10.
12. | Insolvency |
It is the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement and the obligations of the Corporation shall not be affected, discharged, impaired, mitigated or released by reason of any arrangement, proposal, bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding of creditors of the Corporation.
13. | Subrogation |
To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall be subrogated to all rights which the Indemnified Party may have under all policies of insurance or other contracts pursuant to which the Indemnified Party may be entitled to reimbursement of, or indemnification in respect of, any Liabilities borne by the Corporation pursuant to this Agreement.
14. | Waiver |
- 5 -
No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will constitute a waiver of any other provision (whether or not similar). No waiver will be binding unless executed in writing by the party to be bound by the waiver. A partys failure or delay in exercising any right under this Agreement will not operate as a waiver of that right. A single or partial exercise of any right will not preclude a party from any other or further exercise of that right or the exercise of any other right it may have.
15. | Survival |
Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Indemnified Party from resigning as a director or officer/employee, or both, of the Corporation or any other body corporate at any time. This Agreement shall survive any such resignation or any other circumstance by reason of which the Indemnified Party shall cease to be a director or officer/employee of the Corporation or any other body corporate.
16. | Successors and Assigns |
This agreement becomes effective only when executed by both parties. After that time, it will be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, heirs, executors, administrators and permitted assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations under this Agreement are assignable or transferable by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.
17. | Severability |
If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable by an arbitrator or any court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal exists or is taken, that provision will be severed from this Agreement and the remaining provisions will remain in full force and effect.
18. | Governing Law |
This agreement is governed by, and will be interpreted and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.
19. | Entire Agreement |
This agreement supercedes and replaces any prior agreement entered into between the Indemnified Party and the Corporation providing for indemnification or similar rights in relation to the Indemnified Party acting as a director or officer of the Corporation or any Included Entity. For greater certainty, once executed by both parties, this Agreement shall be effective from the date the Indemnified Party was first elected or appointed as a director or officer of the Corporation or the Included Entity.
20. | Counterparts |
- 6 -
This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original, and such counterparts together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission of an executed signature page by facsimile, email or other electronic means is as effective as a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
[Signature Page Follows]
- 7 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement.
SHOPIFY INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Authorized Signing Officer |
|
|
|||
Witness (signature) | [Director/Officer] | |||
|
||||
Witness Name (print) |
- 8 -
Exhibit 10.11
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED UNDER RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. [*****] INDICATES OMITTED MATERIAL THAT IS THE SUBJECT OF A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. THE OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Payment Services Provider Agreement
This Payment Services Provider Agreement ( Agreement ) is entered into as of July 22 , 2013 (the Effective Date ) between Stripe, Inc., a Delaware corporation with offices at 3180 18 th Street, Suite 100, San Francisco CA 94110 ( Stripe ) and Shopify Payments (USA) Inc., a Delaware corporation with offices at c/o CT Corporation, Corporation Trust Centre, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington Delaware 19801 USA ( Shopify USA ). Stripe and Shopify USA may be collectively referred to herein as the Parties and each as a Party .
RECITALS
A. Stripe provides payment processing services to software developers and other third parties for financial transaction processing of credit cards, debit cards, and other Payment Devices, including such cards that are issued for acceptance on the payment networks operated by Visa, Inc. ( Visa ), MasterCard International Incorporated ( MasterCard ), American Express ( Amex) and other Payment Network operators (Stripes payment processing services collectively referred to herein as the Stripe Services );
B. Shopify Inc. (as further defined below, Shopify ), the parent company of Shopify USA, is a provider of various commerce services to third-party merchants pursuant to an agreement with each of them;
C. Under the terms of the Services Agreement dated April 16 2012, between Stripe and Shopify (the Original Platform Agreement ), Stripe provides the Stripe Services to certain third-party merchant customers of Shopify ( Old Portfolio Merchants ); and
D. Shopify USA desires to become a registered payment service provider of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the Bank ) pursuant to which it will provide financial processing products and services of Stripe and the Bank (such services being Shopify Payments ) to Shopify Merchants in the Territory (as such terms is defined blow);
The Parties hereby agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined in context are defined in Exhibit A attached hereto.
2. Scope of Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement:
a. Development and Implementation of the Services.
Confidential
1
CONFIDENTIAL
i. Subject to Section 3 and in accordance with the phased timeline described in Exhibit B , the Parties will collaborate to make available Shopify Payments to Shopify Merchants and third-party merchant applicants.
b. Transaction Processing.
i. Shopify USA hereby appoints Stripe to provide the Stripe Services with respect for those Shopify Merchants that elect to procure Shopify Payments pursuant to a Merchant Agreement (as defined below) (such a Shopify Merchant being a Shopify Payments Merchant );
ii. Stripe accepts such appointment and, commencing on the Launch Date, will provide the Stripe Services to Shopify Payments Merchants throughout the Term of this Agreement in the Territory.
iii. As and from the Launch Date, Stripe will provide the Stripe Services for card-not-present Shopify Payments Merchant transactions ( CNP Transactions ) submitted over the internet; the Parties shall collaborate to develop and implement card-present merchant transaction ( CP Transaction ) processing services at point-of-sale Shopify Payments Merchant locations in accordance with Section 6(b) for activation as soon as reasonably practicable. The date upon which the Parties first make Stripe Services generally available for card-present transactions shall be mutually agreed upon (the CP Date ). In addition, the Parties shall collaborate to integrate Shopify Billing payment processing into Shopify Payments in accordance with Section 6(c ).
c. Territory; International Expansion. As of the Launch Date, Stripe will make the Stripe Services available to Shopify Payments Merchant who conduct business in the Territory in U.S. Dollar transactions. As and when Stripe is able to provide Stripe Services for merchants outside of the United States or in currencies other than U.S. Dollars, Stripe shall offer such services to Shopify USA, Shopify and its affiliates under an additional agreement similar to this Agreement to be negotiated and agreed upon in each of those additional jurisdictions (each such agreement being a Foreign Processing Agreement ). For example, but without limitation, those Old Portfolio Merchants that are located in Canada will be eligible to be offered Canadian Dollar Stripe Services in Canada when Stripe and Shopify enter into a Foreign Processing Agreement in respect of Canada.
3. Shopify Payments Implementation Phase
a. Parties Continued Performance of Existing Platform Services Agreement. Until the Launch Date with regard to Old Portfolio Merchants payment processing activity in the United States, (i) Stripe will continue to perform its obligations under the Original Platform Agreement, and (ii) Shopify
Confidential
2
CONFIDENTIAL
USA shall not interfere with the continued performance by Shopify under the Original Platform Agreement. In addition, Stripe will continue to perform its obligations under the Original Platform Agreement outside the United States, until such time as is otherwise agreed between Shopify and Stripe. At any moment in time a given Shopify Merchant that is processing through Stripe will be doing so as a result of only one of the following, but not more than one: (i) the Old Platform Agreement; (ii) this Agreement, as a Shopify Payments Merchant; or (iii) pursuant to a Foreign Processing Agreement. The responsibility for services, fees payable between parties hereto and applicable technical specifications for each of the foregoing scenarios shall be derived from the Old Platform Agreement, this Agreement or the Foreign Processing Agreement, as the case may be. Shopify USA may, at its discretion, but in coordination with Stripe as provided for below, solicit or require Old Portfolio Merchants to enter into Merchant Agreements in substitution of their existing merchant agreements established under the Old Platform Agreement (each an Old Merchant Agreement ) (such substitution being a Migration to Shopify Payments). As and when Foreign Processing Agreements are entered into, Shopify or its affiliates shall, similarly, have the right to cause merchants procuring Stripe Services under the Old Platform Agreement, in jurisdictions outside of the U.S., to Migrate to Shopify Payments (i.e. not the U.S. version) available as a result of the applicable Foreign Processing Agreement. The parties shall, prior to August 1, 2013, establish a procedure by which such Migrations will take place that will be seamless from the perspective of the Shopify Merchant, which procedures shall foresee such Migrations not only in the U.S. but elsewhere as well.
i. Treatment of Old Portfolio Merchants on Shopify Platform. The Parties shall mutually agree on a procedure and timeline for the Migration of Old Portfolio Merchants to Shopify Payments. Shopify USA shall cause Shopify to agree to terms for such Migration to Shopify Payments procedures that are acceptable to Shopify USA. The Parties shall ensure that all transaction data generated by an Old Portfolio Merchant prior to the effective date of a Migration to Shopify Payments is preserved and continues to be accessible to such merchants when using Shopify Payments. Subject to Applicable Law, the Parties shall mutually agree on a procedure for transfer of/assignment or novation of existing Old Merchant Agreements between each Old Portfolio Merchant and Stripe under the Original Platform Agreement to the Merchant Agreement in order to give legal effect to the Migration to Shopify Payments. The parties expect Migrations to be ongoing in light of the fact that in each jurisdiction where a Foreign Processing Agreement is adopted they expect there to be Shopify Merchants using Stripe Payments under the Old Program Agreement prior to the effective date of the Foreign Processing Agreement.
Confidential
3
CONFIDENTIAL
ii. Change in Settlement Flows. In accordance with Applicable Law, Payment Network rules and the applicable payment service provider agreements, the Parties shall cooperate to effect any necessary changes to merchant settlement flows as of the Launch Date to ensure proper settlement and assessment of Shopify Payments fees for all transactions conducted under Shopify Payments, and termination of settlement flows to merchant settlement accounts such as they were under the Old Program Agreement merchant agreement for the merchant.
b. Shopify Registration as Compliant Service Provider. In order to provide Shopify Payments to Shopify Merchants, Shopify USA shall make commercially reasonable efforts to register with the applicable Payment Networks as a Compliant Service Provider to Wells Fargo Merchant Services Inc. ( WFMS ) no later than the Launch Date set forth in Section 4(b) . Stripe will make commercially reasonable efforts to assist and cause Bank to assist Shopify USA to obtain such registration. Stripe shall similarly assist and cause the applicable foreign bank to assist Shopify in obtaining the applicable registrations in each Foreign Processing Agreement jurisdictions, such as they may be from time to time.
c. Development and Testing of Shopify Payments. Shopify USA will develop Shopify Payments with technical assistance from Stripe. Shopify USA will test the Shopify Payments platform to the Parties mutual satisfaction in accordance with the timeline set forth in Section 4(b) . As additional functionality is developed and tested, the Parties will cooperate to incorporate such functionality into the existing services provided or available to Shopify Merchants.
d. Merchant Account Application Interface (Dual Account Application). As further set forth in Schedule 3(d) , Shopify USA shall incorporate a web-based interface (the Merchant Account Application Interface ) into Shopify Payments that permits a merchant to apply for both a Shopify Payments account, subject to a Merchant Agreement (as defined below) and a Stripe Account. As between the Parties, Stripe will assume exclusive responsibility for the Stripe Account and shall indemnify and hold Shopify USA and its affiliates from any and all claims, liabilities or other losses arising from or related to any Stripe Account. Until otherwise provided for herein, the Stripe Account shall remain inactive and no products or services shall be provided to the Shopify Merchants through such account. Shopify Services are provided pursuant to the Shopify Merchant Agreement entered into by all Shopify Merchants prior to or concurrently with being solicited for Shopify Payments. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require either party to transfer any information to the other party to the extent that it cannot do so without violating Applicable Law. Shopify USA will develop and test the Merchant Account Application Interface to the Parties mutual satisfaction in cooperation with Stripe, and in accordance with the timetable set forth in Section 4(b) . The Merchant Account
Confidential
4
CONFIDENTIAL
Application Interface shall collect and transmit sufficient data from each merchant applicant to permit Stripe to perform its underwriting and risk evaluation obligations under Section 5(a ). In addition, for merchants approved by Stripe ( Approved Shopify Merchants ), the Merchant Account Application Interface shall, by default, offer to merchant the ability to simultaneously create both a Shopify Payments Account and a Stripe Account in accordance with Section 5(b) . However, at the discretion of Shopify USA or the merchant, the Merchant Account Application Interface may also enable a Shopify Merchant to procure one, all or a combination of the following: (i) Shopify Payments; (ii) a Shopify or Shopify USA-enabled third party payment service from PayPal or Google Wallet; (iii) other non-payment products and services of Shopify USA or third parties; (iv) continue using a third party payment service; or (v) a new third party payment service that is not, as of the submission thereof, available through the Stripe Services. New Shopify Merchants that, prior to becoming such, had a payment processor that they wish to continue using in conjunction with the Shopify Services, or that wish to cease using Shopify Payments but not Shopify Services, shall not be required to procure Shopify Payments or the Stripe Services or any other payment service.
e. Development and Approval of Four-Party Shopify Payments Merchant Agreement. The provision of Shopify Payments to a given merchant shall be conditional upon such merchant becoming a party to a four-party merchant agreement substantively in the form set out in Schedule 3.e hereto (the Merchant Agreement ). The form of Merchant Agreement shall not be changed without the prior consent of Shopify USA, Stripe, and the Bank. Under the Merchant Agreement, Shopify USA, Stripe and the Bank will be responsible to merchant to provide payment services, including the Stripe Services, and Stripe will contract with the merchant as Shopify USAs agent to deliver the Stripe Services on Shopify USAs behalf, including obtaining all merchant approvals required to complete payment transactions. As between the parties hereto, however, except as set out herein, Stripe shall bear exclusive responsibility for the supply of Stripe Services to Shopify Payments Merchants under Merchant Agreements.
f. Third-Party Approvals. The Parties acknowledge that the form of this Agreement, the performance of the Stripe Services, the operation of Shopify Payments, and the form of the Merchant Agreement are subject to the ongoing approval of the following entities, as well as subject to the terms of the applicable agreements with such parties ( Third Party Terms ):
i. WFMS;
ii. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.; and
iii. the applicable rules and regulations of Payment Networks.
Confidential
5
CONFIDENTIAL
Stripe represents to Shopify USA that this Agreement is consistent with all Third Party Terms. In the event that Shopify USA is in breach of any Third Party Terms, without limitation to other rights of Shopify USA hereunder, Stripe shall provide Shopify USA notice of the breach together with a copy of the clause that Shopify USA is alleged to have breached. Shopify USA will then have thirty (30) days from such notice to cure the breach before it shall be deemed to be in default hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require Stripe to continue providing services to Shopify USA under this Agreement to the extent that doing so would violate its contract with the Bank or other Third Party Terms. In the event that Stripe is required to cease providing services hereunder on account of Bank or other Third Party Terms, it shall afford Shopify USA such time and reasonable assistance to wind-down its operations hereunder as such third party requirements will permit.
To the extent that Third Party Terms, not expressly foreseen in this Agreement, cause a material adverse effect on Shopify USA or have the effect of undoing the essential commercial bargain of this Agreement, then either party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement on ninety (90) days notice to the other party without penalty or recourse and Shopify USA shall be afforded such time and reasonable assistance to wind-down its operations hereunder as such third party requirements will permit.
4. Transition From Stripe Payment Platform to Shopify Payments. The Parties shall cooperate to transition from the Stripe Payment Platform as set forth in the Original Platform Agreement to Shopify Payments in accordance with this Section 4 as the default method of providing Stripe Payments to Shopify Merchants.
a. Shopify Payments Deployment Terms and Acceptance Criteria. Subject to the Third Party Terms, the Parties shall mutually agree on the criteria for testing, acceptance, and final deployment of Shopify Payments, and agree to make commercially reasonable efforts to complete testing and acceptance thereof in accordance with Section 4(b) .
b. Timetable. The Parties shall make commercially reasonable efforts to complete development and testing of Shopify Payments and obtain all necessary third-party approvals no later than August 1, 2013. The Parties shall launch Shopify Payments within thirty (30) days after (i) the Parties mutually agree that the tasks set forth in Section 3 have been completed, and (ii) each Party certifies to the other Party in writing that it has received all of the third-party approvals required under Section 3(f) (the Launch Date ).
c. Default Position; Marketing Commitment. Throughout the Term, subject to Section 3(d) hereof, (i) Shopify Payments powered by Stripe will be the primary credit and debit card payment processor that Shopify USA or its affiliates
Confidential
6
CONFIDENTIAL
presents, markets or promotes to Shopify Merchants in the Territory, and (ii) Stripe will be the only credit or debit card processing service used by Shopify or its affiliates to deliver Shopify Payments. For greater certainty, Shopify may make other credit or debit card payment processing services or other payment services available to Shopify Merchants to accommodate such Shopify Merchants pre-existing relationships with other payment providers, or service Shopify Merchants that elect to not use Shopify Payments, but will not encourage or promote the use of such alternative payment services. Shopify USA shall market and promote Shopify Payments to all Shopify Merchants in the Territory in order to encourage them to utilize Shopify Payments. Stripe shall promote the Shopify Services to its customers in the Territory by providing a preferred listing in Stripes partner page or similar preferential placement on Stripes website.
d. Non-Solicitation. For the Term hereof and for one (1) year thereafter (the Non-Solicitation Period ):
(i) None of Stripe or any of its affiliates shall, directly or indirectly themselves or authorize any third party to, solicit Shopify Merchants to: (A) terminate a Shopify Merchant Agreement; or (B) terminate a Merchant Agreement. In addition, none of Stripe or any of its affiliates shall, directly or indirectly themselves or authorize any third party to utilize the identity of Shopify Payments Merchants, or other information in respect thereof, learned by Stripe through the provision of the Stripe Services under this Agreement ( Shopify Merchant List ) to solicit such Shopify Payments Merchants to procure credit or debit card processing services other than Shopify Payments. Stripe shall not be in breach of the foregoing in the event that a Shopify Merchant responds to a general advertisement by Stripe that was published without making use of any the Shopify Merchant List or other information obtained through this Agreement, a Merchant Agreement or on account of Shopify USA performance hereunder;
(ii) Except as provided herein with respect to a Stripe Account, Stripe shall not directly re-solicit any Shopify Merchant to offer them a direct relationship with Stripe;
(iii) In the event that a Shopify Payments Merchant contacts Stripe concerning any payment service for use on Shopify during the Term, Stripe will use reasonable efforts to direct such Shopify Payments Merchant to use Shopify Payments;
(iv) None of Shopify USA or any of its affiliates shall, directly or indirectly themselves, or authorize any third party to, solicit Stripe Merchants to terminate a Stripe Account. Shopify USA shall not be in breach of the foregoing in the event that a Stripe Merchant responds to a general advertisement by Shopify USA or one of its affiliates that was published without making use of any information obtained through this Agreement, a Merchant Agreement or on
Confidential
7
CONFIDENTIAL
account of Stripe performance hereunder; and
(v) Neither party hereto nor any of their affiliates shall use information obtained in the course of performing hereunder to intentionally interfere in commercial relationships of the other party, provided that Shopify USA shall have the right to terminate any Merchant Agreement on notice to the other parties thereto.
e. American Express. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, unless otherwise separately agreed in writing between Stripe and Shopify USA, Stripe will be the service provider with respect to American Express card transaction from Shopify Payments Merchants. Subject to the rights of American Express to require individual Shopify Payments Merchants to enter into a direct agreement with American Express as a condition of processing American Express card ( Amex Card ) transactions, Shopify will have the right to establish the fees charged to Shopify Payments Merchants for processing Amex Card transactions.
5. Operation of Shopify Payments
a. Merchant Application Processing and Underwriting. On behalf of Shopify USA, and in accordance with WFMS requirements, Payment Network rules, and Applicable Law, Stripe shall conduct the following underwriting, account approval, and risk management activities:
i. Underwriting and Screening. Stripe shall underwrite and screen merchant applicants for Shopify Payments in accordance with Stripes applicable underwriting policies and procedures as approved by WFMS. Stripe shall also perform Know Your Customer ( KYC ), OFAC, AML, and related screening activities, including conducting initial and periodic reviews of the MasterCard MATCH list and any other any other terminated or prohibited merchant lists specified by Bank in determining whether a merchant applicant shall be permitted to enroll in Shopify Payments. The Parties mutually agree to cooperate in identifying any additional data or procedures pertinent to improving the merchant underwriting process.
ii. Credit Decision. Pursuant to the activities described above, as between the Parties, Stripe shall have sole discretion on credit approvals for merchant applicants, provided that Stripe will consider in good faith input of Shopify regarding credit decisions. Shopify USA may reject an Approved Merchant and deny them the ability to enroll in Shopify Payments. Shopify USA may terminate any Merchant Agreement.
iii. Underwriting Input. Shopify USA shall have the right to require Stripe to increase Shopify Payments Merchant merchant reserves, limit Shopify
Confidential
8
CONFIDENTIAL
Payments Merchant transaction sizes or frequency, provided that Stripe is able, using its then-current technical systems, to implement such changes without significant manual intervention. Nothing in the foregoing shall limit the ability of Stripe or the Bank to impose larger reserve requirements on a Shopify Payments Merchant or otherwise restrict their transaction volume.
iv. Merchant Communication and Business Operations. As between the parties, Shopify will be primarily responsible for all direct, merchant-facing communication regarding Shopify Payments, including requests for additional information, risk investigations involving merchant communication, and other tasks requiring direct merchant interaction to perform underwriting, credit or ongoing compliance functions. Stripe will develop or otherwise make available the necessary APIs, mechanisms or channels to allow Shopify to identify the appropriate communications to Shopify Payments Merchants as required by Stripe, WFMS and Bank, including but not limited to requests for merchant information or documentation. The parties acknowledge that certain Shopify Payment Merchant communication is subject to strict deadlines imposed by Payment Networks (e.g. chargeback notices), consequently, Stripes systems shall deliver all required information for notices to Shopify Payments Merchants in a manner that will not materially impede on such deadlines. Where Payment Networks require notices to be sent by paper mail, certified mail or courier, the postage or courier fees shall be paid by Stripe or Shopify USA, as the case may be. The parties will cooperate in good faith to help ensure that such communications are capable of being carried out in a timely and efficient manner.
b. Creation and Ownership of Accounts. The Parties will collaborate to ensure a seamless end user merchant experience for the Shopify Payments Merchant onboarding process, including, for example, data sharing between the Parties, and coordination of any requisite merchant consent to share such data, subject to the Applicable Law. Subject to selections made by the merchant and the parties hereto in the course of the Merchant Account Application Interface, upon underwriting and credit approval from Shopify USA and Stripe, each approved Shopify Merchant will have or be eligible to have three (3) accounts, as set forth below:
i. Shopify Accounts. Each Shopify Merchant shall have a Shopify account ( Shopify Account ) pursuant to a Shopify Merchant Agreement, and Shopify shall be the sole owner of all Shopify Accounts. Each Shopify Account exists prior to any agreement of a Shopify Merchant under the Old Program Agreement or a Merchant Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Shopify, or any of its affiliates, from soliciting any Shopify Account for any product or service. As between the parties, Shopify shall be solely responsible for providing all services contemplated in Shopify Merchant Agreements to Shopify Accounts, and the duration of such accounts existence shall be independent of the Term of this Agreement.
Confidential
9
CONFIDENTIAL
ii. Shopify Payments Account. Each Shopify Payments Merchant shall have a Shopify payments account ( Shopify Payments Account ) pursuant to the Merchant Agreement. As between the parties hereto, Shopify USA shall be the sole owner of the Shopify Payments Account.
iii. Stripe Accounts. Each Shopify Merchant will have a Stripe Account, and as between the parties Stripe will be the sole owner of all such Stripe Accounts. For purposes of Shopify Payments, Stripe Accounts shall remain dormant until such time as this Agreement terminates, or a Shopify Merchant seeks to establish an independent relationship with Stripe outside the context of this Agreement. For clarity, the establishment of such an independent relationship does not constitute a breach of the confidentiality, non-solicitation or other provisions of this Agreement in so far as Stripe has not intentionally solicited the Shopify Merchant to terminate its relationship with Shopify USA or enter into some other relationship the purpose of which is to provide services that are intended to replace Shopify Payments as the Shopify Merchants payment solution either within Shopifys ecommerce store building and hosting service, or Shopifys related POS service. For clarity, the Stripe Account established under this Agreement will not be used to process payments associated with any service other than Shopify Payments, and as between the parties, Stripe shall be solely responsible for providing all services in respect of Stripe Accounts and the duration of such accounts existence shall be independent of the Term of this Agreement.
iv. Transferability of Merchant Accounts. If a Shopify Payments Merchant terminates its Merchant Agreement, and the Shopify Payments Merchant desires to continue receiving payment processing services from either Party under a new agreement with the respective Party, the Parties mutually agree to cooperate in providing an orderly transfer of the Shopify Payments Merchants payment processing account information to the new payment processing service. A Party hereto that has solicited a Shopify Payments Merchant to terminate its Merchant Agreement in violation of the non-solicitation provisions hereof shall not benefit from this provision.
c. Merchant Pricing. Shopify USA shall have the exclusive right to set merchant pricing for Shopify Payments and, for the term of each Merchant Agreement, Shopify USA shall have the right to use the Stripe Services payment processing pricing interface and tools pursuant to this Agreement in order to assist in ascertaining, applying and administering Merchant Fees (as defined below) under Merchant Agreements.
d. Stripe Promotion and Marketing.
(i) Commencing on the Launch Date and throughout the remainder of the Term, Shopify USA will cause Shopify to host a
Confidential
10
CONFIDENTIAL
dedicated Shopify Payments page within Shopifys website, which will identify Stripe and describe Stripes role in providing the Shopify Payments service ( Shopify Payments Page ). The content and design of the Shopify Payments Page shall be mutually agreed upon by the parties. In addition, Shopify USA will cause Shopify to mention Stripe in a welcome email, if any, sent to each Shopify Payments Merchant, the content of such mention to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties.
(ii) Shopify USA and Stripe shall ensure that Shopifys Account Application Interface and Stripes supporting APIs collectively allow each Shopify Merchant that is an Old Portfolio Merchant or otherwise holds an activated Stripe Account in use on Shopify, to sign up for a Shopify Payments Account using their existing Stripe Account data, with a minimum of data re-entry, subject to acceptance of the Merchant Agreement.
6. Transaction Processing. On behalf of Shopify USA, Stripe shall provide the following types of transaction processing services to Shopify Merchants in accordance with the terms of the Merchant Agreement:
a . Card Not Present Transactions. Stripe shall process CNP Transactions submitted by Shopify Payments Merchants over the Internet.
b. Card Present Transactions. Commencing on the CP Date, Stripe shall process CP Transactions conducted at point-of-sale Shopify Payment Merchant locations in the Territory.
i. Provision of Terminals and Equipment. The Stripe Services shall operate in respect of CP Transactions, which operation shall be capable of integrating to customary mobile and other POS equipment and gateways. Shopify USA shall, at its sole discretion, select the type of POS equipment that it wishes to use with Shopify Payments, subject to security and technical parameters under applicable Third Party Terms and reasonably necessary for integration with Stripe Services. Shopify USA is under no obligation, however, to deploy POS equipment to its Shopify Payments Merchants. For greater certainty, during the term of this Agreement and for one (1) year thereafter, none of Stripe or any of its affiliates shall, directly or indirectly nor may they authorize any third party to, utilize the Shopify Merchant List to solicit Shopify Merchants to procure POS equipment other than as permitted by Shopify USA.
ii. Integration of POS Infrastructure with Stripe Services. When Shopify USA deploys POS equipment to Shopify Payments Merchants, Shopify USA will utilize the Stripe API to integrate the POS Infrastructure with the Stripe Services to permit Stripe to process CP Transactions for Shopify Merchants. Stripe will cooperate with Shopify and Shopify USA to add such additional
Confidential
11
CONFIDENTIAL
functionality to the Stripe API as is reasonably necessary to support CP Transactions on the mutually agreed upon timeline. Subject to Section 4(c) above, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent Shopify USA or its affiliates from using a third party acquiring bank or processor for card present transactions or other non-card-based payment transactions.
iii. Transaction Data Sharing/Feed. In accordance with applicable Payment Network rules and financial institution requirements, Shopify USA shall ensure that Stripe receives all data necessary to process CP Transactions.
iv. Customer Service. The parties hereto shall share in customer service responsibilities in respect of Shopify Payments Merchants in a manner to be agreed upon between the parties.
c. Shopify Billing. Shopify USA has the right to use the Stripe Services, as a merchant itself, or on behalf of its affiliates, for billing to its Shopify Merchants, for which it shall pay the fees applicable to other services the Shopify USA procures hereunder. For greater certainty, fees billed to Shopify USA for Stripe Services used by Shopify USA, as a merchant itself, will not be the fees normally paid by Shopify Payments Merchant, they will instead be the fees set out in Schedule 9 to this Agreement. Shopify USA is under no obligation to engage Stripe for its own processing needs as a merchant, and Shopify USA may cease doing so at any time without penalty hereunder. Shopify USA billing or its billing on behalf of its affiliates may be, at the discretion of Shopify USA, added to Merchant Fees levied on Shopify Payments Merchant under Merchant Agreements and settled to Shopify USA or its affiliate in the manner set out below.
7. Settlement Funds; Fee Disbursement and Flow of Funds. In accordance with the applicable Merchant Agreement and the terms of this Agreement and the respective payment service provider agreements each Party has with WFMS, funds in settlement of Shopify Merchant transactions shall be cleared and settled as follows:
a. Settlement of Funds.
i. Merchant Accounts with WFB. Settlement funds for transactions completed by Shopify Payments Merchants through Shopify Payments will be deposited to a Bank bank account titled in the name of Wells Fargo Bank for benefit of Stripe merchants (a WFB FBO Account ). The terms and conditions associated with such account shall be established by direct contractual relationship between Shopify USA and Bank.
ii. Settlement Procedures and Timing. No later than one (1) business day following deposit by Bank into the WFB FBO Account of the face
Confidential
12
CONFIDENTIAL
value of transactions processed by Shopify Payments Merchants, Stripe will remit to a deposit account of Shopify USA (the Shopify USA DDA ) all Merchant Fees collected from such Shopify Payments Merchant, provided that the WFB FBO Account has a balance adequate to cover all reasonably anticipated transfers to Shopify Merchants, transaction refund amounts and chargeback amounts for recent Shopify Merchant transactions. Stripe and Shopify USA will cooperate to determine a method for determining such minimum balance. On receipt of the Merchant Fees in the Shopify USA DDA, Stripe shall have the right to debit such account, by ACH, for the amount of its Fees as well as, without duplication, interchange and fees payable to Bank in respect of Shopify Payments Merchant transactions (such interchange and Bank fees being, collectively, the Bank Fees and Interchange ). Insofar as the Bank has off-set from settlements to Shopify USA or debited the Shopify USA DDA or Shopify USA has otherwise funded any amounts of chargebacks or other losses under Merchant Agreements, then Shopify USA shall have the right to offset from payments to Stripe hereunder or debit from Stripes bank account identified by Stripe for deposits in conjunction with this Agreement (the Stripe DDA ), the amount for which Stripe is responsible in respect thereof and any other liabilities that Stripe may have to Shopify USA. As between the parties, Stripe shall be responsible to pay the Bank, on a timely basis, all Bank Fees and Interchange. In accordance with its published payout schedule and subject to the terms of the applicable Merchant Agreement, Stripe shall instruct Bank to remit by ACH from the WFB FBO Account to an account designated by the Shopify Payments Merchant in the Merchant Agreement, the face value of their transactions less: (i) all fees payable under the Merchant Agreement (such fees under the Merchant Agreement being the Merchant Fees , which may include not only fees for Shopify Payments but also Shopify or its affiliate fees for their respective services); and (ii) other amounts owing by the Shopify Payments Merchant under the Merchant Agreement. Where Shopify Payments Merchant chargebacks are not funded by their settlements, each party hereto shall be responsible for providing to the Bank their respective share of such liabilities (as set out in Section 13 of this Agreement below) by remitting them to the WFB FBO Account.
iii. Reconciliation. Stripe shall conduct periodic reconciliation of the WFB FBO Account with Bank and with Shopify USA, for transactions related to Shopify Payments Merchants, in accordance with Stripes standard reconciliation procedures.
iv. Pre-Existing Accounts. For greater certainty, each Shopify Payments Merchant will be treated the same with respect to revenue sharing, pricing, and other terms under this Agreement, regardless of whether such Shopify Payments Merchant was already procuring services from one of the Parties before becoming a Shopify Payments Merchant under this Agreement,
Confidential
13
CONFIDENTIAL
except and to the extent otherwise contemplated herein in respect of Old Portfolio Merchants.
b. Other Shopify. Subject to compliance with applicable Payment Network requirements, Stripe shall permit Shopify USA to utilize the Stripe Services interface to submit additional settlement instructions to Bank to deduct any additional fees owed to Shopify or its affiliates, and to customize payout schedules for Shopify Merchants, subject to funds availability.
8. Chargebacks and Payment Management; Merchant Data. On behalf of Shopify USA, Stripe will process retrieval requests and chargebacks, and handle transaction data as follows for all Shopify Payments Merchants:
a. Compliance. Stripe will process all retrieval and chargeback requests in compliance with all Bank, WFMS, and Payment Network requirements.
b. Routing. In accordance with the timeline and other requirements set forth in Exhibit B, Stripe will configure the Stripe Services to programmatically route chargeback and retrieval request information to Shopify Payments.
c. Processing and Merchant Communication. As between the Parties, Shopify USA will manage merchant chargeback pricing and chargeback communications with Shopify Merchants subject to procedures mutually agreed upon by the Parties.
d . Payment Management Platform/Merchant Data. Stripe will provide Shopify USA with all necessary transaction data, Stripe APIs, or other interfaces to permit Shopify USA to integrate each Shopify Merchants commerce platform with the Stripe Services payment management features, including data regarding analytics, refunds and chargebacks.
9. Stripe Fees and Revenue Share. Shopify USA shall pay Stripe the fees for the Stripe Services and share of Shopify Payments revenue as set forth in Schedule 9 hereto (the fees appearing in such schedule being the Fees ).
Stripe shall not make amendments to Fees except as a direct consequence of documented increases in its costs from Bank or Payment Networks without markup to Stripe or Shopify USA and that Shopify USA shall have the right to pass through to Shopify Payments Merchants under Merchant Agreements. For greater certainty, increases in telecom, gateway, postage, rent and all other costs of the Stripe shall not entitle Stripe to make any changes to Schedule 9 hereto. In the event of an increase in Fees other than as provided in the previous sentence, without limitation to other remedies available to Shopify USA, Shopify USA shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without penalty.
Confidential
14
CONFIDENTIAL
Stripe may not impose new termination fees or amend termination fee amounts in existing Merchant Agreements.
10. Branding Requirements. In connection with Shopify Payments, Shopify USA will comply with all applicable Payment Network and Bank branding guidelines. Shopify Payments will be primarily branded as a Shopify service with Shopify Marks and include clear powered by Stripe or similar Stripe Marks within the account setup flow, as mutually agreed by the Parties. For clarity, the parties anticipate that Stripes brand will be visible to the Shopify Merchant in multiple places in the Shopify Payments product experience, as mutually agreed, and do not intend that the Shopify Payments service will be a white labeled experience. References to Stripe in the Shopify Payments product will not be linked to a Stripe site.
11. Merchant Termination. In accordance with the terms of the Merchant Agreement, each Party may terminate a Shopify Merchant in its sole discretion. Upon any termination of a Merchant Agreement, the parties hereto shall immediately discontinue processing transactions originated by the terminated merchant through Shopify Payments.
12. Fraud Management and Risk Monitoring. On behalf of Shopify USA, Stripe shall perform fraud management and risk monitoring activities for enrolled Shopify Payments merchants in order to comply with Bank policies and Payment Network rules, as well as to manage the fraud risks associated with transactions submitted by Shopify Merchants. The Parties shall cooperate in identifying any additional information or procedures that the Parties may employ to reduce fraud and monitor risk on behalf of Shopify Merchants and Shopify Merchant customer shipping information. The Parties shall cooperate in determining best practices for the integration of third-party fraud management services with Shopify Payments, in order to augment Stripes fraud management and risk monitoring activities. Unless otherwise agreed, each Party will bear the cost of any third-party fraud management activities that it performs, including any third-party fraud management service that it may use. In accordance with Bank policies and Payment Network rules, the Parties shall ensure that any third-party fraud management service provider engaged by the Parties with access to cardholder data complies with all applicable PCI requirements and is registered with the applicable Payment Networks and Bank as a Compliant Service Provider.
13. Liability and Risk of Loss. In accordance with the Service Provider Agreement dated as of March 8, 2011, between Stripe and Bank, Stripe will bear all financial responsibility to Bank related to the Stripe Services, including all unrecoverable chargebacks, unpaid interchange, fees, assessments, fines and other liability arising from a Shopify Payments Merchants failure of delivery or performance under or in relation to a Merchant Agreement. As between Stripe and Shopify USA, Shopify USA will bear [*****]% of such liability and Stripe will bear
Confidential
15
CONFIDENTIAL
[*****]% of such liability. Shopify USA acknowledges and agrees that Stripe or its financial partners may require a reserve to secure Shopify USAs liability (the Stripe Reserve ). Such reserve shall: (i) be the property of Shopify USA; (ii) be kept in a separate bank account of Stripe and not comingled with Stripes ordinary commercial accounts; and (iii) be remitted in its entirety, such as it may be, to Shopify USA no later than six (6) months following termination of this Agreement or such later date as Stripe or Bank reasonably believes is necessary to satisfy the liabilities of Shopify USA under this section of this Agreement. During the Term and so long as Stripe maintains any Stripe Reserve, Stripe shall provide Shopify USA with no less than a monthly accounting in respect thereof detailing the bases of any withdrawals from such reserve. As a condition of receiving the Stripe Services described under this Agreement, Shopify USA will promptly and fully comply with any such reserve obligation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties acknowledge that no indemnity, limitation of liability or other contract term between Stripe and Shopify USA will relieve Stripe of its liability to Bank. Stripe may not use funds in the Stripe Reserve to offset any liabilities other than: (i) those of a Shopify Payments Merchant in respect of its Shopify Payments account; or (ii) those of Shopify USA hereunder. For example, but without limitation, Stripe Reserve funds may not be used to offset Shopify Payments Merchant liability to Stripe in respect of its Stripe Account.
14. Reporting. The Parties shall cooperate in good faith in order to comply with all applicable Payment Network reporting requirements, as well as reporting requirements imposed by Bank. Together with each payment to Shopify USA hereunder, and online between such payments, Stripe shall provide Shopify USA accurate reporting concerning Shopify Payments Merchant processing that will include no less than: (a) the pricing actually applied to each individual Shopify Payments Merchant for each element of the Stripe Services; (b) the amounts actually paid by Shopify Payments Merchant; and (c) the amounts to which each party is entitled as a function of this Agreement. Stripe shall supply, in its reporting to Shopify USA, no less data than it receives from Bank.
15. Costs. Each Party will bear its own costs and expenses (including legal and accounting fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
16. Taxes. The amounts to be paid under this Agreement are inclusive of taxes and each Party will bear any taxes imposed by Regulatory Authorities associated with funds received by it under this Agreement. On behalf of Shopify USA and in accordance with Applicable Law, Stripe shall prepare annual 1099 forms for Shopify Merchants.
17. Audits, Assessments, Investigations. Each Party mutually agrees to cooperate in good faith with the other Party in the case of an external audit, assessment, or investigation of either Party by a Regulatory Authority, WFMS, or
Confidential
16
CONFIDENTIAL
Bank. In the event of a dispute over amounts owing hereunder, Shopify USA shall have the right at its own expense to audit the books and records of Stripe solely to verify Stripes compliance with the terms hereof. Any such audit shall be undertaken during Stripes normal business hours, on not less than fifteen (15) business days prior written notice to Stripe, and not more often than once per calendar year. Any report of other material produced as a result of any such audit shall be the Confidential Information of both Parties.
18. Exclusivity. For a period beginning on the Effective Date and ending of one (1) year after the Launch Date, none of Stripe or any of its affiliates shall, directly or indirectly enter into any agreement with [*****] or [*****] to sponsor them as a payment services provider under applicable Visa, MasterCard or American Express rules in the Territory.
19. Term and Termination.
a. Term. The term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and, unless terminated earlier as provided herein, shall continue for twenty-four (24) months thereafter (the Initial Term). The term will thereafter continue for success twelve (12) month periods (each a Renewal Term and together with the Initial Term, the Term) unless either party gives notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the then current Term.
b. Termination for Cause. Either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice if the other Party is in breach or default of any material obligation herein and fails to cure such breach or default within thirty (30) days after the receipt of written notice to that effect. The rights and remedies provided in this section are not exclusive and are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by Applicable Law or this Agreement.
i. Other Termination Rights.
(A) Termination or Breach of Original Platform Agreement. Each party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if the other, or Shopify defaults on its obligations under the Original Platform Agreement.
(B) Termination for Convenience after Initial Term. After the expiration of the Initial Term, either Party may terminate the Term with or without cause upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to the other Party.
(C) Effect of Termination. No termination hereof shall affect the validity of or performance by the parties hereto in respect of Merchant Agreements all of which shall survive termination. Upon a termination hereof, Shopify USA shall have the right to either: (i) have the parties hereto continue to perform hereunder, with each of the Parties continuing to perform hereunder
Confidential
17
CONFIDENTIAL
during such period of time, until such time as all Merchant Agreements have terminated; or (ii) cause Stripe to assign and cause Stripe to cause Bank and WFMS to assign their respective rights and obligations in Merchant Agreements to a third party designated by Shopify USA (such assignment being a Deconversion ). In the event of a termination hereof for material and uncured default by Shopify USA, Stripe may elect to continue performing hereunder for only ninety (90) days following such termination during which time Shopify USA shall be obliged to carry out a Deconversion. Stripe shall provide reasonable assistance in any Deconversion, including the supply of data in a reasonably useful format to as to facilitate in its completion with minimal interference with service to Shopify Payments Merchants.
d. Survival. Except as expressly set forth herein, the following Sections shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement: Sections 2(b), 4(d), 5, 6(a), 6(b)(i), 7, 8, 9, 11 through 17, 19(i)(B), 19(d), 20, 21, 22(a), 22(b), 22,(c) and 25 through 29.
20. Data Privacy.
a. Collector Retains Rights. In general, each Party will retain all rights in any User Data that it collects from Merchants, subject to the terms of any applicable user agreements and privacy policy, and also subject to this Section 20 . User Data means all data, whether aggregate information or personally identifiable information, generated or collected by or for a Party under the terms of this Agreement and the Merchant Agreement.
b. Limitations on Sharing User Data. Neither Party shall be obligated to share with the other Party any User Data that it may collect hereunder, except as is reasonably required to operate Shopify Payments and provide the Stripe Services and perform the other obligations in this Agreement. If either Party provides to the other Party any User Data that is Personally Identifiable Information, then the receiving Party will: (a) be permitted to use such shared User Data solely for the purpose of performing its obligations under this Agreement, (b) not disclose any such shared User Data to any third party (other than third parties engaged, under appropriate terms of confidentiality, to assist with the provision of Stripe Services), and (c) utilize commercially reasonable security measures (including, but not necessarily limited to, access control mechanisms and encryption keys, if applicable) to protect such shared User Data from unauthorized access, use, disclosure, alteration or destruction. Subject to each partys obligations under its privacy policy and applicable law, the respective rights of parties hereto in User Data shall be identical those in Confidential Information below.
21. Confidentiality; Publicity
Confidential
18
CONFIDENTIAL
a. Confidential Information. The Parties acknowledge that, in the course of their dealings hereunder, each ( Recipient ) may receive or otherwise become familiar with information about the other ( Discloser ), including without limitation, information about the Disclosers technology, client order information, business activities and operations and its trade secrets that are proprietary or confidential (the Confidential Information ). Confidential Information includes the terms of this Agreement. Recipient hereby agrees to take all reasonable measures to maintain the confidentiality and secrecy of the Confidential Information of Discloser and to avoid its disclosure. Recipient agrees to limit access to the Confidential Information to authorized employees and outside advisors, such as accountants and lawyers, who have a substantial need to know the Confidential Information. Upon expiration, cancellation or termination of this Agreement, except as otherwise set forth herein, Recipient shall promptly return the Disclosers Confidential Information or delete all copies of such Confidential Information from its possession and certify in writing to Discloser of such deletion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information will not include any information to the extent that it: (a) is or becomes publicly available through no act or omission on the part of the Recipient; (b) is disclosed to Recipient by a third party having no obligation of confidentiality with respect thereto; (c) is released from confidential treatment by written consent of Discloser; or (d) is required to be disclosed by applicable law or regulation; provided however, if Recipient is required to disclose the Confidential Information or any part thereof to a tribunal or governmental or regulatory agency, then unless Recipient is restricted by law or order, it will notify Discloser prior to such disclosure to allow it to obtain protective orders maintaining the confidentiality of such information.
For greater certainty, but without limitation, as between the parties hereto, any and all Shopify Merchant information that comes into possession of Stripe on account of this Agreement, shall be and remain the Confidential Information of each of Shopify USA and Stripe, and each party shall be entitled to retain such Confidential Information following any expiration or termination of this Agreement without further obligation to the other party. The foregoing joint title in certain Confidential Information shall not be interpreted as a means to lessen the obligations of either Party under the non-solicitation provisions of this Agreement.
c. Press Release. Neither Party will issue any press release or other public communication regarding the relationship of the Parties under this Agreement without the other Partys prior written approval. Neither party shall make any statements which would in any way disparage the other, its parent corporations or affiliates.
22. License and Intellectual Property.
a. Shopify Intellectual Property. As between the Parties, Shopify USA and its affiliates shall own all right, title and interest, including all copyrights,
Confidential
19
CONFIDENTIAL
patents, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights, in and to the Shopifys web site, the Shopify Payments service and Shopify Marks.
b. Stripe Intellectual Property. As between the Parties, Stripe shall own all right, title and interest, including all copyrights, patents, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights, in and to the Stripe Services, the Stripe APIs, and the Stripe Marks.
c. No Joint Development. The Parties do not intend that any joint development will occur under or in connection with this Agreement. Joint development, if any, will be subject to a separate written agreement between the Parties.
d. Licenses. Shopify USA grants Stripe a nonexclusive, non-transferable, royalty-free, fully paid up license to use the Shopify Marks solely in connection with Stripes obligations under this Agreement. Stripe grants Shopify USA and its affiliates a nonexclusive, non-transferable, royalty-free, fully paid up license to use the Stripe Marks solely in connection with Shopify USAs obligations under this Agreement.
23. Data Security.
a. PCI-DSS Compliance. Each party hereto shall comply with the PCI-DSS standards applicable to it in connection with provision of Shopify Payments under or in connection with this Agreement. Shopify USA will provide Stripe or Wells Fargo such evidence of compliance as either of them may request from time to time, and will, if requested, submit to a third party audit of its compliance with PCI-DSS.
24. Representations and Warranties.
a. Mutual. Each Party hereby represents and warrants that:
i. this Agreement constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation and has been duly authorized by all requisite action on its part
ii. the execution of this Agreement does not violate any Applicable Law, Payment Network rule, or contract to which such Party is subject.
iii. it is registered with the applicable Payment Networks and with WFMS as a Compliant Service Provider, and shall maintain such registration for the duration of this Agreement;
iv. there are no actions, suits or proceedings existing or pending against or affecting it before any Regulatory Authority which would have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
Confidential
20
CONFIDENTIAL
b . No Representations or Warranties. Neither Party shall make any representations or warranties concerning the other Partys services except as may be specifically authorized, in writing, by such Party or set out herein. Stripe hereby warrants to Shopify USA that its services to Shopify USA and Shopify Merchants will perform in accordance with their published specifications in all material respects. Stripe further warrants that in performing its obligations hereunder, Stripe shall exercise due care and reasonable efforts to ensure that information originated by Stripe and provided to Shopify is accurate.
25. Disclaimer of Warranty. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY WARRANTED IN SECTION 24 ABOVE, EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY FURTHER WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, AND TITLE.
26. Limitations on Liability; Liability Cap. NEITHER PARTY SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER BASED ON BREACH OF CONTRACT, BREACH OF WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE, PRODUCT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE), OR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
27. Indemnification.
a. Mutual Indemnity. Stripe and Shopify USA (as applicable, the Indemnifying Party ) will each indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other Party, as well as its Affiliates and licensees, Bank and each of its officers, shareholders, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the Indemnified Parties ) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, claims, demands, suits, actions, deficiencies, penalties, taxes, levies, fines, judgments, settlements, costs, expenses, legal fees and disbursements, and accountants fees and disbursements (collectively, Claim or Claims ) incurred by, borne by or asserted against any of the Indemnified Parties in any way relating to third-party claims that arise out of or result from: (i) the Indemnifying Partys performance, failure to perform or improper performance under this Agreement any gross negligence or willful misconduct of any employee or subcontractor of the Indemnifying Party; (ii) breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of the Indemnifying Party contained herein; (iii) any breach of or (iv) any actual or alleged infringement of any patent, copyright trademark, trade name, trade secret or other proprietary or intellectual property right by any service or product, including software, delivered by the Indemnifying Party pursuant to this Agreement.
Confidential
21
CONFIDENTIAL
b. Indemnification Procedures. In connection with any Claims, the Indemnified Party will: (i) give the Indemnifying Party prompt written notice of the Claim (provided that any delay in notification will not relieve the indemnifying of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that the delay impairs its ability to defend; (ii) cooperate reasonably with the Indemnifying Party (at the Indemnifying Partys expense) in connection with the defense and settlement of the Claim; and (iii) permit the Indemnifying Party to control the defense and settlement of the Claim, provided that (a) the Indemnifying Party may not settle the Claim without the Indemnified Partys prior written consent if such settlement includes any admission of civil or criminal liability by the Indemnified Party or would otherwise result in any damages that are not eligible for indemnification on the party of the Indemnified Party, and (b) the Indemnified Party (at its cost) may participate in the defense and settlement of the Claim with counsel of its own choosing.
28. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be construed and controlled by the laws of the State of California, USA, regardless of the conflicts of law provisions of California or any other jurisdiction. For all purposes of this Agreement, the parties consent to exclusive jurisdiction and venue in the United States Federal Courts located in the Central District of California.
a. Enforcement; Waiver of Jury Trial. Stripe and Shopify USA hereby irrevocably waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Agreement, or any dealings between them relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and the relationship that is being established. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of this Agreement, including, without limitation, contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims, and all other common law and statutory claims. Stripe and Shopify USA each acknowledge that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship, that each has already relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement, and that each will continue to rely on this waiver in their related future dealings. Stripe and Shopify USA further warrant and represent that each has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel, and that each knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. This waiver is irrevocable, and may not be modified either orally or in writing, and this waiver shall apply to any subsequent amendments, renewals, supplements or modifications to this Agreement, or to any other documents or agreements relating to the Stripe Services. The provisions of this Section 28 shall expressly survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.
29. General.
Confidential
22
CONFIDENTIAL
a. Force Majeure. If the performance of this Agreement or any obligation hereunder is prevented, restricted or interfered with by any act or condition whatsoever beyond the reasonable control of the affected Party, the Party so affected, upon giving prompt notice to the other Party, shall be excused from such performance, except for the making of payments hereunder, to the extent of such prevention, restriction or interference.
b. Notices; Requests. All notices and requests in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed given as of the day they are received (a) deposited in the U.S. mails, postage prepaid, certified or registered, return receipt requested; or (b) sent by overnight courier, charges prepaid, to the following address:
c. Assignment. Neither Party may assign or transfer this Agreement, or any portion thereof, to any third party unless the other Party expressly consents to such assignment in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that either Party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement in connection with a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of its assets. Subject to the limitations set forth herein, all terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and each of their permitted transferees, successors and assigns.
d. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining portions hereof in such jurisdiction or rendering such provision or any other provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction.
Confidential
23
CONFIDENTIAL
e. Independent Contractor. Each Party is an independent contractor, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to create or imply a joint venture, mandate, partnership, principal-agent or employment relationship between the Parties. No Party shall take any action or permit any action to be taken on its behalf which purports to be done in the name of or on behalf of the other Party and neither Party shall have any power or authority to bind the other Party.
f. Interpretation.
i. The Section, Exhibit and Schedule headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
ii. References in this Agreement to Sections, Exhibits, and Schedules are references to clauses of and schedules to this Agreement. References to the singular include the plural and vice versa, and references to one gender include the other gender.
iii. Any reference to persons includes natural persons, firms, partnerships, limited liability partnerships, companies, corporations, unincorporated associations, local authorities, governments, states, foundations and trusts (in each case whether or not having separate legal personality) and any agency of any of the above.
iv. Wherever the word include, includes, or including is used in this Agreement, it shall be deemed to be followed by the words but not limited to or without limitation unless the context requires otherwise.
v. The word or means both and and or, except where the context clearly indicates that the parties intend or to designate alternatives only, including when the word either or similar words or phrases are used.
vi. Any reference to a statute, statutory provision or subordinate legislation (legislation) (except where the context otherwise requires) (i) shall be deemed to include any by-laws, licenses, statutory instruments, rules, regulations, orders, notices, directions, consents or permissions made under that legislation and (ii) shall be construed as referring to any legislation which replaces, re-enacts, amends or consolidates such legislation (with or without modification) at any time.
vii. In the event of any inconsistency, ambiguity or conflict between this Agreement and the Schedules, the terms of the Schedules will control, except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides that a particular section of the Agreement takes precedence over a particular section of a Schedule.
Confidential
24
CONFIDENTIAL
g. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, and the Original Agreement, represents the entire understanding of the parties and their affiliates with respect to the subject matter hereof and merges and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous understandings. Any modification to this Agreement must be set forth in a signed writing. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the Original Agreement, the former shall prevail.
h. Shopify Third Party Beneficiary. Shopify and Shopify Payments (Canada) Inc. are intended to be a third party beneficiaries under this Agreement and shall be entitled to directly enforce and rely upon any provision of the Agreement that confers a benefit on it or Shopify USA. Other than the foregoing, no other person shall be a third party beneficiary to the Agreement.
[Signature page follows]
Confidential
25
CONFIDENTIAL
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Stripe and Shopify USA have caused this Agreement to be executed by their authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.
Stripe, Inc. | Shopify Payments (USA) Inc. | |||||||
By: |
/s/ Jon Zieger |
By: |
/s/ Russell Jones |
|||||
Print: | Jon Zieger | Print: | Russell Jones | |||||
Title: | Gen. Counsel & Corp. Secretary | Title: | CFO |
Confidential
26
CONFIDENTIAL
EXHIBIT A
Definitions
Whenever used in this Agreement with initial letter capitalized, the following terms will have the specified meanings below:
Applicable Law means all federal, state and local laws, statutes, regulations, orders and requirements applicable to a Party or relating to or affecting any aspect of this Agreement, and all requirements of any Regulatory Authority having jurisdiction over a Party, including Payment Network bylaws and operating regulations, as any such laws, statutes, regulations, orders and requirements may be amended and in effect from time to time during the term of this Agreement.
Compliant Service Provider means an entity approved by and registered with the Visa or MasterCard as a payment service provider that complies with applicable Payment Network data security rules and regulations.
Payment Network means any entity formed to administer and promote payment transactions, such as VISA, MasterCard, American Express, Discover, China UnionPay, JCB, the Automated Clearing House, or any other payment scheme or organization that governs the submission of Transactions.
PCI-DSS means the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard.
Regulatory Authority means any federal, state or local court, regulatory agency or other governmental agency or authority having jurisdiction over a Party.
Shopify means Shopify Inc., the parent company of Shopify USA and provider of the Shopify Services.
Shopify Merchant means a third-party merchant who creates or hosts an online store using the Shopify Services.
Shopify Merchant Agreement means an agreement between Shopify and Shopify Merchants to deliver Shopify Services in the Territory.
Shopify Services means the online store builder, ecommerce hosting and other non-credit card or debit card payment services provided by Shopify in the Territory from time to time.
Confidential
27
CONFIDENTIAL
Stripe Account means an individual Shopify Merchant users account maintained by Stripe for the use of Stripe Services pursuant to a Stripe merchant agreement.
Stripe API means the application programming interface made available by Stripe for the delivery of its payment processing services.
Stripe Merchant means each merchant user of the Stripe Services who obtained a Stripe Account under the Original Platform Agreement, or who has independently established a relationship with Stripe.
Stripe Services means the payment processing, reporting and other services provided by Stripe under this Agreement and Merchant Agreements.
Territory means the United States of America.
Confidential
28
CONFIDENTIAL
Schedule 3(e)
Form of Merchant Agreement
Form of Shopify Payments Merchant Agreement
Shopify Payments Terms of Service
The Terms and Conditions described here constitute a legal agreement (Agreement) among the sole proprietor or business listed as the Merchant in the Shopify Payments service registration page, (the Merchant on the registration page, sometimes referred to as you, your, user), Shopify Payments (USA) Inc. (Shopify), Stripe, Inc. (Stripe), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (Wells Fargo, collectively with Shopify and Stripe referred to as we, our or us).
Section A: The Shopify Payments Service (the Service)
1. | Our Role |
The Shopify Payments service (Shopify Payments or the Service) is a payment service that helps you accept and process credit card, debit card and other types of card payments (collectively cards) from your customers in exchange for your products and services for internet-based transactions (Card Not Present Transactions or CNP Transactions). Stripe provides the payment services to you on behalf of Shopify. Neither Shopify nor Stripe is a bank or a money services business (MSB) nor do they offer banking or MSB services as defined by the United States Department of Treasury. In addition, we do not assume any liability for the products or services purchased using our Service. You will be required to register for a service account to use the Service (see Getting a Service Account below). This account allows you to review card transactions that are in the process of settling from Payment Networks and us to your designated settlement bank account.
2. | Our Software |
Stripe and Shopify provide the payment software to enable you to use the Service. We reserve the right to require you to install or update any and all software updates to continue using the Service. The foregoing offering is separate and distinct from the Shopify e-commerce and other services that are provided by Shopify Inc. under separate terms and conditions, which are independent of this Agreement (such services being a Shopify Account and such agreement being the Shopify Merchant Agreement).
3. | Authorization for Handling of Funds |
By accepting this Agreement, you authorize Wells Fargo to hold, receive, and disburse funds on your behalf when such funds from your card transactions settle from the Payment Networks. You further authorize Stripe, on behalf of Shopify, to instruct Wells Fargo in the manner of how your card transaction settlement funds should be disbursed to you (such as by ACH credit transaction or sending you a paper check payable to you) and the timing of such disbursements. You also authorize Wells Fargo to hold settlement funds in a deposit account at Wells
Confidential
29
CONFIDENTIAL
Fargo pending disbursement of the funds to you in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. You agree you are not entitled to any interest or other compensation associated with the settlement funds held in the deposit account at Wells Fargo pending settlement to your designated bank settlement account, that you have no right to direct that deposit account, and that you may not assign any interest or grant any security interest or lien in the settlement funds or the deposit account at Wells Fargo. From time to time, we may make available to you information in the Service Account regarding anticipated settlement amounts that we have received on your behalf from the Payment Networks and are being held by us pending settlement. The settlement information reflected in the Service Account is for reporting and informational purposes only, and does not create any ownership or other rights in settlement funds, which are provisional credits only, until such funds are credited to your designated bank settlement account. Your authorizations set forth herein will remain in full force and effect until your Service Account is closed or terminated.
4. | Payment Methods |
The Shopify Payments card processing service supports any U.S.-issued card and most non-U.S. issued cards with a Visa, MasterCard, Discover, or American Express logo (collectively the Payment Networks) including credit, debit, pre-paid, or gift cards. Shopify will only process card transactions that have been authorized by the applicable Payment Network or card issuer. You are solely responsible for verifying the identity of users and of the eligibility of a presented payment card used to purchase your products and services, and Shopify does not guarantee or assume any liability for transactions authorized and completed which may later be reversed or charged back (See Chargebacks section below). You are solely responsible for all reversed or charged back transactions, regardless of the reason for, or timing of, the reversal or chargeback. Shopify may add or remove one or more types of cards as a supported payment card any time without prior notice to you.
5. | Customer Service |
Stripe and Shopify will provide you with customer service to resolve any issues relating to your Service Account, your card payment processing and use of our software, and the distribution of funds to your designated bank settlement account. You and you solely, are responsible for providing service to your customers for any and all issues related to your products and services, including but not limited to issues arising from the processing of customers cards through the Service.
6. | Taxes |
It is your responsibility to determine what, if any, taxes apply to the sale of your goods and services and/or the payments you receive in connection with your use of the Service (Taxes). It is solely your responsibility to assess, collect, report, or remit the correct tax to the proper tax authority. We are not obligated to, nor will we determine whether Taxes apply, or calculate, collect, report, or remit any
Confidential
30
CONFIDENTIAL
Taxes to any tax authority arising from any transaction. You acknowledge that we may make certain reports to tax authorities regarding transactions that we process and merchants to which we provide card payment services.
Pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code, merchant acquiring entities and third party settlement organizations are required to file an information return with the IRS for each calendar year, reporting all payment card transactions and third party network transactions with merchants occurring in that calendar year. You acknowledge that on behalf of Shopify, Stripe will report to the Internal Revenue Service the total amount of the payments you receive each calendar year as required by law.
7. | Security |
Shopify maintains commercially reasonable administrative, technical and physical procedures to protect all the personal information regarding you and your customers that is stored in our servers from unauthorized access and accidental loss or modification. However, we cannot guarantee that unauthorized third parties will never be able to defeat those measures or use such personal information for improper purposes. You acknowledge that you provide this personal information regarding you and your customers at your own risk.
8. | Data Security |
You are fully responsible for the security of data on your website or otherwise in your possession. You agree to comply with all applicable state and federal laws and rules in connection with your collection, security and dissemination of any personal, financial, Card, or transaction information (defined as Data) on your website. You agree that at all times you shall be compliant with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards (PCI-DSS) and the Payment Application Data Security Standards (PA-DSS), as applicable. You agree to promptly provide us with documentation evidencing your compliance with PCI DSS and/or PA DSS if requested by us. You also agree that you will use only PCI-compliant service providers in connection with the storage, or transmission of Card Data, defined as a cardholders account number, expiration date, and CVV2. You must not store CVV2 data at any time. Information on PCI-DSS can be found on the PCI Councils website . It is your responsibility to comply with these standards.
9. | Audit Right |
If we believe that a security breach or compromise of data has occurred, Shopify may require you to have a third party auditor that is approved by Shopify conduct a security audit of your systems and facilities and issue a report to be provided to Shopify, financial banks, and the Payment Networks.
10. | Privacy |
Confidential
31
CONFIDENTIAL
Your privacy and the protection of your data are very important to us. Shopify works with Stripe to provide the Shopify Payments, and both Shopify and Stripe may collect or receive certain personal data about you and your customers. For more information about Shopifys privacy practices, you should review http://www.shopify.com/legal/privacy and for more information about Stripes privacy practices, you should review https://stripe.com/us/privacy. Reviewing these policies will help you understand how we collect, use and safeguard the information you provide to us.
11. | Privacy of Others |
If you receive information about others, including Cardholders, through the use of the Service, you must keep such information confidential and only use it in connection with the Service.
You may not disclose or distribute any such information to a third party or use any such information for marketing purposes unless you receive the express consent of the user to do so. You may not disclose card numbers to any third party, other than in connection with processing a card transaction requested by the buyer customer.
12. | Restricted Use |
You are required to obey all laws, rules, and regulations applicable to your use of the Service (for example, those governing financial services, consumer protections, unfair competition, anti-discrimination or false advertising). In addition to any other requirements or restrictions set forth in this Agreement, you shall not: (i) utilize the credit available on any Card to provide cash advances to Cardholders,(ii) submit any card transaction for processing that does not arise from your sale of goods or service to a buyer customer, (iii) act as a payment intermediary or aggregator or otherwise resell our services on behalf of any third party, (iv) send what you believe to be potentially fraudulent authorizations or fraudulent card transaction, or (v) use your Service Account or the Service in a manner that Visa, MasterCard, American Express, Discover or any other Payment Network reasonably believes to be an abuse of the Payment Network or a violation of Payment Network rules.
You further agree not to, nor to permit any third party to, do any of the following: (i) access or attempt to access our systems, programs or data that are not made available for public use: (ii) copy, reproduce, republish, upload, post, transmit, resell or distribute in any way material from us; (iii) permit any third party to use and benefit from the Service via a rental, lease, timesharing, service bureau or other arrangement; (iv) transfer any rights granted to you under this Agreement; (v) work around any of the technical limitations of the Service, use any tool to enable features or functionalities that are otherwise disabled in the Service, or decompile, disassemble or otherwise reverse engineer the Service, except to the extent that such restriction is expressly prohibited by law; (vi) perform or attempt to perform any actions that would interfere with the proper working of the Service, prevent access to or use of the Service by our other users, or impose an
Confidential
32
CONFIDENTIAL
unreasonable or disproportionately large load on our infrastructure; or (vii) otherwise use the Service except as expressly allowed under this section.
13. | Suspicion of Unauthorized or Illegal Use |
We reserve the right to not authorize or settle any transaction you submit which we believe is in violation of this Agreement, any other Shopify or Stripe agreement, or exposes you, other Shopify Payments users, our processors or Shopify or Stripe to harm, including but not limited to fraud and other criminal acts. You are hereby granting us authorization to share information with law enforcement about you, your transactions, or your Service Account if we reasonably suspect that your Service Account has been used for an unauthorized, illegal, or criminal purpose.
14. | Payment Network Rules |
The Payment Networks have established guidelines, bylaws, rules, and regulations (Payment Network Rules). You are required to comply with all applicable Payment Network Rules that are applicable to merchants. You can review portions of the Payment Network rules at Visa and MasterCard . The Payment Networks reserve the right to amend the Payment Network Rules. Stripe, acting on behalf of Shopify, reserves the right to amend the Agreement at any time with notice to you as necessary to comply with Network Rules or otherwise address changes in the Service.
15. | Disclosures and Notices |
You agree that Shopify can provide disclosures and notices regarding the Service to you by posting such disclosures and notices on our website, emailing them to the email address listed in your Service Account, or mailing them to the address listed in your Service Account. You also agree that electronic disclosures and notices have the same meaning and effect as if we had provided you with a paper copy. Such disclosures and notices shall be considered to be received by you within 24 hours of the time it is posted to our website or emailed to you unless we receive notice that the email was not delivered.
Section B: Getting a Service Account
1. | Registration |
The Service is only made available to persons in the United States that operate a business selling goods and services, and the Service is not made available to persons to accept card payments for personal, family or household purposes. To use Shopify Payments for your business, you will first have to register for a Shopify Payments service account (Service Account). When you register for a Service Account, we will collect basic information including your name, company name, location, email address, tax identification number and phone number.
Confidential
33
CONFIDENTIAL
You may choose to register as an individual (sole proprietor) or as a company or business. If you register as a company or business, you must also provide information about an owner or principal of the business and you must be authorized to act on behalf of the business and have the authority to bind the business to this Agreement. In order to sign up a business to use the Service, you must agree to this Agreement on behalf of the business. If you have so agreed, the term you will mean you, the natural person, as well as the business you represent. You understand that by registering for a Service Account, you are also registering for a Stripe Account, and that you are simultaneously providing your information to Shopify Payments for the purpose of opening a Service Account, and to Stripe for the purpose of establishing your Stripe Account.
2. | Company Descriptions and Site URL |
As part of your registration, you must provide the name under which you do business (which may be the businesss legal name or a doing business name) (e.g. MyStore Online Widgets), and a billing descriptor. These two fields and your site URL (e.g. www.mystore.com) may appear in your customers credit or debit card statements. To avoid customer confusion and transaction disputes, it is important that you enter a description that clearly identifies your business. You agree to indemnify us from any costs from disputes due to your failure to do so.
3. | Verification and Underwriting |
To verify your identity, we will require additional information including your business EIN or Tax ID, social security number, and date of birth. We may also ask for additional information to help verify your identity and assess your business risk including business invoices, a drivers license or other government issued identification, or a business license. We may ask you for financial statements. We may request your permission to do a physical inspection at your place of business and to examine books and records that pertain to your compliance with this Agreement. Your failure to comply with any of these requests within five (5) days may result in suspension or termination of your Service Account. You authorize us to retrieve additional information about you from third parties and other identification services. Shopify may use your information to apply for card merchant acquiring accounts on your behalf with certain Payment Networks (such as American Express).
After we have collected and verified all your information, Shopify will review your account and determine if you are eligible to use the Service. Shopify may also share your information with our payment processors (such as Wells Fargo), each of which may also make a determination regarding your eligibility. We will notify you once your account has been either approved or deemed ineligible for use of the Service.
By accepting the terms of this Agreement, you are providing us with authorization to retrieve information about you by using third parties, including credit bureaus and other information providers. You acknowledge that such information retrieved may include your name, address history, credit history, and other data
Confidential
34
CONFIDENTIAL
about you. We may periodically update this information to determine whether you continue to meet the eligibility requirements for a Service Account.
You agree that Shopify is permitted to contact and share information about you and your application (including whether you are approved or declined), and your Service Account with the payment processor, including Wells Fargo. This includes sharing information (a) about your transactions for regulatory or compliance purposes, (b) for use in connection with the management and maintenance of the Service, (c) to create and update their customer records about you and to assist them in better serving you, and (d) to conduct Shopifys risk management process.
4. | Service Account - US only |
By registering for a Service Account, you are confirming to be either a legal resident of the United States, a United States citizen or a business entity authorized to conduct business by the state in which it operates. The Service and your Service Account may only be used in the fifty states of the United States of America and the District of Columbia. You may not export the Service directly or indirectly, and you acknowledge that the Service may be subject to export restrictions imposed by US law, including US Export Administration Regulations (15 C.F.R. Chapter VII).
By accepting this Agreement you confirm that you will satisfy these requirements.
5. | Prohibited Businesses |
By registering for a Service Account, you are confirming that you will not accept payments in connection with the following businesses, business activities or business practices: (1) door-to-door sales, (2) offering substantial rebates or special incentives to the Cardholder subsequent to the original purchase, (3) negative response marketing, (4) engaging in deceptive marketing practices, (5) sharing Cardholders data with another merchant for payment of up-sell or cross-sell product or service, (6) evading a Payment Networks chargeback monitoring programs, (7) engaging in any form of licensed or unlicensed aggregation or factoring, (8) airlines, (9) age restricted products or services, (10) bail bonds, (11) bankruptcy lawyers, (12) bidding fee auctions, (13) collection agencies, (14) chain letters, (15) check cashing, wire transfers or money orders, (16) counterfeit goods, (17) currency exchanges or dealers, (18) embassies, foreign consulates or other foreign governments, (19) firms selling business opportunities, investment opportunities, mortgage consulting, credit repair or protection or real estate purchases with no money down, (20) credit card and identity theft protection, (21) cruise lines, (22) essay mills, (23) [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK], (24) drug paraphernalia, (25) extended warranties, (26) fortune tellers, (27) gambling, (28) sports forecasting or odds making, (29) illegal products or services, (30) mail-order brides, (31) marijuana dispensaries and related businesses, (32) money transmitters or money service businesses, (33) multi-level marketing or pyramid schemes, (34) non-institutional pharmacies, (35) pseudo pharmaceuticals, (36) quasi-cash or stored value, (37) securities brokers,
Confidential
35
CONFIDENTIAL
(38) sexually-oriented or pornographic products or services, (39) shipping or forwarding brokers, (40) substances designed to mimic illegal drugs, (41) telemarketing, (42) timeshares, (43) tobacco and e-cigarettes, (44) weapons and munitions, (45) virtual currency that can be monetized, re-sold or converted to physical or digital goods or services or otherwise exit the virtual world, (46) travel agencies, (47) personal computer technical support, and (48) predatory products or services.
By accepting this Agreement you confirm that you will satisfy these requirements.
Section C: Processing Card Transactions and Receiving Your Funds
1. | Processing Card Transactions |
You agree that you will honor all eligible cards presented for payment by your customers for your goods and services in accordance with the Payment Network rules, this Agreement and any operating guides that we may provide you from time to time. You agree that you will obtain an authorization from the Payment Network(s) for each card transaction, as required under the Payment Network rules, and will not submit a card transaction for settlement where there is a negative authorization or the card is otherwise expired. You acknowledge that the existence of an affirmative authorization from us or the Payment Networks does not mean that a particular card transaction will not be subject to Chargeback, Reversal or Claim at a later date.
You will not impose any fee or surcharge on a customer that seeks to use an eligible payment card. You will provide a receipt to the customer at the conclusion of the purchase transaction that includes all information required under Payment Network rules and applicable law.
You will maintain appropriate records of all card transactions for a period of at least two (2) years from the date of the transaction.
You will display all Payment Network marks in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Payment Networks, and will use such marks only to indicate that you accept their cards for payment.
2. | Payouts and Transaction History |
We will pay out funds settling from the Payment Networks to your designated bank settlement account in the amounts actually received (less our Fees as defined below) for card transactions submitted to our Service. The payouts will be made to the bank account (Bank Account) you provide for your Service Account. The Bank Account must be an account located at a bank in the United States and held in the name of the business. You are responsible for the accuracy and correctness of information regarding your Bank Account. Funds for any given transaction will not be transferred to your Bank Account until the transaction is deemed complete. Transactions will be deemed complete when we
Confidential
36
CONFIDENTIAL
have received funds settling from the Payment Networks and when we or our processing financial institutions have accepted such funds. The actual timing of the transfers to your Bank Account of the settling funds will be subject to the Payout Schedule as defined below.
After each payout of card settlement funds to your Bank Account, we will update information in your Service Account to reflect settlement. Information regarding your card transactions processed and settled with the Services (Transaction History) will be available to you when you login to our website using your Service Account. We provide a minimum of one year of Transaction History on our website. Except as required by law, you are solely responsible for compiling and retaining permanent records of all transactions and other data associated with your Service Account, your Transaction History and your use of the Service.
3. | Payout Schedule |
Payout schedule refers to the time it takes for us to initiate a transfer to your Bank Account of settlement funds arising from card transactions processed through the Service (Payout Schedule). Once your bank account information has been reviewed, Stripe, on behalf of Shopify, will initiate transfer of settlement funds (net Fees, chargebacks, and other funds owed to us for any reason) in accordance with the Payout Schedule, the terms of which will be made available to you when you login to our website using your Service Account. The settlement funds should normally be credited to your Bank Account within 1-2 days of us initiating the payout. We are not responsible for any action taken by the institution holding your Bank Account that may result in some or all of the funds not being credited to your Bank Account or not being made available to you in your Bank Account. You can contact Shopify to inquire about changing the timing of your Payout Schedule. Upon submitting a request, you will be informed of the process and requirements for Shopify to review your Payout Schedule.
Stripe, on behalf of Shopify and/or Wells Fargo reserves the right to change the Payout Schedule or suspend payouts to your Bank Account should we determine it is necessary due to pending disputes, excessive or anticipated excessive Chargebacks or refunds, or other suspicious activity associated with your use of the Service or if required by law or court order.
4. | Reconciliations and Errors |
Your Transaction History will be available to you when you login to our website using your Service Account. Except as required by law, you are solely responsible for reconciling your Transaction History with your actual card payment transactions. You agree to notify us of any discrepancies arising from such reconciliation and verification. We will investigate any reported discrepancies and attempt to rectify any errors that you or we discover. In the event you are owed money as a result of the discrepancy, we will transfer funds to your Bank Account in the next scheduled payout. Your failure to notify us of an error or discrepancy in your Transaction History within sixty (60) days of when it first appears on your Transaction History will be deemed a waiver of any right to
Confidential
37
CONFIDENTIAL
amounts owed to you in connection with any such error or discrepancy in processing your card payments.
If you submit or cause us to process transactions erroneously, you agree to contact us immediately. We will investigate any reported errors and attempt to rectify any errors that you or we discover by crediting or debiting your Service Account as appropriate. Shopify will only correct transactions that you process incorrectly if and when you notify us of such an error. Your failure to notify us of a processing error within thirty (30) days of when it first appears on your electronic transaction history will be deemed a waiver of any right to amounts owed to you.
5. | Refunds and Returns |
By accepting these terms of service, you agree to submit any and all refunds and adjustments for returns of your products and services through the Service to the Cardholders card in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and Payment Network Rules. Payment Network Rules require that you will (i) maintain a fair return, cancellation or adjustment policy; (ii) disclose your return or cancellation policy to customers at the time of purchase, (iii) not give cash refunds to a customer in connection with a Card sale, unless required by law, and (iv) not accept cash or any other item of value for preparing a Card sale refund.
Full refunds must be for the exact dollar amount of the original transaction including tax, handling charges, and other charges. The refund amount may not exceed the original sale amount except by an amount equal to any reimbursements to customer for postage costs incurred for product returns. Refunds processed though the Service must be submitted within one hundred and eighty (180) days of the original transaction but in all cases, within three (3) days of approving the Cardholder refund.
For processed refunds, we, will deduct the refund amount (including any applicable Fees) from (i) settlement funds owed to you from processing of other card transactions, or (ii) funds in any Reserve Account. If these funds are not sufficient, you authorize us, to initiate an ACH debit entry to your Bank Account in the amount necessary to complete the refund transaction to the Cardholders card. In the event we cannot access your Bank Account by means of ACH debit entry, you agree to pay all funds owed to us upon demand. You are solely responsible for accepting and processing returns of your products and services; we have no responsibility or obligation for processing such returns.
6. | Chargebacks |
A Chargeback (defined below in Section D(6)) is typically caused when a customer disputes a charge that appears on their bill. A Chargeback may result in the reversal of a transaction, with the amount charged back to you. You can be assessed Chargebacks for: (i) customer disputes, (ii) unauthorized or improperly authorized transactions, or (iii) transactions that do not comply with Payment Network Rules or the terms of this Agreement or are allegedly unlawful or
Confidential
38
CONFIDENTIAL
suspicious, or (iv) any reversals for any reason by the Network, our processor or acquiring bank, or the Cardholder bank.
When a Chargeback is issued, you are immediately liable to Shopify for the full amount of payment of the Chargeback plus any associated Fees, fines, expenses or penalties (including those assessed by the Payment Networks or our payment processors). You agree that we may recover these amounts by debiting by means of ACH debit of your Bank Account associated with your Service Account, debiting your Reserve Account, or setting off any amounts owed to you by us. If we are unable to recover funds related to a Chargeback for which you are liable, you will pay us the full amount of the Chargeback immediately upon demand. You agree to pay all costs and expenses, including without limitation attorneys fees and other legal expenses, incurred by or on behalf of us in connection with the collection of any unpaid Chargebacks unpaid by you.
Further, if we reasonably believe that a Chargeback is likely with respect to any transaction, we may withhold the amount of the potential Chargeback from payments otherwise due to you under this Agreement until such time that: (a) a Chargeback is assessed due to a customers complaint, in which case we will retain the funds; (b) the period of time under applicable law or regulation by which the customer may dispute that the transaction has expired; or (c) we determine that a Chargeback on the transaction will not occur.
7. | Contesting your Chargebacks |
You or Shopify may elect to contest Chargebacks assessed to your account. Shopify may provide you with assistance including notifications and software to help contest your Chargebacks. We do not assume any liability for our role or assistance in contesting Chargebacks.
You agree to provide us with the necessary information, in a timely manner and at your expense, to investigate or help resolve any Chargeback. You also grant us permission to share records or other information required with the Cardholder, the Cardholders financial institution, and your financial institution to help resolve any disputes. You acknowledge that your failure to provide us with complete and accurate information in a timely manner may result in an irreversible Chargeback being assessed.
If the Cardholders issuing bank or the Payment Network does not resolve a dispute in your favor, we may recover the Chargeback amount and any associated fees from you as described in this Agreement.
We reserve the right, upon notice to you, to charge a fee for mediating or investigating Chargeback disputes.
8. | Excessive Chargebacks |
Confidential
39
CONFIDENTIAL
At any point, Shopify, Stripe, Wells Fargo, the Payment Networks, or our payment processor(s) may determine that you are incurring excessive Chargebacks. Excessive Chargebacks may result in additional fees, penalties, or fines. Excessive Chargebacks may also result in additional controls and restrictions to your use of the Service, including without limitation, (i) changes to the terms of your Reserve Account, (ii) increases to your applicable Fees, (iii) delays in your Payout Schedule, or (iv) possible suspension or termination of your Service Account and the Service. The Networks may also place additional controls or restrictions as part of their own monitoring programs for merchants with excessive Chargebacks.
9. | Shopify Fees |
You agree to pay the Fees (Fees) assessed by us to you for providing the payment services described in this Agreement. These fees will be calculated pursuant to the Fee Schedule linked to here and incorporated into this Agreement by reference.
We reserve the right to revise our Fees at any time, subject to a thirty (30) day notice period to you.
You acknowledge that you are also responsible for any penalties or fines imposed on us or directly on you by any Payment Network or financial institution as a result of your activities.
10. | Our Collection Rights |
To the extent permitted by law, we may collect any obligations you owe us under this Agreement by deducting the corresponding amounts from the Reserve Account or from funds payable to you arising from the settlement of card transactions. Fees will be assessed at the time a transaction is processed and will be first deducted from the funds received for such transactions. If the settlement amounts or Reserve Account are not sufficient to meet your obligations to us, we may charge or debit the bank account or credit card registered in your Service Account for any amounts owed to us. Your failure to fully pay amounts that you owe us on demand will be a breach of this Agreement. You will be liable for our costs associated with collection in addition to the amount owed, including without limitation attorneys fees and expenses, costs of any arbitration or court proceeding, collection agency fees, and any applicable interest.
Additionally, we may require a personal guaranty from a principal of a business for funds owed under this Agreement.
11. | Reserves |
Confidential
40
CONFIDENTIAL
Funds held in reserves are amounts of money set aside to cover Chargebacks, refunds, or other payment obligations under this agreement (a Reserve Account). We, in our discretion, will set the terms of your Reserve Account and notify you of such terms, which may require that a certain amount (including the full amount) of the funds received for your transaction is held for a period of time or that additional amounts are held in the Reserve Account. We, in our discretion, may elect to change the terms of the Reserve Account at any time for any reason based on your payment processing history or as requested by our payment processors.
We may require you to fund the Reserve Account by means of: (i) any funds payouts made or due to you for card transactions submitted to the Service, or, or (ii) amounts available in your Bank Account by means of ACH debit to that Bank Account, or (iv) other sources of funds associated with your Service Account; or (iv) requesting that you provide funds to us for deposit to the Reserve Account.
12. | Security Interest |
You grant us a lien and security interest in the Reserve Account, all Card transactions (including future Card transactions), any rights to receive credits or payments under this Agreement, and all deposits and other property of yours possessed or maintained by us on your behalf. You will execute, deliver, and pay the fees for any documents we request to create, perfect, maintain and enforce this security interest.
Section D: Termination and Other General Legal Terms
1. | Term |
The Agreement is effective upon the date you agree to it (by electronically indicating acceptance) and continues so long as you use the Service or until terminated by Shopify, Stripe, or Wells Fargo.
2. | Termination |
You may terminate this Agreement by closing your Service Account at any time by following the instructions on our website in your Account Profile. We may terminate this Agreement and close your Service Account at any time for any reason effective upon providing you notice in accordance with Section A16 above. We may suspend your Service Account and your access to the Service and any funds in your Service Account, or terminate this Agreement, if (i) we determine in our sole discretion that you are ineligible for the Service because of the risk associated with your Service Account, including without limitation significant credit or fraud risk, or for any other reason; or (ii) you do not comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement, (iii) upon request of an Organization or the a card issuer. Termination of your Service Account does not terminate your separate account with Stripe or the Shopify Merchant Agreement.
Confidential
41
CONFIDENTIAL
3. | Effects of Termination |
Upon termination and closing of your Service Account, we will immediately discontinue your access to the Service. You agree to complete all pending transactions, immediately remove all logos for Cards, and stop accepting new transactions through the Service. You will not be refunded the remainder of any fees that you have paid for the Service if your access to or use of the Service is terminated or suspended. Any funds in our custody will be paid out to you subject to the terms of your payout schedule.
Termination does not relieve you of your obligations as defined in this Agreement and we may elect to continue to hold any funds deemed necessary pending resolution of any other terms or obligations defined in this Agreement, including but not limited to Chargebacks, Fees, Refunds, or other investigations or proceedings.
Termination of this Agreement will not necessarily terminate your Shopify Merchant Agreement, unless Shopify informs you otherwise.
Upon termination you agree: (i) to immediately cease your use of the Service (ii) to discontinue use of any Shopify or Stripe trademarks and to immediately remove any Shopify or Stripe references and logos from your Site (iii) that the license granted under this Agreement shall end, (iv) that we reserve the right (but have no obligation) to delete all of your information and account data stored on our servers, and (v) we will not be liable to you for compensation, reimbursement, or damages in connection with your use of the Service, or any termination or suspension of the Service or deletion of your information or account data.
4. | Your License |
We grant you a personal, limited, non-exclusive, revocable, non-transferable license, without the right to sublicense, to electronically access and use the Service solely to accept and receive payments and to manage the funds you so receive. The Service includes our website, any software, programs, documentation, tools, internet-based services, components, and any updates (including software maintenance, service information, help content, bug fixes or maintenance releases) thereto provided to you by us. You will be entitled to download updates to the Service, subject to any additional terms made known to you at that time, when we make these updates available.
5. | Ownership |
The Service is licensed and not sold. We reserve all rights not expressly granted to you in this Agreement. The Service is protected by copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property laws. We own the title, copyright and other worldwide Intellectual Property Rights (as defined below) in the Service and all copies of the Service. This Agreement does not grant you any rights to our trademarks or service marks.
Confidential
42
CONFIDENTIAL
For the purposes of this Agreement, Intellectual Property Rights means all patent rights, copyright rights, mask work rights, moral rights, rights of publicity, trademark, trade dress and service mark rights, goodwill, trade secret rights and other intellectual property rights as may now exist or hereafter come into existence, and all applications therefore and registrations, renewals and extensions thereof, under the laws of any state, country, territory or other jurisdiction.
You may choose to or we may invite you to submit comments or ideas about the Service, including without limitation about how to improve the Service or our products (Ideas). By submitting any Idea, you agree that your disclosure is gratuitous, unsolicited and without restriction and will not place us under any fiduciary or other obligation, and that we are free to use the Idea without any additional compensation to you, and/or to disclose the Idea on a non-confidential basis or otherwise to anyone. You further acknowledge that, by acceptance of your submission, we do not waive any rights to use similar or related ideas previously known to us, or developed by our employees, or obtained from sources other than you.
6. | Your Liability |
You are responsible for all Reversals, Chargebacks, Claims, fines, fees, penalties and other liability arising out of or relating to your breach of this Agreement, and/or your use of the Service. You agree to reimburse your customer, Shopify, Stripe, Wells Fargo and any third party designated by Shopify, Stripe or Wells Fargo for any and all such liability. Chargeback means a request that a buyer customer files directly with his or her card company or card issuing bank to invalidate a processed payment. Claim means a challenge to a payment that you or a buyer customer files directly with Shopify. Reversal means Shopify reverses the settlement of funds from a processed card transaction that you received because (a) the card transaction is invalidated by the card issuer, (b) the settlement funds were sent to you in error by (i) Shopify, Stripe or Wells Fargo; (ii) the processors, suppliers or licensors of Shopify, Stripe or Wells Fargo; or (iii) any of the respective affiliates, agents, directors and employees of any of the entities listed in (i) or (ii) above, (c) the sender of the payment did not have authorization to send the payment (for example: the buyer used a card that did not belong to the buyer), (d) you received the payment for activities that violated this Agreement or any other Shopify or Stripe agreement, or (e) we decided a Claim against you.
We will have the final decision-making authority with respect to Claims, including without limitation claims for refunds for purchased items that are filed with us by you or your customers. You will be required to reimburse us for your liability. Your liability will include the full purchase price of the item plus the original shipping cost (and in some cases you may not receive the item back). You will not receive a refund of any fees paid to us.
Without limiting the foregoing, you agree to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Shopify, Stripe, Wells Fargo and their respective employees and agents
Confidential
43
CONFIDENTIAL
(collectively Disclaiming Entities) from and against any claim, suit, demand, loss, liability, damage, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to (i) your breach of any provision of this Agreement, and/or (ii) your use of the Service, including without limitation any Reversals, Chargebacks, Claims, fines, fees, penalties and attorneys fees; (iii) your, or your employees or agents, negligence or willful misconduct; or (iv) third party indemnity obligations we incur as a direct or indirect result of your acts or omissions (including indemnification of any Payment Network or Issuer).
If you are liable for any amounts owed to us, we may immediately remove such amounts from your Reserve Account and deduct the amounts owed to us from such Reserve Account funds. If you do not have sufficient funds in the Reserve Account to cover your liability, you will be required to immediately add additional funds to your Reserve Account to cover funds owed to us. If you do not do so, we may engage in collections efforts to recover such amounts from you at your cost and expense.
7. | Representation and Warranties |
You represent and warrant to us that: (a) you are at least eighteen (18) years of age; (b) you are eligible to register and use the Service and have the right, power, and ability to enter into and perform under this Agreement; (c) the name identified by you when you registered is your name or business name under which you sell goods and services; (d) any sales transaction submitted by you will represent a bona fide sale by you; (e) any sales transactions submitted by you will accurately describe the goods and/or services sold and delivered to a purchaser; (f) you will fulfill all of your obligations to each customer for which you submit a transaction and will resolve any consumer dispute or complaint directly with the purchaser; (g) you and all transactions initiated by you will comply with all federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations applicable to your business, including any applicable tax laws and regulations; (h) except in the ordinary course of business, no sales transaction submitted by you through the Service will represent a sale to any principal, partner, proprietor, or owner of your entity; (i) you will not use the Service, directly or indirectly, for any fraudulent undertaking or in any manner so as to interfere with the use of the Service.
8. | No Warranties |
THE SERVICE AND ALL ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION ARE PROVIDED ON AN AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE BASIS, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF TITLE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. USE OF THE SERVICE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK.
NO ADVICE OR INFORMATION, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, OBTAINED BY YOU FROM OR THROUGH THE SERVICE OR FROM (I) SHOPIFY, STRIPE OR WELLS FARGO; (II) THE PROCESSORS, SUPPLIERS OR LICENSORS OF SHOPIFY, STRIPE OR WELLS FARGO; OR (III) ANY OF THE
Confidential
44
CONFIDENTIAL
RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, AGENTS, DIRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES OF ANY OF THE ENTITIES LISTED IN (I) OR (II) ABOVE (COLLECTIVELY, THE DISCLAIMING ENTITIES AND INDIVIDUALLY A DISCLAIMING ENTITY), WILL CREATE ANY WARRANTY. YOU SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT WE DO NOT HAVE ANY CONTROL OVER THE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES THAT ARE PAID FOR WITH THE SERVICES, AND WE CANNOT ENSURE THAT YOUR CUSTOMERS WILL COMPLETE A TRANSACTION OR ARE AUTHORIZED TO DO SO.
WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE DISCLAIMING ENTITIES DO NOT WARRANT THAT THE INFORMATION THEY PROVIDE OR THAT IS PROVIDED THROUGH THE SERVICE IS ACCURATE, RELIABLE OR CORRECT; THAT THE SERVICE WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS; THAT THE SERVICE WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION, THAT THE SERVICE WILL FUNCTION IN AN UNINTERRUPTED MANNER OR BE SECURE; THAT ANY DEFECTS OR ERRORS WILL BE CORRECTED; OR THAT THE SERVICE IS FREE OF VIRUSES OR OTHER HARMFUL COMPONENTS. ANY SUBJECT MATTER DOWNLOADED OR OTHERWISE OBTAINED THROUGH THE USE OF THE SERVICE IS DOWNLOADED AT YOUR OWN RISK AND YOU WILL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO YOUR PROPERTY OR LOSS OF DATA THAT RESULTS FROM SUCH DOWNLOAD. THE DISCLAIMING ENTITIES MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ABOUT HOW LONG WILL BE NEEDED TO COMPLETE THE PROCESSING OF A TRANSACTION.
THE DISCLAIMING ENTITIES DO NOT WARRANT, ENDORSE, GUARANTEE, OR ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY PRODUCT OR SERVICE ADVERTISED OR OFFERED BY A THIRD PARTY THROUGH THE SERVICE OR ANY HYPERLINKED WEBSITE OR SERVICE, OR FEATURED IN ANY BANNER OR OTHER ADVERTISING, AND NEITHER SHOPIFY, STRIPE NOR WELLS FARGO WILL BE A PARTY TO OR IN ANY WAY MONITOR ANY TRANSACTION BETWEEN YOU AND THIRD-PARTY PROVIDERS OF PRODUCTS OR SERVICES.
9. | Limitation of Liability and Damages |
IN NO EVENT SHALL A DISCLAIMING ENTITY (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 8 ABOVE) BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF DATA, OR ANY INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SERVICES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE USE OF, INABILITY TO USE, OR UNAVAILABILITY OF THE SERVICE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL ANY OF THE DISCLAIMING ENTITIES (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 8 ABOVE) BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE, LOSS OR INJURY RESULTING FROM HACKING, TAMPERING OR OTHER UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS OR USE OF THE SERVICE OR YOUR SERVICE ACCOUNT OR THE INFORMATION CONTAINED THEREIN.
Confidential
45
CONFIDENTIAL
THE DISCLAIMING ENTITIES ASSUME NO LIABILITY OR RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY (A) PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE, OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER, RESULTING FROM YOUR ACCESS TO OR USE OF THE SERVICE; (B) ANY UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS TO OR USE OF SERVERS USED IN CONNECTION WITH THE SERVICES AND/OR ANY AND ALL PERSONAL INFORMATION STORED THEREIN; (C) ANY INTERRUPTION OR CESSATION OF TRANSMISSION TO OR FROM THE SERVICE; (D) ANY SOFTWARE BUGS, VIRUSES, TROJAN HORSES, OR OTHER HARMFUL CODE THAT MAY BE TRANSMITTED TO OR THROUGH THE SERVICE; (E) ANY ERRORS, INACCURACIES OR OMISSIONS IN ANY CONTENT OR INFORMATION, FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE INCURRED AS A RESULT OF THE USE OF ANY CONTENT OR INFORMATION, IN EACH CASE POSTED, EMAILED, STORED, TRANSMITTED, OR OTHERWISE MADE AVAILABLE THROUGH THE SERVICE; AND/OR (F) USER CONTENT OR THE DEFAMATORY, OFFENSIVE, OR ILLEGAL CONDUCT OF ANY THIRD PARTY.
WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 9, THE DISCLAIMING ENTITIES CUMULATIVE LIABILITY TO YOU SHALL BE LIMITED TO DIRECT DAMAGES AND IN ALL EVENTS SHALL NOT EXCEED IN THE AGGREGATE THE AMOUNT OF FEES PAID BY YOU TO SHOPIFY DURING THE THREE (3) MONTH PERIOD IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM FOR LIABILITY.
THIS LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SECTION APPLIES REGARDLESS OF THE LEGAL THEORY ON WHICH THE CLAIM IS BASED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY, OR ANY OTHER BASIS. THE LIMITATIONS APPLY EVEN IF SHOPIFY, STRIPE OR WELLS FARGO HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 9 SHALL APPLY TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW IN THE APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.
The Service is controlled and operated from its facilities in the United States. We make no representations that the Service is appropriate or available for use in other locations. Those who access or use the Service from other jurisdictions do so at their own volition and are entirely responsible for compliance with all applicable United States, foreign and local laws and regulations, including but not limited to export and import regulations. You may not use the Service if you are a resident of a country embargoed by the United States, or are a foreign person or entity blocked or denied by the United States government. Unless otherwise explicitly stated, all materials found on the Service are solely directed to individuals, companies, or other entities located in the United States.
10. | Disputes; Choice of Law; Jurisdiction and Venue |
You agree that any disputes arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Service shall be resolved in accordance with this Section 10.
Confidential
46
CONFIDENTIAL
This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of California (without regard to its choice of law provisions). The exclusive venue for any actions or claims arising under or related to this Agreement shall be in the appropriate state or federal court located in Santa Clara County, California. ALL PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING ANY CLAIM RELATING TO OR ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. Headings are included for convenience only, and shall not be considered in interpreting this Agreement. The Agreement does not limit any rights that we may have under trade secret, copyright, patent or other laws. Our failure to assert any right or provision under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such right or provision. No waiver of any term of this Agreement shall be deemed a further or continuing waiver of such term or any other term.
11. | Right to Amend |
We have the right to change or add to the terms of this Agreement at any time, and to change, delete, discontinue, or impose conditions on any feature or aspect of the Service or software with notice that we in our sole discretion deem to be reasonable in the circumstances, including such notice on our website or any other website maintained or owned by us for the purposes of providing services in terms of this Agreement. Any use of the Service or software after our publication of any such changes shall constitute your acceptance of this Agreement as modified.
12. | Assignment |
This Agreement, and any rights and licenses granted hereunder, may not be transferred or assigned by you without our prior written consent, but may be assigned by us without consent or other restriction.
13. | Change of Business |
You agree to give us at least 30 days prior notification of your intent to change your current product or services types, your trade name or the manner in which you accept payment. You agree to provide us with prompt notification if you are the subject of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency petition or proceeding. You also agree to promptly notify us of any adverse change in your financial condition, any planned or anticipated liquidation or substantial change in the basic nature of your business, any transfer or sale of 25% or more of your total assets or any change in the control or ownership of you or your parent entity. You will also notify us of any judgment, writ, warrant of attachment, execution or levy against 25% or more of your total assets not later than three days after you obtain knowledge of it.
14. | Parties |
Confidential
47
CONFIDENTIAL
This Agreement binds you and your respective heirs, representatives, and permitted and approved successors (including those by merger and acquisition) or any permitted assigns.
15. | Third Party Services and Links to Other Web Sites |
You may be offered services, products and promotions provided by third parties and not by us. If you decide to use these Third Party Services, you will be responsible for reviewing and understanding the terms and conditions associated with these services. You agree that we are not responsible for the performance of these services. The Shopify website may contain links to third party websites as a convenience to you. The inclusion of any website link does imply an approval, endorsement, recommendation by us. You agree that you access any such website at your own risk, and that the site is not governed by the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. We expressly disclaim any liability for these websites. Please remember that when you use a link to go from our website to another website, our Privacy Policy is no longer in effect. Your browsing and interaction on any other website, including those that have a link on our website, is subject to that websites own rules and policies.
16. | Force Majeure |
No party will be liable for delays in processing or other nonperformance caused by such events as fires, telecommunications failures, utility failures, power failures, equipment failures, labor strife, riots, war, terrorist attack, nonperformance of our vendors or suppliers, acts of God, or other causes over which the respective party has no reasonable control, except that nothing in this section will affect or excuse your liabilities and obligations under Section 10, including without limitation for Reversals, Chargebacks, Claims, fines, fees, refunds or unfulfilled products and services.
17. | Entire Agreement |
These terms and conditions and all policies and procedures that are incorporated herein by reference constitute the entire agreement between you, Shopify, Stripe and Wells Fargo with respect to the provision of the Service. In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and any other Shopify or Stripe agreement or policy, this Agreement shall prevail on the subject matter of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, these terms describe the entire liability of Shopify, Stripe, Wells Fargo and our vendors and suppliers (including processors) and sets forth your exclusive remedies with respect to the Service and your access and use of the Service. If any provision of this Agreement (or portion thereof) is held to be invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, then it shall be changed and interpreted to accomplish the objectives of such provision to the greatest extent possible under applicable law, and the remaining provisions will continue in full force and effect.
18. | Survival |
Confidential
48
CONFIDENTIAL
In addition to any provision that is reasonably necessary to accomplish or enforce the purpose of this Agreement, the following sections of this Agreement survive and remain in effect in accordance with their terms upon the termination of this Agreement: Sections A(3), A(11) C(4), C(5),C(6),C(9), C(10),C(11), C(12), D(3), D(5), D(6), D(8), D(9), D(10), D(17), D(18) and D(19).
19. | Organization Disclosure |
The Wells Fargo mailing address is Wells Fargo Bank, 1200 Montego Way, Walnut Creek, CA 94598 and its phone number is 1-800-451-5817. Wells Fargo discloses that: (a) it is the only entity approved to extend acceptance of Organization products directly to you; (b) it must be a principal to this Agreement; (c) it is responsible for educating you on pertinent Payment Network rules with which you must comply, but this information may be provided to you by Shopify or Stripe; (d) it is responsible for and must provide settlement funds to you; and (e) it is responsible for all funds held in reserve that are derived from settlement.
Confidential
49
CONFIDENTIAL
SHOPIFY PAYMENTS FEE SCHEDULE
Costs |
Fees |
|
Setup Cost | $0 (none) | |
Cost per successful payment received |
2.5% of each transaction + 30¢ per transaction | |
Cost per failed payment | $0 (none) | |
Cost per refund
|
$0 (none). Transaction fees are returned to you following the refund. | |
Cost per chargeback | $15 per chargeback deducted at the time of receipt. Chargeback fees are returned to you for any successfully overturned chargebacks. | |
Additional cost for American Express transactions |
$0 (none) | |
Additional cost for international or business cards |
$0 (none) |
Confidential
50
CONFIDENTIAL
Schedule 9 :
Stripe Fees and Revenue Sharing
(a) | Payment Network Pass-Through Fees. Shopify USA will reimburse Stripe for interchange fees, fixed acquirer network fees (FANF), and all other fees, dues and assessments imposed by the Payment Networks on a per transaction basis for transactions processed by Stripe for Shopify Merchants under the Agreement, as well as all fines and similar assessments levied by Payment Networks arising out of a Shopify Merchants breach or non-compliance with any Payment Network rule. |
(b) | Per Authorization Fees . Shopify USA will pay Stripe a monthly fee for each payment authorization processed by Stripe for a Shopify Merchant under the Agreement, in accordance with the volume tiers set forth in Table 1 below. The applicable tier for the month will be determined based on the monthly average number of combined U.S. and Canadian authorizations for all card types (e.g. Visa, MasterCard, Amex etc..) and all transactions types (e.g. credit and debit) in the immediately preceding three (3) month period under this Agreement and the Original Platform Agreement. For clarity, although the average number of monthly authorizations is based on combined US and Canadian authorizations, the per authorization fee set forth in Table 1 applies only to U.S. authorizations processed by Stripe under Shopify Payments, unless otherwise mutually agreed upon in writing by the Parties. For example, if in the three (3) months preceding the month for which the per authorization fee is to be paid the combined U.S. and Canadian authorization volumes are: |
a) | Month 1 = [*****] authorizations, |
b) | Month 2 = [*****] authorizations, and |
c) | Month 3 = [*****] authorizations, |
then the average monthly authorization volume would be: [*****], which falls in Tier 2 in Table 1 below, resulting in a per authorization fee of [*****]. If Stripe processed [*****] U.S. authorizations during the month, Shopify USA would owe Stripe a [*****] Authorization Fee.
Confidential
51
CONFIDENTIAL
For the purposes of this Schedule, authorization is considered as any PreAuthorization or Card Validation Transaction, regardless of decline, approval, or void status. Only PreAuthorization and Card Validation Transactions will qualify towards the per Authorization Fee and Monthly Authorization Volume values. Capture, Void, and Refund transactions are not considered separate Authorizations, and therefore will not incur a per Authorization Fee, or count towards Monthly Authorization Volume, but an authorization that occurs in connection with any such action (for example, an authorization followed by a Capture) will be considered an Authorization.
Table 1. Volume Tiers
Tier |
Average Monthly
Authorization Volume |
Per Authorization Fee | ||||||
1 | [*****] | $ | [*****] | |||||
2 | [*****] | $ | [*****] | |||||
3 | [*****] | $ | [*****] | |||||
4 | [*****] | $ | [*****] |
(c) | Percentage of Transaction . Shopify USA will pay Stripe a monthly fee equal to [*****]% of the total captured net amount of each transaction processed by Stripe for a Shopify Merchant under the Agreement during the month in question. |
(d) | Monthly Fees . Shopify USA will pay Stripe a monthly fee of [*****] per Shopify Merchant for which Stripe processes transactions under a unique merchant ID (MID). For clarity, the monthly Shopify Merchant fee does not apply to Shopify Merchants processing transactions under the Original Platform Agreement or under the Shopify USA sub-mid operated under a Merchant Agreement. |
(e) | Chargeback Fees . Shopify USA will pay Stripe a fee of [*****] for each chargeback processed by Stripe on behalf of a Shopify Merchant. |
Confidential
52
CONFIDENTIAL
(f) | Banking/ACH Fees . Shopify USA will pay Stripe a fee of [*****] for each successful transfer to a Shopify Merchant. |
(g) | Timing and Method of Payment. Shopify will pay Stripe on the schedule that Stripe is charged by Wells Fargo or American Express for fees associated with processing under this Agreement, as reported by Stripe from time to time. As of the date of this Agreement, the frequency of payment shall be monthly. Amounts owing by Shopify shall be paid by ACH unless otherwise agreed upon. |
(h) | Shopify Billing. Stripe will process transactions for Shopify goods and services at Stripes then-current rates and subject to other charges applicable to Shopify Payments merchant transactions as set forth above in this Schedule 9 . |
Confidential
53
Exhibit 10.12
Addendum to Payment Service Provider Agreement for Canada
This Addendum to Payment Services Provider Agreement for Canada (this Addendum ) is entered into as of July 22 , 2013 (the Effective Date ) between Stripe, Inc., a Delaware corporation with offices at 3180 18 th Street, Suite 100, San Francisco CA 94110 ( Stripe ), Shopify Payments (USA) Inc., a Delaware corporation with offices at c/o CT Corporation, Corporation Trust Centre, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington Delaware 19801 USA ( Shopify USA ) and Shopify Payments (Canada) Inc., a Canadian corporation with offices at 126 York Street, Suite 200, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, K1N 5T5 ( Shopify Canada ). Stripe, Shopify USA and Shopify Canada may be collectively referred to in this Addendum as the Parties and each as a Party .
RECITALS
A. | Stripe and Shopify USA, an affiliate of Shopify Canada, are parties to that certain Payment Services Provider Agreement, dated as of July 22 , 2013 (the Agreement ). |
B. | The Parties desire to enter into this Addendum to extend the terms of the Agreement to the Parties relationship in Canada, as more fully set forth in this Addendum. |
AGREEMENT
1. | Definition. Unless otherwise defined in this Addendum, capitalized terms will have the meanings given to them in the Agreement. |
2. | Application to Canada. Upon execution of this Addendum, the Territory (as defined in the Agreement) shall be deemed to include Canada, in addition to that territory set out in the Agreement. For clarity, Shopify USA shall be deemed a party to the Agreement solely with respect to rights and obligations pertaining to the United States of America, and Shopify Canada shall be deemed a party to the Agreement solely with respect to rights and obligations pertaining to Canada. Except as expressly modified by this Addendum or a subsequent amendment, the rights and obligations of Stripe and Shopify Canada with respect to Territory of Canada only, shall be identical to the rights and obligations of the Stripe and Shopify USA with respect to the Territory of the United States of America and, with respect to Canada, all references to Shopify USA shall be read to mean Shopify Canada. This Addendum shall be a Foreign Processing Agreement in respect of Canada, as such term is defined in the Agreement. |
3. | Payment Schedule. With respect to the Territory of Canada only, Schedule 9 to the Agreement will be replaced with Schedule 9 of this Addendum. |
4. | No Further Amendments. Except as otherwise set forth in this Addendum, the Agreement remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Stripe and Shopify Canada have caused this Agreement to be executed by their authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.
Stripe, Inc. | Shopify Payments (Canada) Inc. | |||||
By: |
/s/ Jon Zieger |
By: |
/s/ Russell Jones |
|||
Print: |
Jon Zieger |
Print: |
Russell Jones |
|||
Title: |
General Counsel & Corp. Secretary |
Title: |
CFO |
|||
Shopify Payments (USA) Inc. | ||||||
By: |
/s/ Russell Jones |
|||||
Print: |
Russell Jones |
|||||
Title: |
CFO |
Exhibit 10.13
MORGUARD PERFORMANCE COURT LIMITED
Landlord
- and -
SHOPIFY INC.
Tenant
LEASE OF OFFICE SPACE
MULTI-TENANT OFFICE PROJECT
LEASED PREMISES: Floors 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11, 150 Elgin Street, Ottawa
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION | PAGE | |||||
Term Sheet | 1 | |||||
ARTICLE 1.00 - DEFINITIONS | ||||||
1.01 | Definitions | 1 | ||||
ARTICLE 2.00 - GRANT OF LEASE AND GENERAL COVENANTS | ||||||
2.01 | Grant | 1 | ||||
2.02 | Landlords General Covenants | 1 | ||||
2.03 | Tenants General Covenants | 1 | ||||
ARTICLE 3.00 - TERM AND POSSESSION | ||||||
3.01 | Term | 1 | ||||
3.02 | Early Occupancy | 1 | ||||
3.03 | Delayed Possession | 1 | ||||
3.04 | Acceptance of Leased Premises | 1 | ||||
ARTICLE 4.00 - RENT | ||||||
4.01 | Rent | 2 | ||||
4.02 | Security Deposit | 2 | ||||
4.03 | Intent | 2 | ||||
4.04 | Payment of Rent General | 2 | ||||
4.05 | Partial Month | 2 | ||||
4.06 | Payment of Tenants Occupancy Costs | 2 | ||||
4.07 | Resolution of Disputes | 4 | ||||
4.08 | Area Determination | 4 | ||||
4.09 | Vacancy | 4 | ||||
4.10 | Method of Payment | 4 | ||||
ARTICLE 5.00 USE AND OCCUPATION | ||||||
5.01 | Use of Leased Premises | 4 | ||||
5.02 | Compliance with Laws | 5 | ||||
5.03 | Prohibited Uses | 5 | ||||
5.04 | Common Elements | 6 | ||||
5.05 | Hazardous Use | 6 | ||||
5.06 | Tenants Security Interest | 6 | ||||
5.07 | Rules and Regulations | 6 | ||||
5.08 | Permitted Signs | 6 | ||||
5.09 | Prohibited Signs | 6 | ||||
5.10 | Window Coverings | 6 | ||||
5.11 | Parking | 6 | ||||
5.12 | Authorization of Enquiries | 7 | ||||
5.13 | Records | 7 | ||||
5.14 | Overloading | 7 | ||||
5.15 | Telecommunications | 7 | ||||
5.16 | Health Emergency | 8 | ||||
ARTICLE 6.00 - SERVICES, MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND ALTERATIONS BY LANDLORD | ||||||
6.01 | Operation of Project | 9 | ||||
6.02 | Building Services and Facilities | 9 | ||||
6.03 | Maintenance, Repair and Replacement | 9 | ||||
6.04 | Alterations / Renovations by Landlord | 10 | ||||
6.05 | Access by Landlord | 11 | ||||
6.06 | Energy Conservation | 11 | ||||
6.07 | Supervision and Extended Services | 11 | ||||
6.08 | Landlords Work | 11 | ||||
6.09 | Control by Landlord | 11 | ||||
ARTICLE 7.00 - PAYMENT FOR SERVICES AND MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND ALTERATIONS BY TENANT | ||||||
7.01 | Utilities | 11 | ||||
7.02 | Lights | 12 |
7.03 | Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning | 12 | ||
7.04 | Alterations by Tenant | 12 | ||
7.05 | Tenants Trade Fixtures and Personal Property | 13 | ||
7.06 | Maintenance and Repair | 14 | ||
7.07 | Inspection | 14 | ||
7.08 | Failure to Maintain | 14 | ||
7.09 | Liens | 14 | ||
7.10 | Roof | 15 | ||
ARTICLE 8.00 - TAXES | ||||
8.01 | Taxes Payable by Landlord | 15 | ||
8.02 | Taxes Payable by Tenant | 15 | ||
8.03 | Tax Increases Attributable to Tenant | 15 | ||
8.04 | Sales Taxes | 15 | ||
8.05 | Landlords Election | 15 | ||
8.06 | Right to Contest | 15 | ||
ARTICLE 9.00 - INSURANCE, LIABILITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL | ||||
9.01 | Landlords Insurance | 16 | ||
9.02 | Tenants Insurance | 16 | ||
9.03 | Placement of Tenants Insurance by Landlord | 17 | ||
9.04 | Limitation of Landlords Liability | 18 | ||
9.05 | Environmental Issues | 18 | ||
ARTICLE 10.00 - DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION | ||||
10.01 | Limited Damage to Leased Premises, Access or Services | 19 | ||
10.02 | Major Damage to Leased Premises | 19 | ||
10.03 | Damage to Building | 20 | ||
10.04 | No Abatement | 20 | ||
10.05 | Notify Landlord | 20 | ||
10.06 | Expropriation | 20 | ||
ARTICLE 11.00 - DEFAULT | ||||
11.01 | Arrears | 21 | ||
11.02 | Costs of Enforcement | 21 | ||
11.03 | Performance of Tenants Obligations | 21 | ||
11.04 | Remedies on Default | 21 | ||
11.05 | Availability of Remedies | 22 | ||
11.06 | Waiver | 22 | ||
11.07 | Waiver of Exemption and Redemption | 22 | ||
11.08 | Companies Creditors Arrangement Act | 23 | ||
ARTICLE 12.00 - ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING AND OTHER TRANSFERS | ||||
12.01 | Request for Consent | 23 | ||
12.02 | Basis for Consent | 24 | ||
12.03 | Terms and Conditions Relating to Consents | 24 | ||
12.04 | Subsequent Transfers | 25 | ||
12.05 | Increased Rents upon Transfers | 25 | ||
12.06 | Advertising | 25 | ||
ARTICLE 13.00 - TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD | ||||
13.01 | Sale, Conveyance and Assignment | 25 | ||
13.02 | Effect of Transfer | 25 | ||
13.03 | Subordination | 25 | ||
13.04 | Attornment | 26 | ||
13.05 | Effect of Attornment | 26 | ||
13.06 | Repurchase | 26 | ||
ARTICLE 14.00 - SURRENDER | ||||
14.01 | Possession and Restoration | 26 | ||
14.02 | Tenants Trade Fixtures and Personal Property | 26 | ||
14.03 | Overholding | 26 | ||
ARTICLE 15.00 - GENERAL | ||||
15.01 | Estoppel Certificates | 27 |
15.02 | Entire Agreement | 27 | ||
15.03 | Registration of Lease or Notice | 27 | ||
15.04 | Project Name and Trademarks | 27 | ||
15.05 | Demolition / Substantial Renovation | 27 | ||
15.06 | Relocation | 27 | ||
15.07 | For Lease Signs | 27 | ||
15.08 | Unavoidable Delays | 27 | ||
15.09 | Limitation of Recourse | 27 | ||
15.10 | Notice | 27 | ||
15.11 | Delegation of Authority | 28 | ||
15.12 | Relationship of Parties | 28 | ||
15.13 | Governing Law | 28 | ||
15.14 | Amendment or Modification | 28 | ||
15.15 | Legal and Administration Costs | 28 | ||
15.16 | Construction | 28 | ||
15.17 | Captions and Headings | 28 | ||
15.18 | Interpretation | 28 | ||
15.19 | Time of the Essence | 29 | ||
15.20 | Successors and Assigns | 29 | ||
15.21 | Counterparts | 29 | ||
15.22 | Further Schedules | 29 | ||
15.23 | Independent Legal Advice | 29 | ||
15.24 | No Offer | 29 | ||
15.25 | Survival of Covenants and Indemnities | 29 | ||
15.26 | Confidentiality | 29 | ||
15.27 | Exculpatory Provisions | 29 | ||
15.28 | Brokerage Commissions | 29 | ||
15.29 | Covenants to be Performed at Landlords Option | 30 | ||
15.30 | Radiation | 30 | ||
15.31 | Currency | 30 |
SCHEDULES
Schedule A |
- | Plan Showing Leased Premises | ||||
Schedule A1 |
- | Legal Description of Land | ||||
Schedule B |
- | Definitions | ||||
Schedule C |
- | Rules and Regulations | ||||
Schedule D |
- | Landlords Work | ||||
Appendix 1 to |
||||||
Schedule D |
Tenants Credits in Connection with Landlords Work | |||||
Schedule E |
- | Additional Covenants, Agreements and Conditions (if any) | ||||
Schedule F |
- | Form of Indemnity Agreement (if applicable) | ||||
Schedule G |
- | Contents of Leased Premises | ||||
Schedule H |
- | Rights of Existing Tenants | ||||
Schedule I |
- | Tenant Signage | ||||
Schedule J |
- | KPMG Signage Plan | ||||
Schedule K |
- | Tenants Preliminary Staircase Plans | ||||
Schedule L |
- | Storage Plans | ||||
Schedule M |
- | Form of Letter of Credit |
PAGE 1 OF TERM SHEET FORMING PART OF LEASE OF OFFICE SPACE - MULTI-TENANT
1. | (a) |
LANDLORD: Morguard Performance Court Limited |
ADDRESS: | ||||
c/o Morguard Investments Limited | TELEPHONE: | 613-237-6373 | ||
350 Sparks Street, Suite 402 | FAX NUMBER: | 613-237-0007 | ||
Ottawa, Ontario K1R 7S8 |
||||
Attention: Vice-President, Property Management |
(b) | LANDLORDS HEAD OFFICE : |
c/o Morguard Investments Limited | TELEPHONE: | 905.281.3800 | ||
800 55 City Centre Drive | FAX NUMBER | 905.281.1800 | ||
Mississauga, ON L5B 1M3 | ||||
Attention: President |
2. | TENANT: SHOPIFY INC. |
ADDRESS: | TELEPHONE: | 613-241-2828 | ||
150 Elgin Street | ||||
Ottawa, Ontario K2P 1L4 | ||||
Attention: Chief Financial Officer | ||||
TENANTS HEAD OFFICE: | ||||
Prior to Commencement Date | TELEPHONE: | 613-241-2828 | ||
126 York Street, Suite 200 | ||||
Ottawa, Ontario K1N 5T5 | ||||
Attention: Chief Financial Officer | ||||
After Commencement Date | ||||
At the Leased Premises | ||||
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
3. | PROJECT NAME: | MUNICIPAL ADDRESS OF PROJECT: | ||||||
PERFORMANCE COURT | 150 Elgin Street, Ottawa, Ontario |
4. | LEASED PREMISES: |
A. January 1, 2015 to June 30, 2015 Floors 6, 7, 8 and 9 (the Initial Premises )
Attached as Schedule A to this Lease is a plan of the Project showing the various floors comprising the Leased Premises, including the Initial Premises and the Additional Premises. The suites of the Leased Premises will be designated at a later date.
B. July 1, 2015 to December 25, 2025 Floors 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 (the Final Premises )
The suites of the Leased Premises will be designated at a later date. Floors 10 and 11 are the Additional Premises .
5. | RENTABLE AREA OF LEASED PREMISES: |
A. January 1, 2015 to June 30, 2015 Floors 6, 7, 8 and 9 (Initial Premises)
- i -
PAGE 2 OF TERM SHEET FORMING PART OF LEASE OF OFFICE SPACE - MULTI-TENANT
Approximately 70,391 square feet subject to adjustment in accordance with the definition of Rentable Area and Section 4.08. The Rentable Area of the Leased Premises shall be calculated in accordance with the BOMA ANSI standards ANSI Z65.1-1996.
B. July 1, 2015 to December 25, 2025 Floors 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 (Final Premises)
Approximately 102,425 square feet subject to adjustment in accordance with the definition of Rentable Area and Section 4.08. The Rentable Area of the Leased Premises shall be calculated in accordance with the BOMA ANSI standards ANSI Z65.1-1996.
The approximate Rentable Area of the Additional Premises is 32,034 square feet.
6. | (a) | SECURITY DEPOSIT/ LETTER OF CREDIT (SECTION 3 OF SCHEDULE E) | ||||||
(b) | OTHER DEPOSIT: $ NIL (SCHEDULE E) | |||||||
7. | TERM: | |||||||
A. | Floors 6, 7, 8 and 9 (Initial Premises) | |||||||
(a) | TERM: | Eleven (11) years | ||||||
(b) | FIRST DAY OF TERM: | January 1, 2015 | ||||||
(Initial Premises Commencement Date) | ||||||||
(c) | LAST DAY OF TERM: | December 31, 2025 | ||||||
B. | Floors 10 and 11 (Additional Premises) | |||||||
(a) | TERM: | Ten (10) years and six (6) months | ||||||
(b) | FIRST DAY OF TERM: | July 1, 2015 | ||||||
(Additional Premises Commencement Date) | ||||||||
(b) | LAST DAY OF TERM: | December 31, 2025 |
8. | BASIC RENT: |
Period |
Annual Basic Rent Per
Square Foot of Rentable Area |
Annual Basic
Rent |
Monthly
Installment |
|||||||||
January 1, 2015 to June 30, 2015 |
$ | 25.00 | $ | 1,759,775.00 | $ | 146,647.92 | ||||||
July 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015 |
$ | 25.00 | $ | 2,560,625.00 | $ | 213,385.42 | ||||||
January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016 |
$ | 25.00 | $ | 2,560,625.00 | $ | 213,385.42 | ||||||
January 1, 2017 to December 31, 2017 |
$ | 26.00 | $ | 2,663,050.00 | $ | 221,920.83 | ||||||
January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018 |
$ | 26.00 | $ | 2,663,050.00 | $ | 221,920.83 | ||||||
January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019 |
$ | 26.50 | $ | 2,714,262.50 | $ | 226,188.54 | ||||||
January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 |
$ | 27.00 | $ | 2,765,475.00 | $ | 230,456.25 | ||||||
January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021 |
$ | 27.50 | $ | 2,816,687.50 | $ | 234,723.96 | ||||||
January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022 |
$ | 28.00 | $ | 2,867,900.00 | $ | 238,991.66 | ||||||
January 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023 |
$ | 28.50 | $ | 2,919,112.50 | $ | 243,259.38 | ||||||
January 1, 2024 to December 31, 2024 |
$ | 30.00 | $ | 3,072,750.00 | $ | 256,062.50 | ||||||
January 1, 2025 to December 31, 2025 |
$ | 30.00 | $ | 3,072,750.00 | $ | 256,062.50 |
- ii -
PAGE 3 OF TERM SHEET FORMING PART OF LEASE OF OFFICE SPACE - MULTI-TENANT
In each case plus applicable Sales Taxes and subject to adjustment once the actual Rentable Area of the Leased Premises is measured in accordance with Section 4.08.
9. | USE OF LEASED PREMISES: |
The Leased Premises shall be used solely for general office purposes and for hosting incubation programs and business community events and for no other purpose. The Leased Premises shall not be used for any use prohibited by Section 5.03 or Section 9.05 or for any use prohibited by any leases in existence as of the date of this Lease, as set out in Section 10 of Schedule E hereto.
10. | ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES: |
LEASE SECTION 9.05: | Applies | þ | Does not apply | ¨ | ||||||
RIDER 1 (SECTION 9.05): | Applies | ¨ | Does not apply | þ |
11. |
INDEMNIFIER: | NONE | TELEPHONE: | |||||
ADDRESS: | FAX NUMBER: |
12. Additional Covenants, Agreements and Conditions (if any) listed here are more particularly set out in Schedule E.
1. | Landlords Base Building Work |
2. | Fixturing Period |
3. | Letter of Credit |
4. | Tenants Inducement |
5. | HVAC Service outside Business Hours |
6. | Storage Space |
7. | Parking |
8. | Right of First Offer for Space |
9. | Option to Extend |
10. | Prohibited Uses |
11. | Restoration |
12. | Space Planning |
13. | Tenant Emergency Power |
14. | Building Signage |
15. | Access to Leased Premises |
16. | Rent Free Period - Initial Premises |
17. | Rent Free Period - Additional Premises |
18. | Internal Staircases |
19. | Kitchen |
20. | Fibre Optic Lines |
21. | LEED Requirements |
22. | Right of First Refusal on Signage |
23. | Reasonableness |
- iii -
LEASE OF OFFICE SPACE
MULTI-TENANT OFFICE BUILDING
THIS LEASE is made as of the 28 th day of February, 2014
BETWEEN:
MORGUARD PERFORMANCE COURT LIMITED
a company incorporated under the laws of Ontario
(the Landlord)
AND:
SHOPIFY INC.
(the Tenant)
IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1.00 - DEFINITIONS
1.01 Definitions - In this Lease the terms defined in Schedule B shall have the meanings designated therein respectively.
ARTICLE 2.00 - GRANT OF LEASE AND GENERAL COVENANTS
2.01 Grant - The Landlord hereby leases to the Tenant and the Tenant hereby leases from the Landlord the Leased Premises, to have and to hold during the Term, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.
2.02 Landlords General Covenants - The Landlord covenants with the Tenant:
(a) | subject to the provisions of this Lease, for quiet enjoyment of the Leased Premises so long as the Tenant shall observe and perform all of the covenants and obligations of the Tenant herein; and |
(b) | to observe and perform all the covenants and obligations of the Landlord herein. |
2.03 Tenants General Covenants - The Tenant covenants with the Landlord:
(a) | to pay Rent without any deduction, abatement or set-off whatsoever except as otherwise specifically set out in this Lease; and |
(b) | to observe and perform all the covenants and obligations of the Tenant herein. |
ARTICLE 3.00 - TERM AND POSSESSION
3.01 Term - The Term of this Lease shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the date set out in Item 7 of the Term Sheet unless terminated earlier as provided in this Lease.
3.02 Early Occupancy Intentionally Deleted See Section 2 of Schedule E.
3.03 Delayed Possession - Intentionally Deleted
3.04 Acceptance of Leased Premises - Taking possession of all or any portion of the Leased Premises by the Tenant shall be conclusive evidence as against the Tenant that the Leased Premises or such portion thereof and the Common Elements are in satisfactory condition on the date of taking possession, subject only to: (i) latent defects; and (ii) deficiencies (if any) listed in writing in a notice delivered by the Tenant to the Landlord not more than 30 days after the date of taking possession; and (iii) structural defects and weaknesses, to the extent not resulting from the acts or omissions of the Tenant or those for whom at law it is responsible.
ARTICLE 4.00 RENT
4.01 | Rent - The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord as Rent for the Leased Premises the aggregate of: |
(a) | subject to Sections 16 and 17 of Schedule E, Basic Rent in respect of each year of the Term, payable in advance and without notice or demand in monthly instalments as set out in Item 8 of the Term Sheet commencing on the Commencement Date and on the first day of each calendar month thereafter during the Term; |
(b) | subject to Sections 16 and 17 of Schedule E, the Tenants Proportionate Share of Operating Costs and the Tenants Proportionate Share of Taxes, during the Term, in each case payable in monthly instalments at the times and in the manner provided in Section 4.06; and |
(c) | all amounts (other than payments under Subsections 4.01 (a) and (b)) payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Lease, at the times and in the manner provided in this Lease or, if not so provided, as reasonably required by the Landlord. |
4.02 Security Deposit - Intentionally Deleted
4.03 Intent - It is the stated purpose and intent of the Landlord and the Tenant that except as otherwise set out in this Lease, this Lease and the Rent shall be fully net to the Landlord.
4.04 Payment of Rent - General - All amounts payable by the Tenant to the Landlord pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed to be Rent and shall be payable and recoverable as Rent in the manner herein provided and the Landlord shall have all rights against the Tenant for default in any such payment as in the case of arrears of Rent. Rent shall be paid to the Landlord in lawful money of Canada, without deduction, abatement or set-off, except as otherwise expressly set out in this Lease, at the local address of the Landlord set out in Item 1(a) of the Term Sheet or to such other Person or such other address as the Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. To the extent that any Rent is outstanding at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and subject to the provisions of Section 11.04, the Tenants obligation to pay Rent shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Any Rent or other sum received or accepted by the Landlord and paid by anyone other than the Tenant, on behalf of the Tenant, shall not release or in any way affect the covenants of the Tenant set out in this Lease and shall not be deemed to constitute or evidence the Landlords consent to a Transfer under Article 12.00. Any Rent or other sum received by the Landlord from or for the account of the Tenant while the Tenant is in default under this Lease may be applied at the Landlords option to the satisfaction in whole or in part of any of the obligations of the Tenant then due under this Lease in such manner as the Landlord sees fit regardless of any designation or instruction of the Tenant to the contrary.
4.05 Partial Month - If the Commencement Date is a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or if the Term ends on any day other than the last day of a calendar month, Rent for the fractions of a month at the beginning and at the end of the Term shall be adjusted pro rata on a per diem basis.
4.06 | Payment of Tenants Occupancy Costs |
(1) | Estimate and Payment |
(a) | The Landlord shall deliver to the Tenant a written estimate or a written revised estimate of: (i) the Tenants Proportionate Share of Operating Costs for each Fiscal Year; and (ii) the Tenants Proportionate Share of Taxes for each Fiscal Year. The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the amount so estimated in equal monthly instalments (except as otherwise required in this Section 4.06 with respect to Property Taxes) in advance over that Fiscal Year simultaneously with the Tenants payments on account of Basic Rent. If the Landlord does not deliver to the Tenant such an estimate, the Tenant shall continue to pay the Tenants Proportionate Share of Operating Costs and the Tenants Proportionate Share of Taxes based on the last such estimate delivered by the Landlord until a further estimate is delivered by the Landlord and the next payment on account of the Tenants Operating Costs or Taxes shall be adjusted to take into account any over or under payment in the preceding instalments paid in the Fiscal Year to which the estimate or revised estimate relates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as soon as bills for all or any portion of amounts included in Operating Costs and Taxes as so estimated are received, the Landlord may bill the Tenant for the Tenants Proportionate Share thereof and the Tenant shall pay the Landlord such amounts so billed (less all amounts previously paid on account by the Tenant on the basis of the Landlords estimate as aforesaid) as Rent within 30 days following demand therefor. The Landlord estimates that, for the 2014 calendar year, the Tenants Occupancy Costs (being the Tenants Proportionate Share of Operating Costs and the Tenants Proportionate Share of Taxes) shall be $23.30 per square foot of Rentable Area of the Leased Premises, plus Sales Taxes broken down as follows: |
- 2 -
Real Estate Taxes |
$ | 13.25 | ||
Utilities |
2.60 | |||
Interior Cleaning |
1.45 | |||
Capital Repair Cost Allocation |
0.00 | |||
Maintenance and Repair Costs |
2.25 | |||
Other General Building Operating Costs |
2.00 | |||
Management Fee |
1.75 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 23.30 |
(b) | Within ninety (90) days after the date in each calendar year when the final instalment of Property Taxes is due in respect of the Project (the Final Payment Date), the Landlord shall deliver a statement (the Tax Statement) to the Tenant that: (i) specifies the Tenants Proportionate Share of Taxes for the Property Tax Year; and (ii) sets out the total (the Prepayment Total) of amounts payable under this Subsection 4.06(1)(b) that have been paid by the Tenant in respect of the current Property Tax Year. If the Prepayment Total is less than the Tenants Proportionate Share of Taxes specified in the Tax Statement, the Tenant shall pay the deficiency with the next monthly payment of Basic Rent. If the Prepayment Total exceeds the Tenants Proportionate Share of Taxes specified in the Tax Statement, the Landlord shall reimburse the excess to the Tenant within 30 days after the delivery of the Tax Statement, unless the Tenant is then in default under this Lease, in which event the excess shall be applied by the Landlord to Rent next due under the Lease. The Landlord may estimate Property Taxes for the Property Tax Year following the then current Property Tax Year and the Tenant shall continue after the Final Payment Date to make monthly payments in advance, in amounts determined by the Landlord, for periods determined by the Landlord. The monthly payments paid by the Tenant after the Final Payment Date shall be credited against the Tenants Proportionate Share of Taxes for the subsequent Property Tax Year. |
(c) | Any portion of the Tenants Proportionate Share of Taxes accrued with respect to the Term or any part thereof paid by the Landlord prior to the Commencement Date shall be reimbursed by the Tenant to the Landlord within 30 days after request. Subject to Sections 8.03 and 8.05, the Tenant shall pay the Tenants Proportionate Share of any Property Taxes or the Landlords reasonable estimate thereof monthly in advance in the same manner as for payment of the Tenants Proportionate Share of Operating Costs. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Landlord shall always have the right:
(i) to revise the amount of instalments on account of Property Taxes payable by the Tenant to an amount that allows the Landlord to collect all Property Taxes payable by the Tenant by the final due date of Property Taxes for the calendar year; and/or
(ii) to schedule and require payment by the Tenant of instalments on account of Property Taxes payable by the Tenant such that by the final due date of Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Tenant shall have paid to the Landlord the full amount of Property Taxes payable by the Tenant for such calendar year.
(2) Annual Statement and Adjustment - The Landlord shall deliver to the Tenant within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a written statement setting out in reasonable detail the amount of the Tenants Occupancy Costs for such Fiscal Year. If the total of monthly instalments of the Tenants Occupancy Costs actually paid by the Tenant to the Landlord during that Fiscal Year differs from the amount of the Tenants Occupancy Costs payable for that Fiscal Year under Subsection 4.01(b), the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord or, if the Tenant is not in default, the Landlord shall reimburse to the Tenant, as the case may be, the difference, without interest, within 30 days after the date of delivery of the statement.
(3) Disputes - Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, so long as the Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond the applicable notice and cure period, the Tenant may audit the costs and expenses set out in the Landlords statement of Tenants Occupancy Costs or the Tax Statement for any Fiscal Year provided the Tenant gives not less than ten (10) days prior written notice to the Landlord within four (4) months of the tenants receipt of the Landlords Statement for such Fiscal Year. The Tenants right to audit shall be limited to not more than one occasion per twelve (12) calendar month period. Prior to the commencement of any audit, the Tenant and its auditors shall first sign a confidentiality agreement on the Landlords standard form, which shall be reasonable. If it is determined that the Tenant has been overcharged for Tenants Occupancy Costs or Taxes, as the case may be then the overcharge will be repaid by the Landlord to the Tenant, within thirty (30) days after written request. If it is determined that the Tenant has been undercharged for Tenants Occupancy Costs or Taxes, as the case may be then the undercharge will be repaid by the Tenant to the Landlord within thirty (30) days after written request. In order to conduct its review, the Landlord shall provide the Tenant with reasonable access to underlying supporting documentation and cooperation from the Landlords internal accounting personnel. If it is determined that the Landlord has overcharged the Tenant by three percent (3%) or more and the Landlord accepts the Tenants audit as correct, the Landlord will reimburse to the Tenant (within thirty (30) days of receipt by the Landlord of an invoice) the reasonable out-of-pocket charges incurred by the Tenant in
- 3 -
connection with its review. Such audit shall be conducted at the Landlords offices by the Tenants external auditors accompanied by a representative of the Landlord, all at the sole expense of the Tenant, at a time and on a day agreed to by the Landlord. The Tenants audit, once commenced, shall be carried out continuously, diligently and as expeditiously as possible so as to be completed as soon as possible. The Tenants auditor shall issue its report(s) within thirty (30) days after completion of the audit. If the Tenant concludes that the Landlords statements are not accurate, the Tenant shall, in support of its position, provide a copy of the Tenants auditors report to the Landlord.
If it is finally determined, by arbitration under section 4.07 or by agreement of the parties, that the Landlord has overcharged the Tenant by three percent (3%) or more for Tenants Occupancy Costs or Taxes, as the case may be, in any Fiscal Year, then the Tenant may, at the Tenants option, by written notice given within two (2) months of such final determination elect to audit Tenants Occupancy Costs or Taxes for the Fiscal Year immediately prior to the Fiscal Year in which the overcharge occurred.
4.07 Resolution of Disputes - In the event of any disagreement as to the amount or propriety of any amount included in Operating Costs that the Landlord and Tenant, each acting reasonably and in good faith, cannot resolve between themselves, such disagreement shall be determined by final and binding arbitration by a single arbitrator acting pursuant to the Arbitration Act , 1991 (Ontario).
4.08 Area Determination - Prior to the Commencement Date for each of the Initial Premises and the Additional Premises, the Landlord shall cause the Rentable Area of such portions of the Leased Premises to be measured in accordance with the Standard Method for Measuring Rentable Areas in Office Buildings by the American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI/BOMA Z65.1 - 1996) (the Measurement Standard ) and the Landlord will provide the Tenant with area certificates for such portions of the Leased Premises from the Landlords independent architect (the Architect ) or chartered surveyor on or prior to the Commencement Date. The Rentable Area of the Leased Premises shall be adjusted to reflect the final measurement reflected in such certificates. If at any time during the Term the Leased Premises are increased or decreased in size, the Landlord may cause the Rentable Area of the Leased Premises and the Total Rentable Area of the Building or any part thereof to be recalculated or remeasured in accordance with the Measurement Standard and the cost thereof shall be included in Operating Costs (except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.08). Upon any such recalculation or remeasurement, Rent (including without limitation Basic Rent) shall be adjusted accordingly. Any calculation or determination of the Rentable Area of any premises (including the Leased Premises) shall be calculated or determined by the Architect appointed for that purpose, whose certificate shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto, absent manifest error. The cost of such calculation or determination shall be included in Operating Costs.
If any error shall be found in the calculation of the Rentable Area of the Leased Premises or in the calculation of the Tenants Proportionate Share, Rent (including without limitation Basic Rent) shall be adjusted for the Fiscal Year in which the error is discovered and for the Fiscal Year preceding the Fiscal Year in which the error was discovered, if any, and thereafter, but not for any prior period.
4.09 Vacancy - If any part of the Building available for leasing is not occupied, the Landlord shall have the right, in respect of amounts forming part of Operating Costs which vary proportionately with occupancy, to include in Operating Costs a larger amount of costs, which larger amount shall be based on a reasonable estimate of the actual cost which would have been incurred if the unoccupied parts of the Building available for leasing were occupied, it being intended hereby that the Landlord shall obtain, to the extent reasonably possible, full reimbursement of Operating Costs attributable to or in respect of occupied premises, and not that: (i) the Tenant shall subsidize Operating Costs incurred by the Landlord attributable to or in respect of vacant premises; or (ii) the Landlord shall recover more than actual Operating Costs.
4.10 Method of Payment
(1) Unless the Landlord advises otherwise in writing, the Tenant shall provide to the Landlord on or before the Commencement Date and thereafter on or before the beginning of each Fiscal Year during the Term and within 30 days after delivery of the Landlords estimate of any payment constituting Rent, postdated cheques in the amount of Rent for each month during that Fiscal Year.
(2) Intentionally Deleted.
ARTICLE 5.00 - USE AND OCCUPATION
5.01 Use of Leased Premises - The Tenant shall use and occupy only the usable part of the Leased Premises and only for office purposes to carry on the business set out in Item 9 of the Term Sheet and shall not use or permit the Leased Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied for any other purpose or business except as otherwise expressly permitted under this Lease or by any Person other than the Tenant (except as otherwise permitted under this Lease). The Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining at its expense all necessary approvals, licences and permits,
- 4 -
including but not limited to zoning, development, building, occupancy and business approvals, licences and permits, for its intended use of the Leased Premises and shall submit all applications for such approvals, licences and permits to the Landlord for its consent (which consent, if the application pertains to the zoning applicable to the Project or may adversely affect the value or use of the Project or any part thereof, may be arbitrarily withheld by the Landlord) prior to making application. Notwithstanding the Landlords consent to an application, the Tenant shall indemnify and defend the Landlord and hold it harmless from and against any and all Claims incurred or suffered by the Landlord directly or indirectly arising out of the Tenants application for, or failure to obtain, such approvals, licences or permits or the resulting approvals, licences and permits with respect to the use, intended or otherwise, of the Leased Premises. The Landlord makes no representation whether or not necessary approvals can be obtained for the Tenants use or intended use. The Landlord makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, that the present or future use of the Leased Premises, if such use is anything other than office use, is legally fit for the intended use, or complies with any law, by-law or regulation governing the use of the Leased Premises.
5.02 Compliance with Laws - The Tenant shall promptly and at its own cost comply with all present and future laws, regulations and orders relating to, and obtain and maintain in force all approvals, permits, licences and registrations required for, any of the following:
(a) | the occupation or use of and the conduct of any business in or from the Leased Premises; |
(b) | the condition of the Leasehold Improvements, fixtures, furniture and equipment installed therein; |
(c) | Pollutants and the protection of the environment so far as those laws, regulations and orders or any of them relate to the Project; and |
(d) | the making by the Tenant of any repairs, changes or improvements in or to the Project; |
and the Tenant shall immediately give written notice to the Landlord of the occurrence of any event in the Leased Premises constituting an offence thereunder or being in breach thereof and if the Tenant shall, either alone or with others, cause the happening of any such event, the Tenant shall immediately give the Landlord notice to that effect and thereafter give the Landlord from time to time written notice of the extent and nature of the Tenants compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section.
The Tenant agrees that if the Landlord determines, acting reasonably, that the Landlord, its property, its reputation or the Leased Premises or any one or more of the foregoing is placed in any jeopardy, as determined by the Landlord, by the requirements for any work required to ensure compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.02, or the Tenant is unable to fulfil its obligations under this Section, the Landlord may upon reasonable notice (except in the event of an emergency, when no notice is required) itself undertake such work or any part thereof at the cost and expense of the Tenant at reasonably competitive rates.
The Tenant shall, at its own expense, remedy any damage to the Leased Premises caused by such event or work or by the performance of the Tenants obligations under this Section.
If alterations or improvements to the Leasehold Improvements or to the Leased Premises are necessary to comply with any of the foregoing provisions of this Section or with the requirements of insurance carriers, the Tenant shall forthwith complete such work, complying always with the applicable provisions of this Lease, to the extent that it can be done within the Leased Premises and in any event shall pay the entire cost of alterations and improvements so required.
The Landlord shall be responsible to comply with any legal requirements relating to the physical condition of all parts of the Leased Premises if the Leased Premises fail to comply on the date the Tenant takes possession of the Leased Premises or if there is a change in the applicable laws and the changed legal requirements apply to all real estate generally and not to the Leased Premises specifically.
5.03 Prohibited Uses - The Tenant shall not commit, cause or permit any nuisance in or about or any damage to the Leased Premises or any part thereof, the Building, the Project or any of the Leasehold Improvements or goods or fixtures therein, any overloading of the floors of the Leased Premises or any use or manner of use causing annoyance to other tenants or occupants of the Project. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Tenant shall not use or permit the use of any portion of the Leased Premises for any dangerous, illegal, noxious, odorous or offensive trade, business or occurrence. The Tenant shall keep the Leased Premises free of debris, Pollutants (provided the Tenant shall be entitled to use office supplies and usual cleaners in the Leased Premises in compliance with Environmental Laws) and anything of a dangerous, noxious, odorous or offensive nature or which could create a fire hazard (through undue load on electrical circuits or otherwise) or vibration, heat, odour or noise detectable outside the Leased Premises in the sole discretion of the Landlord. The Tenant shall not use equipment in the Leased Premises in a manner that results in its being seen or heard outside the Leased Premises.
- 5 -
5.04 Common Elements - The Tenant and its employees and invitees shall be entitled to use, in common with others entitled thereto, for purposes for which they are intended, subject to the provisions of this Lease, and only during such hours as the Landlord may designate from time to time, the Common elements. The Tenant and its employees and invitees shall not obstruct the Common Elements or use the Common Elements other than for their intended purposes and then only in accordance with the reasonable rules and regulations set by the Landlord from time to time.
5.05 Hazardous Use - The Tenant shall not do, omit to do or permit to be done anything which will cause or may have the effect of causing the cost of the Landlords insurance in respect of the Project or any part thereof to be increased at any time during the Term or any policy of insurance on or relating to the Project to be subject to cancellation. Without waiving or limiting the foregoing prohibition, the Landlord may demand and the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord upon demand, the amount of any increase in the cost of insurance caused by anything so done or omitted or permitted to be done. The Tenant shall forthwith upon the Landlords request comply with the requirements of the Landlords insurers, cease any activity complained of and make good any circumstance which has caused any increase in insurance premiums or the cancellation or threatened cancellation of any insurance policy. In determining the amount of increased premiums for which the Tenant is responsible, a schedule or statement issued by the Person who computes the insurance rates for the Landlord showing the components of the rate shall be conclusive evidence of the items that make up the rate. If any policy of insurance in respect of the Project or any part thereof is cancelled or becomes subject to cancellation by reason of anything so done or omitted or permitted to be done, the Landlord may upon prior written notice to the Tenant, and then only if the Landlord is unable to remedy the cause of the cancellation within 24 hours of notice, terminate this Lease and re-enter the Leased Premises. The Landlord hereby acknowledges that to the best of its knowledge the use of the Leased Premises for the purposes set out in Section 5.01 shall not, per se , cause an increase in the cost of or cause the cancellation of the Landlords insurance, provided that such use is carried on by the Tenant in compliance with the requirements of this Lease.
5.06 Tenants Security Interest - The Tenant shall not create a security interest in Leasehold Improvements installed in the Leased Premises by the Tenant any prior tenant or the Landlord. The Landlord acknowledges that a general security agreement creating a floating charge on the assets of the Tenant, including its interest in the Lease, in the normal course of a bona fide financing of the Tenants business operations to an institutional lender will not be considered a breach of this Section 5.06 provided that such charge, pledge or security interest is not at any time fixed or registered against title to the Project or the Tenants interest in this Lease.
5.07 Rules and Regulations - The Tenant shall observe and cause its employees, servants, agents, invitees, customers, subtenants, licensees and others over whom the Tenant can reasonably be expected to exercise control to observe the rules and regulations attached as Schedule C hereto and such further and other reasonable rules and regulations and amendments and additions thereto as may be made by the Landlord and notified to the Tenant by mailing a copy thereof to the Tenant or by posting same in a conspicuous place in the Building, provided that any such rules and regulations are reasonable and do not discriminate as against the Tenant. All such rules and regulations now or hereafter in force shall be read as forming part of this Lease; provided that if there is a conflict between the rules and regulations and this Lease, the terms of this Lease shall prevail. The Landlord shall not be responsible to the Tenant for the non-observance of any rule or regulation or the terms of any lease or agreement to lease by any other tenant of the Project.
5.08 Permitted Signs - Subject to Section 14 of Schedule E, the Tenant shall use only such identification signs as are prescribed by the Landlord from time to time and as comply with all applicable by-laws, regulations and codes as to size, location, arrangement, type of lettering, colour, appearance and design for uniform use by office tenants in the Building. Such signs shall contain only the name under which the Tenant carries on business.
5.09 Prohibited Signs - Subject to Section 14 of Schedule E, except with the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent may be arbitrarily withheld or rescinded in the Landlords sole discretion, or as provided in Section 5.08 or elsewhere in the Lease, the Tenant shall not paint, display, inscribe, place or affix any sign, symbol, notice, advertisement, display or direction of any kind anywhere outside the Leased Premises or on the interior of any glass, windows or doors or elsewhere within the Leased Premises so as to be visible from the outside of the Leased Premises.
5.10 Window Coverings - Without the prior written consent of the Landlord, the Tenant shall not install any blinds, drapes, curtains or any other window coverings in the Leased Premises and shall not remove, add to or change the blinds, drapes, curtains or other window coverings installed by the Landlord from time to time. The Tenant shall keep all window coverings open or closed at various times as the Landlord may from time to time direct by the rules and regulations or otherwise.
5.11 Parking - Subject to Section 7 of Schedule E, any Parking Facilities provided by the Landlord shall at all times be subject to the exclusive control and management of the Landlord or those whom the Landlord may designate from time to time. Subject to Section 7 of Schedule E, the Landlord shall have the right from time to time to establish, modify and enforce reasonable rules and regulations with respect to any Parking Facilities and shall have the right from time to time:
- 6 -
(a) | to expand, reduce, or change the area, level, location and arrangement of the Parking Facilities and to construct any Parking Facilities; |
(b) | to enforce parking charges with appropriate provisions for free parking ticket validating by tenants of the Building; |
(c) | to temporarily close all or any portion of the Parking Facilities to such extent as may, in the Landlords opinion, be legally sufficient to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of rights to any Person or the public; |
(d) | to temporarily obstruct or close off all or any part of the Parking Facilities for the purpose of maintenance or repair; and |
(e) | to do and perform such other acts in and to the Parking Facilities as, in the judgment of the Landlord, shall be advisable with a view to the improvement of the convenience of and use of the Building by tenants, their employees and invitees. |
The Landlord will operate and maintain the Parking Facilities in a manner consistent with a development similar to the Project as the Landlord in its sole discretion, acting reasonably, shall determine from time to time. Without limiting the scope of such discretion, the Landlord shall have the sole right to employ all personnel and make all rules and regulations pertaining to and necessary for the proper operation and maintenance of the Parking Facilities. The Tenant shall participate in any free parking or other ticket validation system established by the Landlord and abide by all rules and regulations pertaining thereto and the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord monthly, together with payments on account of Basic Rent, all parking charges attributable to the Tenant as evidenced by parking tickets validated by the Tenant in accordance with any system established by the Landlord.
5.12 Authorization of Enquiries - The Tenant hereby authorizes the Landlord to make enquiries from time to time of any government or municipality or governmental or municipal agency with respect to the Tenants compliance with any and all laws and regulations pertaining to the Tenant or the business conducted in the Leased Premises including, without limitation, laws and regulations pertaining to Pollutants and the protection of the environment; and the Tenant covenants and agrees that the Tenant shall from time to time provide to the Landlord such written authorization as the Landlord may reasonably require in order to facilitate the obtaining of such information.
5.13 Records - The Tenant shall keep on the Leased Premises or at the Tenants head office such records as required by Environmental Laws, of all Pollutants stored on, or processed, manufactured, packaged or used in any process in the Leased Premises by the Tenant and by any other occupant of the Leased Premises or any part thereof. The Landlord may examine such records and the Tenant shall provide extracts from or copies thereof all as required by the Landlord from time to time. This requirement to maintain such records shall survive the expiry or earlier termination of the Term for the length of time required by Environmental Laws.
5.14 Overloading - The Tenant shall not install or permit the installation of equipment or storage of items that, in the opinion of the Landlords engineer, overloads the capacity of any utility or of any electrical or mechanical facility in the Project or which may exceed the load-bearing capacity of the floors of the Project. If damage is caused to the Leased Premises or to the Project as a result of any installation in contravention of this Section, the Tenant shall repair the damage or, at the Landlords option, pay to the Landlord on demand the cost of repairing the damage incurred by the Landlord.
5.15 Telecommunications
(1) The Tenant may utilize a telecommunication service provider of its choice with the Landlords prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, subject to the provisions of this Lease, including but not limited to the following:
(a) | prior to commencing any work in the Project, the service provider shall execute and deliver the Landlords standard form of licence agreement, which shall include a provision for the Landlord to receive fair market compensation for the use of the space for the service providers equipment and materials; |
(b) | the Landlord shall incur no expense or liability whatsoever with respect to any aspect of the provision of telecommunication services, including without limitation, the cost of installation, service, materials, repairs, maintenance, removal, interruption or loss of telecommunication service; |
(c) | the Landlord must first reasonably determine that there is sufficient space in the risers of the Building for the installation of the service providers wiring and cross connect (provided that there shall at all times be a reasonable amount of space available for use by the Tenant and its service providers having regard to the size of the Leased Premises relative to the size of the Building); and |
- 7 -
(d) | the Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord for all losses, claims, demands, expenses and judgments against the Landlord caused by or arising out of, either directly or indirectly, any acts or omissions by the service provider or the Tenant or those for whom either of them is responsible in law relating to telecommunications services at the Project. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Tenant utilizes an existing telecommunications service provider that has been previously approved by the Landlord and is providing telecommunication services within the Building pursuant to an agreement with the Landlord, the provisions of this Section 5.15(1) shall not be applicable; provided that the Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord for all losses, claims, demands, expenses and judgments against the Landlord that are caused by or arising out of any acts or omissions by the Tenant or those for whom the Tenant is responsible in law relating to the Tenants telecommunications services at the Project.
(2) The Tenant shall be responsible for the costs associated with the supply and installation of telephone, computer and other communication equipment and systems and related wiring within the Leased Premises to the boundary of the Leased Premises for hook up or other integration with telephone and other communication equipment and systems of a telephone or other communication service provider, which equipment and systems of the service provider are located or are to be located in the Building pursuant to the Landlords standard form of licence agreement and, subject to the provisions of Section 14.01, for the removal of same.
(3) The Landlord shall supply space in risers in the Building and space on floor(s) of the Building in which the Leased Premises are located, the location of which shall be designated by the Landlord in its discretion, to telecommunication service providers who have entered into the Landlords standard form of licence agreement for the purpose, without any cost or expense to the Landlord therefor, of permitting installation in such risers and on such floor(s) of telephone and other communication services and systems (including data cable patch panels) to the Leased Premises at a point designated by the Landlord.
(4) The Tenant will not install or use any telecommunication equipment (including, without limitation, any wireless equipment, antennae or related equipment) that creates a health hazard or that interferes with the operating systems of the Building or the telecommunication equipment of the Landlord or other occupants of the Building.
(5) No antennae or wireless equipment will be installed in the Leased Premises or (except so called cell phones, pagers, personal data assistants (PDAs) or similar devices typically used by occupants of office premises) used on the Leased Premises without the Landlords prior written consent (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld). The Landlord consents to the use by the Tenant of wireless internet within the Leased Premises provided that the Landlord shall have the right to review and approve the specifications for such wireless internet prior to its installation. Should any such equipment be permitted:
(a) | the Tenant will be required to cooperate fully with the Landlord and others if any spectrum management requirements or programs are put in place to ensure that radio frequencies, channels and unlicensed portions of the radio frequency spectrum operate harmoniously within the Building and do not cause any interference with telecommunications or systems outside of the Building; |
(b) | the Tenant may be required to pay an equitable share, determined by the Landlord, of the costs incurred by the Landlord for spectrum management, as well as costs of monitoring, inspecting, investigating, and obtaining reports relating to wireless equipment usage; and |
(c) | the Tenant will abide by any reasonable recommendations made by the Landlords Consultants relating to spectrum management and the mitigation of interference, security and reception issues. |
(6) The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord makes no representation concerning, and assumes no responsibility for, any telecommunications or telecommunications equipment of the Tenant or for managing, controlling or protecting telecommunications of the Tenant. The Tenant is fully responsible for satisfying itself concerning all aspects of the Building, its operations and those of its occupants having regard to telecommunication matters and related equipment and will indemnify the Landlord against all Claims relating to disruption that are made by third parties with whom the Tenant or occupants of the Leased Premises communicate via telecommunications.
(7) The Tenant shall not resell telecommunication services (wireless or otherwise) using equipment situated on the Leased Premises or in the Building.
(8) The Tenant will not permit any personnel employed by it or any occupant of the Leased Premises to engage in so called hacking or other unauthorized use of telecommunication or wireless facilities in, adjacent to or serving the Building or any of its occupants.
5.16 Health Emergency - If the Landlord, acting reasonably and in good faith, determines that a Health Emergency exists:
- 8 -
(a) | The Landlord, acting reasonably and in good faith, may: (i) amend, supplement or otherwise enforce any existing health emergency rules or regulations in existence; (ii) pass additional rules and regulations; and (iii) impose restrictions to mitigate or minimize the effects of a Health Emergency by controlling access to parts of the Building, imposing sanitization requirements (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, requiring the Tenant to decontaminate all or any part of the Leased Premises) and implementing health precautions consistent with advice from any authority having jurisdiction including, without limitation, medical experts or public health officials. |
(b) | The Landlord will not be considered to be in default under this Lease by reason of: (i) anything it does, acting reasonably and in good faith, pursuant to Subsection 5.16(a); and (ii) any decision it makes in good faith in response to a Health Emergency; and provided that it acts reasonably and in good faith, will not be liable in contract, tort or any other basis of liability, statutory or otherwise, by reason of any action, omission or failure to act in connection with or as a result of a Health Emergency. |
(c) | If the Landlord, due to a Health Emergency, acting reasonably and in good faith, determines that it needs to suspend, reduce or restrict Services in whole or in part including, but not limited to, janitorial services to the Leased Premises or the Building, it will not be considered to be in default under this Lease. |
ARTICLE 6.00 - SERVICES, MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND ALTERATIONS BY LANDLORD
6.01 Operation of Project - During the Term, and so long as no material Event of Default shall exist, and so long as no event shall occur which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute a material Event of Default, the Landlord shall operate and maintain the Project in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and with standards from time to time prevailing for similar projects in the area in which the Project is located and, subject to payment by the Tenant of Rent, shall provide the Services set out in this Article 6.00; provided that the Landlord shall not be responsible for operating, maintaining, repairing or replacing any systems, facilities or equipment to the extent that the operation, maintenance, repair or replacement thereof are specifically stated in this Lease to be the responsibility of the Tenant.
6.02 | Building Services and Facilities - The Landlord shall provide: |
(a) | washrooms accessible to the Leased Premises for the use of the Tenant, its employees and invitees in common with other persons entitled thereto; |
(b) | domestic running water to the building standard washrooms in the Leased Premises, if any, and to washrooms available for the Tenants use in common with others entitled thereto; |
(c) | access to and egress from the Building and Leased Premises for use by the Tenant, its employees and invitees in common with other persons entitled thereto, provided that the Landlord may restrict access to the Building for security purposes or require that all persons seeking access to the Building produce identification; |
(d) | heating, ventilation and air conditioning to the Building, including the Leased Premises, to a level sufficient to maintain therein conditions of reasonable temperature and comfort provided that, unless otherwise agreed by the parties, a full standard of interior climate control shall be maintained during those hours and on those days established from time to time by the Landlord (as would a prudent owner of a similar class A building in the City of Ottawa), having reasonable regard to energy conservation (see Section 5 on Schedule E); |
(e) | lighting and electrical power to the Common Elements as reasonably required; |
(f) | electrical power to the Leased Premises for lighting and for standard office equipment capable of operating from the voltage circuits available and then standard for the Building; |
(g) | janitorial services to the Leased Premises and Common Elements to a standard consistent from time to time with similar buildings in the area in which the Building is located; |
(h) | a directory board located in the Common Elements providing identification of the tenants in the Building in such manner and containing such information as the Landlord may determine; and |
(i) | subject to Section 5.15, appropriate ducts for bringing telephone services to the Leased Premises. |
6.03 Maintenance, Repair and Replacement - Subject to the provisions of Article 10.00 and payment by the Tenant of Rent, the Landlord shall operate, maintain, repair and replace the systems, facilities and equipment necessary for the proper operation of the Project and for provision
- 9 -
of the Landlords Services set out in Section 6.02 (except as may be installed by or be the property of the Tenant) and shall maintain and repair the foundations, structure and roof of the Building and repair damage to the Building which the Landlord is obligated to insure against under Article 9.00, provided that:
(a) | if and so long as all or part of the systems, facilities and equipment in the Project or the supply of utilities to the Project are destroyed, damaged or interrupted, the Landlord shall have a reasonable time within which to complete any necessary repair or replacement and, during that time, shall only be required to maintain such Services as are reasonably possible in the circumstances; |
(b) | the Landlord may temporarily discontinue such Services or any of them at such times as may reasonably be necessary for maintenance, repairs, in an emergency and for other operational issues; |
(c) | the Landlord shall use reasonable diligence in carrying out its obligations under this Section 6.03, but shall not be liable under any circumstances for any consequential damages, whether direct or indirect, to any Person or property resulting from any failure to do so; |
(d) | no reduction or discontinuance of Services under this Section 6.03 shall be construed as a breach of the Landlords covenant for quiet enjoyment or as an eviction of the Tenant or, except as specifically provided otherwise in this Lease, release the Tenant from any obligation under this Lease; |
(e) | the Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for any damage caused by interruption or failure of any satellite, telecommunications system, utility, wiring, elevator or escalator; |
(f) | the Landlord shall have no responsibility for any inadequacy of performance of any systems within the Leased Premises if the Leased Premises or the use thereof depart from the design criteria for such systems as established by the Landlord for the Building or if the Tenant or its employees or invitees overrides or interferes with such systems; and |
(g) | nothing contained herein shall derogate from the provisions of Article 10.00. |
6.04 Alterations / Renovations by Landlord - During the Term or any renewal or extension thereof, it is understood and agreed that, if the Landlord intends to make changes, additions or improvements to or renovate the Project or any part thereof, of which the Leased Premises form a part (the Renovation Work), the Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Renovation Work does not materially interfere with or adversely affect the business of the Tenant carried on in the Leased Premises, the Tenants security requirements and protocols, or the Tenants access and ingress to and from the Leased Premises during normal business hours for the Building. It is specifically understood and agreed that there shall be no compensation paid to the Tenant nor shall there be any abatement of Rent in connection with the Renovation Work. In exercising its rights pursuant to this Section 6.04, the Landlord shall, upon reasonable advance notice to the Tenant and provided that there is no material interference to the Tenants business operations in the Leased Premises, be entitled to:
(a) | enter the Leased Premises from time to time to make changes or additions to the structure, systems, facilities and equipment in the Leased Premises where necessary to serve the Leased Premises or other parts of the Building; |
(b) | limit from time to time as may be necessary by reason of the Renovation Work, ingress to and egress from the Leased Premises and/or the Project; |
(c) | change, add to, diminish, demolish, dedicate for public purposes part or parts of, improve or alter any part of the Project not in or forming part of the Leased Premises; and |
(d) | change, add to, diminish, improve or alter the location and extent of the Common Elements. |
The Landlord agrees to give to the Tenant written notice of its intention to proceed with the Renovation Work and the Tenant shall cooperate with the Landlord in order to allow the Renovation Work to be completed as expeditiously as possible. It is specifically agreed by the Landlord and the Tenant that the Landlord shall not, by reason of exercising its rights pursuant to this Section 6.04, be in default or be deemed to be in default of any covenant or proviso contained in this Lease or at law provided the Landlord abides by the terms hereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything contained in this Lease (including without limitation Section 6.03 and this Section 6.04), the exercise by Landlord of any rights under this Section 6.04, shall be subject to the condition that the exercise of any such rights shall not:
(i) materially and unreasonably interfere with access to, use, or enjoyment of the Leased Premises;
- 10 -
(ii) materially and unreasonably alter the physical dimensions of the Leased Premises or change the location of the Leased Premises or otherwise materially interfere with the conduct of Tenants business in the Leased Premises;
(iii) reduce the Common Areas and Facilities if same will materially adversely affect Tenants use and enjoyment of the Leased Premises; and
(iv) be exercised in a discriminatory manner.
6.05 Access by Landlord - The Tenant shall permit the Landlord to enter the Leased Premises at any time in case of an emergency or a health related issue, either real or perceived, and otherwise during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice (except in the event of an emergency either real or perceived when no notice is required) where such entry will not unreasonably disturb or interfere with the Tenants use of the Leased Premises or operation of its business, to: (i) examine, inspect and show the Leased Premises for purposes of leasing (during the last sixteen (16) months of the Term only), sale or financing; (ii) provide Services or make repairs, replacements, changes or alterations as provided for in this Lease; or (iii) take such steps as the Landlord, acting reasonably, may deem necessary for the safety, improvement or preservation of the Leased Premises or the Project or the occupants thereof. In the event that emergency repairs or maintenance, which would otherwise be the responsibility of the Tenant, are required, and the Tenant cannot or does not undertake such repairs or maintenance within seven (7) days, the Landlords reasonable and competitive costs and expenses incurred with respect thereto together with a reasonable administration fee shall be paid to the Landlord by the Tenant from time to time within 30 days of receipt of invoices from the Landlord. The Tenant shall cooperate with the Landlord in any such entry by the Landlord into the Leased Premises. The Landlord shall, whenever possible, consult with the Tenant prior to entry but no such entry shall constitute an eviction or a breach of the Landlords covenant for quiet enjoyment or entitle the Tenant to any abatement of Rent.
6.06 Energy Conservation - The Landlord shall be deemed to have observed and performed its obligations under this Lease, including those relating to the provision of utilities and Services, if in so doing it acts in accordance with a directive, policy or request of an authority having jurisdiction in the field of energy conservation, security or environmental matters.
6.07 Supervision and Extended Services - The Landlord, if it shall from time to time so elect, shall have the right to supervise the moving of furniture or equipment of the Tenant and (in addition to supervising the Tenants work as provided for in this Lease) to supervise the making of repairs conducted within the Leased Premises. In addition, and by arrangement with the Tenant, the Landlord may provide extended cleaning or other services to the Tenant in addition to those normally supplied and referred to in this Lease. In each case, the Landlords costs and expenses incurred with respect thereto together with a reasonable administration fee (not to exceed 10%) shall be paid to the Landlord by the Tenant from time to time promptly upon receipt of invoices from the Landlord.
6.08 Landlords Work - The Tenant agrees that it has entered into this Lease on the express understanding that, unless otherwise specifically provided in Section 3.04, Schedule D or Schedule E, the Leased Premises are being leased as is and that the Landlords work in respect of the Leased Premises is limited to the scope delineated as Landlords work in Schedule D. All other improvements to the Leased Premises shall be performed at the sole expense of the Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Lease including, but not limited to, Section 7.04.
6.09 Control by Landlord - The Tenant agrees that the Landlord shall have control of the Project and, subject to the provisions of this Lease, including without limitation the last paragraph of Section 6.04, the Landlord may make such use of the Common Elements and permit others to make such use of the Common Elements as the Landlord may from time to time determine subject, in the case of use by others, to such terms and conditions and for such consideration as the Landlord may in its discretion determine, provided that such uses do not materially obstruct access to the Leased Premises and the Landlord may temporarily close all or any part or parts of the Project to such extent as may, in the opinion of the Landlord or any Consultants engaged by the Landlord in that regard, be legally sufficient to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of rights therein to any Person or the public.
ARTICLE 7.00 - PAYMENT FOR SERVICES AND MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND ALTERATIONS BY TENANT
7.01 Utilities - In addition to the payment of the Tenants Occupancy Costs and notwithstanding Sections 6.01 and 6.02, the Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of all utilities including electricity supplied to the Leased Premises. The Tenant shall not, without the prior written approval of the Landlord, which may not be arbitrarily withheld, install or cause to be installed in the Leased Premises any equipment that will require additional utility usage or special venting or any telecommunications lines and/or conduits in excess of that normally required for similar office
- 11 -
premises, as determined by the Landlord acting reasonably. If, with the Landlords prior written approval, after having determined that the installation of such equipment: (i) is within the capacity of the Buildings systems; (ii) would not affect the operation, aesthetics or structure of the Building; (iii) would not reduce the efficiency of the existing services supplied to other tenants or parts of the Building; and (iv) is otherwise feasible, such additional equipment is installed, the Tenant shall be solely responsible for all recurring and non-recurring costs of installing and operating such equipment including, without limitation, any excess utility usage.
If utilities are supplied to the Tenant through a meter common to other tenants in the Project (there being no obligation on the Landlord to install separate meters), the Landlord shall pay the cost of the utilities and apportion the cost pro rata among the tenants supplied through the common meter, based on all relevant factors including, but not limited to, the hours of use, number and types of lights and electrical equipment and the proportion of each tenants Rentable Area to the Rentable Area of all tenants to which the common meter relates. Upon receipt of the Landlords statement of apportionment, the Tenant shall promptly reimburse the Landlord for all amounts apportioned to the Tenant by the Landlord; provided that the Landlord may elect by notice to the Tenant to estimate the amount which will be apportioned to the Tenant and require the Tenant to pay that amount in monthly instalments in advance simultaneously with the Tenants payments of Basic Rent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and whether the Leased Premises are separately metered or not, the Landlord may purchase in bulk from the utility supplier the aggregate utility requirements of the Project at the applicable rates determined by a single meter on the Project and may, in billing the Tenant for its share of such utility, apply a scale of rates not greater than the current scale of rates at which the Tenant would from time to time be purchasing the whole of its utilities required and consumed in respect of the Leased Premises if the Tenant were purchasing directly from the utility supplier. The Tenant shall upon the Landlords request install a separate utility meter or meters in the Leased Premises at the Tenants expense. In addition to the payments to the Landlord required by this Article 7.00, the Tenant shall pay all rates, charges, costs and expenses as may be assessed or levied by any supplier of utilities to the Tenant other than those supplied by the Landlord.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, electricity (including for lighting) will be separately metered in respect of the Leased Premises (such meter(s) to be installed by the Landlord at its sole expense) and shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord based on its actual usage or consumption of same as determined from the meters. In respect of electrical consumption on full floors, the Landlord shall only be entitled to charge the Tenant for the Tenants actual consumption as determined from the meters installed by the Landlord on those floors. In respect of electrical consumption on partial floors, the Landlord shall charge the Tenant for electrical consumption as determined from partial floor check meters installed in the Leased Premises by the Landlord at the Landlords cost.
7.02 Lights - In addition to the payment of the Tenants Occupancy Costs and notwithstanding Sections 6.01 and 6.02, except to the extent the same is included in Operating Costs, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord monthly in advance, with its payments of Basic Rent, a reasonable amount as determined by the Landlord in respect of replacement of building standard fluorescent tubes, light bulbs and ballasts in the Leased Premises on a periodic basis or as required from time to time and the costs of cleaning, maintaining and servicing of the electrical light fixtures in the Leased Premises.
7.03 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning - In addition to the payment of the Tenants Occupancy Costs and notwithstanding Sections 6.01 and 6.02, the Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of all heating, ventilation and air conditioning required in the Leased Premises or any part thereof in excess of that required to be provided by the Landlord under Section 6.02(d). If: (i) at any time during the Term the Landlord shall determine, in consultation with an accredited engineer, that the cost of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning required in the Leased Premises or any part thereof is in excess of that normally required in other parts of the Building which are used for normal office purposes; or (ii) at any time during the Term the Landlord installs at its own cost separate meters to measure the cost of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning required in the Leased Premises or any portion thereof and such meters demonstrate that the cost of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning required in the Leased Premises or any part thereof is in excess of that normally required in other parts of the Building that are used for normal office purposes; then, the Landlord may in each case deliver to the Tenant a statement in writing setting out the cost of the excess together with a reasonable administration fee and upon receipt of the statement from time to time the Tenant shall promptly reimburse the Landlord for the amount shown in the statement as attributable to the Leased Premises.
The Tenant may, at its option, at any time during the Term request the Landlord to install, at the Tenants sole cost and expense, separate meters to measure the cost of the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning required in the Leased Premises or any portion thereof and in such case, the consumption of heating, ventilation and air-conditioning in the Leased Premises or any portion thereof separately metered shall be paid by the Tenant based upon its actual usage or consumption of same is determined from such meters.
7.04 Alterations by Tenant - The Tenant may from time to time at its own expense make changes, additions and improvements to the Leased Premises to better adapt the same to its business, provided that any change, addition or improvement shall:
- 12 -
(a) | comply with the requirements of the Landlords insurers and any governmental or municipal authority having jurisdiction; |
(b) | be made only if, prior to preparation of any plans and specifications and prior to commencement of any work: (i) in the Leased Premises, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any demolition, construction or alterations, the Tenant has determined through testing at its own cost and expense what Pollutants, if any, are present in the Leased Premises; or (ii) in any area above any dropped ceiling in the Leased Premises or in any area outside of the Leased Premises, the Tenant has notified the Landlord in writing and takes such measures in carrying out such work as are required by the Landlord and, in either event, if the Tenant fails to do so, the Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it shall indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord from and against any and all Claims growing or arising out of the Tenants failure to do so; |
(c) be made only after detailed plans and specifications therefor, including a waste management plan and, where practicable, a plan for recycling of construction materials, have been submitted to the Landlord and received the prior written approval of the Landlord, all at the expense of the Tenant, and should the Landlord provide its written approval, such approval shall not be deemed to mean that the proposed changes,, additions or improvements comply with any existing or future municipal by-laws or any other applicable laws, by-laws, codes or requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenant shall be permitted to make non-structural interior alterations to the Leased Premises that do not affect any base building systems or facilities (or other Common Elements) or detrimentally affect the appearance or quality of the Premises, up to a maximum of Seventy-Five thousand dollars ($75,000.00), without the requirement to prepare detailed plans and specifications; provided that the Tenant shall comply with the other provisions of this Section 7.04.
All reasonable third party out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Landlord in reviewing and approving the Tenants detailed plans and specifications incurred with respect to such approval shall be at the expense of the Tenant. Any changes, additions and/or improvements affecting the Buildings electrical, mechanical and/or structural components shall only be performed by contractors selected or approved by the Landlord (the Landlords Contractors). A list of the Landlords Contractors is available upon request;
(d) | equal or exceed the then current standard for the Building; |
(e) | be carried out in a good and workmanlike manner and, subject to Subsection 7.04(c), only by Persons selected by the Tenant and approved in writing by the Landlord who shall, if required by the Landlord, deliver to the Landlord before commencement of the work, proof of workers compensation, construction (including builders risk insurance and errors and omission insurance covering the contractor, if any, general contractor, if any, and all architects and engineers) and public liability and property damage insurance coverage, with the Landlord and the Landlords Agent and Nominee named as additional insureds, in amounts, with companies and in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Landlord, which shall remain in effect during the entire period in which the work will be carried out; and |
(f) | be made only after the Tenant has provided to the Landlord evidence of all requisite permits and licences and any other information reasonably required by the Landlord. |
It is understood and agreed that, for the purposes of applicable provincial health and safety legislation, the Tenant will be deemed to be the prime contractor when it or any Person on its behalf makes any such changes, additions or improvements to the Leased Premises.
Upon completion of such change, addition or improvement, the Tenant shall provide to the Landlord as-built drawings and/or a CAD disk of same in a format useable by the Landlord, together with evidence satisfactory to the Landlord of a final inspection of such change, addition or improvement (including inspection of mechanical and electrical systems where applicable) by the authority which issued the permit or licence for same. If any modifications, extensions, changes, improvements, alterations, repairs or replacements to any part of the Building are required or necessitated as a result of any changes, additions, alterations, repairs or improvements to the Leased Premises by the Tenant (or any other Tenants work) , as determined by the Landlord, the Landlord may at its option either itself or through the Landlords Contractors perform the necessary work, at the expense of the Tenant) together with an administration fee equal to 15% of the costs for overhead and supervision), or forthwith give notice to the Tenant to do such work within the requisite period of time and the Tenant shall thereupon do such work within the requisite period of time.
7.05 Tenants Trade Fixtures and Personal Property - The Tenant may install in the Leased Premises its usual trade fixtures and personal property in a proper manner; provided that no installation or repair shall interfere with or damage the mechanical or electrical systems or the structure of the Building. If the Tenant is not then in default hereunder, the trade fixtures and personal property installed in the Leased Premises by the Tenant may be removed by the Tenant from time to time in the ordinary course of the Tenants business or in the course of reconstruction,
- 13 -
renovation or alteration of the Leased Premises by the Tenant, subject to the provisions of Article 14.00, and provided that the Tenant promptly repairs at its own expense any damage to the Leased Premises and the Building resulting from the installation and removal. The Tenant may not alter or remove any Leasehold Improvements, whether installed by the Landlord or by or on behalf of the Tenant, at any time during the Term or any renewal or extension thereof without the Landlords prior written consent.
7.06 Maintenance and Repair - Except to the extent that the Landlord is specifically responsible therefor under this Lease, the Tenant, at its cost, shall maintain and repair the non-structural interior portions of the Leased Premises and maintain, repair and replace all Leasehold Improvements and all apparatus therein and exclusively serving the Leased Premises, in good order and condition, and in compliance with the requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction, including without limitation:
(a) | keeping the Leased Premises and the immediate surrounding area in a clean and tidy condition and free of debris and garbage; |
(b) | repainting and redecorating the Leased Premises and cleaning and maintaining window coverings and carpets at reasonable intervals; |
(c) | subject to the provisions of Section 7.05, making repairs and replacements as needed to the Leased Premises including, without limitation, to internal and external glass within or on the exterior of the Leased Premises (with the exception of glass comprising the curtain wall), doors, hardware, partitions, walls, fixtures, lighting and plumbing fixtures, wiring, piping, ceilings, floors and thresholds in the Leased Premises; and |
(d) | keeping the Leased Premises in such condition as to comply with the requirements of any authority having jurisdiction. |
7.07 Inspection - The Landlord and its Consultants may from time to time enter upon the Leased Premises at any time in the event of an emergency and at other times upon reasonable advance notice and so as not to materially interfere with the Tenants business operations in the Leased Premises:
(a) | to inspect the Leased Premises and its condition; and |
(b) | to inspect any work being done by the Tenant both during the course of such work and following completion thereof. |
If the Landlord or the Landlords Agent shall determine that the work being done by the Tenant is in breach of this Lease or fails to comply with the requirements of this Lease in any respect, the Tenant shall forthwith remedy such breach or failure to comply and shall desist from continuing the same. The Tenant shall, at its own cost, make good any deficiency in such work and remedy any failure to comply with the requirements of this Lease.
7.08 Failure to Maintain - If the Tenant fails to perform any obligation under this Article 7.00, then on not less than 5 days notice to the Tenant, if the Tenant has not remedied or commenced to remedy the failure to perform within such 5 day period, the Landlord may enter the Leased Premises and perform the obligation without liability to the Tenant for any loss or damage thereby incurred. The Tenant shall promptly after receiving the Landlords invoice therefor reimburse the Landlord for all costs incurred by the Landlord in performing the obligation plus 15% of the costs for overhead and supervision.
7.09 | Liens - The Tenant shall: |
(a) | pay promptly when due all costs for work done or caused to be done or goods affixed by the Tenant in the Leased Premises which could result in any lien or encumbrance on the Landlords interest in the Project or any part thereof, or the filing or registration of any security interest or notice thereof; |
(b) | keep the title to the Project, including every part thereof and the Leasehold Improvements, free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or security interest or notice thereof; and |
(c) | indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord against any Claims arising out of the supply of goods, materials, services or labour for the work. |
The Tenant shall immediately notify the Landlord of any lien, encumbrance, claim of lien, security interest, or notice thereof or other action of which it has knowledge and which affects the title to the Project or any part thereof and shall cause the same to be removed within 10 Business Days (or such additional time as may reasonably be required in the circumstances), failing which the Landlord may vacate the lien, encumbrance or security interest by payment into court, and the entire cost thereof shall immediately become due and payable by the Tenant to the Landlord. The Tenant shall not affix or cause to be affixed to the Project any goods acquired under conditional sale or with respect to which any lien, encumbrance or security interest exists. The Landlord may from time to
- 14 -
time post such notices in such places on the Leased Premises as the Landlord considers advisable to prevent or limit the creation of any liens upon the Project or any part thereof.
7.10 Roof - The Tenant shall not be entitled to install upon the roof of the Building any equipment except as consented to in writing by the Landlord, which consent may be arbitrarily withheld, but if given shall be subject to whatever conditions the Landlord, in its sole discretion, deems necessary in the circumstances.
ARTICLE 8.00 - TAXES
8.01 Taxes Payable by Landlord - The Landlord covenants and agrees to pay all Taxes assessed against the Landlord or the Project on account of its ownership when due (except for Business Taxes payable directly to the taxing authority by the Tenant under Subsection 8.02(b) and similar taxes levied or assessed separately from Taxes and payable directly to the taxing authority by other tenants or occupants of the Project) and subject to the provisions hereinafter contained in this Article 8.00. Provided however, that the Landlord may defer payment of any such Taxes or defer compliance with any statute, law, by-law, regulation or ordinance in connection with the levy of such Taxes in each case to the fullest extent permitted by law as long as it shall diligently prosecute any contest or appeal of such Taxes.
8.02 Taxes Payable by Tenant - The Tenant shall pay promptly when due all Taxes upon or on account of the following:
(a) | to the Landlord, the Tenants Proportionate Share of Taxes; and |
(b) | to the taxing authority any Taxes imposed or assessed against or in respect of the personal property and Leasehold Improvements of the Tenant in the Leased Premises or in respect of any business operations carried on or in respect of the use or occupancy thereof by the Tenant or by any subtenant or licensee, if levied or assessed separately from Taxes upon the remainder of the Land and Building and referred to herein as Business Taxes. |
The Tenant agrees to provide to the Landlord within 10 days of receipt thereof, an original or duplicate copy of any separate bill for Taxes. The Tenant shall deliver promptly, upon request of the Landlord, receipts for all such payments and will furnish such other information as the Landlord may reasonably require.
8.03 Tax Increases Attributable to Tenant - If any Taxes in respect of the Leased Premises or Project are greater than they otherwise would have been by reason of the use of the Leased Premises by the Tenant, the school support of the Tenant or any other reason peculiar to the Tenant, the portion of such Taxes in each year attributable to such reason, as determined by the Landlord, shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord at least 15 days prior to the due date for payment thereof by the Landlord, and in addition to Property Taxes and other Taxes otherwise payable by the Tenant under this Lease.
8.04 Sales Taxes - The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the amount of all Sales Taxes accruing due with respect to Rent at the time the Rent is due and payable to the Landlord under this Lease. The Tenants obligation to pay Sales Taxes under this Section shall not be limited or precluded by any limitation contained in this Lease upon the Landlords right to recover or receive payment from the Tenant of taxes upon the Landlords income or profits or otherwise.
8.05 Landlords Election - Notwithstanding that any Taxes (including without limitation, any of the foregoing payable by the Tenant under Subsection 8.02(a)) may be separately imposed, levied, assessed or charged by the appropriate authority for or in respect of the Leased Premises and other portions of the Project, the Tenant shall nevertheless be obligated to pay the Tenants Proportionate Share of Taxes as part of the Tenants Occupancy Costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenants Proportionate Share of Taxes so determined may be adjusted by the Landlord, acting reasonably and equitably to the extent necessary, to ensure that the Tenants Proportionate Share of Taxes is the same as it would have been following application of any special provision of real property tax related legislation applicable to this Lease.
8.06 Right to Contest - Each of the Landlord and the Tenant (provided the Tenant is legally entitled to do so) shall have the right to contest in good faith the validity or amount of any Taxes which, in the case of the Landlord, the Landlord is responsible to pay under this Article 8.00 and which, in the case of the Tenant, the Tenant is responsible to pay under Subsection 8.02(b) and for which it is separately assessed. Landlord, acting as a prudent owner of a development similar to the Project, will determine in each calendar year whether to appeal the realty taxes or realty tax assessment for such calendar year. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Tenant may, upon prior written notice to the Landlord, defer payment of any amount payable by it pursuant to Subsection 8.02(b) for which it is separately assessed, to the extent permitted by law; provided that no contest by the Tenant shall involve the possibility of forfeiture, sale or disturbance of the Landlords interest in the Leased Premises or the imposition of any penalty or interest, charge or lien and that, upon the final determination of any contest by the Tenant, the Tenant shall immediately
- 15 -
pay and satisfy the amount found to be due, together with any costs, penalties and interest. If, as a result of any contest by the Tenant, any tax, rate, levy, assessment, fee or other charge is increased, the Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of such increase in respect of the period to which the contest relates and to any subsequent tax periods which commence during the Term.
The Tenant shall not contest any amount payable by it under Subsection 8.02(a) but may contest any amount payable by it under Subsection 8.02(b) or appeal any assessment therefor subject to complying with the following:
(a) | the Tenant shall deliver to the Landlord any notices of appeal or other like instrument and obtain the Landlords consent thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, before filing the same; |
(b) | Intentionally Deleted; |
(c) | the Tenant shall promptly and diligently prosecute the contest or appeal at its sole expense; and |
(d) | the Tenant shall keep the Landlord fully informed thereof. |
ARTICLE 9.00 - INSURANCE, LIABILITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL
9.01 Landlords Insurance - During the Term, the Landlord shall place insurance coverage on and with respect to the Project excluding the area(s) to be insured by the Tenant as set out in Section 9.02, which coverage shall include the following:
(a) | all risks insurance for the full reconstruction value of the Project, excluding Leasehold Improvements and any other property that is the responsibility of the Tenant or any other tenant or occupant of the Project to insure, as determined by the Landlord; |
(b) | as an extension to the insurance maintained pursuant to Subsection 9.01(a), insurance on the rental income derived by the Landlord from the Project on a gross rental income form with a period of indemnity of not less than the period as estimated by the Landlord from time to time which would be required to rebuild and, if necessary, to re-tenant the Project in the event of the complete destruction thereof (but in any event at least 12 months); |
(c) | boiler and machinery insurance, including repair or replacement and rental income coverage, if applicable; |
(d) | plate glass insurance (not including plate glass fronting or within the Leased Premises) if deemed appropriate by the Landlord; |
(e) | commercial general liability insurance including public liability and property damage insurance, with limits of at least $5,000,000.00 per occurrence covering claims for personal injury and property damage arising out of all operations in connection with the management and administration of the Project; and |
(f) | such other insurance which is or may become customary or reasonable for owners of projects similar to the Project to carry in respect of loss of, or damage to, the Project or liability arising therefrom. |
The insurance referred to in this Section shall be carried in amounts determined reasonably by the Landlord. The insurance shall be written in the name of the Landlord with loss payable to the Landlord and to any mortgagee (including any trustee under a deed of trust and mortgage) of the Project from time to time. The policies of insurance referred to in Subsections 9.01(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) shall contain a waiver of the insurers right of subrogation as against the Tenant. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, the Landlord hereby waives its right of recovery against the Tenant, its employees and those for whom the Tenant is in law responsible with respect to all Claims required to be insured against by the Landlord hereunder.
Notwithstanding any contribution by the Tenant to insurance premiums as provided for in this Lease, no insurable interest is conferred upon the Tenant under policies carried by the Landlord. Except as specifically provided in this Lease, the Landlord shall in no way be accountable to the Tenant regarding the use of the insurance proceeds arising from any Claims.
9.02 Tenants Insurance - At its own expense the Tenant shall take out and thereafter maintain in force at all times during the Term and at all times when the Tenant is in possession of the Leased Premises insurance policies as follows:
(a) |
all risks insurance on Leasehold Improvements and on all other property of every description, nature and kind owned by the Tenant or for which the Tenant is legally liable, |
- 16 -
which is installed, located or situated within the Leased Premises or elsewhere in the Project, including without limitation, all inventory or stock-in-trade in an amount not less than the full replacement cost thereof without deduction for depreciation; such insurance shall be subject to a replacement cost endorsement and shall include a stated amount co-insurance clause and a breach of conditions clause; |
(b) | commercial general liability insurance to respond to any and all incidents occurring in the Leased Premises in the minimum amount of $5,000,000.00 per occurrence including the following extensions: owners and contractors protective; limited pollution coverage endorsement; products and completed operations; personal injury; tenants legal liability insurance for the full replacement cost of the Leasehold Improvements; occurrence basis property damage; blanket contractual and non-owned automobile liability; such insurance shall include cross liability and severability of interest clauses; |
(c) | boiler and machinery or equipment breakdown insurance, including repair or replacement endorsement, in an amount satisfactory to the Landlord and providing coverage with respect to all objects introduced into the Leased Premises by or on behalf of the Tenant or otherwise constituting Leasehold Improvements; |
(d) | plate glass insurance on all internal and external glass within or fronting the Leased Premises; however, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenant may elect to self-insure for the insurance described in this Subsection 9.02(d); |
(e) | business interruption insurance on the profit form providing all risks coverage with a period of indemnity of not less than 12 months; and |
(f) | any other form of insurance in such amounts and against such risks as is or may become customary or reasonable for similar tenants in similar projects in the City of Ottawa. |
The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it shall be solely responsible for insuring the Leasehold Improvements, its equipment and stock and any other property owned or brought into the Leased Premises by the Tenant whether affixed to the Building or not.
The insurance policies referred to in this Section shall be subject to such higher limits as the Tenant, or the Landlord acting reasonably, or any mortgagee of the Landlords interest in the Project may reasonably require from time to time. The insurance policies referred to in Subsections 9.02(a) and (b) shall include the Landlord and the Landlords Agent and Nominee (collectively the Additional Insureds) as additional insureds, and shall protect and indemnify the Additional Insureds in respect of all Claims, including Claims by the Tenant, as if the Additional Insureds were separately insured. The insurance policies referred to in Subsections 9.02(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) shall contain a waiver of the insurers right of subrogation as against the Landlord and the Landlords Agent. The Tenant hereby waives its right of recovery against the Landlord, its employees and those for whom the Landlord is in law responsible with respect to all Claims required to be insured against by the Tenant hereunder. Any and all deductibles in the Tenants insurance policies shall be borne solely by the Tenant and shall not be recovered or attempted to be recovered from the Landlord. In addition, all such policies shall be non-contributing with, and will apply only as primary and not excess to, any insurance proceeds available to the Landlord.
The Tenant shall provide to the Landlord at the commencement of the Term and at least 30 days prior to the renewal of all insurance referred to in this Section 9.02, and promptly at any time upon request, a certificate of insurance evidencing the insurance coverage maintained by the Tenant in accordance with this Section 9.02. The delivery to the Landlord of a certificate of insurance or any review thereof by or on behalf of the Landlord shall not limit the obligation of the Tenant to provide and maintain insurance pursuant to this Section 9.02 or derogate from the Landlords rights if the Tenant shall fail to fully insure.
All policies shall provide that the insurance shall not be cancelled or changed to the prejudice of the Landlord without at least 30 days prior written notice given by the insurer to the Landlord. All policies of insurance shall be placed with a company licensed to sell commercial insurance in Canada.
The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, if it fails to obtain and maintain in force any of the insurance policies set out in this Section 9.02, then the Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord in respect of any losses arising therefrom.
9.03 Placement of Tenants Insurance by Landlord - If the Tenant fails to place or maintain all or any of the insurance coverage referred to in Section 9.02, the Landlord may, at its option, upon at least 2 days prior notice to the Tenant if the Tenant does not within such 2 day period obtain such insurance that it has failed to obtain or maintain, place all or any part of such insurance in the name of or on behalf of the Tenant and the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord upon demand all costs incurred by the Landlord in so doing including, without limitation, the premium or premiums for such insurance together with the Landlords administrative fee of 15% of such premium.
- 17 -
9.04 Limitation of Landlords Liability - The Landlord, the Landlords Agent, their employees and any Person for whom any of them are in law responsible shall not be liable under any circumstances for any damage caused by anything done or omitted to be done by any other tenant of the Project or any Person for whom such tenant is in law responsible.
9.05 Environmental Issues
(1) Landlords Requirements - The Tenant shall not bring into or allow to be present in the Leased Premises or the Project any Pollutants except such as are disclosed in Schedule G hereto. If the Tenant, its contractors or invitees or any Person for whom the Tenant is in law responsible shall bring, create, discharge or release upon, in or from the Project, including the Leased Premises, any Pollutants, whether or not disclosed in Schedule G and whether during the Term of this Lease or any prior lease by the Tenant, then such Pollutants shall be and remain the sole property of the Tenant and the Tenant shall promptly remove same at its sole cost at the expiration or sooner termination of the Term or sooner if required by the Landlord. For greater certainty, the Tenant shall not be permitted to carry out any type of risk assessment of the Leased Premises or the Project as purported compliance with the requirements of this Subsection 9.05(1).
(2) Governmental Requirements - If, during the Term or any renewal or extension of this Lease or at any time thereafter, any governmental authority shall require the clean-up of any Pollutants:
(a) | held in, discharged in or from, released from, abandoned in, or placed upon the Leased Premises or the Project by the Tenant, its contractors or invitees or any Person for whom the Tenant is in law responsible; or |
(b) | released or disposed of by the Tenant, its contractors or invitees or any Person for whom the Tenant is in law responsible; |
whether during the Tenants occupancy of the Leased Premises or any other premises in the Project pursuant to this Lease or any prior lease by the Tenant of the Leased Premises or any other premises in the Project, then the Tenant shall, at its own expense, carry out all required work, including preparing all necessary studies, plans and approvals and providing all bonds and other security required by any governmental authority and shall provide full information with respect to all such work to the Landlord; provided that the Landlord may, at its option, perform any such work at the Tenants sole cost and expense, payable on demand as Additional Rent in the event that the Tenant fails to promptly comply with all requirements of such governmental authority.
(3) Environmental Covenants - In addition to and without restricting any other obligations or covenants herein, the Tenant covenants that it will:
(a) | comply in all respects with all Environmental Laws relating to the Leased Premises or the use of the Leased Premises; |
(b) | promptly notify the Landlord in writing of any notice by any governmental authority alleging a possible violation of or with respect to any other matter involving any Environmental Laws relating to operations in the Leased Premises or relating to any Person for whom it is in law responsible or any notice from any other party concerning any release or alleged release of any Pollutants; |
(c) | permit the Landlord to: |
(i) enter and inspect the Leased Premises and the operations conducted therein;
(ii) conduct tests and environmental assessments or appraisals;
(iii) remove samples from the Leased Premises; and
(iv) examine and make copies of any documents or records relating to the Leased Premises and interview the Tenants employees as necessary; and
(d) | promptly notify the Landlord of the existence of any Pollutants in the Project. |
(4) Environmental Indemnification - The Tenant shall, during the Term and at all times thereafter, indemnify and hold the Landlord harmless at all times from and against any and all losses, damages, penalties, fines, costs, fees and expenses (including legal fees on a solicitor and client or substantial indemnity basis and Consultants fees and expenses) resulting from:
(a) | any breach of or non-compliance with the environmental obligations and covenants of the Tenant as set out in this Lease; and |
(b) |
any legal or administrative action commenced by, or claim made or notice from, any third party, including, without limitation, any governmental authority, to or against the Landlord |
- 18 -
pursuant to or under any Environmental Laws concerning a release or alleged release of Pollutants at the Leased Premises into the environment and related to or as a result of the operations of the Tenant or those Persons for whom the Tenant is at law responsible at the Leased Premises or any other premises in the Project, and any and all costs associated with air quality issues, if any, resulting from such release and whether during the Term of this Lease or any prior lease by the Tenant of the Leased Premises or any other premises in the Project. |
ARTICLE 10.00 - DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION
10.01 Limited Damage to Leased Premises, Access or Services - If during the Term, the Leased Premises or any part thereof, or other portions of the Building providing access or Services essential to the Leased Premises, shall be destroyed or damaged by any hazard against which the Landlord is obligated to insure under this Lease, or for which it is otherwise insured, the Landlord, if permitted by law to do so, shall proceed with reasonable diligence to rebuild and restore or repair the Leased Premises or comparable premises to Base Building Standards or such access routes or Service systems, as the case may be, in conformance with current laws. The covenants of the Tenant to repair shall not include any repairs of damage required to be made by the Landlord under this Section 10.01. For greater certainty, it is understood and agreed that, upon substantial completion of the Landlords work, the Tenant shall repair or restore the Leasehold Improvements to the state existing prior to the destruction or damage and consistent with its obligations pursuant to Section 7.06. In the event that damage to the Leased Premises or any part thereof or to other portions of the Building providing access or Services essential to the Leased Premises is such that the Leased Premises cannot be occupied by the Tenant for a period of 5 Business Days or more: (i) Rent payable by the Tenant shall abate from the date of such damage or destruction to the date of substantial completion of the Landlords work as determined by the Landlords Architect or independent engineer or restoration of access or Services, as the case may be; and (ii) if less than all of the Leased Premises is destroyed or damaged as contemplated in this Section 10.01, Rent payable by the Tenant shall abate from the date of such damage or destruction to the date of substantial completion of the Landlords work in the same proportion as the Rentable Area of the Leased Premises so damaged or destroyed is of the total Rentable Area of the Leased Premises.
It is understood and agreed that, in the event of such damage or destruction to the Leased Premises, the Tenant will remove such Leasehold Improvements, its equipment and stock and any other property owned or brought into the Leased Premises by the Tenant as reasonably required by the Landlord or the Landlords insurers within 10 Business Days of the date of such damage or destruction after receipt of a written request from the Landlord to do so, failing which the Landlord shall remove same at the Tenants expense and, in addition, the Tenant shall be liable for any additional costs incurred by the Landlord as a result of the Tenants failure to carry out such removal.
10.02 Major Damage to Leased Premises - Notwithstanding any other right of termination contained herein, if the Leased Premises shall be damaged or destroyed by any hazard against which the Landlord is obligated to insure under this Lease, or for which it is otherwise insured, and if in the opinion of the Landlords independent architect or engineer, given within 30 Business Days of the happening of said damage or destruction, said damage or destruction is to the extent that the Leased Premises shall be incapable of being rebuilt or repaired or restored with reasonable diligence within 6 months after the occurrence of such damage or destruction, then the Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease by notice in writing to the Tenant. If such notice is given by the Landlord under this Section 10.02, then this Lease shall terminate on the date of such notice and the Tenant shall immediately surrender the Leased Premises and all interest therein to the Landlord and Rent shall be apportioned and shall be payable by the Tenant only to the date of such damage or destruction and the Landlord may thereafter re-enter and repossess the Leased Premises. For greater certainty, it is understood and agreed that, if the Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as aforesaid the Landlord shall proceed with reasonable diligence to rebuild and restore or repair the Leased Premises or comparable premises to Base Building Standards or such access routes or Service systems, as the case may be, in conformance with current laws, and upon substantial completion of the Landlords work, the Tenant shall repair or restore the Leasehold Improvements to the state existing prior to the destruction or damage and consistent with its obligations pursuant to Section 7.06.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Landlord and Tenant agree that, if the Leased Premises shall be damaged or destroyed within the last two (2) years of the Term or within the last two (2) years of any extension term of this Lease and, if in the opinion of the Landlords independent architect or independent engineer, given within thirty (30) Business Days of the happening of said damage or destruction, the said damage or destruction is to the extent that the Leased Premises shall be incapable of being rebuilt or repaired or restored with reasonable diligence within six (6) months after the occurrence of such damage or destruction, then either the Landlord or the Tenant shall have the right, at its option, to terminate this Lease by notice in writing to the other party to this Lease. If such notice is given by either the Landlord or the Tenant under this Section 10.02, this Lease shall terminate on the date of such notice and the Tenant shall immediately surrender the Leased Premises and all interest therein to the Landlord and Rent shall be apportioned and shall be payable by the Tenant only to the date of such damage or destruction and the Landlord may thereafter re-
- 19 -
enter and re-possess the Leased Premises. If neither the Landlord nor the Tenant elects to terminate this Lease as aforesaid, upon substantial completion of the Landlords Work, the Tenant shall repair or restore the Leasehold Improvements to the state existing prior to the destruction or damage and consistent with its obligations pursuant to Section 7.06.
10.03 Damage to Building - Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease or that the Leased Premises may not be affected, if in the reasonable opinion or determination of the Landlords independent architect or engineer, rendered within 30 Business Days of the happening of damage or destruction, the Building shall be damaged or destroyed to the extent that any one or more of the following conditions exist:
(a) | in the reasonable opinion of the Architect or independent engineer the Building must be totally or partially demolished, whether or not to be reconstructed in whole or in part; |
(b) | in the reasonable opinion of the Architect or independent engineer the Building shall be incapable of being rebuilt or repaired or restored with reasonable diligence within 9 months after the occurrence of such damage or destruction; |
(c) | Intentionally Deleted; |
(d) | more than 35% of the Total Rentable Area of the Building is damaged or destroyed as reasonably determined by the Architect or independent engineer; or |
(e) | any or all of the heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, mechanical or elevator systems in the Building are damaged or destroyed and cannot be repaired or replaced with reasonable diligence within 9 months after the occurrence of such damage or destruction as reasonably determined by the Architect or independent engineer; |
then the Landlord may at its sole option terminate this Lease by notice in writing to the Tenant. If notice is given by the Landlord under this Section 10.03, then this Lease shall terminate from the date of such notice and the Tenant shall immediately surrender the Leased Premises and all interest therein to the Landlord and Rent shall be apportioned and shall be payable by the Tenant only to the date of such notice and the Landlord may thereafter re-enter and repossess the Leased Premises. If the Building is damaged to the extent described in this Section 10.03 and the Landlord does not terminate this Lease, the Landlord will, to the extent of insurance proceeds received, proceed with reasonable diligence, to rebuild or repair the Building to Base Building Standards, but the rebuilt or repaired Building may be different in configuration and design from that comprising the Project prior to the damage or destruction, provided that the Leased Premises and Building as rebuilt contain similar services and amenities as the Leased Premises and Building prior to the damage or destruction.
10.04 No Abatement - Except as specifically provided in this Article 10.00, there shall be no abatement of Rent and the Landlord shall have no liability to the Tenant by reason of any injury to, loss of or interference with the Tenants business or property arising directly or indirectly from fire or other casualty, howsoever caused, or from the making of any repairs resulting therefrom or to any portion of the Building or the Leased Premises.
10.05 Notify Landlord - The Tenant shall immediately notify the Landlord or its representative in the Project of any accident or defect in the Project, the Leased Premises or any systems thereof and, as well, of any matter or condition or knowledge of any threat which may cause injury or damage to the Project or any person or property located therein, in all cases, of which the Tenant is aware.
10.06 Expropriation - In the event of Expropriation of all or part of the Leased Premises and/or the Building, neither the Landlord nor the Tenant shall have a claim against the other for the shortening of the Term, nor the reduction or alteration of the Leased Premises or the Building. The Landlord and the Tenant shall each look only to the Expropriating authority for compensation. The Landlord and the Tenant agree to cooperate with one another so that each is able to obtain the maximum compensation from the Expropriating authority as may be permitted in law in relating to their respective interests in the Leased Premises and the Building. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or construed to prevent the Landlord or the Tenant from enforcing and prosecuting a claim for the value of their respective interests in any Expropriation proceedings. However, to the extent that a part of the Project other than the Leased Premises is Expropriated, the full proceeds paid or awarded therefor will belong solely to the Landlord and the Tenant will assign to the Landlord any rights it might have or acquire in respect of such proceeds or awards and will execute those documents that the Landlord reasonably requires in order to give effect to this intention.
Where used in this Section 10.06 Expropriation means expropriated by a governmental or municipal authority, or transferred, conveyed or dedicated in contemplation of a threatened expropriation and Expropriated and Expropriating have corresponding meanings.
- 20 -
10.07 Tenant Termination Right In the event the Landlord has not reconstructed, repaired or rebuilt the Leased Premises, or the Building (or the portions thereof) damaged within twenty-four (24) months from the date of such damage or destruction the Tenant may, at its option, to be exercised by notice in writing to the Landlord and given within thirty (30) days following the expiry of the aforesaid twenty-four (24) month period, elect to cancel or terminate this Lease and in the case of such election the Term of the lease shall expire upon the thirtieth (30th) day after such notice is given, the Tenant shall deliver up vacant possession of the Leased Premises, and the Tenant shall be released from all of its obligations and covenants under this Lease.
ARTICLE 11.00 - DEFAULT
11.01 Arrears - The Tenant shall pay monthly to the Landlord interest, calculated and compounded monthly, at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of the Prime Rate plus 5% and the maximum rate permitted by applicable law upon all Rent required to be paid hereunder from the due date for payment thereof until the same is fully paid and satisfied. Such interest shall accrue on, be added to and be recoverable in the same manner as the principal sum upon which it is calculated.
In addition to the interest charges, in order to cover the extra expense involved in handling delinquent payments, the Tenant, at the Landlords sole option, shall pay to the Landlord a charge of $100.00 (the Late Charge) when any instalment of Rent is received by the Landlord more than 5 days after the relevant due date thereof.
In addition, if any cheque presented to the Landlord by the Tenant representing payment of Rent is not honoured by the Tenants bank or such cheque is returned to the Landlord indicating that there are not sufficient funds in the Tenants account to honour such cheque, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord a charge of $50.00 for the first such occurrence during the Term, $150.00 for the second such occurrence during the Term and $250.00 for each such subsequent occurrence during the Term (the NSF Charge). It is hereby understood and agreed that the Late Charge and the NSF Charge is charged as Rent and not as a penalty or interest, for the purpose of defraying the Landlords expenses incident to the processing of such overdue payments and that such Late Charge or NSF Charge is due and payable on and from the day immediately following the due date of such overdue payment or, if no due date is specified in this Lease, then on the 10 th day following demand for same by the Landlord.
11.02 Costs of Enforcement - The Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord against all costs and charges (including legal fees on a solicitor and client or substantial indemnity basis and the Landlords reasonable administration charges) reasonably incurred either during or after the Term in enforcing payment of Rent hereunder and in obtaining possession of the Leased Premises after default of the Tenant or upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or in enforcing any covenant, proviso or agreement of the Tenant herein contained or in determining the Landlords rights or the Tenants obligations under this Lease or both. All such costs and charges shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord forthwith upon demand.
11.03 Performance of Tenants Obligations - All covenants and agreements to be performed by the Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by the Tenant, at the Tenants sole cost and expense, and without any abatement of Rent except as otherwise set out in this Lease. If the Tenant fails to perform any act to be performed by it hereunder then, in the event of an emergency, either real or perceived, or if the failure continues for 10 days following notice thereof, the Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) perform the act without waiving or releasing the Tenant from any of its obligations relative thereto, but having commenced to do so may cease to do so without completing performance thereof. All sums paid and costs incurred by the Landlord in so performing the act, plus 15% of the cost for overhead and supervision together with interest thereon at the rate set out in Section 11.01 from the date payment was made or such cost was incurred by the Landlord, shall be payable by the Tenant to the Landlord on demand.
11.04 Remedies on Default - Upon the happening of an Event of Default the Landlord may, at its option, and in addition to and without prejudice to all rights and remedies of the Landlord available to it either by any other provision of this Lease or by statute or the general law, to the extent permitted by law, exercise any one or more of the following remedies:
(a) | be entitled to the full amount of the current months and the next ensuing 3 months instalments of Rent which shall immediately become due and payable and the Landlord may immediately distrain for the same, together with any arrears then unpaid; |
(b) |
without further notice or any form of legal process, forthwith re-let or sublet the Leased Premises or any part or parts thereof for whatever term or terms and at whatever rent and upon whatever other terms, covenants and conditions the Landlord acting reasonably considers advisable including, without limitation, the payment or granting of inducements all on behalf of the Tenant; and on each such re-letting or subletting the rent received by the Landlord therefrom will be applied first to reimburse the Landlord for any such inducements and for any expenses, capital or otherwise, incurred by the Landlord in making the Leased Premises ready for re-letting or subletting; and secondly to the payment of any costs and |
- 21 -
expenses of re-letting or subletting including brokerage fees and legal fees on a solicitor and client or substantial indemnity basis; and third to the payment of Rent; and the residue, if any, will be held by the Landlord and applied to payment of Rent as it becomes due and payable. If rent received from re-letting or subletting during any month is less than Rent to be paid during that month hereunder, the Tenant will pay the deficiency which will be calculated and paid monthly on or before the first day of every month; and no re-letting or subletting of the Leased Premises by the Landlord or entry by the Landlord or its agents upon the Leased Premises for the purpose of re-letting or subletting or other act of the Landlord relating thereto including, without limitation, changing or permitting a subtenant to change locks, will be construed as an election on its part to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of termination is given to the Tenant; and if the Landlord elects to re-let or sublet the Leased Premises without terminating, it may afterwards elect to terminate this Lease at any time by reason of any Event of Default then existing; |
(c) | seize and sell such goods, chattels and equipment of the Tenant as are in the Leased Premises and the Landlord shall apply the proceeds thereof to the costs of any such sale and to all Rent to which the Landlord is then entitled under this Lease. Any such sale may be effected by public auction, private sale or otherwise in a reasonably prudent manner, and either in bulk or by individual item, or partly by one means and partly by another, all as the Landlord in its sole discretion may decide; |
(d) | terminate this Lease by leaving upon the Leased Premises notice in writing of the termination, and such termination shall be without prejudice to the Landlords right to damages; it being agreed that the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on demand as damages the loss of income of the Landlord to be derived from this Lease and the Leased Premises for the unexpired portion of the Term had it not been terminated; or |
(e) | re-enter into and upon the Leased Premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole and repossess and enjoy the same as of the Landlords former estate, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding; |
and the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord forthwith upon demand all expenses of the Landlord in re-entering, terminating, re-letting, collecting sums due or payable by the Tenant or realizing upon assets seized or otherwise exercising its rights and remedies under this Section 11.04 including tenant inducements, leasing commissions, legal fees on a solicitor and client or substantial indemnity basis and all disbursements and the expense of keeping the Leased Premises in good order, repairing the same and preparing the same for re-letting.
In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.04, if this Lease is terminated as a result of or in connection with an Event of Default: (i) the Landlord shall have no further liability to pay to the Tenant or any third party any amount on account or in respect of a refund of any Security Deposit, prepaid Rent or prepaid Taxes or any tenant inducement, leasehold improvement allowance, lease takeover or lease subsidy or any other concession or inducement otherwise provided to the Tenant under or with respect to this Lease, and any Rent free period otherwise provided to the Tenant hereunder shall be null and void and of no further force or effect and Rent shall be payable in full hereunder without regard to any such Rent free period; and (ii) any cash allowance, inducement payment, and the value of any other benefit paid to or conferred on the Tenant by or on behalf of the Landlord in connection with the Leased Premises or this Lease shall be recoverable in full as additional Rent and shall be payable to the Landlord on demand.
11.05 Availability of Remedies - The Landlord may from time to time resort to any or all of the rights and remedies available to it upon the occurrence of an Event of Default either by any provision of this Lease or by statute or the general law, all of which rights and remedies are intended to be cumulative and not alternative, and the express provisions herein as to certain rights and remedies are not to be interpreted as excluding any other or additional rights or remedies available to the Landlord by statute or the general law.
11.06 Waiver - If the Landlord or the Tenant shall overlook, excuse, condone or suffer any default, breach or non-observance by the Tenant or the Landlord, as the case may be, of any obligation hereunder, this shall not operate as a waiver of the obligation in respect of any continuing or subsequent default, breach or non-observance and no such waiver shall be implied but shall only be effective if expressed in writing.
The Landlords acceptance of Rent after a default is not a waiver of any preceding default under this Lease even if the Landlord knows of the preceding default at the time of acceptance of the Rent. No term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be considered to have been waived by the Landlord or the Tenant unless the waiver is in writing. The Tenant waives any statutory or other rights in respect of abatement, set-off or compensation in its favour that may exist or come into existence hereafter with respect to Rent.
11.07 Waiver of Exemption and Redemption - Notwithstanding anything contained in any statute now or hereafter in force limiting the right of distress, none of the Tenants goods or chattels in the Leased Premises at any time during the Term shall be exempt from levy by distress for Rent in
- 22 -
arrears, and this agreement of the Tenant in this Section may be pleaded as an estoppel against the Tenant.
11.08 Companies Creditors Arrangement Act - By virtue of its interest in this Lease, the importance of the Tenant continuing to carry on business in the Leased Premises in accordance with this Lease, and the Landlords entitlement to damages where this Lease is terminated by reason of an Event of Default, the Landlord does and will (despite any changes in circumstances of the Tenant or its business) constitute a separate class or category of creditor in any plan of arrangement or other proposal submitted by or on behalf of the Tenant under the Companies Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) or any similar legislation for bankrupt or insolvent debtors.
ARTICLE 12.00 - ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING AND OTHER TRANSFERS
12.01 Request for Consent - The Tenant shall not effect a Transfer of this Lease or of all or part of the Leased Premises without the prior consent in writing of the Landlord, which consent shall not, provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, be unreasonably withheld. Provided that the Tenant shall, at the time the Tenant shall request the consent of the Landlord, deliver to the Landlord such information in writing (herein called the required information) as the Landlord may reasonably require respecting the proposed Transferee including, without limitation, the name, address, nature of business, financial responsibility and standing of such proposed Transferee.
12.01A Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, but subject to Section 10 of Schedule E, the Tenant shall be entitled to effect a Transfer without the consent of the Landlord, but on written notice to the Landlord prior to or as soon as reasonably possible after the Transfer, to (a Permitted Transferee ): (a) an Affiliate (as herein defined) however, consent will be required in connection with any subsequent Transfer unless the original and subsequent Transferee remains an Affiliate of the Tenant; (b) any entity to which the Tenant sells (by way of sale of assets or shares in connection with a single transaction) all or substantially all of its assets in Canada including all of its leases in Canada; or (c) a corporation formed as a result of a merger or amalgamation (within the meaning of the Canada Business Corporations Act) of the Tenant with another corporation or corporations, provided that the net value of the merged or amalgamated corporation equals or exceeds that of the Tenant immediately prior to the merger or amalgamation, provided that as soon as reasonably possible, the Transferee enters into an agreement with the Landlord in a reasonable form whereby it assumes jointly and severally with the Tenant, all of the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease. For the purposes of this Lease, Affiliate means an affiliate of the Tenant within the meaning of the Canada Business Corporations Act. No consent shall be required in connection with any transaction pursuant to which the Tenant becomes a corporation whose shares are traded on a stock exchange in Canada or the United States, or a subsidiary of such a corporation.
12.01B Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, so long as the Tenant is not in default of any of its obligations pursuant to the Lease, beyond any applicable cure period, it shall be entitled without Landlord consent, to allow other entities, that the Tenant is bona fide providing services to, in the normal course of the Tenants business operations (Client Occupants) , the non-exclusive right, on a short term (temporary) basis only, as a bare licensee, to share space within the Leased Premises during the period that such services are being provided by the Tenant on the following terms and conditions:
(a) Tenant shall ensure that each of the Client Occupants abides by all of the terms, conditions and covenants of the Lease as though it had executed the Lease as Tenant. A Client Occupant will not be permitted to share any space if its occupancy, including the carrying on of any business, use, or activity by it, is prohibited by Section 9 of Schedule E to this Lease;
(b) Tenant will indemnify Landlord against any breach of the Lease by any Client Occupant;
(c) Tenant shall provide Landlord with such information about the business operations, credit rating and history of default under leases of each Client Occupant and the principals thereof as the Landlord shall request, acting reasonably;
(d) Tenant acknowledges that notwithstanding any sharing possession of the Premises with an Client Occupant as provided herein, Tenant shall remain liable for all obligations in the Lease; and
(e) If the proposed Client Occupant will or is expected to share space in the Leased Premises for a period in excess of six (6) months, such Client Occupant will, prior to being allowed to share space in the Leased Premises, execute and provide to the Tenant and the Landlord a written acknowledgement, (Acknowledgement) in favor of the Landlord, in form and content acceptable to the Landlord acting reasonably, which confirms that such Client Occupant:
(i) is bound by Article 9.00 of this Lease and all other exculpatory and indemnity clauses contained in the Lease as though it had executed the Lease as the Tenant;
- 23 -
(ii) will not do anything (or to the extent within its control, permit anything to be done) that would be a breach of the Lease if done by the Tenant, including carrying on any business, use, or activity that is prohibited by Section 9 of Schedule E to this Lease;
(iii) has no right to pursue any remedies under the Lease directly against Landlord or to require any performance by the Landlord under this Lease; and
(iv) in event of a termination of this Lease, notwithstanding any statutory or other right in favor of the Client Occupant (including, without limitation, the provisions of section 21, 32 and subsection 39(2) of the Commercial Tenancies Act of Ontario, or any successor legislation thereto) which rights are expressly waived by the Client Occupant, the termination and/or entry and/or disclaimer of the Lease shall terminate (without any liability of Landlord or the Tenant) any right of the Client Occupant to occupy the Leased Premises.
12.02 Basis for Consent - Notwithstanding anything in the Commercial Tenancies Act or any other statute or law and without limiting the grounds upon which a consent may be refused, the Landlord will not be deemed to be unreasonable in refusing consent when:
(a) | the giving of such consent would place the Landlord in breach of any other tenants lease in the Project or the proposed use by the Transferee is not substantially the same as that of the Tenant; |
(b) | such consent is requested for a mortgage, charge, debenture (secured by floating charge or otherwise) or other encumbrance of, or in respect of, this Lease or the Leased Premises or any part of them; |
(c) | the Transferee, in the opinion of the Landlord: (i) does not have a history of successful business operation in the business to be conducted in the Leased Premises; (ii) does not have a good credit rating or a substantial net worth; or (iii) there is a history of default under other leases by the Transferee or by companies or partnerships that the Transferee was a principal shareholder of or a partner in at the time of the default; |
(d) | the Transferee is an existing tenant in the Project and the Landlord then has other premises in the Project reasonably suitable for leasing to the Transferee; |
(e) | Intentionally Deleted; |
(f) | in the case of a Transfer to a subtenant of less than the entire Leased Premises, if such would result in a configuration which: (i) would require access to be provided through space leased or held for lease to another tenant or improvements to be made outside of the Leased Premises; or (ii) would, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord, be unreasonable to attempt to re-lease to a third party; |
(g) | the required information received from the Tenant or the proposed Transferee is not sufficient in the Landlords reasonable opinion to enable the Landlord to make a determination concerning the matters set out above; or |
(h) | if there is a change in use, the use of the Leased Premises by the proposed Transferee, in the Landlords opinion arrived at in good faith, could result in excessive use of the systems or Services in the Project, be inconsistent with the image and standards of the Project or expose the occupants of the Project to risk of harm, damage or interference with their use and enjoyment thereof, or reduce the value of the Project. |
The Landlord shall not be liable for any claims, actions, damages, liabilities, losses or expenses of the Tenant or any proposed Transferee arising out of the Landlords unreasonably withholding its consent to any Transfer and the Tenants only recourse will be to bring an application for a declaration that the Landlord must grant its consent to the Transfer.
In no event shall any Transfer to which the Landlord may have consented release or relieve the Tenant from its obligations fully to perform all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease or any renewals or extensions of this Lease or the Term that have been exercised by the Tenant on its part to be performed and, in any event, the Tenant shall be liable for the Landlords reasonable costs incurred in connection with the Tenants request for consent as set out in Subsection 12.03(g).
12.03 Terms and Conditions Relating to Consents - The following terms and conditions apply in respect of a consent given by the Landlord to a Transfer:
(a) | the consent by the Landlord is not a waiver of the requirement for consent to subsequent Transfers, and no Transfer shall relieve the Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, unless specifically so provided in writing; |
(b) |
no acceptance by the Landlord of Rent or other payments by a Transferee is: (i) a waiver of the requirement for the Landlord to consent in writing to the Transfer; (ii) the acceptance of |
- 24 -
the Transferee as tenant or subtenant; or (iii) a release of the Tenant from its obligations under this Lease or any Indemnity Agreement; |
(c) | the Landlord may apply amounts collected from the Transferee to any unpaid Rent; |
(d) | the Transferor, unless the Transferee is a subtenant of the Tenant, will retain no rights under this Lease in respect of obligations to be performed by the Landlord or in respect of the use or occupation of the Leased Premises after the Transfer and will execute an Indemnity Agreement on the Landlords standard form (subject to review and negotiation) in respect of obligations to be performed after the Transfer by the Transferee; |
(e) | if the Transferee is an assignee of this Lease, the Transferee shall, when required by the Landlord, jointly and severally with the Tenant, enter into an agreement directly with the Landlord agreeing to be bound by this Lease as if the Transferee had originally executed this Lease as the Tenant, and the Tenant will not be released nor relieved from its obligations under this Lease including, without limitation, the obligation to pay Rent; |
(f) | in the event that this Lease is disaffirmed, disclaimed or terminated by any trustee in bankruptcy of a Transferee, the original Tenant named in this Lease shall be deemed, upon notice by the Landlord given within 30 days of such disaffirmation, disclaimer or termination to have entered into a lease with the Landlord containing the same terms and conditions as in this Lease, with the exception that: (i) the term of such lease shall expire on the date on which this Lease would have ended save for such disaffirmation, disclaimer or termination and (ii) the original Tenant shall not be obliged to actively and continuously operate from the Leased Premises; and |
(g) | any documents relating to the Landlords consent will be prepared by the Landlord or its solicitors and a reasonable administration charge of at least $300.00 and the greater of: (i) a reasonable document preparation fee of at least $500.00; or (ii) those legal fees on a solicitor and client or substantial indemnity basis incurred by the Landlord, not to exceed $3,500.00 per request during the initial five (5) years of the Term, will be paid to the Landlord by the Tenant on demand. |
12.04 Subsequent Transfers - The Landlords consent to a Transfer shall not be deemed to be consent to any subsequent Transfer, whether or not so stated.
12.05 Increased Rents upon Transfers - In the event of any Transfer by the Tenant by virtue of which the Tenant receives a rent in the form of cash, goods or services from the Transferee which is greater than the Rent payable hereunder to the Landlord, the Tenant shall pay any such excess to the Landlord in addition to all Rent payable under this Lease, and such excess rent shall be deemed to be further Rent payable hereunder.
12.06 Advertising - The Tenant shall not advertise the Leased Premises or any part thereof as being available for leasing or this Lease as being available for transfer in any medium and will not cause or permit any such advertisement, unless the Landlord has permitted the Tenant to do so in writing and has given written approval of the wording of such advertisement, which permission and approval may not be unreasonably withheld.
ARTICLE 13.00 - TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD
13.01 Sale, Conveyance and Assignment - Nothing in this Lease shall restrict the right of the Landlord to sell, convey, assign, pledge or otherwise deal with the Project, subject (except as provided in Section 13.03) only to the rights of the Tenant under this Lease.
13.02 Effect of Transfer - A sale, conveyance or assignment of the Project by the Landlord shall, to the extent that the Landlords successor in interest agrees with the Landlord to assume the Landlords obligations under the Lease, operate to release the Landlord from liability from and after the effective date thereof in respect of all of the covenants, terms and conditions of this Lease, express or implied, except as they may relate to the period prior to the effective date, and the Tenant shall thereafter look solely to the Landlords successor in interest.
13.03 Subordination - Subject to Section 13.04 and Section 13.05, this Lease, at the option of any mortgagee, trustee or chargee, is and shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to any and all mortgages (including deeds of trust and mortgage) now or hereafter registered against title to the Building or Land and all advances thereunder, past, present and future and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. The Tenant agrees to execute promptly and in any event within 7 Business Days after request therefor by the Landlord or the mortgagee or trustee under any such mortgage or deed of trust and mortgage an instrument of subordination as may be requested. Upon written request by the Tenant, provided the Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, the Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from the holder of any mortgage of the Project, in respect of which the Tenant is being requested to or is otherwise required to subordinate and as a
- 25 -
pre-condition of any such subordination, a non-disturbance agreement to the effect that, so long as the Tenant performs and observes all of its covenants, obligations and agreements under this Lease and attorns to the mortgagee or trustee under any such mortgage or deed of trust and mortgage as set out in Section 13.04 hereof, the Tenant shall be permitted to remain in quiet possession of the Leased Premises, without interruption or disturbance from the mortgagee or trustee under any such mortgage or deed of trust and mortgage, in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary: (a) if there is a mortgage registered on title to the Land as of the date hereof, the Landlord shall obtain such non-disturbance agreement in favour of the Tenant, such non-disturbance agreement to be executed within thirty (30) days of final execution of this Lease; and (b) the Tenant shall not be required to subordinate or attorn to any future mortgage unless and until Tenant receives a non-disturbance agreement in accordance with the foregoing. Any costs incurred by the Landlord in seeking to obtain such non-disturbance agreement (including legal costs, administration fees owing to the mortgagee under any such mortgage shall be paid by the Landlord. All costs incurred by the Tenant in seeking to obtain such non-disturbance agreement (including legal costs) shall be for the account of the Tenant.
13.04 Attornment - The Tenant agrees, whenever requested by any mortgagee, trustee or chargee (in this Section 13.04 and in Section 13.05 called the Mortgagee) taking title to the Project by reason of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any mortgage or deed of trust, or by delivery of a deed in lieu of such foreclosure or other proceeding, to attorn to such Mortgagee as a tenant under all of the terms of this Lease. The Tenant agrees to execute promptly and in any event within 7 Business Days after a request by any Mortgagee an instrument of attornment as may be required by it.
13.05 Effect of Attornment - Upon attornment pursuant to Section 13.04, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the Mortgagee and the Tenant, upon all of the same terms, conditions and covenants as are set forth in this Lease except that, after attornment, the Mortgagee and its successors in title shall not be:
(a) | liable for any act or omission of the Landlord; |
(b) | subject to any offset or defence which the Tenant might have against the Landlord; or |
(c) | bound by any prepayment by the Tenant of more than 1 months instalment of Rent unless the prepayment shall have been approved in writing by the Mortgagee or by any predecessor of the Mortgagees former interest as mortgagee of the Project. |
13.06 Repurchase - Intentionally Deleted.
ARTICLE 14.00 - SURRENDER
14.01 Possession and Restoration - Intentionally Deleted See Section 11 of Schedule E
14.02 Tenants Trade Fixtures and Personal Property - After the expiration or other termination of the Term or in the event of the abandonment of the Leased Premises by the Tenant, all of the Leasehold Improvements and the Tenants trade fixtures and personal property remaining in the Leased Premises shall be deemed conclusively to have been abandoned by the Tenant and may be appropriated, sold, destroyed or otherwise disposed of by the Landlord without notice or obligation to compensate the Tenant or to account therefor, and the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord upon written demand all of the costs incurred by the Landlord in connection therewith.
14.03 Overholding - If the Tenant remains in the Leased Premises or any part thereof after the expiration or other termination of the Term:
(a) | without the consent of the Landlord, no yearly or other periodic tenancy shall be created and the Tenant shall be deemed, notwithstanding any statutory provision or legal assumption to the contrary, to be occupying the Leased Premises as a tenant at will of the Landlord, which tenancy may be terminated at any time by the Landlord without the necessity of any prior notice to the Tenant, but the Tenant shall be bound by the terms and provisions of this Lease except any options thereby granted to the Tenant and except the Basic Rent which shall be 1.50 times the rate provided for herein for the final year of the Term and subject to such additional obligations and conditions as the Landlord may impose by notice to the Tenant; or |
(b) | with the consent of the Landlord and agreement as to the Rent payable, the tenancy shall be month-to-month at the Rent agreed and otherwise on the terms and conditions of this Lease, but without any option to renew or for a new lease. |
The Landlord may recover possession of the Leased Premises during any period with respect to which the Tenant has prepaid the amount payable under Subsection 14.03(a).
The Tenant shall promptly indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord from and against all Claims against the Landlord as a result of the Tenant remaining in possession of all or any part of the
- 26 -
Leased Premises after the expiry of the Term without the consent of the Landlord (including, without limitation, any compensation to any new tenant or tenants which the Landlord may elect to pay whether to offset the cost of overtime work or otherwise).
ARTICLE 15.00 - GENERAL
15.01 Estoppel Certificates - The Tenant and Landlord shall whenever requested by the other, a prospective purchaser or any mortgagee (including any trustee under a deed of trust and mortgage) promptly, and in any event within 7 Business Days after request, execute and deliver to the requesting party or to any party or parties designated by the requesting party, a certificate in writing as to the then status of this Lease, including as to whether it is in full force and effect, is modified or unmodified, confirming the Rent payable hereunder and each element hereof and the then state of the accounts between the Landlord and the Tenant, the existence or non-existence of defaults and any other matters pertaining to this Lease in respect of which the requesting party shall request a certificate, and provide such other information as may reasonably be required. The party or parties to whom such certificates are addressed may rely upon them.
15.02 Entire Agreement - There is no promise, warranty, representation, undertaking, covenant or understanding by or binding upon the Landlord except such as are expressly set forth in this Lease and this Lease, including the Term Sheet and schedules hereto, contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto.
15.03 Registration of Lease or Notice - The Tenant shall not register or apply to register this Lease, in its entirety, but may register a notice of this Lease or any caveat or any interest under this Lease and the Landlord agrees to co-operate with the Tenant in such registration. The Tenant shall, at its own cost, promptly on request discharge any registration or filing or notice after the expiry of the Term or any renewal or extension thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Landlord may elect to require that notice of this Lease be registered.
15.04 Project Name and Trademarks - The Tenant shall not refer to the Project or Building by any name other than that designated from time to time by the Landlord and the Tenant shall use the name of the Building for the business address of the Tenant, but for no other purpose. Compliance with this Section shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant and the Tenant shall have no claim against the Landlord for any costs or expenses incurred by the Tenant, whether direct or indirect, in complying with this Section.
15.05 Demolition / Substantial Renovation - Intentionally Deleted.
15.06 Relocation - Intentionally Deleted.
15.07 For Lease Signs - The Landlord shall have the right during the last 12 months of the Term to place upon the Leased Premises a notice of reasonable dimensions stating that the Leased Premises are for lease and the Tenant shall not obscure or remove such notice or permit the same to be obscured or removed.
15.08 Unavoidable Delays - If the Landlord or the Tenant (the delayed party) shall be delayed, hindered or prevented in or from the performance of any of its covenants under this Lease by any cause not within the control of the delayed party, as determined by the Landlord acting reasonably (excluding lack of finances of the delayed party, delay caused by the delayed partys default or act or omission or delay avoidable by the exercise of reasonable care by the delayed party), the performance of the covenant shall be excused for the period during which performance is rendered impossible and the time for performance thereof shall be extended accordingly, but this shall not excuse the Tenant from the prompt payment of Rent or from the performance of any of its other obligations under this Lease not related to such cause.
15.09 Limitation of Recourse - If the Landlord is, or one of the parties comprising the Landlord is, or this Lease is assigned by the Landlord to, a real estate investment trust ( REIT ), the parties acknowledge and agree that the obligations of the REIT hereunder and under all documents delivered pursuant hereto (and all documents to which this document may be pursuant) or which give effect to, or amend or supplement, the terms of this Lease are not personally binding upon any trustee thereof, any registered or beneficial holder of units (a Unitholder ) or any annuitant under a plan of which a Unitholder acts as a trustee or carrier, or any officers, employees or agents of the REIT and resort shall not be had to, nor shall recourse or satisfaction be sought from, any of the foregoing or the private property of any of the foregoing, but the Project only shall be bound by such obligations and recourse or satisfaction may only be sought from the revenue of the Project.
15.10 Notice - Any notice required or contemplated by any provision of this Lease, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, shall be given in writing and delivered either: (i) personally; (ii) by prepaid courier service; (iii) by facsimile or email with confirmation of transmission, but only for day-to-day Project operational matters; or (iv) by registered mail, postage prepaid, and if to the Landlord at the Landlords local office as specified in Item 1(a) of the Term Sheet, with a copy to the Landlords head office address as specified in Item 1(b) of the Term Sheet and if to the Tenant at the
- 27 -
Leased Premises (whether or not the Tenant has departed from, vacated or abandoned the same). Notwithstanding the provision of any statute or law relating thereto, service by means of electronic mail of any notice required to be given in writing by either party hereto pursuant to this Lease shall not constitute good and effective service.
Any notice shall be considered to have been given or made: (i) if delivered personally or by prepaid courier, on the day of delivery; (ii) if sent by facsimile or email and received on or before 4:30 p.m. local time of the recipient, on the day of transmission if transmitted on a Business Day; (ii) if sent by facsimile or email and received after 4:30 p.m. local time of the recipient or if transmitted on any day other than a Business Day on the next Business Day following; (iii) if sent by registered mail, the date upon which it is delivered. Either party may from time to time by notice in writing to the other designate another address or addresses in Canada as the address to which notices are to be sent. If the postal service is interrupted or substantially delayed or threatened to be interrupted or delayed, any notice shall only be delivered by one of the alternate methods stated above.
If 2 or more Persons are named as, or bound to perform the obligations of, the Tenant hereunder, notice given as herein provided to any one of the Persons constituting the Tenant or so bound shall be deemed to be notice simultaneously to all Persons constituting the Tenant and to all Persons so bound.
15.11 Delegation of Authority - The Landlords Agent may act on behalf of the Landlord in any manner provided for herein. The Tenant acknowledges that, if this Lease has been executed for and on behalf of, in the name of and with the authority of the Landlord by the Landlords Agent, the covenants and agreements of the Landlord are obligations of the Landlord and its successors and assigns only and are not obligations personal to or enforceable against the Landlords Agent in its own right.
15.12 Relationship of Parties - Nothing contained in this Lease shall create any relationship between the parties hereto other than that of landlord and tenant and, if applicable, indemnifier.
15.13 Governing Law - This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of the province in which the Project is situated and the laws of Canada applicable therein and, with the exception of any alternate dispute resolution agreed upon by the parties, shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the province in which the Project is situated.
15.14 Amendment or Modification - No amendment, modification or supplement to this Lease shall be valid or binding unless set out in writing and executed by the Landlord and the Tenant with the same degree of formality as the execution of this Lease.
15.15 Legal and Administration Costs - Intentionally Deleted.
15.16 Construction - All of the provisions of this Lease are to be construed as covenants and agreements. If any provision of this Lease is illegal or unenforceable, it shall be considered separate and severable from the remaining provisions of this Lease, which shall remain in force and be binding as though the provision had never been included. Any language or wording in this Lease which has been struck out shall be deemed not to have ever been included herein and shall not be considered in construing or interpreting any other provision of this Lease, nor shall there be any implication that by the deletion of any language or wording, the parties hereto intended to state the opposite of the struck out language or wording.
15.17 Captions and Headings - The captions and headings contained in this Lease are for convenience of reference only and are not intended to limit, enlarge or otherwise affect the interpretation of the Articles, Sections or parts hereof to which they apply.
15.18 Interpretation - In this Lease, herein, hereof, hereunder, hereafter and similar expressions refer to this Lease and not to any particular Article, Section or other portion thereof unless there is something in the subject matter or context inconsistent therewith. The words include, includes or including mean include without limitation, includes without limitation and including without limitation respectively, and the words following include, includes or including shall not be considered to set forth an exhaustive list. Wherever necessary or appropriate in this Lease, the plural shall be interpreted as singular, the masculine gender as feminine or neuter and vice versa ; and when there are 2 or more parties bound by the Tenants covenants herein contained, their obligations shall be joint and several. If the Tenant is a partnership, each Person who is presently a partner of such partnership and each Person who becomes a member of any successor partnership shall be and continue to be liable jointly and severally for the performance of the obligations of this Lease, whether or not such Person ceases to be a member of such partnership or successor partnership and after the partnership ceases to exist. If the Tenant is a limited liability partnership, each Person who is presently a partner of the limited liability partnership and each Person who becomes a member of any successor limited liability partnership shall be and continue to be bound jointly and severally for the performance of and shall be and continue to be subject to all of the terms, obligations and conditions of this Lease, whether or not such Person ceases to be a
- 28 -
member of such limited liability partnership or successor limited liability partnership and whether or not such limited liability partnership continues to exist, to the full extent permitted by applicable law.
15.19 Time of the Essence - Time shall, in all respects, be of the essence hereof and no extension or variation of this Lease shall operate as a waiver of this provision.
15.20 Successors and Assigns - Subject to specific provisions contained in this Lease to the contrary, this Lease shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Landlord and the heirs, executors and administrators and the permitted successors and assigns of the Tenant.
15.21 Counterparts - This Lease may be executed in counterparts and the counterparts together shall constitute an original.
15.22 Further Schedules - Any additional covenants, agreements and conditions forming part of this Lease will be attached as Schedule E and the Tenant agrees with the Landlord to comply with the provisions of Schedule E.
15.23 Independent Legal Advice - The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord hereby advises each of the Tenant to obtain advice from independent legal counsel prior to signing this Lease. The Tenant further acknowledges that any information provided by the Landlord is not to be construed as legal, tax or any other expert advice and the Tenant is cautioned not to rely on any such information without seeking legal, tax or other expert advice.
The Landlord and the Tenant understand, acknowledge and agree that this Lease has been freely negotiated by both parties and that, in any dispute or contest over the meaning, interpretation, validity or enforceability of this Lease or any of its terms or conditions, there shall be no inference, presumption or conclusion drawn whatsoever against either party by virtue of that party having drafted this Lease or any portion thereof.
15.24 No Offer - The Landlord will not be deemed to have made an offer to the Tenant by furnishing an unexecuted copy of this Lease with particulars inserted. Notwithstanding that a Security Deposit or payment of advance Rent is received by the Landlord when this Lease is received by the Landlord for execution, this Lease shall not be binding on the Landlord until the Landlord and the Tenant have executed and delivered this Lease.
15.25 Survival of Covenants and Indemnities - All obligations of the Tenant which arise during the Term pursuant to this Lease and which have not been satisfied at the end of the Term and all indemnities of the Tenant contained in this Lease shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.
15.26 Confidentiality - The Tenant shall not disclose to any Person, the financial or any other terms of this Lease, except to its professional advisors, lenders, bankers, co-venturers (if any), potential investors and co-venturers, directors and officers, managers and auditors, if any, who agree not to disclose to any other Person the financial or any other terms of this Lease, and except as required by law, including in order to comply with applicable securities or regulatory laws. The Landlord shall not disclose to any Person, the financial or any other terms of this Lease, except to its professional advisors, lenders, bankers, co-venturers (if any), potential investors and co-venturers, directors and officers, managers and auditors, if any, who agree not to disclose to any other Person the financial or any other terms of this Lease, and except as required by law, including in order to comply with applicable securities or regulatory laws.
15.27 Exculpatory Provisions - In all provisions of this Lease containing a release, indemnity or other exculpatory language in favour of the Landlord, reference to the Landlord includes reference also to the Landlords Agent and Nominee and any Person for whom any one or more of them is in law responsible and the directors, officers and employees of the Landlord, the Landlords Agent and Nominee and any Person for whom they are in law responsible (including the agents of any of them) while acting in the ordinary course of their employment (collectively the Released Persons), it being understood and agreed that, for the purposes of this Section 15.27, the Landlord is deemed to be acting as the agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of the Released Persons solely to the extent necessary for the Released Persons to take the benefit of this Section 15.27.
In all provisions of this Lease containing a release, indemnity or other exculpatory language in favour of the Tenant, reference to the Tenant includes reference also to any Person for whom the Tenant is in law responsible and the directors, officers and employees of the Tenant and any Person for whom the Tenant is in law responsible (including the agents of any of them) while acting in the ordinary course of their employment (collectively the Tenant Released Persons), it being understood and agreed that, for the purposes of this Section 15.27, the Tenant is deemed to be acting as the agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of the Tenant Released Persons solely to the extent necessary for the Tenant Released Persons to take the benefit of this Section 15.27.
15.28 Brokerage Commissions - The Tenant covenants that no act of the Tenant has given rise nor shall give rise to any Claims against the Landlord for any brokerage commission, finders fee or
- 29 -
similar fee in respect of this Lease. The Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold the Landlord harmless from any Claims for such commission or fees with respect to this Lease except any which were directly contracted for by the Landlord.
15.29 Covenants to be Performed at Landlords Option - Where any provision in this Lease gives the Landlord the option of having the Landlord or the Tenant perform the covenants set out in such provision, the Tenant shall perform such covenants unless the Tenant is otherwise directed by way of written notice from the Landlord.
15.30 Radiation - Intentionally Deleted.
15.31 Currency - Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all references to dollar amounts herein or other money amounts are expressed in terms of lawful money of Canada.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date first set forth above.
LANDLORD:
MORGUARD PERFORMANCE COURT LIMITED |
||||||
By: |
/s/ Beverley G. Flynn | |||||
Name: | Beverley G. Flynn | |||||
Title: | Secretary | |||||
We have authority to bind the corporation |
TENANT:
SHOPIFY INC. |
||||||
By: | /s/ Russell Jones | |||||
Name: | Russell Jones | |||||
Title: | CFO |
I/We have authority to bind the corporation |
- 30 -
SCHEDULE A
PLAN SHOWING LEASED PREMISES
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
SCHEDULE A1
LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LAND
PIN 04115-0137(LT), being part of Lot 52 on Plan 4556, North of Gloucester Street, as in Instrument No. CR508147, and all of Lots 53, 54, 55, 56 and 57 on Plan 4556, North of Gloucester Street, City of Ottawa.
SCHEDULE B
DEFINITIONS
Additional Rent means all amounts except Basic Rent payable under the terms of this Lease.
Additional Premises has the meaning ascribed thereto in Item 4 of the Term Sheet.
Article , Item , Schedule , Section and Subsection mean the specified article, item, schedule, section or subsection, as the case may be, of this Lease.
Base Building Standards means bare concrete floors; T-bar grid and ceiling tiles; sprinkler heads, fire alarm systems and fire hose cabinets (if applicable) to an open floor plan; demising walls finished and primed ready for paint; Building standard exterior window coverings; Building standard light fixtures to an open floor plan; heating, ventilation and air conditioning distribution to an open floor plan (including thermostats, control valves, ducting and air diffusers) heating convectors (if applicable) and Building standard entry door.
Basic Rent means the amount set out in Item 8 of the Term Sheet payable by the Tenant to the Landlord in respect of each year of the Term.
Bio-Medical Waste shall mean and include the following:
(a) | (i) surgical waste including all materials discarded from surgical procedures, including but not limited to, disposable gowns, soiled dressings, sponges, casts, lavage tubes, drainage sets, underpads and surgical gloves; |
(ii) pathological waste including all human tissues and anatomical parts which emanate from surgery, obstetrical procedures, autopsy and laboratory;
(iii) biological waste including blood and blood products, excretions, exudates, secretions, suctionings and other body fluids including solid/liquid waste from renal dialysis;
(iv) isolation waste including all waste emanating from the care or treatment of a patient on any type of isolation or precaution except reverse (protective) isolation;
(v) cultures and stocks of etiologic agents and associated biologicals including, without limitation, specimen cultures, cultures and stocks of etiologic agents, wastes from production of biologicals and serums, and discarded live and attenuated vaccines;
(vi) laboratory waste which has come in contact with pathogenic organisms, including but not limited to, culture dishes, devices used to transfer, inoculate and mix cultures, paper and cloth which has come in contact with specimens or cultures;
(vii) animal carcasses exposed to pathogens in research, their bedding and other waste from such animals;
(viii) sharps, including any discarded article that may cause punctures or cuts, including but not limited to, needles, IV tubing with needles attached, scalpel blades, glassware, and syringes that have been removed from their original sterile containers; and
(ix) any other wastes identified as infectious or similar wastes in any other applicable federal, provincial or municipal laws, regulations and guidelines; and
(b) | Chemotherapy Waste (also known as antineoplastic or cytotoxic waste) means and includes discarded items, including but not limited to, masks, gloves, gowns, empty IV tubing bags, vials, syringes and other contaminated materials which have been contaminated by chemotherapeutic drugs or antineoplastic agents; and |
(c) | any waste defined as bio-medical waste under any applicable law or regulation. |
Building means the building, structures and improvements from time to time during the Term erected in, upon or under the Land municipally identified in Item 3 of the Term Sheet and all alterations and additions thereto and replacements thereof.
Business Day means any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or a statutory holiday observed in the province in which the Project is situated.
Business Taxes has the meaning ascribed in Subsection 8.02(b).
Capital Tax Intentionally Deleted.
Claims means claims, losses, actions, suits, proceedings, causes of action, demands, damages (direct, indirect, consequential or otherwise), judgments, executions, liabilities, responsibilities, costs, charges, payments and expenses including, without limitation, any professional, consultant and legal fees on a solicitor and client or substantial indemnity basis and any associated disbursements.
Commencement Date means the first day of the Term in respect of the Initial Premises, or the Additional Premises, as the case may be, as specified in Item 7 of the Term Sheet.
Common Elements means the areas, facilities, utilities, improvements, equipment and installations (collectively, elements) in the Project that, from time to time, are not intended to be leased to tenants of the Project (including, without limitation, elements within rentable premises that are intended for the benefit of tenants of the Project and their invitees and employees) or are designated from time to time as Common Elements by the Landlord and includes access roads, driveways and parking areas and facilities.
Consultants means any reference in this Lease to the Landlords independent accountant, auditor, architect, surveyor or other independent consultant shall be deemed to be such duly qualified consultant appointed by the Landlord in its absolute but reasonable discretion for the purposes of this Lease or of any provision hereof; and they will act in accordance with this Lease and the principles and standards of their professions. In determining any cost allocation the Landlord may rely on, and the parties shall be bound by, the decision or determination of the Landlords Consultants unless shown to be in error by the Tenant.
Environmental Laws shall include any federal, provincial, municipal or local laws, statutes, regulations, ordinances, guidelines, guidance notes, policies, judge made laws or common laws and any orders of a court or governmental authority, relating in any way to the natural or human environment (including land, surface water, groundwater, and real, personal, moveable and immoveable property), public or occupational health and safety, and the manufacture, importation, handling, use, reuse, recycling, transportation, storage, disposal, elimination and treatment of a substance, hazardous or otherwise.
Event of Default means any of the following events:
(a) | all or any part of the Rent hereby reserved is not paid when due and the Tenant fails to remedy such failure to pay within five (5) days after written notice; |
(b) | the Term or any goods, merchandise, stock in trade, chattels or equipment of the Tenant on the Leased Premises is or are seized or taken or exigible in execution or in attachment or if a creditor takes possession thereof or if a writ of execution in respect thereof is issued against the Tenant or any Indemnifier; |
(c) | the Tenant takes any steps in furtherance of or suffers any order to be made for its winding-up or other termination of its corporate existence or becomes insolvent or commits an act of bankruptcy or becomes bankrupt or takes the benefit of any statute that may be in force for bankrupt or insolvent debtors or becomes involved in voluntary or involuntary winding-up proceedings or if a receiver or receiver/manager shall be appointed for all or any part of the business, property, affairs or revenues of the Tenant; |
(d) | the Tenant makes a bulk sale of its goods at the Leased Premises, other than in connection with a Transfer permitted under the terms of this Lease; |
(e) | the Tenant abandons the Leased Premises; |
(f) | a report or statement required from the Tenant under this Lease is materially false or misleading except if it results from an innocent clerical error; |
(g) | any policy of insurance taken out by either the Landlord or the Tenant with respect to the Project shall be cancelled by reason of any act or omission of the Tenant, and the Tenant does not rectify the situation caused by its act or omission within two (2) Business Days after written notice from the Landlord advising the Tenant that it is in default under this subparagraph (g); |
(h) | the Tenant enters into a Transfer except in compliance with the provisions of this Lease; or |
(i) | the Tenant fails to observe, perform and keep each and every covenant, agreement, provision, stipulation and condition herein contained to be observed, performed and kept by the Tenant, including observance and performance of the rules and regulations, (other than payment of Rent) and persists in the failure after 15 days written notice by the Landlord requiring the Tenant to remedy, correct, desist or comply (or if any breach would reasonably require more than 15 days to rectify, unless the Tenant commences rectification within the 15 day notice period and thereafter promptly, effectively and continuously proceeds with the rectification of the breach). |
B-2
Expropriated , Expropriating and Expropriation have the meanings ascribed in Section 10.06.
Final Premises has the meaning ascribed thereto in Item 4 of the Term Sheet.
Fiscal Year means a period, from time to time determined by the Landlord, all or part of which falls within the Term, at the end of which the Landlords accounts in respect of the Project are balanced for auditing or bookkeeping purposes. Such period shall be 12 months except when the Landlord designates a new date upon which the fiscal year shall end. A Fiscal Year shall not be less than 10 months and no greater than 14 months.
Health Emergency means a situation, either real or perceived, in which the Landlord determines, based on what it believes to be reliable advice, including, without limitation, advice from a medical professional or a directive, bulletin, notice or other form of communication from a public health official, that Landlord Persons or Tenant Persons are or may be exposed in or at the Building to imminent danger from any disease, virus or other biological or physical agent which may, in any way, be detrimental to human health including, without limitation, SARS and avian flu (H5N1) or any variant thereof.
Indemnifier Intentionally Deleted.
Indemnity Agreement Intentionally Deleted.
Initial Premises has the meaning ascribed thereto in Item 4 of the Term Sheet.
Land means those lands legally described in Schedule A1 as same may be expanded or contracted from time to time.
Landlord Person means a human being who is an officer, director, employee or agent of: (i) the Landlord; (ii) the Landlords Agent; (iii) any contractor which does work in connection with the Building; and (iv) any supplier of services in connection with the Building.
Landlords Agent means the Person retained by the Landlord from time to time to operate or manage the Project which, as of the date of this Lease, is Morguard Investments Limited.
Lease means this lease, the Term Sheet, and all Schedules attached hereto which are referred to in this lease and every properly executed instrument which by its terms amends, modifies or supplements this lease.
Leased Premises means those premises in the Building which are described and identified in Item 4 of the Term Sheet and which are marked in a distinguishing manner on the plan attached as Schedule A.
Leasehold Improvements means:
(a) | all improvements, fixtures, installations, alterations and additions from time to time made, erected or installed to or in the Leased Premises, in addition to, beyond or replacing the Base Building Standards, including all partitions however affixed (excluding moveable and demountable partitions removable without any material damage to the Leased Premises), millwork and affixed wall units, internal stairways, doors, hardware, light fixtures, carpeting and other applied floor finishes, and heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment and other building services not forming part of the Base Building Standards; and |
(b) | alterations, improvements and equipment made or installed for the exclusive benefit of the Tenant elsewhere in the Project; |
in either case whether or not installed by or on behalf of the Tenant and whether or not installed during the Term including, without limitation, all fixtures (except moveable trade fixtures) in the Leased Premises.
Mortgagee has the meaning ascribed in Section 13.04.
Nominee means the corporation (if any), named in Item 1(c) of the Term Sheet, which holds registered title to the Project as nominee of the Landlord.
Occupancy Costs has the meaning ascribed in Section 4.06(1)(a).
Operating Costs means in respect of any Fiscal Year the total of all costs, expenses and amounts, incurred or accrued in that Fiscal Year for or with respect to ownership, management, operation, maintenance, repair, upkeep, insurance, supervision, decoration and cleaning of the Project and the determination and allocation of such costs, expenses and amounts, whether incurred or accrued by or on behalf of the Landlord or by or on behalf of the Landlords Agent including, without limitation and without duplication or profit (excluding the management fees referred to in this Lease):
B-3
A. Inclusions - if provided by the Landlord (subject to certain exclusions and deductions as hereinafter set out):
(a) | the cost of providing and maintaining security, landscaping, gardening, recycling and snow and refuse removal; |
(b) | the cost of heating, air conditioning and ventilating the Building and investigating and remedying air quality and moisture issues and issues related thereto, if any; |
(c) | the cost of providing hot and cold or tempered water, electricity (including lighting) and all other utilities to all parts of the Project not otherwise paid by tenants; |
(d) | the cost of providing janitor, window cleaning and general cleaning services including supplies to all parts of the Project including all premises leased to tenants of the Project; |
(e) | the cost of replacement of building standard fluorescent tubes, light bulbs and ballasts in the Leased Premises and the costs of cleaning, maintaining and servicing of the electrical light fixtures in the Leased Premises if not separately invoiced pursuant to Section 7.02; |
(f) | the cost of all insurance taken out and maintained by the Landlord under Article 9.00 and the cost of any deductible amount paid by the Landlord in connection with a claim under its insurance; |
(g) | the rental or lease cost of all rented or leased equipment acquired for the operation or maintenance of the Project; |
(h) | accounting costs incurred in connection with the Project including computations required for the imposition of charges to tenants and audit fees incurred for the determination of any costs hereunder and the reasonable costs of collecting and enforcing payment of such charges; |
(i) | the cost of all equipment acquired for operation or maintenance of the Project if expensed fully in the Fiscal Year in which such equipment is acquired in accordance with sound accounting principles utilized in the real estate industry; |
(j) | if expensed fully in the Fiscal Year in which the expense is incurred in accordance with sound accounting principles utilized in the real estate industry, the cost of any improvement, replacement, repair or alteration whether with respect to buildings, improvements, equipment, fixtures or otherwise which, in the opinion of the Landlord, is necessary to reduce or limit increases in Operating Costs or is required by the Landlords insurance carriers or by any changes in the laws, rules, regulations or orders of any governmental authority having jurisdiction, including those necessary to comply with energy and water conservation, fire protection, pollution and environmental control standards and the costs of any procedures required with respect thereto; |
(k) | the cost of investigating, assessing, testing, monitoring, removing, enclosing, encapsulating or abating any Pollutants which are in or about the Project or any part thereof or which have entered the environment from the Project, if the Landlord is required to do so or if, in the Landlords opinion, it is harmful or hazardous to any Person or to the Project or any part thereof or to the environment; |
(l) | the cost of repairs and replacements to or in respect of the Project including those resulting from normal wear and tear and otherwise and including those necessary with respect to the window coverings, decorations, elevators and escalators (if any), roof or any Parking Facilities; |
(m) | the cost of repairs, replacements and improvements to systems and devices in the Project including, without limitation, the heating, ventilating, air conditioning , energy-saving and security systems and devices and telecommunications systems and devices; |
(n) |
in accordance with sound accounting principles utilized in the real estate industry, either amortization, in an amount determined in consultation with the Landlords certified or qualified accountant (whether incurred before or during the Term and whether or not incurred by the party constituting the Landlord at any time or its predecessor in title or interest) of any repair, replacement, decoration or improvement of the Project not expensed within the Fiscal Year in which the expenditure was incurred and of all equipment required for the operation and maintenance of the Project not included within Operating Costs for the Fiscal Year in which the expenditure occurred in accordance with Subsections (i), (l) and (m) above, or depreciation, in an amount determined in consultation with the Landlords certified or qualified accountant, based on the cost (whether incurred before or during the Term and whether or not incurred by the party constituting the Landlord at any time or its predecessor in title or interest) of any of those items which in accordance with sound accounting |
B-4
principles utilized in the real estate industry the Landlord has elected to treat as capital in nature together with, in each case, an amount equal to interest at the Prime Rate plus 1.5% per annum on the undepreciated or unamortized amount thereof; |
(o) | the amount of all salaries, wages and fringe benefits paid to or for the benefit of, and all costs associated with the termination of the employment of, employees and others engaged either full-time or part-time in the operation or maintenance of the Project; |
(p) | amounts paid for service contracts with independent contractors; |
(q) | the cost of energy audits, conservation studies and other measures taken to conserve energy, reduce utility consumption and/or greenhouse gas emissions or reduce costs or liability and the cost of developing a plan for, and modifying and operating the Building, to achieve BOMA BESt environmental certification or LEED EB (short for Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design Existing Building) standard, or equivalent); |
(r) | the cost of preparing a pandemic risk assessment and/or a Health Emergency plan, as well as the cost of dealing with a Health Emergency; |
(s) | the cost of renting, operating and maintaining Project signs and providing directional signage; |
(t) | any Sales Taxes for which the Landlord does not receive an input tax credit; |
(u) | all other expenses of every nature incurred in connection with the maintenance and operation of the Project; and |
(w) | the fair rental value of a reasonable amount of space in the Building occupied by the Landlord, its manager or personnel in connection with the Services; |
plus a management fee equal to that amount paid to the Landlords Agent in respect of management of the Project or any part thereof or the Landlords reasonable charges in lieu thereof if the Landlord elects to self-manage the Project or any part thereof, which fee shall be in keeping with the industry standard; provided that such management fee, whether calculated as a percentage of Operating Costs or as a percentage of gross revenues received by the Landlord in respect of the Land and Building, shall not be calculated at a greater percentage than that charged to any other tenant of the Building (other than any tenant of the Building that is a federal, provincial, municipal or other governmental or quasi-governmental body or agency) As at the Commencement Date the management fee being charged to the Tenant will be three percent (3%) of gross revenues received by the Landlord in respect of the Land and Building.
B. Exclusions - Operating Costs shall exclude, without duplication and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and except to the extent expressly included above:
(a) | debt service; |
(b) | the cost of all repairs and replacements to the structure and structural components of the Building including the footings, foundations, structural columns and beams, structural subfloors, bearing walls and exterior walls, but excluding the roof membrane (the repair and replacement of which shall be included in Operating Costs) and day-to-day repairs (which shall be included in Operating Costs); and all costs and expenses incurred as a result of faulty construction or design, improper materials or workmanship, soil subsidence or structural defects in respect of the Project; |
(c) | costs determined by the Landlord from time to time to be fairly allocable to the correction of initial construction faults or initial maladjustments in operating equipment, but only to the extent that such costs are recovered from the contractor or others responsible; |
(d) | any ground rent payable by the Landlord in respect of a lease of the Land or part thereof; |
(e) | tenant improvement allowances, leasing commissions and leasing costs in connection with leasing any part of the Project, and any costs or expenses incurred to satisfy the requirement of any other tenant or which are attributable to other leaseable premises; |
(f) | all costs and expenses incurred directly as a result of the negligent or wilful acts or omissions of the Landlord or those for whom it is in law responsible; |
(g) | all income taxes, corporation taxes, business taxes, capital or place of business taxes, or other taxes personal to the Landlord, or penalties relating to the late payment by the Landlord of any taxes; |
B-5
(h) | all costs and expenses of carrying out any Landlords Work (including any such work necessitated by the Landlords non-compliance with codes, by-laws, or registrations) or relating to any expansion, renovation or remodelling of the Building; and |
(i) | all costs of removing any Pollutants or Bio-Medical Waste from any portion of the Project including the Leased Premises, and of making any alterations, repairs or replacements in connection with any condition of environmental concern in respect of any portion of the Project including the Leased Premises unless caused by the Tenant or those for whom at law the Tenant is responsible. |
C. Deductions - There shall be deducted from Operating Costs:
(a) | the proceeds of insurance, warranties and guarantees recovered by the Landlord applicable to damage, the cost of construction or repair of which was included in the calculation of Operating Costs paid by the Tenant; and |
(b) | amounts recovered as a result of direct charges to the Tenant and other tenants to the extent that the cost thereof was included in the calculation of Operating Costs. |
Parking Facilities means that part of the Project containing parking facilities with vehicular access thereto including, without limitation, parking spaces, ramps, circulation space, vehicular entrances and exits, the structural elements thereof and services, facilities and systems contained in or servicing such parking facilities.
Person means an individual, partnership, firm, corporate entity, trust, syndicate, unincorporated organization, government or any department or agency thereof or any combination of them.
Pollutants means any substance which is regulated by or which would be considered a contaminant, pollutant, waste or deleterious or hazardous substance under Environmental Laws, or which is or may be hazardous to persons or property or detrimentally affect property value and includes, without limiting in any way the generality of the foregoing:
(a) | radioactive materials; |
(b) | explosives; |
(c) | any substance that, if added to any air, land and/or water, would degrade or alter or form part of a process of degradation or alteration of the quality of that air, land and/or water, to the extent that it is detrimental to its use by human beings or by any animal or plant; |
(d) | any solid, liquid, gas, microorganism, mould, sound, vibration, ray, heat, radiation, odour or combinations of any of them that is likely to alter the quality of the environment (including air, land and water) in any way or the presence of which in the environment is prohibited by regulation or is likely to affect the life, health, safety, welfare or comfort of human beings or animals or to cause damage to or otherwise impair the quality of soil, vegetation, wildlife or property; |
(e) | toxic substances; |
(f) | substances declared to be hazardous or toxic under any law or regulation now or hereafter enacted or promulgated by any governmental or municipal authority having jurisdiction over the Landlord, the Tenant, the Leased Premises or the Project of which the Leased Premises form a part; |
(g) | any substance, the use or transportation of which or the release of which into the environment is prohibited, regulated, controlled or licensed under Environmental Laws; |
(h) | anything contaminated by any Pollutants; and |
(i) | Bio-Medical Waste. |
Prime Rate means the rate of interest per annum established from time to time by The Bank of Nova Scotia (or such other bank being one of the 5 largest Canadian chartered banks measured by assets as the Landlord may designate from time to time) at its head office in Toronto, Ontario as the reference rate of interest to determine interest rates it will charge on Canadian dollar loans to its Canadian customers and which it refers to as its prime rate.
Project means the Land and Building and includes, without limitation, all Common Elements.
Property Tax Year means the 12 month period set by the municipal taxing authorities as the period for and over which Property Taxes and, where applicable, business taxes are assessed, charged and payable by the owner or occupant of the Project or Leased Premises respectively, whether on a calendar or fiscal year or any other basis.
B-6
Property Taxes means all taxes, rates, levies, duties and assessments whatsoever whether municipal, school, provincial, parliamentary or otherwise levied, charged, imposed or assessed against the Project or upon the Landlord in respect thereof or from time to time levied, charged, imposed or assessed in the future in lieu thereof or in addition thereto, including, without limitation, those levied, charged, imposed or assessed for education, school and local improvements and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in good faith in contesting, resisting or appealing any such taxes, rates, duties, levies or assessments including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees on a solicitor and client or substantial indemnity basis and other professional fees and interest and penalties on deferred payments, but excluding income or profits taxes upon the income of the Landlord. If any portion of the Project is assessed or taxed other than at the prevailing commercial assessment rates and mill rates due to the occupancy of any tenants or the nature of any tenants operation, then the amount of such taxes, rates, levies, duties or assessments shall be adjusted to be an amount equal to the amount which would have been incurred had such portion of the Project been assessed and taxed at the prevailing commercial assessment rates and mill rates throughout the entire period for which the calculation is being made. Any tax levied on commercial property or other like tax based on the area or use of the Project or the Leased Premises or any tax on rent imposed in lieu of the foregoing taxes are included herein. Property Taxes shall not include any Business Taxes payable by the Tenant pursuant to Section 8.02 and any similar Taxes levied or assessed separately against other rentable premises in the Project.
Rent means the aggregate of all amounts payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Lease. Provided that any and all amounts so payable which are collectible by the Landlord as agent of a taxing authority and which are Taxes imposed by that authority on the Tenant are included in Rent so as to determine the Landlords rights and remedies in the case of delay or failure to pay the same notwithstanding that the same do not accrue to the Landlord as rent hereunder.
Rentable Area means the area of the Leased Premises, the Building or any part thereof as determined by the Landlord and which may be adjusted from time to time to give effect to any structural or functional change and any change in the leasing pattern in the Building, and which shall be calculated in accordance with the BOMA ANSI standards specified in Item 5 of the Term Sheet (except to the extent altered by this definition) as follows:
(a) | in the case of premises occupying the whole of one or more floors, the Rentable Area of such premises shall be determined by measuring to and from the inside finish of permanent outer Building walls or from the glass line, whichever extends further, but shall not include stairs and elevator shafts (except stairs and elevators exclusively serving the Tenant where the Leased Premises consist of more than one floor), flues, stacks, pipe shafts and vertical ducts with their enclosing walls. Washrooms, air conditioning equipment rooms, fan rooms, janitors closets, electrical closets and other closets serving that floor or floors shall be included in the Rentable Area of such premises. No deductions shall be made for columns and projections necessary to the Building; |
(b) | in the case of premises occupying part of a floor, the Rentable Area of such premises shall be determined by measuring from and to whichever of the following form the boundaries of such premises: the inside finish of permanent outer Building walls or from the glass line, whichever extends further; the centre of partitions which separate such premises from adjoining premises or public and/or service areas; and the office side of the corridor walls or other permanent partitions, without in any case, deduction for columns and projections necessary to the Building, and includes washrooms, air conditioning equipment rooms, fan rooms, janitors closets, electrical closets and other closets within and serving the Leased Premises exclusively, but does not include stairs and elevator shafts supplied by the Landlord for use in common with other tenants, and flues, stacks, pipe shafts or vertical ducts with their enclosing walls within the Leased Premises; the Rentable Area as so determined shall have added thereto a portion of the area of the public and/or service areas on such floor which, without limitation, shall include corridors, elevator lobbies, washrooms, air conditioning equipment rooms, fan rooms, janitors closets, electrical closets and other closets serving that floor. The portion of such area of the public and/or service areas so added shall be that portion from time to time which the Rentable Area of such premises bears to the Rentable Area of all premises leased or set aside from time to time for leasing by the Landlord on that floor (including such premises). |
Sales Taxes means goods and services taxes payable pursuant to Part VIII and IX of the Excise Tax Act , as amended and re-enacted from time to time, as well as any blended or harmonized sales tax which combines such taxes with provincial sales taxes (however characterized or named), and any other like taxes levied from time to time by any governmental authority having jurisdiction, against Rent and any other charges payable under this Lease.
Security Deposit has the meaning ascribed in Section 4.02.
Service(s) means those activities, personnel, facilities, systems and supplies required for the complete decoration, repair, administration, replacement, maintenance, improvement and operation of the Project.
B-7
Taxes means comprehensively all various classes and types of taxes, rates, levies, fees, duties, charges and assessments from whatever source arising and levied, rated, imposed, assessed, conferred or chargeable against the Project, the Leased Premises or in respect of the occupancy and activity carried on therein or on account of the Landlords ownership of or interest in the Project or on account of rents payable with respect therefor and includes Property Taxes, business taxes or any like tax or other amount levied or assessed in lieu of, in addition to, or in substitution therefor, whether or not similar to or of the foregoing character and whether or not in existence on the date hereof, and all costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in good faith in contesting, resisting or appealing any such taxes, rates, duties, levies or assessments including, without limitation, legal fees on a solicitor and client or substantial indemnity basis and other professional fees and penalties on deferred payments, but excluding income or profits taxes upon the income of the Landlord.
Tenant Person means a human being who is an officer, director or employee of: (i) any tenant or occupant of the Building or any invitee of a tenant or occupant of the Building; (ii) a contractor which does work for any tenant or occupant of the Building; and (iii) a supplier of services in connection with any area or space suitable for use or occupation in the Building.
Tenants Occupancy Costs means for each Fiscal Year the Tenants Proportionate Share of the Operating Costs and the Tenants Proportionate Share of Taxes, in each case for that Fiscal Year.
Tenants Proportionate Share means a fraction, the numerator of which is the Rentable Area of the Leased Premises and the denominator of which is the Total Rentable Area of the Building.
Term means the period of time set out in Item 7 of the Term Sheet unless sooner terminated.
Term Sheet means the pages identified as Term Sheet attached to this Lease; and all information and particulars contained therein shall form part of this Lease.
Total Rentable Area of the Building means the total Rentable Area of the Building located at or above grade level.
Transfer means:
(a) | an assignment, sublease, licensing or other disposition by the Tenant of this Lease or any interest therein or any interest in the Leased Premises (whether or not by operation of law) or in a partnership that is the Tenant under this Lease, or a mortgage or charge (floating or otherwise) or other encumbrance of or upon this Lease by the Tenant, except a Transfer that occurs on the death of the Transferor; |
(b) | a parting with or sharing of possession of all or part of the Leased Premises; and |
(c) | a transfer or issue by sale, assignment, bequest, inheritance, operation of law or other disposition, or by subscription, of all or part of the corporate shares of the Tenant which results in a change in the effective voting control of the Tenant (unless the Tenant is a corporation whose shares are traded on a stock exchange in Canada or the United States of America or is a subsidiary of such a corporation). |
Transferor and Transferee have meanings corresponding to the definition of Transfer. In the case of a Transfer described in item (c) of the definition of Transfer, the Transferor is the Person that has or would have effective voting control before the Transfer and the Transferee is the Person that has or would have effective voting control after the Transfer. The singular and plural forms of defined words and phrases shall have corresponding meanings.
B-8
SCHEDULE C
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. Definition - In these rules and regulations, Tenant includes the employees, servants, agents, invitees, subtenants and licensees of the Tenant and others over whom the Tenant can reasonably be expected to exercise its control.
2. Common Elements - Subject to the terms of this Lease, the Landlord reserves entire control of the Common Elements and will maintain them in such manner as it deems best for the benefit of the tenants generally. The Landlord reserves the right to restrict and regulate the use of the Common Elements by the Tenant and by persons making deliveries to the Tenant.
3. Smoking - Smoking is not permitted in the Building or in any area outside of the Building and on the Land which has not been designated by the Landlord as a smoking area.
4. Obstructions - The sidewalks, driveways, entrances, vestibules, passages, corridors, halls, elevators and stairways shall not be encumbered or obstructed by the Tenant or be used by it for any purpose other than for entrance to and exit from the Leased Premises.
5. Deliveries - The Tenant shall not permit the parking of delivery vehicles so as to interfere with the use of any driveway, walkway, parking area or other Common Elements. The Tenant shall ensure that deliveries of materials and supplies to the Leased Premises are made through such entrances, elevators and corridors and at such times as may from time to time be designated by the Landlord and shall promptly pay or cause to be paid to the Landlord the cost of repairing any damage in or to the Building caused by any person making such deliveries. The Landlord reserves the right to remove at the expense and risk of the owner any vehicle not using designated vehicle standing areas.
6. Security - The Landlord may from time to time adopt appropriate systems and procedures for the security and safety of the Building, including restricting access during non-business hours and the Tenant shall comply with the Landlords reasonable requirements relating thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenant may operate its business in, and have access to, the Leased Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year.
7. Locks No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed by the Tenant upon any of the doors or windows of the Leased Premises, nor shall any changes whatsoever be made to existing locks or the mechanics thereof except with the Landlords prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed unless duplicate keys (or the relevant combinations or access cards) are provided to the Landlord forthwith after installation of such locks, bolts or other mechanics of access. The Tenant shall not permit any duplicate keys to be made, but additional keys as reasonably required shall be supplied by the Landlord when requested by the Tenant in writing and at the Tenants expense. Upon termination of this Lease, the Tenant shall surrender to the Landlord all keys to the Leased Premises and any other parts of the Building together with any parking passes or other devices permitting entry.
8. Antennae - The Tenant shall not mount or place an antenna or aerial of any nature on the exterior of the Leased Premises or Building or, unless it first obtains the Landlords prior written consent, anywhere within the Leased Premises.
9. Garbage - The handling and disposal of garbage shall comply with arrangements prescribed by the Landlord from time to time. No disproportionate or abnormal quantity of waste material shall be allowed to accumulate in the Leased Premises and the cost of removal or clearing of quantities in excess of such normally provided service may be charged to the Tenant.
10. Recycling - The Tenant shall participate in all Building recycling, energy reduction and water conservation programs as may be determined by the Landlord from time to time.
11. Repairs, Alterations and Improvements - The Tenant shall carry out repairs, maintenance, alterations and improvements in the Leased Premises only in a manner which will not interfere with the rights of other tenants in the Building in accordance with the terms of this Lease.
12. Maintenance - The Tenant shall provide adequate facilities and means to prevent the soiling of walls, floors and carpets in and abutting the Leased Premises whether by shoes, overshoes, any acts or omissions of the Tenant or otherwise.
13. Installations and Wiring - The Tenant shall not mark, paint, drill into or in any way deface the walls, ceilings, partitions, floors or other parts of the Leased Premises and the Building except for the hanging of decorations and in compliance with Section 7.04 of the Lease. If the Tenant desires electrical or communications connections, the Landlord reserves the right to direct qualified persons as to where and how the wires should be introduced, and without such directions, no boring or cutting for wires will be permitted. No gas pipe or electric wire will be permitted which has not been ordered or authorized in writing by the Landlord.
14. Heating, Air Conditioning and Plumbing Systems - The Tenant shall not attempt any repairs, alterations or modifications to the heating, air conditioning or plumbing systems.
15. Water Fixtures - The Tenant shall not use the plumbing facilities for any other purpose than that for which they are constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind shall be thrown therein, and the Tenant shall pay the cost of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from a violation of this provision.
16. Personal Use of Leased Premises - The Leased Premises shall not be used for residential, lodging or sleeping purposes or for the storage of personal effects or property not required for business purposes as permitted under this Lease.
17. Solicitations - The Landlord reserves the right to restrict or prohibit canvassing, soliciting or peddling in the Building.
18. Heavy Articles - The Tenant shall not, in the Leased Premises or the Building, bring in, take out, position, construct, install or move anything liable to injure or destroy any part of the Building including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any safe, business machinery or other heavy machinery or equipment without the prior written consent of the Landlord. In giving such consent, the Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to prescribe the permitted weight and the position thereof, and the use and design of planks, skids or platforms required to distribute the weight thereof. All damage done to the Building by moving or using any such heavy equipment or machinery shall be repaired at the expense of the Tenant. The moving of all heavy equipment or other machinery shall occur only by prior arrangement with the Landlord.
19. Bicycles, Animals - The Tenant shall not bring any animals, except for guide dogs, into the Building and shall not permit bicycles or other vehicles inside or on the sidewalks outside the Building except in areas designated from time to time by the Landlord for such purposes.
20. Furniture and Equipment - The Tenant shall ensure that furniture, equipment and fixtures being moved into or out of the Leased Premises are moved through such entrances, elevators and corridors and at such times as may from time to time be designated by the Landlord and shall promptly pay or cause to be paid to the Landlord the cost of repairing any damage in the Building caused thereby.
21. Heating / Cooling - The Tenant shall not use any means of heating or cooling the Leased Premises other than that provided by or specifically otherwise permitted in writing by the Landlord.
22. Undue Electrical Loads, Heat, Vibration or Interference - No material or equipment which could cause undue loads on electrical circuits or undue vibration, heat or noise or which could interfere with wireless or other communications shall be brought into the Building or used therein by or on behalf of the Tenant and no unusual or out of the ordinary machinery or tools of any kind shall be affixed to or used in the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord.
23 . Fire Regulations - The Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in the Leased Premises or bring or keep anything therein which will in any way increase the risk of fire, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants, or violate or act at variance with the laws relating to fires or with the regulations of the fire department or the board of health. The Tenant shall cooperate in any fire drills and shall participate in all fire prevention or safety programs designated by the Landlord.
24. Flammable Materials - No flammable oils or other flammable, dangerous or explosive materials shall be kept or permitted to be kept in the Leased Premises other than in accordance with applicable laws.
25. Food and Beverages Subject to Section 19 of Schedule E, only persons approved from time to time by the Landlord may sell, serve or distribute foods in any part of the Building (other than in the Leased Premises) or use the elevators, corridors or other Common Elements for any such purpose. Subject to Section 19 of Schedule E, the Tenant shall not permit in the Leased Premises the use of equipment for the preparation, serving, sale, distribution or dispensing of food and beverages that requires special venting except with the prior written consent of the Landlord (acting reasonably) and in accordance with arrangements approved by the Landlord (acting reasonably). All such equipment shall be installed, maintained and used by the Tenant strictly in accordance with all applicable laws, statutes, codes and by-laws, the Landlords reasonable rules and regulations and the requirements of the Landlords and Tenants insurers.
26. Notice of Accidents - The Tenant shall give immediate notice to the Landlord in case of fire or accident in the Leased Premises or in the Building, or in case of defects therein or in any fixtures or equipment thereof, notwithstanding the Landlord may have no obligations with respect thereto.
C-2
27. Janitorial Services - The Tenant shall not use or engage any person or persons other than the janitor or janitorial contractor of the Landlord for the purpose of any cleaning of the Leased Premises, except with the prior written consent of the Landlord.
28. Dangerous or Immoral Activities - The Tenant shall not make any use of the Leased Premises which could result in risk or injury to any person, nor shall the Leased Premises be used for any immoral or criminal purpose.
29 . Proper Conduct - The Tenant shall not perform any acts or carry on any practice which may damage the Common Elements or be a nuisance to any other tenant in the Project.
30. Health Screening - The Landlord shall be entitled, during such time as there is a Health Emergency, to require all occupants of the Building to comply with reasonable measures imposed in respect thereof by the Landlord, including health screening, the use of hand washing and other sanitation products directly related to the management of the Health Emergency, attendance at mandatory training sessions, and the use of additional protective clothing by all occupants, invitees and tenants such as protective barriers, gloves and masks.
31. Access During Health Emergency - During a Health Emergency, the Landlord shall be entitled to specify modes of ingress and egress from and to the Building for tenants generally, or for specific tenants, occupants or invitees who may have a heightened risk of either exposure to a health threat or a heightened risk of transfer of unhealthy condition to other tenants, invitees or visitors in the Building.
32. Disclosure by Tenant - The Tenant shall take reasonable steps to inform the Landlord of any outbreak of an infectious disease amongst its employees where such outbreak may impact the health and/or safety of other tenants in the Building or lead to a Health Emergency.
33. Health Emergency Drills - The Tenant shall participate in any Health Emergency drill that the Landlord shall choose to implement, acting reasonably, in preparation for a Health Emergency.
34. Additional Rules and Regulations - The Landlord shall have the right to make such other and further reasonable rules and regulations as in its sole judgment may from time to time be necessary or of benefit for the safety, care, cleanliness and appearance of the Project and for the preservation of good order therein, subject to the provisions of Section 5.07 of the Lease.
C-3
SCHEDULE D
LANDLORDS WORK
Part 1
150 Elgin Street
LANDLORDS BASE BUILDING WORK
In this Schedule D, the term Premises shall mean the Leased Premises. The following Base Building Conditions will be provided (supplied and installed) at Landlords sole cost and expense (unless specifically stated otherwise) for the Premises leased by the Tenant to allow for reasonably unimpeded commencement of Leasehold Improvement construction by or for the Tenant. Drawings for Base Building construction improvements shall be paid by Landlord.
1. | GENERAL |
Building standard public corridors in common areas, and code compliant elevator cars, elevator lobbies in common areas, washrooms.
City of Ottawa may require ceiling tile and sprinklers to be installed and operational. Provided the Landlord and Tenant have agreed (and Tenant design is complete on schedule), the Landlord will install ceiling tiles to Tenant design. The Landlord has installed sprinklers on all floors on an open layout design and the Tenant acknowledges that any modification to the sprinkler layout shall be subject to the approval of the Landlord and at the Tenants sole cost and expense. Ceiling tiles, light fixtures and sensors may be left on a pallet on the floor for installation by Tenant at Tenant cost if Tenant design is not completed on schedule.
Locking devices and closers for all Building exit, stairwell, electrical/telephone and other Building core doors.
Landlord shall supply base building drawings (architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing and fire protection) electronically in AutoCAD version 2000 or more current format to the Tenant for their use.
There shall be no charges to the Tenant or the Tenants contractors for after-hours access to the Premises. For full floor tenant occupancy, the Base Building condition does not include corridors, suite doors or exit doors, elevator lobby finishes to floor, wall or ceiling. Elevator surrounds are Base Building format. The Tenant acknowledges that its design for the 7 th Floor must include a corridor to provide a secondary entrance for the purposes of ingress and egress to the roof-top terrace, to be constructed at the Tenants expense .
Multi-tenant floors include corridors, exit and entry doors to meet code, floor, wall and ceiling finished to inside edge of elevator lobby and corridor. For multi-tenant or cross over floors, the lobby and corridor construction may be delayed to coincide with the design and construction of the Tenant build-out, subject to building occupancy requirements. Cross-over floors are floors 6, 11, 16 and 21.
2. | FLOOR CONDITION |
Areas leveled subsequent to initial pouring of slab to be sealed after curing. Floor leveling not complying with this requirement discovered during Tenant Improvement construction shall be remedied by the Landlord.
Finished surfaces to be free of pits and cracks, ready to receive carpet or hard/resilient materials.
The Tenant reserves the right to install raised flooring on any or all of the Premises it being understood that the cost associated therewith is Tenants cost.
Floor leveling shall meet the standard outlined in the structural specification (attached as Item 1, Part 2 of this Schedule D). Adherence to the standard may require additional leveling by the Tenant, in areas receiving large tiles or stone. The floor levels will be surveyed by the Landlord prior to start of Tenant fixturing. All floors shall be sealed.
3. | WALL, COLUMN, LOBBY, CORE AND PERIMETER BULKHEAD CONSTRUCTION & FINISHES |
All core walls including, but not limited to, tenant facing side of elevator shafts, stair shafts, freestanding and engaged columns, save and except prefinished round columns, perimeter window wall knee-walls and bulkheads, and other core elements to be furred with drywall, taped, sanded, and ready to receive final Tenant finishes to a minimum height of 9-0 (save walls designed to lower height) above each floor. At corridor (on crossover floors or multi-tenant floors) and adjacent the Tenant demising walls, Landlord shall frame the wall and provide one sheet of 5/8 fire code drywall from floor to the structural slab on face of studs opposite from Premises, with tenant corridor side of partition finished with base building standard finishes stacked and ready for installation by the Tenant.
D-1
Provide new building standard window coverings. Coverings shall be cleaned and stored by the Landlord and will not be installed by the Landlord until just before the Tenants occupancy, but prior to furniture installation, upon reasonable notice from the Tenant. Base Building window coverings are Solarfective single manually chain operated Teleshade, T-1 style with Sheer Weave SW4000 sun control (5% openness), fabric 505 mid grey, clear anodized with child-safe chain retainers. At the option of the Tenant, the Landlord will provide a credit for the supply and installation of standard window coverings.
4. | OTHER PERIMETER FINISHES |
Building perimeters will be fully finished as relates to water proofing, caulking, glazing and metal finishing, including all required glass replacement (in the event of defects and/or cracked or broken panes), glass cleaning on exterior, metal touch-up and cleaning, and any other actions required to render the perimeters to a tenant-ready condition.
At the time of premises turnover for Tenant fixturing, a premises inspection will be undertaken with a mutually agreed acceptance of readiness for Tenant fixturing. In the event of disagreement the Landlords architects decision shall be final.
5. | CEILINGS |
Provide a credit for the supply and installation of the grids and for the supply of the tile only.
The space between the 9-0 high T-bar ceiling and the underside of the structure is a minimum of 23 inches.
6. | WASHROOMS |
Finished toilet rooms included within the core area on the office floors which comply with Building Code regulations and provide for handicapped accessibility in accordance with applicable code.
7. | HVAC WORK |
Systems Operation Standards Landlord provided HVAC system for all general office and ancillary areas, in operation during regular business hours in accordance with the Lease, shall be sufficient to maintain the following temperatures within the Building (Based on Climatic Data in Ottawa Building By-Law 1% winter, 2 1/2 % summer):
For detailed design see Part 2 of this Schedule D, 150 Elgin Street Base Building Specifications, Mechanical Systems.
8. | TENANT FIXTURING |
Landlord shall provide reasonably temperate heating, air conditioning and ventilation to the Premises during the period, including after Business Hours for work which Landlord requires contractor to perform on an after-hours basis. Post Tenant fixturing air balancing cannot be completed until after completion of Tenant Fixturing and same shall be completed at Tenants expense.
After the commencement of Tenant Fixturing, there shall be no restrictions on the Tenants placement of furniture within the Premises including, but not limited to, proximity to exterior wall of Building provided that the Landlord will require access to clean windows.
After completion of Dusty Work and just prior to completion of Tenant Fixturing, at the Tenants request at no additional cost to the Tenant, Landlord shall turn on HVAC within Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, fourteen (14) days in advance of the Tenants occupancy for the purpose of conducting business.
Throughout the weekend (s) in which the Tenant moves into the Premises beginning at 6:00 PM Friday and through 2:00 AM Monday, Landlord shall provide HVAC services to the Premises at no charge to the Tenant.
9. | ELECTRICAL WORK |
There shall be available at the core on each floor of the Premises, electrical capacity to service each such floor to at least five (5) watts per usable square foot, demand load, which shall be in addition to any watts needed to operate the base building equipment servicing the Premises including HVAC systems within or outside of the Premises.
The Landlord to furnish and install electrical sub-metering for the rented space. The Base Building specifications include one (1) electrical sub meter per floor for receptacle power assuming single tenancy per floor which meter is for Landlord metering and not for direct Hydro billing. The Tenant shall be permitted to install electrical devices and conduit in perimeter knee-walls and exterior building column furr-outs. The Tenant acknowledges that all drywall has already been installed in the Leased Premises and the cost of breaking and repairing or reinstalling drywall in connection with the installation of electrical devices and conduits shall be for the cost of the Tenant.
10. | FIRE HOSE, VALVE AND EXTINGUISHER CABINETS |
D-2
As required by Code, provide recessed fire hose, valve and extinguisher cabinets (complete with fire extinguishers) for turn-over to the Tenants contractor (if applicable) finished and complete with hoses based on locations shown on final tenant improvement partition plans. Location to be coordinated with the Tenants architect or designer. Landlord to furnish and install wall mounted extinguishers in all Building mechanical and electrical rooms in accordance with applicable code.
11. | SAFETY SYSTEMS |
Provide emergency exit lights and signs at Building common areas, multi-tenant corridors, elevator lobbies, toilet rooms and similar spaces with all emergency circuits, fire alarm pull stations, life safety communication speakers, smoke detectors, strobes and connection to fire annunciator panel as required by City and/or Provincial codes and sprinkler system to the boundaries of the Tenants Premises to open plan.
Provide fire proofing at all existing structural members as required by applicable code.
12. | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM |
The Building will be served by two (2) separate telecommunications service entrances capable of receiving service from multiple telecommunications vendors to a single telecommunications room.
Landlord will provide the Tenant with dedicated sleeves between the stacked telecommunication rooms as identified elsewhere to run its telephone, data and satellite transmission cabling to equipment located or to be located in the applicable telephone and/or data equipment closets or other areas of the Building designated for such purposes. Should the Tenant elect to have dedicated communication risers (copper or fiber), Landlord shall allow the Tenant, at the Tenants sole cost to install such dedicated riser cable from the main Base Building Demarc directly to the Tenants Data Center / MDF within their Premises.
Cable TV at Tenants cost and design Available for the Tenant to connect on its floors. Landlord to contract with cable provider.
Two riser banks are available to serve the high-rise and the low rise floors. Redundancy can be achieved with separate conduit runs in a single riser bank or in two riser banks serving the floor in proximity to the 14th floor. For clarity, the riser banks consist of sleeves in each of the stacked telecom rooms.
For purposes of orderly installation, organizing, and maintaining and record drawing providing security of telecom infrastructure, a riser manager will be engaged to carry out work within the riser network of the Building, at market rates.
Telco infrastructure costs, such as fiber or copper cabling, will be the responsibility of the Tenant.
13. | PLUMBING |
Waste, water and vent riser for the Tenants plumbing tie-ins at no less than 2 two evenly distributed locations on the floor.
Fixtures Mop basin in janitors closet. Janitors closet shall be in a separate room, accessible from the public circulation areas of the floor on multi-tenant or crossover floors.
Janitors closets are provided on each floor such that maximum travel to access a janitors closet is 2 floors. A water supply tap is provided at each floor.
14. | SECURITY |
The Building security system will be provided by the Landlord and provided the Tenant chooses a compatible system, the Tenant shall have the ability to tie-in to the existing Building security system and/or install a Tenant Operated System within their premises at Tenant cost. Save on multi-tenant floors, the Tenant reserves the right to install card readers with electronic door locking devices and intercoms and (subject to applicable code) upgrade finishes at stair shafts to allow the Tenant to use fire stairs for vertical circulation between the Tenants floors.
The Landlord at its cost, will provide conduit in stairwell doorways to facilitate the installation of security card readers as above. The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord has installed a fully integrated base building harmony locking system with security card readers.
Provided the Tenant chooses a compatible system to the Building security system, the Tenant shall retain control and responsibility of programming and issuing security cards to its employees. The Landlord will provide up to 500 security cards (as determined by the Tenant) to the Tenant at no cost to the Tenant. Tenant must pay for any security cards provided to the Tenant over and above 500 security cards.
15. | MISCELLANEOUS |
The Tenant shall have the right to competitively bid and/or select the general contractor and subcontractors to perform Tenant work, subject to the reasonable approval of the Landlord, which
D-3
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Landlord hereby approves the Tenants contractor, The Lake Partnership Inc. and the Tenants architect, Line Box Studio Inc. The Tenant and their contractors shall have reasonable use of the Buildings service elevators for after-hours hoisting and dock access/space at no cost. The Landlord shall use its reasonable efforts to supply, at no cost to the Tenant and their contractors, a materials staging area, dumpster location adjacent to the loading dock capable of accommodating a forty cubic yard dumpster during the construction process.
Service elevator and loading dock use during tenant construction shall be coordinated by the Landlord to accommodate the various contractors working within the Building. Washrooms on the Tenant floors shall be turned over to the Tenant at the start of the fixturing period.
16. Appendix 1 to Schedule D sets out, for clarity, those material and/or labour credits to be given to the Tenant in connection with the Landlords Work.
D-4
Part 2
150 Elgin Street
Base Building Specifications
In this Schedule D, the term Premises shall mean the Leased Premises.
Proposed Base Building
150 Elgin Street is planned as a 21 storey, high-rise, mixed-use building located in downtown Ottawa bordered by Elgin and Gloucester Street and Laurier Avenue West.
The composition of the complex includes the following:
a. | At the ground floor, commercial spaces such as boutiques, a gourmet food market, restaurants, various amenities and a winter garden. |
b. | 20 floors of office space located in the upper levels of the Building starting on the 2 nd floor. |
c. | 3 levels of parking provided below ground for Building and public use, totaling 213 cars. |
d. | Panoramic rooftop gardens located above off the 4 th and 7 th floors. |
A separate ground floor lobby will be created for the office component of the Project with direct access from Gloucester Street, off Laurier Avenue and Elgin Street. Each office floor will have service provided by six (6) elevators. The Rentable Area of the office component is approximately 351,054 square feet, which on a per floor basis ranges from 25,300 square feet to 11,600 square feet.
Building Classification Structural System
The office component of the Building is classified by the National Building Code and Ontario Building Code as Group D: Business and Personal Services Buildings, and shall be of non-combustible construction. The floor assemblies shall be fire-separated with a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours. All load-bearing walls, columns shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours and it will be free of all dangerous or environmentally contaminating materials. The Building will be designed in accordance with the National Building Code and Ontario Building Code Standards for Barrier Free Design.
The structure shall consist of reinforced concrete columns and slabs both below grade (storage and parking levels) and above grade (offices and amenities), all on a 30-0 x 30-0 (9,145 x 9,145) bay system and on a modular grid of 5-0 x 5-0 (1,520 x 1,520). Imperial dimension type ceiling grid.
Exterior Envelope
The exterior envelope of the Building shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of Part 5 of the 2005 National Building Code.
Exterior walls will be installed in precast concrete panels and will consist of sandwich type wall construction, with exterior surfaces in precast concrete panels, backed with rigid insulation, a continuous air barrier, metal studs and interior drywall finish. The minimum thermal resistance of the wall assembly shall be R-20. Walls to have finished gypsum board with one coat of primer.
Curtain wall sections shall be Duranar and/or clear anodized finished aluminum and glass, with insulated spandrel panels, backed by an interior drywall finish. Glazing shall be tinted thermal-sealed units. All glazing shall be low-emissivity glass. The entire curtain wall system shall meet the rain-screen principle and all the requirements of applicable codes for wind loads, deflection, condensation, water and air infiltration. The spandrel assembly shall have an effective thermal resistance of R-7. The windows and frames shall be designed so that no condensation occurs on interior surfaces at 30% interior RH with an exterior temperature of -25C. Interior finish to be clear anodized.
The windows in precast panels shall be punched windows, finished with clear anodized aluminum frames thermally broken and finished in thermosetting acrylic paint. Glazing shall be tinted with low-emissivity sealed units, and to meet all the requirements of applicable codes for wind loads, condensation, and water and air infiltration. All windows shall be provided with commercial office grade sun shade systems. The Landlord shall provide the Tenant with a sample of and specifications for the Base Building sun shade system.
Roof
The roof assembly shall be inverted type roofing, with two (2) layers of modified asphalt membrane reinforced with polyester sheet. Insulation shall be rigid extruded polystyrene two (2) layers of 2 each, covered with filtering membrane and gravel ballast. The roof assembly shall have a minimum thermal resistance of R-20, and shall meet the requirements of CAN2 37-GP-50M.
D-5
Interior Finishes still in co-ordination with the Landlords architect, however current specifications include:
Main entrance and elevator lobby to the office tower
Floor finishes shall be high-quality stone/granite/ceramic tile. Recessed floor grilles shall be provided in front of exterior doors.
Wall finishes shall be combination of materials such as stone, metal/ceramic tile/ wood veneer/ glass and painted drywall. Ceiling shall be painted drywall 14-0 high with cove lighting and some accent lighting.
A custom-designed reception desk shall be provided and will include monitoring equipment of Building security and elevator controls.
Typical floor elevators, lobbies
Floor finishes shall be commercial quality carpet and/or ceramic tile accented with granite/ceramic tile. Walls shall be finished in drywall and glazing. Ceilings shall be painted drywall 9-0 high, coffered with cove lighting and recessed fluorescent perimeter lighting. Elevator directional signs will be provided at each lobby.
Washrooms
Walls shall be finished with ceramic tiles. Floors shall be covered with non-slip ceramic tiles with matching cove bases. Ceiling shall be suspended 8-0 high drywall painted with recessed fluorescent cove lighting. Toilet partitions to be metal finish, ceiling-hung and fixtures are to be wall-mounted. Toilet accessories are to be recessed and have stainless steel finishes.
Vanity tops and full fronts to be solid-surface material with mirrors full width over vanity top on typical floors. Handicapped facilities are to be provided on every floor and shall be designed to OBC and National Building Code requirements for barrier free access, in compliance with CSA-B651-04.
Each washroom shall be provided with the following:
| Paper towel dispenser, high speed hand dryers and waste receptacle |
| Double roll toilet tissue holder (in each toilet) |
| Feminine napkin disposal (in each ladies water closet) |
| Vanity mounted soap dispenser |
| Grab bars in handicapped toilets |
Mechanical, Janitor and Electrical Rooms on Each Floor
Walls in service areas to be waterproof drywall - with tile behind sinks - or concrete block painted. Ceiling to be exposed concrete structure painted. Floors to be sealed or painted.
Base Building Finish of Office Areas
Ceiling 9-0 high with 20 x 60 acoustical ceiling tiles in a grid of 5-0 x 5-0 on exposed T bar metal suspension. Acoustical panels with a high NRC 35 STC minimum acoustical rating, Class A, washable matte white finish with light reflectance over 75%.
Light fixtures are to be integrated into the ceiling grid.
In the event Tenants design is not completed in accordance with the agreed upon schedule, then the Landlord will install emergency fixtures and life safety devices and at the Tenants request provide ceiling tiles, light fixtures, and sensors on a pallet on each floor with installation to be by the Tenant at Tenants cost. Landlord shall provide a credit for the installation cost of the T-bar ceiling, if Landlords standard T-bar ceiling is not installed by the Landlord.
Interior columns (except for round concrete columns) shall be finished with drywall, taped, sanded and primed.
Basement Storage Areas
Floors to be steel-trowelled concrete with integral hardener.
Walls to be painted concrete block or concrete.
Basement headroom minimum 7-0 clear below all pipes and ducts except where specifically approved. Otherwise, to be exposed concrete structure.
D-6
Parking Garage
Three (3) levels of parking shall be provided below grade.
Doors to the parking garage shall be insulated metal overhead electrical doors with card or key control.
Parking floor shall be concrete with waterproofing membrane.
Walls to be painted concrete or concrete block. Ceiling to be exposed concrete structure.
Ground Floor Service and Storage Areas
An interior loading area shall be provided with dock leveler. Door to the loading dock to be insulated metal overhead electrical doors 18 (5,480) x 12 (3,660).
Floor of the service areas to be steel-trowelled concrete with integral hardener and sealer.
Walls to be painted concrete or concrete blocks.
An air-conditioned waste storage room with industrial compactor shall be provided.
Storage area will have clear 10 (3,050) ceiling height. Doorways to storage shall be 1500mm minimum width.
Exterior Entrance Doors
All exterior entrances shall have a vestibule or weather lock. Main entrance doors and sidelights shall be in heavy duty commercial anodized aluminum, with clear tempered glass, thermal breaks in frames and concealed door closers. Attention marking shall be provided on fixed sidelights adjacent to doors.
All service doors to the exterior to be insulated metal doors with thermal breaks in the frames. All exterior exit doors shall be provided with a panic device and door closer.
All entrances shall be designed to OBC and National Building Code requirements for barrier free access, in compliance with CSA-B651-04.
Interior Doors and Finishing Hardware
All interior doors located in the Building core to be 30 x 7-0 solid core wood or metal doors in pressed steel frames, and fire-rated to code requirements depending on the location.
Washroom doors shall be 3-0 x 7-0 solid core metal doors in pressed steel frames .
All interior basement level doors shall be 3-0 x 7-0 hollow metal doors in pressed steel frames. Doors and frames to be fire-rated as required and all interior hardware to be heavy-duty commercial grade, stainless steel finish.
Stairwells
Stairs shall be in concrete construction or steel construction with concrete treads and landings with non-slip finish and closed risers. All walls, ceilings, stringers, stair treads, landing risers and handrails to be painted.
Window Washing Equipment
The window washing equipment shall consist of davit arms systems. All necessary anchor bases and safety anchors will be installed on the roof, attached to the Building structure in conformity with all applicable codes. The Building shall be provided with two davit arms stored on the roof. In addition, all necessary water and electrical outlets shall be installed at the roof level. Platform will not be provided as part of the Building cost.
Vertical Transportation Systems
Six (6) passenger elevators of minimum 3,500 lbs. capacity and 700 FPM shall be provided to serve all office floors. All passenger elevator cabs shall be designed to reflect the materials and finishes used in the ground floor lobby. Each cab will be provided with centre-opening doors and will have two handicapped accessible operating stations with illuminated push buttons, a car position indicator and emergency telephone connected to the security control desk. One of the six elevators shall service all three levels of underground parking and all floors of the Building and will serve as a service elevator with a 5,000 lbs. capacity.
Two (2) passenger elevators of 3,500 lbs. and 5,000 lbs. capacity and 500 FPM shall be provided to serve all parking levels to the seventh floor.
D-7
Elevator control panels to be located at the security desk and shall have the capability of adding security card access. One (1) elevator to be designated as the firemans service elevator with emergency power and operation, all per code requirements.
Structural Description
Foundation
The design of the foundations for this Project is based on Geotechnical Report No. PG1821-1, as prepared by Paterson Group Inc. The Building will be founded on caissons and/or conventional concrete pad footings bearing on bedrock. The lowest basement slab will be a 300mm structural slab on grade designed to support parking floor load requirements as well as resisting upward groundwater pressures.
Parking Floor Structure
The parking floor slab will be a 220mm structural slab with 3100mm x 3100mm x 250mm drop panels, supported by columns on a 9145mm x 9145mm (30-0 x 30-0) grid.
Ground Floor Structure
The ground floor slab will be a 250mm structural slab with 3100mm x 3100mm x 250mm drop panels, supported by columns on a 9145mm x 9145mm (30-0 x 30-0) grid.
Typical Office Floor Structure
The construction of the typical office floor slabs will be 230mm slab with 3100mm x 3100mm x 240mm drop panels, supported by columns on a 9145mm x 9145mm (30-0 x 30-0) grid. It should be noted that typical class A office loading, which includes regular filing cabinets (5 drawer maximum) is 3.8 kPa (80 psf). National Building Code of Canada live load requirement for office floors is 2.4 kPa (50 psf). Concrete floor slabs, smooth machine finish levelled to 8mm/3m span, free of structurally material cracks.
Roof Structure
Roof areas will be of concrete construction with varying thickness to provide proper slopes for drainage.
Lateral Bracing System (Seismic and Wind)
Concrete shear walls will resist lateral loads, which are transferred by horizontal diaphragm action through the slabs. The majority of the lateral loads will be taken out by the elevator core with any additional shear wall requirements located in between suites and along the exterior walls to minimize disruption and flow of program areas.
Design Authority
National Building Code of Canada 2010 and Ontario Building Code 2006.
Reference Standards
| CAN/CSA A23.3-04 Design of Concrete Structures |
| CAN/CSA S16-09 Limit States Design of Steel Structures |
| CSA S304.1-94 Masonry Design for Buildings (Limit States Design) |
Deflection Criteria
For concrete beams and slabs, long-term creep plus live load deflections are limited to the span/300.
For structural steel elements, the live load deflection is limited to span/360 and the total deflection is limited to span/300.
All design limits meet or exceed the deflection requirements of the National Building Code of Canada.
Vibration Criteria
As per standards provided in the National Building Code of Canada.
Design Loads
Roofs
| Snow, drifting snow and rain loads as per the National Building Code of Canada |
D-8
| Basic snow load = 2.32 kPa (48 psf) plus snow drifting (includes a rain load of 0.4 kPa) |
Floors: Office
| Basic = 4.8 kPa (includes a partition allowance of 1.0 kPa) |
| Allowances will be made for higher live load requirements of battery and UPS storage areas |
Ground Floor
| Basic live load of 4.8 kPa (100 psf) plus an additional 1.25 kPa (25 psf) for partitions |
Parking/Basement Floor
| Basic live load of 2.4 kPa (50 psf) |
Mechanical Rooms
| 4.8 kPa (100 psf) minimum or specified equipment loads and housekeeping pads |
Wind and Earthquake
| As per the National Building Code of Canada |
| Design wind load (1 in 50) = 0.41 kPa |
Earthquake Factors
PGA (Peak Ground Acceleration): 0.42g
Site Classification for Seismic Site Response: Site Class C
Material Specifications
Concrete Strength
Footings & shear walls | fc = 30/35/40/45 MPa | |||
All other | fc = 25/30 MPa |
Concrete Mix
Fly ash as a partial substitute for cement will be used as much as possible to increase the sustainable issues of the design. For columns, walks, curbs, footings and slabs on grade a maximum of 25% of the cement will be replaced with fly ash. For suspended slabs the amount of fly ash content will be determined by construction time constraints as the addition of fly ash regards the strength gain of the concrete mix which increases the stripping time of formwork. Also, the fact that the presence of fly ash reduces the durability of the concrete, the amount of fly ash used will be have to be determined in conjunction with the floor finishes of the slab in consideration.
Reinforcing Steel
| G30.18 (f y = 400 MPa) |
Structural Steel: General
| G40.21M 350 W |
HSS (Tube) Sections
| G40.21M 350 W (Class C) |
Concrete Masonry Block
| Compressive Strength 15MPa (net area). |
| Reinforced as per Masonry Design for Buildings Code (S304.1-94) |
Concrete Quality Control
| Construction: CSA A23.1-04 |
| Testing: CSA A23.2-04 |
D-9
Mechanical Systems
Outdoor Design
Summer Outdoor Design | 32oC db +/- 1oC, 55% R.H. | |||
Winter Outdoor Design | -27oC db |
Indoor Design
Summer Indoor Design | 24oC db +/- 1oC, 60% R.H. | |||
Winter Indoor Design | 21oC db +/- 1oC, 20% R.H. |
Humidity levels shall be controlled in the office spaces during winter.
General Overview
Mechanical systems shall be provided in accordance with the requirements as outlined in Schedule A of the Offer to Lease (Tenants Design Brief and Landlords Specifications)
Ventilation Rates
Design ventilation rates shall be in accordance with the latest edition of ASHRAE Standard 62-2007 and shall not be less than 10 L/S per person. Demand based ventilation will be provided using CO 2 monitoring control. Interior environment shall not exceed 800 PPM CO 2 . Additional outside air will be provided in areas requiring make-up air.
The ventilation system shall be capable of providing 100% fresh air for Building flushing.
Occupant Density
Occupant densities, used for comfort cooling and ventilation purposes, shall be 14m 2 per person in all office areas.
Lighting Load
The lighting load, used for air conditioning purposes, will be in accordance with the electrical division lighting design.
Equipment Load
The equipment load, used for air conditioning purposes, will be 30 watts per m 2 of usable floor space. Additional supplementary capacity shall be provided at each office level.
Mechanical Noise
Sound control and vibration isolation techniques shall meet the following noise criteria requirements.
Private Offices | NC 30-35 | |||
General office space in excess of 6.0 meters from core areas | NC 35-40 | |||
General office space within 6.0 meters of core areas | NC 35-40 | |||
Lobbies, corridors, and areas adjacent to the core and/or mechanical duct shafts | NC 40-45 | |||
Service spaces and parking garages | NC 45-50 |
Thermal Comfort Requirements
The capacity of the mechanical systems and the operation thereof during Business Hours, will comply with the thermal comfort standards as defined in ASHRAE 55-2004, Thermal Environment Conditions for Human Occupancy.
Heating System
Building heating will be provided by multiple gas-fired condensing type hot water boilers located in the mechanical penthouse.
D-10
Cooling System
Building cooling will be provided by multiple non CFC-based centrifugal chillers. The chillers will be located in a mechanical penthouse. Associated cooling towers shall be located outdoors adjacent to the mechanical penthouse. The chilled water pumping system shall be complete with variable speed drives to conserve energy during periods of reduced chilled water demand.
Humidification System
Building humidification will be provided by multiple gas-fired humidifiers located in the mechanical penthouse.
Ventilation Systems
Building ventilation will be provided by heat/cool make-up air unit located in the mechanical penthouse. A variable frequency drive shall be provided to minimize fan energy consumption during periods of reduced occupancy.
Outside air intakes will be located in a manner to be free of pollutants. Exhaust and relief air outlets (i.e. chimneys, flue gas stack, cooling towers, etc.) will be located well clear of intakes to meet Ministry of the Environment guidelines.
The make-up air unit for the Building ventilation will be provided with 2-stage filtration. Pre-filters shall be rated for MERV 6. Final filters shall be rated for MERV 13.
All enclosed areas used as indoor car parking garages will be ventilated in accordance with Ontario Building Code requirements. Air pressures within the garage area will be maintained negative in relation to surrounding building areas.
HVAC Systems Typical Floor
Ceilings shall be free of base building cross floor exhaust ducts and exit stair pressurization ducts subject to multiple tenant floor requirements.
Typical floors will be conditioned by compartmental VAV air handling units, one per floor, to meet the required air conditioning load. Unit fan(s) shall be supplied with variable frequency drives for reduced energy consumption. Each compartmental unit will be provided with 2-stage filtration. Pre-filters shall be rated for MERV 6. Final filters shall be rated for MERV 13.
Air distribution shall be overhead. Shut-off VAV terminals shall provide local temperature control, one per 450 square feet for the perimeter zones, one per 900 square feet for interior zones.
Perimeter zones shall be provided at each structural bay and at each corner of the floor plate. Linear ceiling diffusers shall be provided along the perimeter zones for distribution of conditioned air.
Each compartmental air handling unit will be supplied with the required outside air volume through a pressure independent, constant volume terminal unit at each floor.
Perimeter heating shall be provided by hydronic heating located at the windows. VAV terminal units shall sequence control of heating valves to avoid simultaneous heating and cooling.
Washrooms will be ventilated at 10L/s per square meter or at the minimum ventilation rate required by the current edition of the Ontario Building Code. Capped connections for an additional 95Ls exhaust capacity will also be provided at each floor for future use.
Auxiliary cooling shall be provided to support a minimum cooling capacity of 15 tons per floor. Valved and capped connections will be provided at each floor.
Service and storage spaces shall be heated and cooled as required to limit space temperature of the equipment/material contained therein.
Building Automation System
The Building will be equipped with a Building Automation System (BAS) that is web based consisting of a network of DDC based building automation controllers using an acceptable industry standard open communication protocol. The system will be incorporated as part of the overall strategy to reduce energy consumption while providing the desired environmental conditions within the Building. The BAS manufacturer will be a recognized leader in the control system industry.
Plumbing
Complete systems of sanitary and storm drainage will be provided.
D-11
A complete system of domestic hot and cold water will be provided to accommodate the Leased Premises including washrooms, janitor rooms, and any plumbing fixtures forming part of eventual Lessees improvements.
Domestic hot water will be provided to suit fixture requirements. The hot water will be supplied at a constant temperature of 43 ° C.
Water hammer arresters will be installed on each group of fixtures as recommended by the Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI-WH 201.
Floor drains will be provided in all washrooms. Drains will also be provided in mechanical rooms and service spaces as required. Washroom floor drains will be primed from an automatic priming system.
Roof drains shall be of control flow type to satisfy storm drainage runoff as required by the municipality.
Thermal insulation shall be provided on all domestic water piping, horizontal sections of storm drainage piping, all air conditioning unit condensate drains and steam/condensate piping for humidification.
Fuel oil piping will be provided in accordance with applicable codes (i.e. O.B.C., Installation Code for Oil Burning Equipment latest edition) and authorities having jurisdiction to suit the new emergency generator. The main oil storage tank would be located in the lowest level of the parking garage with pumps to pump the fuel up to the generator set day tank. The fill and vent for the main oil storage tank would be located at the ground floor level in an accessible location. Fuel oil storage tanks will be double wall containment type.
The plumbing system materials shall consist of the following:
Materials
Below grade drainage and vent | Cast iron or PVC | |||
Above grade sanitary and vent | Copper or cast iron | |||
Above grade storm | Cast iron | |||
Water piping below grade | Type K copper and cement lined ductile iron | |||
Water piping above grade | Type M copper |
Fixtures
Flow rates shall be in accordance with Schedule A of the Offer to Lease (Tenants Design Brief and Landlords Specifications)
Water closets shall be low flush water saver type wall mounted with automatic electronic flush valves
Lavatories shall be vitreous china or stainless steel with infrared automatic faucets.
Urinals shall be wall mounted type.
Rough in for Drinking fountains, if required shall be recessed barrier free refrigerated type and provided on each floor outside the washrooms.
Janitors sinks shall be floor mounted molded stone base type.
Fire Protection
The Building is to be completely protected with an automatic sprinkler system designed to the following requirements:
| National Fire Protection Associated (NFPA 13) |
| Ontario Building Code (O.B.C.) |
The garage area will be zoned and protected by a Wet sprinkler system and by a dry system on the ramp and loading area.
The office floors will have a wet single stage system with individual zones per floor. Sprinkler heads will be exposed and upright. On multi-tenant elevator lobbies and in all washrooms the sprinkler heads are concealed.
A ULC listed fire pump shall be provided to supply both the sprinkler system and the standpipe system. System shall be on emergency power.
D-12
Fire host cabinets with 38 mm hose connections and 65 mm hose connections will be provided throughout the garage and office tower in accordance with the O.B.C. to provide coverage with 30 m (100 ft) of 38 mm hoses. Fire extinguishers shall be provided as required by code. The parking garage standpipe shall be wet.
Upright sprinkler heads will be provided in the garage and office areas with no ceilings.
Electrical
General
The following electrical features will be implemented and maintained in the Building:
| Safety to personnel during operation and maintenance |
| Ease of maintenance for equipment maintained by non-specialized personnel |
| Flexibility and reliability of electrical services |
| Energy conservation with respect to systems and equipment and their operation |
Proper coordination of all elements of the system as to:
| Insulation levels |
| Interrupting capacities |
| Protective Relaying |
| Mechanical Strength |
The electrical systems will be provided in accordance with the requirements as outlined in Schedule A of the Offer to Lease (Tenants Design Brief and Landlords Specifications)
Electrical work will conform to the Canadian Electrical Code, Canada Labour Code Part IV and applicable Provincial and Municipal Codes and Regulations.
Systems and equipment will be CSA approved.
Electrical systems will comply with the Model National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings.
Fire alarm stations, wall switches and other control and operating mechanisms and receptacles will be installed at heights in accordance with CAN/CSA-B651-95 Barrier Free Design Standards.
Illumination Levels
Lighting at desktop level (750 mm above floor level) in the Leased Premises and at floor level in all other areas will not be less than the maintained nominal luminance levels below. The arrangement of lighting fixtures will be such as to provide an illumination with uniformity of 0.8 (minimum / average = 0.8) over an open floor layout based on the base building drawings. The illumination levels will be determined using standard reflectances.
Lux | Area | |
450 | Leased office space based on an open floor plate and standard reflectances. | |
300 | Entrance foyers, elevator lobbies and storage space | |
150 | Base building corridors, stairways and elevators | |
300 | Base building washrooms | |
100 | Parking entrances | |
50 | Interior parking areas | |
30 | Ground level exterior lighting | |
10 | Exterior parking |
Lighting Fixtures
Light fixtures will be 20 x 60 lay in fixtures complete with 2 x 32W T8 lamps and acrylic lens.
In the event that base building light fixtures or lenses are not required by the Tenant, the Landlord shall provide a credit in respect of the labour costs for installation of same .
D-13
Lenses
Where required, lenses will be clear virgin acrylic with prismatic configurations and will have UV inhibitors.
Styrene lenses will not be provided.
In the event that base building light fixtures or lenses are not required by the Tenant, the Landlord shall provide a credit in respect of the labour costs for installation of same.
Lamps
Fluorescent lamps will conform to the Energy Efficiency standards outlined in ASHRAE 90.1 IES, MNECB requirements of the O.B.C. Fluorescent lamps will be rapid start 3500 degree Kelvin and minimum 20,000 hour lamp life. Low mercury fluorescent lamps will be utilized.
HID lamps with self-extinguishing feature when the outer glass envelope breaks, will be used in all applications where continuous activities are conducted (i.e. Atria) and the luminaire is not lensed
HID lamps will be minimum 14,000 hour lamp life.
Halogen lamps, generally only in specialty areas, will be medium base rated at 130 volts with minimum 5,000 hour lamp life.
Ballasts
Ballasts will be of the energy efficient type and shall conform to ANSI C82 applicable series and ANSI C82.11/1993. Ballasts for fluorescent lamps will conform to CSA, C861 and C654-M91 standards. Ballasts for fluorescent lamps with lamp wattage rating exceeding 18 watts and for all T5 type lamps will have an integral end-of-life sensing circuit which automatically disconnects the lamp when it is nearing its end-of-life state.
Fluorescent ballasts will be programmed rapid start electronic type with high power factor, maximum 10% THD, low sound level, non-resetting thermal protection and pressure-sensitive capacitor protection.
6.3 HID (High Intensity Discharge) self-ballasted lamps will not be used.
6.4 HID ballasts will meet or exceed the performance requirements set by ANSI for each specific type
Night-Lights
Night-lights will be provided in general areas and egress corridors to illuminate areas between the doors leading to the landlords premises and local switches to permit personnel to move safely from the landlords premises to the tenant area. Night-lights will be un-switched and their circuits labeled at panels.
Exterior Lights
Exterior lighting will be located at or near entrance stops, walkways, loading ways, parking areas, exit doors and those locations where regular evening traffic is expected. Security lighting will be provided around entire ground floor Building exterior perimeter. All exterior lighting fixtures will be complete cut-off type and dark-sky certified.
Exit Lighting
Universal, multi-lingual exit signs will be provided at all points of egress in the Building. These signs will be fed from the base building emergency power distribution.
All exit signs will be NRCAN/CSA C860-07 compliant.
Lighting Controls
Microprocessor lighting controls will be used for the lighting of the Building from a central master control unit having field distributed control panels for local zones and local switches. The lighting control system will have the following features:
| Programming functions at the central master control unit with zone control programming delegated to field control panels as operationally required. |
| Display status of lighting controls and operations, including local control devices. |
| Non-proprietary protocol for interoperability by Building Automation System. |
D-14
| Local low voltage switches accessible near the elevator lobby of each floor, with central control provided by master control unit. |
| Lighting control zones in the Leased Premises with relays as required to suit Tenants requirements will be provided during the fit up of the space. |
| Circuit breakers will not be used as manual lighting control. |
| Single manual switches in storage rooms and other discrete areas where occupancy and occupancy patterns make single switches convenient to use. |
| Local switching control for individual room and suites to have integral occupancy sensor. |
| Daylight harvesting will be provided for the fixtures located within 4.5m of the perimeter of the space. |
Power Supply
Power will be supplied from a transformer located in the main electrical room that will be connected to a Hydro Ottawa loop feeder in accordance with Hydro Ottawa Standards.
The 347/600V transformer secondaries will feed a main distribution board located in the main electrical room. The main breaker will be draw-out type to allow ongoing maintenance.
Digital check metering with kilowatt-hours and peak demand readings will be provided on the main boards.
Distribution System
Transformers will conform to CAN/CSA-C801, Maximum losses for distribution, Power and Dry-type Transformers, where the transformer falls within the scope of the standard.
1280/208V transformers serving office areas will be K-rated type.
The electrical system will be capable of providing 120/208V power for 27 watts per square meter for the Lessees equipment in the Premises. 120/208V power will be separately metered on a floor-by-floor basis; 347/600V power will be metered at the main service entrance panels only.
Three (3) 15A 120V circuits comprising seven (7) wires will be provided to a power box located above the dropped ceiling in the centre of each 37 square meter quadrilateral of the Leased Premises. Such wiring will include three (3) circuits each with a dedicated neutral and one insulated ground (bond conductor). All wiring shall be copper, minimum #12 AWG.
Dedicated office panels for each floor are located in the electrical room for each floor.
Fire Alarm System
An integrated microprocessor based on two-stage fire alarm and voice communication system will be provided in accordance with the Ontario Building Code and any applicable Provincial and Municipal Codes and Regulations. Installation to CAN/ULC-S524-01, verification to Can-ULC-S537-04, testing to CAN-ULC-S536-04.
Non-proprietary protocol for interoperability of other Building systems.
The system will employ fully addressable devices allowing specific identification of the device in alarm.
Emergency Power System
An emergency power system will be provided in accordance with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code and any applicable Provincial and Municipal Codes and Regulations.
Installation of the emergency system will be in accordance with CSA C282-00, Emergency Electrical Power Supply for Buildings.
A base building life safety generator will be installed in the penthouse for all base building life safety needs. A separate 500 kW Tenant generator will be installed in the penthouse complete with automatic transfer switch and Tenant emergency distribution panel. Distribution from the tenant generator located in the penthouse to the Tenant floor is the responsibility of the Tenant. A separate Automatic Transfer Switch connected to the base building generator will be provided for Tenants standby power system. The tenant emergency power distribution will be capable of providing up to 50 kVA of UPS loads plus cooling equipment associated with the IT loads with a 25% growth factor.
D-15
APPENDIX 1 TO SCHEDULE D
150 ELGIN PERFORMANCE COURT
SHOPIFY TENANT CREDIT SUMMARY
Item |
Description |
Credit to be
Provided (Y/N) |
Credit Value |
Comments |
||||
6 th Floor | ||||||||
1.00 | Standard base building finishes to be completed | N | N/A | Shopify confirmed work is to be completed per Base Building specification | ||||
2.00 | Remove four access doors and frames at Elevator lobby | N | N/A | Doors and frames have been supplied and frames installed. Removal of frames and doors will be at tenants cost as required | ||||
7 th Floor | ||||||||
1.00 | Provide standard base building floor tile and ceiling finish, light fixtures, tape and prime walls and ceilings | Y | $750.00 plus applicable HST | All base building finishes to be provided with the exception of finish paint | ||||
2.00 | Remove four access doors and frames at Elevator lobby | N | N/A | Doors and frames have been supplied and frames installed. Removal of frames and doors by tenant will be at tenants cost as required | ||||
8 th Floor | ||||||||
1.00 | No base building finishes, except for lobby surround glass | Y | $4,182.00 plus applicable HST | Much of work completed. Demolition of existing works to be completed by tenant. | ||||
2.00 | Remove four access doors and frames at Elevator lobby | N | N/A | Doors and frames have been supplied and frames installed. Removal of frames and doors by tenant will be at tenants cost as required | ||||
9 th Floor | ||||||||
1.00 | Provide standard base building floor tile and ceiling finish, light fixtures, tape and prime walls and ceilings | Y | $750.00 plus applicable HST | All base building finishes to be provided with the exception of finish paint | ||||
2.00 | Remove four access doors and frames at Elevator lobby | N | N/A | Doors and frames have been supplied and frames installed. Removal of frames and doors by tenants as required | ||||
10 th Floor | ||||||||
1.00 | Provide standard base building floor tile and ceiling finish, light fixtures, tape and prime walls and ceilings | Y | $750.00 plus applicable HST | All base building finishes to be provided with exception of finish paint | ||||
2.00 | Remove four access doors and frames at Elevator lobby | N | N/A | Doors and frames have been supplied and frames installed. Removal of frames and doors by tenant will be at tenants cost | ||||
11 th Floor | ||||||||
1.00 | Provide standard base building floor tile and ceiling finish, light fixtures, tape and prime walls and ceilings | Y | $750.00 plus applicable HST | All base building finishes to be provided with exception of finish paint | ||||
2.00 | Remove four access doors and frames at Elevator lobby | N | N/A | Doors and frames have been supplied and frames installed. Removal of frames and doors by tenant will be at tenants cost | ||||
All Floors | ||||||||
1.00 | Deletion of ceiling tile and grid | Y | $163,560.00 plus applicable HST | S/I of grid and supply of grid will be credited | ||||
2.00 | Deletion of base building light fixtures and lenses | Y | $47,598.99 plus applicable HST | Credit for supply only of light fixtures from floors 6 to 11 inclusive | ||||
3.00 | HVAC | Y | $615,578.00 plus applicable HST | Credit for base building HVAC works will be provided beyond ring main |
D-16
SCHEDULE E
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS AND CONDITIONS (if any)
1. | Base Building Work |
The Landlord will at its expense construct the Building and the Leased Premises in accordance with the base-building specifications set out in Schedule D hereto and in accordance with all applicable laws, by-laws and building codes and in a good and workmanlike manner (collectively, the Base Building Work) prior to the Tenant taking possession of the Leased Premises.
Subject to the completion of the Base Building Work and the provisions of Section 3.04 of this Lease, the Tenant agrees to take the Leased Premises in as is where is condition. Any improvements and/or installations to the Leased Premises in addition to the Base Building Work shall be the responsibility of the Tenant at the Tenants cost and expense, in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.00 of the Lease respecting alterations to the Leased Premises. The Tenant shall be responsible for the installation, operation and maintenance of any special equipment required by its occupancy, including telephone, computer, communication facilities and kitchen facilities.
2. | Fixturing Period |
The Landlord will provide not less than fifteen (15) days prior written notice to the Tenant when the Landlords architect has determined that the Base Building Work has been completed to a sufficient state so as to permit the Tenant to commence its fixturing and improvements within the Leased Premises without material interruption from the Landlord or its contractors.
Upon such notice being given, and provided the Tenant has executed and delivered this Lease, the original Letter of Credit and provided the Landlord with proof of the Tenants insurance, the Landlord shall provide the Tenant with joint possession of the Leased Premises (for the purposes of a Landlord approved contractor carrying out and completing the Tenants improvements to the Leased Premises) from January 1, 2014, until February 11, 2014 and from and after February 11, 2014 until the Commencement Date (in respect of the Initial Premises or the Additional Premises, as the case may be) sole possession of the Leased Premises (the Fixturing Period ). The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord will still be completing the Base Building Work during the period between January 1, 2014 and February 11, 2014 and that during such period the Tenant shall not be entitled to exclusive possession of the Leased Premises and the Tenant shall ensure that its use and operations at the Leased Premises do not interfere with the timely completion by the Landlord of the Base Building Work. During the period of joint occupancy, the Landlords contractor will co-operate with work to be performed by the Tenants contractor. All terms of this Lease shall be applicable from the date the Tenant takes possession of the Leased Premises for the purposes of its fixturing, save for the payment of Basic Rent, Operating Costs and Taxes which shall only be payable as of the Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during that portion of the Fixturing Period from and after February 11, 2014, Tenant shall be required to pay for utilities consumed in the Leased Premises and for security and life safety requirements provided by the Landlord. Provided the Building and the Leased Premises have received an occupancy permit from the City of Ottawa, the Tenant may occupy the Leased Premises and conduct business therefrom prior to the Commencement Date in accordance with this Lease, save for payment of Basic Rent, Operating Costs and Taxes which shall only be payable as of the Commencement Date as aforesaid.
3. | Letter of Credit |
A. The Tenant shall obtain at its cost and deliver to the Landlord on or before the date of execution of this Lease by the Tenant an irrevocable and unconditional standby letter of credit issued by a Schedule 1 Canadian chartered bank in favour of the Landlord (the Letter of Credit ) which shall be held by the Landlord as security for:
(i) | repayment of the cost of any Landlords Work with respect to the Leased Premises and other leasing costs such as commission, rent free periods and other inducements, including the Inducement, paid or credited to defray the costs of any Tenants work with respect to the Leased Premises to facilitate this tenancy; and |
(ii) | indemnification by the Landlord with respect to any losses, costs or damages incurred by the Landlord arising out of the failure by the Tenant to pay Rent or any other amounts payable under this Lease or resulting from any failure by the Tenant to observe or perform any obligations contained in this Lease or any default under this Lease or resulting from any termination, surrender, disclaimer or repudiation of this Lease whether by the Landlord as a result of the default of the Tenant; or in connection with any insolvency or bankruptcy of the Tenant or otherwise. |
For greater certainty, the parties agree that the Letter of Credit and the Landlords rights under this Section 3 of Schedule E shall continue in full force and effect and shall not be waived, released, discharged, impaired or affected by reason of the release or discharge of the Tenant in any
receivership, bankruptcy, insolvency, winding-up or other creditors proceedings including, without limitation, any proceedings under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) or the Companies Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) or the surrender, disclaimer, repudiation or termination of this Lease in any such proceedings and shall continue with respect to the periods prior thereto and thereafter as if this Lease had not been surrendered, disclaimed, repudiated or terminated.
B. The Letter of Credit shall contain the following terms and conditions.
(i) | shall be for the amount shown below for the period shown below: |
Effective Period |
Amount Letter of Credit | |||
January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2025 |
$ | 1,000,000.00; |
(ii) | shall be for a term of 1 year and shall be renewed or extended and delivered to the Landlord not less than 30 days prior to the expiry of the then existing Letter of Credit, failing which such default will constitute an Event of Default under this Lease which will allow the Landlord to claim upon the full amount of the Letter of Credit; |
(iii) | shall provide that any Event of Default under this Lease or disclaimer or repudiation of this Lease will allow the Landlord to draw upon a portion of or the full amount of the Letter of Credit, as required to rectify the Event of Default or compensate the Landlord for damages in the event of a disclaimer or repudiation of this Lease, upon presentation of a demand for payment by the Landlord; |
(iv) | shall be transferable by the Landlord without the consent of the Tenant upon notice to and subject to the standard transfer terms required by the issuer of the Letter of Credit if acceptable to the Landlord and the term Landlord shall be deemed to include any such transferee, from time to time; |
(v) | shall be payable at a bank in the city in which the Building is located; payment will be made as instructed at the time of presentation in favour of the beneficiary party only; |
(vi) | payment will be made on sight subject to ICC rules, which permit reasonable time for review and verification of documents; and |
(vii) | shall contain such further provisions required by the Landlord and its solicitors, acting reasonably as agreed upon with the bank and the Tenant, each acting reasonably. |
C. It is understood and agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant that:
(i) | the Landlord shall not be required to commence any Landlords Work provided for in this Lease until the Letter of Credit is received by the Landlord in a form acceptable to it; |
(ii) | the Tenant shall within 15 days of a demand by the Landlord restore the amount of the Letter of Credit to the amount shown in subsection B(i) for the effective period in which such demand is made in the event that all or a portion of the credit available has been drawn down by the Landlord as provided herein. The Tenants failure to do so shall constitute an Event of Default entitling the Landlord, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for in this Lease or at law, to appropriate any remaining balance of the Letter of Credit, and to use or apply such amount as aforesaid. The Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest earned on any proceeds from the Landlord drawing upon the Letter of Credit, but such interest shall form part of the amount which the Landlord shall be entitled to hold and apply as aforesaid; and |
(iii) | upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or the disclaimer or repudiation of this Lease the Landlord may immediately and without notice, in addition to and not in substitution for any other rights and remedies provided for in this Lease or at law, draw upon the Letter of Credit for such amount of the Letter of Credit, including the entire amount, as is necessary, in the Landlords sole discretion, exercised reasonably, to rectify the Event of Default and/or compensate the the Landlord for damages suffered by it as a result of the Tenants default, including, without limitation, for any unamortized portion of the Inducement. |
D. An approved form of Letter of Credit is attached hereto as Schedule M
4. | Tenant Inducement |
As an inducement to the Tenant to enter into this Lease, the Landlord shall pay to the Tenant an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the sum of $30.00 by the Rentable Area of the Leased Premises expressed in square feet, plus Sales Taxes (the Inducement ). It is understood and agreed that the Landlord shall pay the Inducement amount applicable for the Rentable Area of the Initial Premises based upon the Commencement Date and completion of the Tenants Work for the Initial Premises and shall pay the Inducement amount applicable to the Rentable Area of the Additional Premises based upon the Commencement Date and completion of the Tenants Work for
E-2
the Additional Premises. The Inducement shall not be due and payable by the Landlord until after delivery to the Landlord of the following: (i) execution and delivery of the Lease; (ii) delivery to the Landlord of the Letter of Credit; and (iii) delivery to the Landlord of an insurance certificate evidencing fulfillment of the Tenants insurance requirements pursuant to the terms of this Lease. The Inducement shall not be due and payable by the Landlord until after the occurrence or completion of all of the following:
A. | Inducement In Respect of the Initial Premises (Floors 6,7,8,9) |
(a) | commencement of the Term for the Initial Premises; |
(b) | completion of all Tenants Work for the Initial Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease; |
(d) | commencement by the Tenant of the conduct of its business in the Initial Premises; |
(e) | delivery to the Landlord of the following: |
(i) | a statutory declaration of an officer of the contractor which performed the Tenants Work for the Initial Premises that the contract under which such work was performed has been completed or abandoned, as those terms are defined under the current Construction Lien Act (Ontario) or its equivalent (the Act ); |
and one of:
(ii) | declarations of last supply in the form prescribed in the Act given by officers of all of the sub-contractors employed by the contractor in its performance of the Tenants Work for the Initial Premises; |
or
(iii) | a certificate of completion in the form prescribed in the Act in respect of the sub-contract of each sub-contractor employed by the contractor that has performed the Tenants Work for the Initial Premises, together with evidence of delivery of a copy of such certificate to the sub-contractor in respect of whose sub-contract it was given; |
(f) | the expiry of the periods pursuant to the Act within which workers, contractors or suppliers of material or services in connection with completion of the Tenants Work for the Initial Premises may file a claim for lien for unpaid work or service performed or material supplied, provided no claim for lien for unpaid work or service performed or material supplied has been filed and, if such liens have been filed, then only upon such liens and any certificates of action being discharged and or vacated as necessary; |
(g) | the delivery to the Landlord of a current certificate or proof of payment of workers compensation assessments for all Tenants contractors and sub-contractors; and |
(h) | receipted and paid invoices, totaling not less than the Inducement for the Initial Premises, verifying the actual cost of installing the Tenants permanently affixed leasehold improvements in the Initial Premises. It being understood and agreed that, if such invoices total less than the Inducement amount applicable for the Rentable Area of the Initial Premises, the Tenant shall not be entitled to payment of, or a credit for, the difference between the total of the invoices and the Inducement applicable to the Rentable Area of the Initial Premises provided that any remaining difference (the Remaining Initial Premises Inducement ) may be credited against the cost of the Tenants leasehold improvements for the Additional Premises. |
B. | Inducement In Respect of the Additional Premises (Floors 10 and 11) |
(a) | commencement of the Term for the Initial Premises; |
(b) | completion of all Tenants Work for the Additional Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease; |
(c) | commencement by the Tenant of the conduct of its business in the Additional Premises; |
(d) | delivery to the Landlord of the following: |
E-3
(i) | a statutory declaration of an officer of the contractor which performed the Tenants Work for the Additional Premises that the contract under which such work was performed has been completed or abandoned, as those terms are defined under the Act; |
and one of:
(ii) | declarations of last supply in the form prescribed in the Act given by officers of all of the sub-contractors employed by the contractor in its performance of the Tenants Work for the Additional Premises; |
or
(iii) | a certificate of completion in the form prescribed in the Act in respect of the sub-contract of each sub-contractor employed by the contractor that has performed the Tenants Work for the Additional Premises, together with evidence of delivery of a copy of such certificate to the sub-contractor in respect of whose sub-contract it was given; |
(e) | the expiry of the periods pursuant to the Act within which workers, contractors or suppliers of material or services in connection with completion of the Tenants Work for the Additional Premises may file a claim for lien for unpaid work or service performed or material supplied, provided no claim for lien for unpaid work or service performed or material supplied has been filed and, if such liens have been filed, then only upon such liens and any certificates of action being discharged and vacated; |
(f) | the delivery to the Landlord of a current certificate or proof of payment of workers compensation assessments for all Tenants contractors and sub-contractors; and |
(g) | receipted and paid invoices, totaling not less than the Inducement for the Additional Premises, verifying the actual cost of installing the Tenants permanently affixed leasehold improvements in the Additional Premises. It being understood and agreed that, if such invoices total less than the Inducement in the amount applicable for the Rentable Area of the Additional Premises, the Tenant shall not be entitled to payment of, or a credit for, the difference between the total of the invoices and the Inducement applicable to the Rentable Area of the Additional Premises. For clarity any Remaining Initial Premises Inducement shall be applied to receipted and paid invoices for the Tenants leasehold improvements in the Additional Premises. |
Further, no portion of the Inducement shall be due and payable if, at the time it is otherwise payable: (i) the Tenant is in default beyond any applicable cure period under this Lease; (ii) the Landlord has re-entered or become entitled to do so; (iii) the Landlord has distrained; (iv) the Tenant has become bankrupt; or (v) any right, title or interest in the Inducement has been assigned, voluntarily or otherwise, to anyone other than the Tenant or a Permitted Transferee or another Transferee otherwise approved in accordance with the terms of this Lease.
At the time any portion of the Inducement is paid or credited to the Tenant or at any time thereafter, upon request by the Landlord, the Tenant shall execute and deliver to the Landlord a written acknowledgement in a form satisfactory to the Landlord that such portion(s) of the Inducement have been so paid and credited and once the Inducement has been fully credited or paid the Tenant shall provide a written acknowledgement in a form satisfactory to the Landlord that all of the Landlords obligations under this provision have been fully performed and thereafter this Lease shall be deemed to have been amended by deleting this provision therefrom.
5. | HVAC Service Outside of Business Hours |
It is understood that the Tenant will use a portion of the Leased Premises outside of Business Hours and, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.02(d) of the Lease, will require heating, ventilating and air conditioning to such portion of the Leased Premises outside of those hours and days established from time to time by the Landlord as being operating periods for the Building, the cost of which shall be the sole responsibility of the Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.
6. | Storage Space |
The Tenant shall have the right throughout the Term and any extensions or renewals thereof to lease for its exclusive use space for storage and parking of bicycles: (i) of approximately 1,350 square feet at Level 3 within the parking garage (B3-07) and shown on the plan annexed to this Lease as Schedule L-3 (the Level 3 Storage Space ) at a gross rental rate of $10.00 per square foot per annum, plus applicable Sales Taxes, for the first five (5) years of the Term of this Lease and at a gross rental rate of $12.50 per square foot per annum, plus applicable Sales Taxes, for years 6-10 of the Term of this Lease; (ii) of approximately 458 square feet at Level 1 within the parking garage (P-1-17) and shown on the plan annexed to this Lease as Schedule L-1 (the Level 1 Storage Space ) at a gross rental rate of $20.00 per square foot per annum, plus applicable Sales
E-4
Taxes for the first five (5) years of the Term of this Lease and at a gross rental rate of $25.00 per square foot per annum, plus applicable Sales Taxes, for years 6-10 of the Term of this Lease; and (iii) two (2) parking stalls adjacent to the Level 1 Storage Space within the parking garage and shown on the plan annexed to this Lease as Schedule L-1 (the Converted Parking Stalls ), to be converted by the Landlord, at the Landlords cost, into additional space for storage and parking of bicycles by the Tenant, with the Tenant paying to the Landlord the prevailing monthly market rental rate for the Converted Parking Stalls on the basis of the rental for two parking stalls under this Lease, which for the first sixty (60) months of the Term shall not exceed $275.00 per stall per month plus applicable Sales Taxes and which rental rate may thereafter be adjusted by the Landlord or the Landlords parking operator from time to time to no more than market rates for similar parking spaces in similar buildings. For clarity, the Tenant acknowledges that the Converted Parking Stalls are to be considered part of the parking allotment granted to the Tenant pursuant to Section 7 of Schedule E to this Lease.
The Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole expense, for providing and maintaining the bicycle racks and locks within the Level 3 Storage Space, the Level 1 Storage Space and the Converted Parking Stalls. The Tenant shall enter into the Landlords standard storage agreement, subject to such amendments as may be reasonably requested by the Tenant, with respect to the Level 3 Storage Space, the Level 1 Storage Space and the Converted Parking Stalls.
7. | Parking |
The Tenant, its officers, directors and employees (provided that the Tenant shall first notify or confirm in writing to the Landlord or parking operator that any individual officer, director or employee is entitled to use of a parking stall pursuant to this Lease) shall have the right to lease up to one (1) unreserved parking stall for every 2,250 square feet of Rentable Area leased, in the underground parking garage of the Building commencing on the date the Tenant commences its business operations in the Initial Premises, and the date the Tenant commences its business operations in the Additional Premises, as the case may be, and thereafter throughout the Term and any extensions or renewals thereof at the prevailing monthly market rental rate, which for the first sixty (60) months of the Term (and for any period prior to the commencement of the Term) shall not exceed $275.00 per unreserved parking stall per month plus applicable Sales Taxes, and which rental rate may thereafter be adjusted by the Landlord or the Landlords parking operator from time to time to no more than market rates for similar parking spaces in similar buildings. The Tenant will advise the Landlord of the number of unreserved parking stalls it requires within two (2) months after the Tenant commences its business operations in the Premises and the Additional Premises, as the case may be, and any stalls which the Tenant does not require within the foregoing requirement of one (1) unreserved parking stall for every 2,250 square feet of Rentable Area leased, may be leased by the Landlord to other parties on a month-to-month basis. However, on 60 days prior written notice, the Tenant and its officers, directors and employees, as the case may be, may re-lease any parking stalls not previously required (subject to the Tenants maximum allotment), provided that the Tenant shall first notify or confirm in writing to the Landlord or parking operator that any individual officer, director or employee is entitled to use of a parking stall pursuant to this Lease.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, up to five of the Tenants parking allotment may, at the request of the Tenant, be reserved parking stalls.
If required by the Landlord or the Landlords parking operator, the Tenants parking user shall enter into the Landlords standard parking agreement (subject to such amendments as may be reasonably requested) with respect to any parking stalls leased by the Tenant or its officers, directors and employees, as the case may be, in the underground parking garage of the Building, provided that the Tenant shall first notify or confirm in writing to the Landlord or parking operator that any individual officer, director or employee is entitled to use of a parking stall pursuant to this Lease.
The Tenant shall, upon providing prior reasonable notice to the Landlord and payment of the then prevailing monthly market rental rate per unreserved parking stall per month (not to exceed $275.00 per parking stall), be entitled to the use of between 10 and 15 parking stalls during Rent Free Period while constructing.
8. | Right of First Offer to Lease |
Provided the Tenant is Shopify Inc. or a Permitted Transferee and the Tenant is in actual, physical occupancy of at least two (2) full floors of the Building and is not then in default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period, and subject to the rights of any existing tenants of the Building as of the date of this Lease (including, without limitation, options or rights to renew or extend the term of a lease or enter into a new lease and prior rights of first offer or options to expand existing premises) (as described in Schedule H attached hereto), then during the initial Term (from January 1, 2014 until December 31, 2025), the Tenant shall have an ongoing right of first offer to lease any other office space in the Building (herein the ROFO Space ) upon the following terms and conditions:
(a) Upon any portion of the ROFO Space becoming vacant and available for lease on a direct, head lease basis, the Landlord will provide a written offer to lease advising the Tenant of the
E-5
availability of same and identifying the premises in question (the Available Space ) (in this subclause 8, the Offer ) and the terms and conditions (Basic Rent, inducements, commencement date) on which the Landlord is prepared to lease the Available Space;
(b) Upon receipt of an Offer for Available Space, that is located on one floor of the Building and consists of less than 50% of the Rentable Area, the Tenant shall have five (5) Business Days to accept the same by written notice to the Landlord, and if the Tenant does so accept the Landlords Offer, there will be a binding agreement to lease the Available Space between the Landlord and the Tenant on the terms set out in the Offer and the Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a lease amending agreement to give effect to the Tenants lease of the Available Space on the terms and conditions of this Lease, (with the exception of Basic Rent for the Available Space, inducements and commencement date), which shall apply mutatis mutandis . The term of the lease for the Available Space will commence on a date mutually agreed to by all parties but which shall be no later than 30 days following the later of: (i) acceptance by the Tenant of the Offer; and (ii) the expiry date of any existing lease of the Available Space, and will end at the same time as the Term expires herein;
(c) Upon receipt of an Offer for Available Space that is: (i) located on one floor of the Building and consists of 50% or more of the Rentable Area on such floor; or (ii) located on more than one floor in the Building; the Tenant shall have seven (7) Business Days to either: (A) accept the Offer for the whole of the Available Space, by written notice to the Landlord, and if the Tenant does so accept the Landlords Offer for the whole of the Available Space, there will be a binding agreement to lease the Available Space between the Landlord and the Tenant on the terms set out in the Offer and the Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a lease amending agreement to give effect to the Tenants lease of the Available Space on the terms and conditions of this Lease, (with the exception of Basic Rent for the Available Space, inducements and commencement date), which shall apply mutatis mutandis . The term of the lease for the Available Space will commence on a date mutually agreed to by all parties but which shall be no later than 30 days following the later of: (i) acceptance by the Tenant of the Offer; and (ii) the expiry date of any existing lease of the Available Space, and will end at the same time as the Term expires herein; or (B) accept the Offer by written notice to the Landlord, with respect to a portion of the Available Space only, as identified in the Tenants notice, (the Proposed Space), which Proposed Space shall be configured in accordance with and subject to the provisions of subclause 8(d) below; and if the Tenant does so accept the Landlords Offer as it relates to the Proposed Space, there will be a binding agreement to lease the Proposed Space between the Landlord and the Tenant on the terms set out in the Offer (amended to provide that Basic Rent is calculated using the Basic Rent rate per square foot set forth in the Offer applied to the area of Proposed Space and any inducements in the Offer are revised to reflect the reduced square footage of the Proposed Space) and the Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a lease amending agreement to give effect to the Tenants lease of the Proposed Space on the terms and conditions of this Lease, (with the exception of Basic Rent for the Proposed Space, inducements and commencement date); which shall be mutatis mutandis . The term of the lease for the Proposed Space will commence on a date mutually agreed to by all parties but which shall be no later than 30 days following the later of: (i) acceptance by the Tenant of the Offer; and (ii) the expiry date of any existing lease of the Proposed Space, and will end at the same time as the Term expires herein;
(d) Any lease of Available Space shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
(i) | if the Available Space is located on one floor of the Building and consists of less than 50% of the Rentable Area on such floor the Tenant must take all of the Available Space; |
(ii) | if the Available Space is on one floor of the Building and consists of 50% or more of the Rentable Area on such floor the Tenant must take not less than 50% of the Rentable Area of the Available Space; provided that in determining the Proposed Space the Tenant shall act reasonably (which shall require the Tenant to take into account the Landlords ability to lease the remaining balance of the Available Space (the Remainder Space ) and whether such Remainder Space can legally be occupied. If the Remainder Space is not leasable or cannot legally be occupied, the Tenant must elect to take all of such Available Space or waive its right to lease the Available Space); |
(iii) |
if the Available Space consists of space on more than one floor in the Building then the Tenant must take not less than 50% of the Rentable Area of the Available Space, which must be contiguous; provided that in determining the Proposed Space the Tenant shall act reasonably (which shall require the Tenant to take into account the Landlords ability to lease the Remainder Space and whether such Remainder Space can legally be occupied and if the Remainder Space is not leasable or cannot legally be occupied, the |
E-6
Tenant must elect to take all of such Available Space or waive its right to lease the Available Space); |
(iv) | if there is a dispute as to whether the Remainder Space is or is not leasable or whether it can or cannot legally be occupied, the Landlord shall refer such matter to the Architect, whos determination shall be binding on the Landlord and the Tenant, unless manifest error is demonstrated; and |
(v) | if the Tenant takes less than all of the Available Space, the Landlord shall be responsible for constructing any necessary demising walls and Common Elements on each floor of the Available Space in accordance with the Ontario Building Code and all applicable laws. |
(e) Should the Tenant not accept the Offer within the applicable five (5) or (7) Business Day period in subsections (b) and (c) above respectively, the Landlord shall be entitled to lease the Available Space to third parties at a Basic Rent which is not less than ninety percent (90%) of the Basic Rent specified in the Offer, provided however that if the Landlord is unable to lease the Available Space to a third party at a Basic Rent which is equal to or greater than ninety percent (90%) of the amount of Basic Rent specified in the Offer within nine (9) months of the date of the Landlords Offer, the Landlord will not lease the Available Space to any third party without again giving the Tenant an opportunity to submit an Offer with respect to the same pursuant to this provision;
(f) The Landlord shall be entitled to lease any Remainder Space to third parties, on whatever terms it chooses within nine (9) months of the date of the Landlords Offer without again giving the Tenant an opportunity to submit an Offer with respect to the same pursuant to this provision, and
(g) For greater certainty, in the event the Landlord leases the Available Space to a third party pursuant to Subclause (c) above, the Tenant will again have a right of first offer to lease the Available Space if the same next becomes vacant and available for lease at any time within the Term of this Lease, and subject to the conditions and requirements set out in subclause (a) of this Section 8.
9. | Option To Extend |
Provided that, and for only so long as the Tenant is not then in default beyond any applicable notice and cure period, the Landlord will, upon the request in writing by the Tenant given at least nine (9) months and not more than twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the then current Term of this Lease, grant to the Tenant the right to extend the Term of this Lease for one (1) further period of five (5) years, on the same terms and conditions as the Lease except that there shall be no further option to extend and there shall be no Base Building Work, no fixturing period and no Inducement or rent-free period. The annual Basic Rent for the extension term shall be the prevailing fair market basic rent 120 days prior to the commencement of such extension term for similar premises of similar size, quality, use and location and LEED accreditation in downtown Ottawa, without deduction or allowance for or consideration of any tenant inducements, leasehold improvement allowances, rent-free periods, lease takeovers, turnkey or build-to-suit arrangements or other concessions or inducements then being offered or given by landlords for similar premises in downtown Ottawa as aforesaid to achieve such rental (the Extension Annual Basic Rent ). The Extension Annual Basic Rent shall be mutually agreed to by the Landlord and the Tenant at least ninety (90) days prior to the commencement of the extension term, failing which the Extension Annual Basic Rent shall be determined by arbitration by a single arbitrator acting under the provisions of the Arbitration Act , 1991 (Ontario) and in accordance with this Subsection 9. The Tenant covenants and agrees to execute an extension and amending agreement prepared by the Landlord (and agreed to by the Tenant, acting reasonably) to give effect to the foregoing for each extension term.
10. | Prohibited Uses |
Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Lease to the contrary, the Tenant covenants and agrees that throughout the Term of this Lease and any renewal or extension thereof, the Leased Premises shall not be used, and the Tenant shall not permit the Leased Premises to be used for the primary business of a call centre (but the Landlord agrees and confirms that the support and consulting services provided by the Tenant to its clients in its usual business from the Leased Premises; which the Tenant represents and covenants will not include telemarketing, solicitation or charitable or political donations, debt collections or market research, and does not and will not generate high volume public access; will not be considered to be the operation of a call centre for the purposes of this Section 10) or any other use that it is incompatible with a Class A Office Building including any use which generates high volume public access or extraordinary use and/or wear and tear in the Building or materially disrupts other tenants doing business in the Building. The Tenant further covenants and agrees that the Tenant will not use or permit the Leased Premises to be used by or sublease any portion of the Leased Premises or assign this Lease to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Deloitte and Touché LLP, Ernst & Young LLP, Grant Thornton LLP/Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton LLP, BDO Canada LLP, Meyers Norris and Penny LLP or Welch LLP, unless the Landlord
E-7
provides its prior written consent, any successor, assignee of the business, management company, subsidiary or affiliate of any of such parties.
11. | Restoration |
Upon the expiration or other termination of the Term, the Tenant shall immediately quit and surrender possession of the Leased Premises and all Leasehold Improvements in substantially the condition in which the Tenant is required to maintain the Leased Premises, excepting only reasonable wear and tear and damage covered by Landlords insurance, and the Tenant shall deliver to the Landlord the keys, mechanical or otherwise and combinations, if any, to the locks in the Leased Premises and entries thereto.
In addition, the Landlord shall have the right, at its sole option to be exercised by written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the term or earlier termination of this Lease to require that the Tenant remove or cause to be removed at the Tenants cost all or any part of any wiring, cables, risers or similar installations appurtenant thereto installed by the Tenant or on the Tenants behalf in the risers of the Building, in the Leased Premises or anywhere else in the Project (the Wiring ) and to restore the risers, the Leased Premises and other parts of the Project to the extent affected by the installation or removal of the Wiring to their condition existing prior to the installation of the Wiring (the Wire Restoration Work ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Landlord may, at its sole option, perform the Wire Restoration Work at the Tenants sole cost and expense. Upon surrender, all right, title and interest of the Tenant in the Leased Premises and all Leasehold Improvements located therein and in all Wiring shall cease.
If the Landlord elects to perform the Wire Restoration Work, 90 days (or as soon after such date as is reasonably possible) prior to the expiration of the Term, the Landlord may inspect the Leased Premises to determine the extent of the Wire Restoration Work and within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Landlords bona fide estimate, which shall be reasonable and comparable to market cost (the restoration cost ), the Tenant shall pay the Landlord the restoration cost.
In addition, the Landlord shall have the right, at its sole option upon expiration or other termination of the Term, to require that the Tenant restore any structural alterations to the Building made by the Tenant. For certainty, the Tenant shall at the Landlords option and at the Tenants cost and expense remove and make good any interior staircases, penetrations and/or other openings installed by the Tenant and restore the floor slab and repair any damage resulting from the installation and removal of such interior staircases, penetrations and/or other openings in a good and workmanlike manner, at the Tenants sole cost and expense.
In addition, provided the Tenant is not then in default of its obligations under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period, the Tenant shall have the right to remove its trade fixtures, trade equipment, furniture, work stations, telephone switches and security systems from the Leased Premises, and in respect of any such removal, the Tenant shall be responsible to repair any damage which may be caused to the Leased Premises or the Building by the installation or removal thereof.
Subject to the foregoing, the Tenant shall have no other obligation to remove or demolish any Leasehold Improvements or otherwise restore the Leased Premises.
12. | Space Planning |
The Landlord shall at its expense provide preliminary space planning services consisting of an initial layout and one revision by the Tenant to a maximum of $0.15 per square foot of the Rentable Area of the Leased Premises.
13 | Tenant Emergency Powe r |
Provided that the Tenant is not then in default of any of the covenants and obligations of the Tenant under this Lease beyond any applicable curative period, then the Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to access to a Landlord controlled continuous power source serving the Building (the Emergency Power System ), capable of providing 50 KVa plus a 25% IT growth factor KW of emergency power to the Leased Premises.
Provided the Tenant delivers to the Landlord such particulars as are reasonably required by the Landlord, the Landlord shall provide the Tenant with the estimated costs associated with the Tenant electing to access the Landlord controlled Emergency Power System (both recurring and non-recurring costs), which costs shall be commensurate with commercially accepted standards for buildings similar to the Building (having regard to age, size and location).
The plans, drawings and specifications for connecting the Tenants electrical load to the Emergency Power System will be subject to review and approval by the Landlord, acting reasonably. Prior to connecting to the Emergency Power System, the Tenant shall obtain, at its sole cost and expense, all required governmental approvals in respect of such connection and shall provide the Landlord with evidence that all such approvals have been so obtained.
E-8
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Tenant shall, at the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease, remove all cabling which connects the Leased Premises to the source of the Emergency Power System and all damage caused by the installation or removal of such cabling shall be repaired and restored by the Tenant at the Tenants sole cost and expense in a good and workmanlike manner.
At the Landlords request, the Tenant shall execute the Landlords form of emergency power use agreement to give effect to the foregoing, which form shall be subject to such reasonable amendments as requested by Tenant and agreed to by Landlord, both parties acting reasonably.
14. | Signage |
Provided the Tenant is Shopify Inc. or a Permitted Transferee (or another Transferee that: (i) is an assignee of the whole of the Leased Premises, approved by the Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease; and (ii) the Landlord has determined, in its sole and unfettered discretion, can benefit from the below signage rights, subject to such terms and conditions as are determined by the Landlord in its sole and unfettered discretion) and is in actual, physical occupancy of at least two (2) full floors in the Building, then subject to the Landlord obtaining at its cost any required sign by-law variances from the City of Ottawa and any other municipal and governmental approvals required (which the Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain), the Landlord shall provide:
(1) one (1) exclusive sign, on which the Tenant is to be identified, to be located on a non- exclusive basis between the fifth (5 th ) and seventh (7 th ) floors on the facade of the side of the building fronting onto Laurier Avenue directly behind the low rise elevators as shown on Schedule I-1 and I-2 attached hereto (the Laurier Exterior Signage ); and
(2) one (1) exclusive sign, on which the Tenant is to be identified, to be located on the top of the low-rise facade on the side of the building fronting Elgin Street approximately as shown on Schedule I-3 attached hereto (the Exclusive Elgin Exterior Signage ).
The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Tenant shall be solely responsible for the reasonable costs incurred by the Landlord to provide to the Tenant the Laurier Exterior Signage, and the Elgin Exterior Signage and that the Landlord shall carry out all necessary work in connection therewith, but at the Tenants cost. The Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that, unless the Landlord is able to obtain any required sign by-law variances from the City of Ottawa and any other municipal and governmental approvals that are required (which the Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain), the Landlord shall have no obligation or responsibility under this Lease to provide the Laurier Exterior Signage or the Elgin Exterior Signage. The Landlord confirms that it has received preliminary approval from the City of Ottawa to the Laurier Exterior Signage. The Tenant acknowledges that the Exclusive Elgin Exterior Signage has not been approved by the City of Ottawa and will require a variance from the City of Ottawa and all other municipal and governmental approvals. Prior to submitting the variance application for the Exclusive Elgin Exterior Signage to the City Of Ottawa the Tenant shall review and approve the plans for the Exclusive Elgin Exterior Signage, including the final elevation.
The Tenant shall also be entitled, at its cost, to:
(a) Building standard directory identification in the Tenant directory located within the ground floor lobby of the Building and suite identification in locations normally designated by the Landlord for tenants of the Building;
(b) interior lobby signage on the Building directory in the lobby of the Building, in common with all other tenants of the Building;
(c) non-exclusive identification signage on the exterior podium sign serving the Building, (to be located at the Elgin Street entrance to the Building), with the Tenants sign to be placed no higher than the fourth (4th) sign from the top of the podium and the size of the Tenants sign to be in proportion to that of all other signs on the podium;
(d) exclusive signage in the elevator lobby of all full floors leased by the Tenant and non-exclusive directional signage on any part floors leased by the Tenant;
(e) subject to the existing rights of existing tenants (being Canada Council for the Arts, KPMG and CIBC World Markets Inc.) as well as to rights granted to City of Ottawa Tourism and Morguard Corporation and their respective affiliates ( Existing Video Wall rights ) and the existing master program schedule developed by Cineplex on behalf of the Landlord and tenants of the Building (the Program Schedule ), shared non-exclusive representation during Business Hours on a multi-tenant electronic video-wall display (Video Wall) proposed to be constructed by the Landlord in the winter garden area of the ground floor of the Building (it being acknowledged that the Tenants representation on such electronic display during Business Hours shall at a minimum consist of having its name and logo displayed for a reasonable amount of time each day (having regard to the size of the Leased Premises relative to the size of the Building)); and
E-9
(f) subject to the Existing Video Wall Rights and the Program Schedule to be developed for the Video Wall by Cineplex on behalf of the Landlord and the tenants of the Building, shared non-exclusive access to the Video Wall during the hours of 5:00 pm and 12:00 am Monday to Friday for the purposes of programming provided by the Tenant at the cost of the Tenant, such as projecting details of the Tenants scheduled events at the Leased Premises, including location, date and time of such events (such as Shopify Meetup, topic XYZ, take elevator to Shopify reception on floor X).
All such signage in this Section 14 shall be subject to the Landlords reasonable approval as to design, size, installation and location and shall be installed at the Tenants sole cost and expense, except for the signage in the Tenant directory located within the ground floor lobby of the Building.
The Landlord shall be solely responsible to ensure that the operation of the Elgin Exterior Signage and the Laurier Exterior Signage complies fully with all applicable codes, laws, by-laws and other municipal and governmental requirements, to be at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant to be charged back to the Tenant as Additional Rent. The Landlord shall be responsible for the care and maintenance of the Elgin Exterior Signage and the Laurier Exterior Signage, and shall keep and maintain such signage in a first class condition in keeping with a class A office building, such care and maintenance to be at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant to be charged back to the Tenant as Additional Rent. The Tenant shall be required to remove all such signage at the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease at its sole cost and expense and the Tenant shall repair all damage to the Building caused by the installation and removal of all such signage at the Tenants sole cost and expense and in a good and workmanlike manner.
15. | Access to the Leased Premises |
The Landlord agrees that the Tenant shall have access to the Leased Premises and parking on a 24/7 basis, 52 weeks of the year. The Tenant acknowledges that access outside of Business Hours shall be subject to the Buildings security requirements, including security card access.
16. | Rent Free Period Initial Premises |
Provided that the Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period, during the period from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014, the Tenant shall not be required to pay any Annual Basic Rent or Additional Rent with respect to the Initial Premises; however the Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of all utilities consumed in the Initial Premises during such rent free period.
17. | Rent Free Period Additional Premises |
Provided that the Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period, during the period from January 1, 2014 to June 30, 2015, the Tenant shall not be required to pay any Annual Basic Rent or Additional Rent with respect to the Additional Premises; however the Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of all utilities consumed in the Additional Premises during such rent free period.
18. | Internal Staircases |
The Tenant shall be permitted to install internal staircases and/or openings between the floors of the Leased Premises, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.00 of the Lease respecting alterations to the Leased Premises and provided it engages the Landlords base building structural engineer Aadjeleian Allen Rubeli Limited or a structural engineer chosen by the Tenant and approved by the Landlord, in the Landlords sole discretion, for the structural design. The Landlord acknowledges that the Tenant has provided to the Landlord the Tenants preliminary plans for internal staircases and/or openings between the floors of the Leased Premises, (other than with respect to the 9 th floor), as illustrated on the floor plans attached hereto as Schedule K ( the Preliminary Staircase Plans) and is currently reviewing same. The Tenant acknowledges that the attachment of the Preliminary Plans to this Lease does not in any way constitute an approval of the Preliminary Staircase Plans or the work contemplated thereby and the Preliminary Staircase Plans and any work contemplated thereby remain subject to approval of the Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Lease, including the provisions of Article 7.00 of this Lease.
19. | Kitchen |
The Tenant shall be permitted to install a full professional/commercial grade kitchen within the Leased Premises, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Article 7 of the Lease respecting alterations to the Leased Premises. The Landlord acknowledges that the Tenant shall have the right to cater events in the Leased Premises in accordance with municipal bylaws and other applicable laws.
20. | Fibre optic Lines |
Landlord will provide to the Tenant access to the fibre optic lines within the Building for internet connection pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.15 of the Lease.
E-10
21. | LEED Requirements |
In order for the Landlord to attempt to achieve LEED ® Canada Core and Shell system requirements for new construction, the Tenant agrees to the following:
(a) | Heating and Air Conditioning Equipment |
The Tenant shall design all mechanical/electrical systems installed by the Tenant within the Leased Premises (if any) to meet the requirements of the Ontario Building Code. The Tenant shall design any ventilation systems installed by the Tenant within the Leased Premises to meet the ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ventilation requirements.
(b) | CO2 Monitoring |
The Tenant shall ensure that a CO2 sensor is installed within the breathing zone for all spaces within the Leased Premises that have a density of 25ppl/93m2. This sensor is to have a visual alarm that is set off if the space designed ventilation rate is not maintained per ASHRAE 62.1-2007 design requirements.
(c) | Energy Efficient |
All design and construction of the interior fit-up within the Leased Premises by the Tenant shall comply with all mandatory requirements of MNECB 1997, including but not limited to:
| Vestibules (on retail space >200m2) |
| Pipe insulation |
| Duct sealing and insulation |
| Installation of sensors and controls |
(d) | Indoor Water Use |
The Tenant shall install low flow faucet and toilet fixtures for any faucets and toilet fixtures that are installed by the Tenant within the Leased Premises. Allowable plumbing fixture flow rates for any such fixtures shall be as follows:
(@80psi/552kPa) | ||
Toilet (Dual-Flush) |
6/4.2 Lpf | |
Toilet (Ultra-Efficient) |
£ 4.8 Lpf | |
Urinals |
£ 0.5 Lpf | |
Lavatory Faucets |
£ 1.9 Lpm | |
Showers |
£ 5.7Lpm | |
Non-commercial Kitch. Faucets |
£ 5.7 Lpm |
(e) | Florescent Lamps and Mercury |
The Landlord is dedicated to ensuring the ongoing reduction of mercury content in the Building. The Landlord has implemented an ongoing policy that requires all base building florescent lamps contain 70 picograms of mercury or less. The Tenant is responsible to ensure that all florescent lamps that are installed by it must meet the policy requirement of containing 70 picograms or less on mercury.
22. | RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ON SIGNAGE |
(a) Provided the Tenant is Shopify Inc. or a Permitted Transferee and is in actual physical occupancy and is conducting business in not less than four (4) floors of Rentable Area in the Building and is not then in default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period, the Tenant shall have an ongoing right of first offer with respect to acquiring KPMGs rights (the KPMG Signage Rights ) to erect top of building exterior signage on all four sides of the Building in the same location as KPMGs then existing signage (the KPMG Signage ), in the event that KPMGs rights to the KPMG Signage Rights are terminated or otherwise unequivocally relinquished by KPMG, on the terms and conditions set out herein. Schedule J attached hereto illustrates the approximate locations of KPMGs proposed signage, as of the Commencement Date, on two sides of the Building pursuant to the KPMG Signage Rights.
(b) If KPMG: (i) relinquishes, in writing to the Landlord, the KPMG Signage Rights; or (ii) defaults in complying with the conditions under the KPMG Lease required to be met by it to allow it to construct and maintain the KPMG Signage Rights, (with the result that it is no longer entitled to the
E-11
KPMG Signage Rights, as determined by the Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion); and if the Landlord determines, in its sole and absolute discretion that the KMPG Signage is to be removed from the Building and the KMPG Signage is in fact removed from the Building then the Tenant shall have the right of first offer to lease the KPMG Signage Rights on the following terms and conditions:
(i) upon the KPMG Signage Rights becoming available, the Landlord will provide written notice to the Tenant to advise the Tenant of same;
(ii) upon receipt of the Landlords written notice as set out above, the Tenant shall have ten (10) Business Days to submit to the Landlord an offer to lease the KPMG Signage Rights (in this Section 22, the Offer ) on the terms set out herein for a term coterminous with the Term (as same may be extended or renewed) and at a sign rental fee to be specified by the Tenant in the Offer;
(iii) upon receipt of the Offer, the Landlord shall have ten (10) Business Days to advise the Tenant by written notice that it either: (a) accepts the Offer on its terms (the Acceptance Notice ) or; (b) accepts the Offer, but, disputes the sign rental fee proposed by the Tenant for the KPMG Signage Rights in the Offer (the Conditional Acceptance). If the Landlord delivers to the Tenant an Acceptance Notice within the aforesaid ten (10) Business Day period, there will be a binding agreement to lease the KPMG Signage Rights between the Landlord and the Tenant on the terms set out in the Offer and the Landlord and the Tenant shall enter into a Lease Amending Agreement to give effect to the leasing of the KPMG Signage Rights on the terms set out in the Offer, including as to the proposed sign rental fee payable and the provisions of section (vi) below. If the Landlord delivers to the Tenant a Conditional Acceptance within the aforesaid ten (10) Business Day period there will be a binding agreement to lease the KPMG Signage Rights between the Landlord and Tenant on the terms set out in the Offer and the provisions of section (vi) below and the parties shall settle the sign rental fee payable for the KPMG Signage Rights. If the Landlord does not notify the Tenant in writing within the aforesaid ten (10) Business Day period of its election, the Landlord shall be deemed to have accepted the Tenants Offer and there will be a binding agreement to lease the KPMG Signage Rights between the Landlord and the Tenant on the terms set out in the Offer and the Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a Lease Amending Agreement to give effect to the Tenants lease of the KPMG Signage Rights on the terms set out in the Offer, including as to the proposed sign rental fee payable and the provisions of section (vi) below;
(iv) should the Tenant not deliver an Offer to the Landlord to lease the KPMG Signage Rights within the aforesaid ten (10) Business Day period, the Tenants rights under this Section 22 shall be null and void and the Landlord may lease, license or otherwise deal with the KPMG Signage Rights on such terms as the Landlord may determine free of this section;
(v) if the Landlord delivers a Conditional Acceptance notice within the aforesaid ten (10) Business Days Period, the sign rental fee shall be as agreed upon between the Landlord and the Tenant no less than three (3) months from the date of the Tenants Offer, failing which the sign rental fee shall be determined by arbitration by a single arbitrator acting under the provisions of the Arbitration Act, 1991 (Ontario) in accordance with this section. The sign rental fee payable for the KPMG Signage Rights, shall be based upon the then prevailing market rates for the KPMG Signage Rights to the end of the Term, having regard to all relevant circumstances, including the location and visibility of the KPMG Signage Rights and having regard to rentals currently being obtained for similar signage comparably located in the City Of Ottawa. The Tenant covenants and agrees to execute an amending agreement prepared by the Landlord to give effect to the foregoing, including the provisions of section (vi) below; and
(vi) all such signage shall be subject to the Landlords reasonable approval as to design, size, installation and location and shall be installed at the Tenants sole cost and expense in the same location as KPMGs. If the signage proposed is other than the name or logo of Shopify (as shown on Schedule I) then the Landlord shall have the right to approve the proposed name, logo, insignia or other signage, acting reasonably. The Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary and required permits and approvals from municipal and other applicable government authorities and officials, and for ensuring the manufacturing, installation and operation of such signage complies fully with all building codes, laws and by-laws. The Tenant shall also be responsible for the proper care and maintenance of such signage, and to keep and maintain such signage in a first class condition in keeping with AAA Office Building, at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant. The Tenant shall be required to remove all such signage at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term at its sole cost and expense and the Tenant shall repair all damage to the Building caused by the installation or removal of all such signage at the Tenants sole cost and expense and in a good and workmanlike manner. The Tenant shall be entitled to the signage rights only so long as the Tenant is in actual physical occupancy and is conducting business in not less than four (4) floors of Rentable Area in the Building and is not then in default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period.
23. | REASONABLENESS |
Except as otherwise specifically set out in this Lease, the Landlord and the Tenant, and each Person acting for either of them, in making a determination, agreement, designation, calculation, estimate, conversion, allocation or opinion under this Lease shall act reasonably and in good faith. Each of the
E-12
Landlord and the Tenant agrees that it will not unreasonably or arbitrarily withhold, condition or delay any permission, consent or approval which is required by the Landlord or the Tenant under this Lease.
E-13
SCHEDULE F
FORM OF INDEMNITY AGREEMENT (if applicable)
SCHEDULE G
CONTENTS OF LEASED PREMISES
The following Schedule G is referred to in Section 9.05, Environmental Issues, in this Lease.
All contents and materials, other than standard office furnishings and supplies, stored in the Leased Premises are as follows:
( please include, in detail, all materials, Pollutants, including but not limited to, chemicals and related items that are used and/or stored in the Leased Premises )
SCHEDULE H
RIGHTS OF EXISTING TENANTS
1. | Until January 1, 2014, Canada Council for the Arts (CCA) has a right of first offer to lease the balance of the fifth (5th) floor of the Building. | |||
2. | (a) | From and after January 1, 2014, CCA has an on-going right of first offer to lease any office or storage space in the Project that may become available for lease. | ||
(b) | From and after January 1, 2014, if the Landlord receives an unsolicited offer to lease any office or storage space in the Project that may become available for lease, the Landlord is required to give CCA written notice and CCA has 14 Business Days within which to exercise its right of first offer to lease the space in respect of which the Landlord has received the offer. | |||
3. | (a) | Subject to CCAs rights, KPMG Management Services LP ( KPMG ) has a one-time option to expand into the 14th floor of the Building. The terms upon which this option must be exercised have been amended so as not to impact the leasing of the Leased Premises to the Tenant for the Initial Term and any renewal or extension thereof. | ||
(b) | Until November 30, 2013, subject to the rights of CCA, KPMG has a first offer to lease all or any part of the two (2) additional floors contiguous to and below the KPMG premises having a Rentable Area of at least 5,000 square feet. | |||
(c) | From and after January 1, 2015, subject to the rights of CCA, KPMG has an ongoing right of first offer with respect to any space on floors 21 down to and including the 2 contiguous floors below the 15th floor in the Building, or any space which is contiguous to the KPMG premises, as then constituted. | |||
4. | (a) | Until June 30, 2014, subject to CCAs rights and KPMGs rights, CIBC World Markets Inc. (CIBC) has a right of first offer to lease any portion of the 19 th floor in the Building not already included within the CIBC premises. | ||
(b) | From and after March 1, 2015, subject to the Rights of CCA and KPMG, CIBC has an ongoing right of first offer to lease all or any part of any office space in the Building which is contiguous to the CIBC premises (contiguous space being office space which is located on the same floor, or on a floor which is above or below the CIBC premises as then constituted). The CIBC premises initially consisted of space on the 19 th , 20 th and 21 st floors in the Building. | |||
5. | From and after October 1, 2014, subject to the rights of CCA, KPMG and CIBC, Her Majesty the Queen in Right of New Zealand, acting by and through the New Zealand High Commissioner to Canada (New Zealand) has an ongoing right of first offer to lease any office space on the 14th floor of the Building of a minimum size of 2,000 square feet which is adjacent to the office space located on the 14th floor of the building leased to New Zealand under its Lease dated September 19, 2013, as the same may be amended from time to time. |
SCHEDULE I
I-2
TENANT SIGNAGE
I-3
SCHEDULE J
J-2
SCHEDULE K
K-2
K-3
K-4
K-5
K-6
SCHEDULE L
L-2
SCHEDULE M
DRAFT
This draft is provided to you at your request and there is no obligation on our part despite our
assistance in its preparation, nor is it to be construed as evidence of commitment on our part to issue
such instrument in the future.
DRAFT 438952 (JDV) 02/05/2014 REV 02/13/2014
INTL TRADE CENTRE - ONTARIO | ||
180 WELLINGTON ST WEST |
||
4TH FLOOR |
||
TORONTO, ONTARIO, M5J 1J1 |
||
CANADA |
DATE OF ISSUE: CURRENT DATE |
OUR REFERENCE NUMBER: P438952TXXXXX |
DATE OF EXPIRY: DECEMBER 31 2014 |
||
PLACE OF EXPIRY: TORONTO ONTARIO CANADA |
BENEFICIARY: MORGUARD PERFORMANCE COURT LTD. C/O MORGUARD INVESTMENTS LTD. 350 SPARKS ST., SUITE 402 OTTAWA, ON K1N 5T5 |
APPLICANT: SHOPIFY INC. 126 YORK ST., SUITE 200 OTTAWA, ON K1R 7S8 |
AMOUNT: CAD 1,000,000.00 ONE MILLION AND 00/100S CANADIAN DOLLARS |
RE: OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO: P438952TXXXXX
AT THE REQUEST AND ON THE INSTRUCTIONS OF OUR CUSTOMER, SHOPIFY INC ., (THE APPLICANT), WE HEREBY ESTABLISH THIS IRREVOCABLE, UNCONDITIONAL LETTER OF CREDIT NO. P438952TXXXXX (THE LETTER OF CREDIT) IN THE AMOUNT OF CAD 1,000,000.00 (ONE MILLION AND 00/100S CANADIAN DOLLARS) IN FAVOUR OF BENEFICIARY.
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2014 AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM TERM OF (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE HEREOF (THE INITIAL TERM). THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL AUTOMATICALLY RENEW/EXTEND FOR SUCCESSIVE PERIODS OF ONE YEAR (EACH, A SUCCESSIVE TERM) UNLESS WE NOTIFY BENEFICIARY IN WRITING AT LEAST (30) THIRTY DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE SUCCESSIVE TERM THAT THE LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE RENEWED/EXTENDED BY US. THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE RENEWED/EXTENDED BEYOND DECEMBER 31, 2025, THE FINAL EXPIRY DATE.
The above text is accepted |
Signature |
Name |
DRAFT
This draft is provided to you at your request and there is no obligation on our part despite our
assistance in its preparation, nor is it to be construed as evidence of commitment on our part to issue
such instrument in the future.
DRAFT 438952 (JDV) 02/05/2014 REV 02/13/2014
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS ISSUED WITH RESPECT TO THAT CERTAIN LEASE, BY AND BETWEEN BENEFICIARY, AS LANDLORD, AND THE APPLICANT AS TENANT. SAID LEASE, AND ANY AMENDMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS THEREOF, IS HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS (THE LEASE). OUR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT ARE SOLELY AS SET FORTH HEREIN AND ARE COMPLETELY INDEPENDENT OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE APPLICANT UNDER THE LEASE. WE DO NOT UNDERTAKE ANY OBLIGATION UNDER THE LEASE, NOR DO WE UNDERTAKE ANY RESPONSIBILITY TO ASCERTAIN ANY FACTS, OR TO TAKE ANY OTHER ACTION, WITH RESPECT TO THE LEASE, AND WE ACKNOWLEDGE THAT OUR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL NOT BE AFFECTED BY ANY CIRCUMSTANCE, CLAIM OR DEFENSE OF ANY PARTY AS TO THE ENFORCEABILITY OF THE LEASE. THE REFERENCES TO THE LEASE IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT ARE SOLELY TO STATE OUR AGREEMENT THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS AN INDEPENDENT OBLIGATION AND SHALL NOT BE AFFECTED BY THE LEASE.
FUNDS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO BENEFICIARY AGAINST RECEIPT BY US OF A WRITTEN DEMAND IN THE FORM OF ANNEX A ATTACHED HERETO, IN EACH CASE APPROPRIATELY COMPLETED AND PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY ONE OF BENEFICIARYS AUTHORIZED OFFICER(S) AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT FOR OUR ENDORSEMENT OF ANY PAYMENT(S).
PRESENTATION OF ANY SUCH WRITTEN DEMAND SHALL BE MADE TO ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, INTERNATIONAL TRADE CENTRE-ONTARIO, 180 WELLINGTON STREET WEST, 4TH FLOOR, TORONTO, ONTARIO M5J 1J1, ATTENTION: GUARANTEES DEPT. DURING BANKING HOURS OF 9:00 a.m., CENTRAL TIME TO 5:00 p.m. CENTRAL TIME.
IF A DEMAND FOR PAYMENT MADE BY BENEFICIARY HEREUNDER DOES NOT, IN ANY INSTANCE CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, WE SHALL GIVE BENEFICIARY NOTICE WITHIN THREE (3) BUSINESS DAY THAT THE DEMAND FOR PAYMENT WAS NOT EFFECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, STATING THE REASONS THEREFORE AND THAT WE WILL UPON BENEFICIARYS INSTRUCTIONS HOLD ANY DOCUMENTS AT BENEFICIARYS DISPOSAL OR RETURN THE SAME TO BENEFICIARY. UPON BEING NOTIFIED THAT THE DEMAND FOR PAYMENT WAS NOT EFFECTED IN CONFORMITY WITH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, BENEFICIARY MAY ATTEMPT TO CORRECT ANY SUCH NON-CONFORMING DEMAND FOR PAYMENT TO THE EXTENT THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DO SO WITHIN THE VALIDITY OF THIS LETTEROF CREDIT.
PARTIAL/MULTIPLE DRAWINGS ARE PERMITTED.
The above text is accepted |
Signature |
Name |
M-2
DRAFT
This draft is provided to you at your request and there is no obligation on our part despite our
assistance in its preparation, nor is it to be construed as evidence of commitment on our part to issue
such instrument in the future.
DRAFT 438952 (JDV) 02/05/2014 REV 02/13/2014
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART AND ONCE ONLY TO A NOMINATED TRANSFEREE THAT IS THE SUCCESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE PROPERTY OF THE BENEFICIARY. EACH TRANSFER MUST BE ISSUED BY ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, TRADE OPERATIONS, 180 WELLINGTON STREET WEST, 4TH FLOOR, TORONTO, ONTARIO M5J 1J1 CANADA UPON RECEIPT OF THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT OR A DOCUMENT CALLED ORIGINAL ADVICE OF TRANSFER AND BENEFICIARYS OR TRANSFEREES SIGNED LETTER OF DIRECTION (SIGNATURE(S) VERIFIED BY A BANK) IN THE FORM OF ANNEX B SETTING OUT THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE TRANSFEREE OR NEXT TRANSFEREE, STATING THAT ALL BENEFICIARYS OR TRANSFEREES RIGHTS, TITLE AND INTEREST IN AND TO THIS LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO SUCH SUCCESSOR IN INTEREST TO BENEFICIARY OR TRANSFEREE, OUR TRANSFER CHARGES PAID AND PROVIDED THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH APPLICABLE LAW AND IS NOT A TRANSFER TO AN ENTITY THAT THE BANK IS PROHIBITED TO DEAL WITH.
N.B. REFERENCE IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TO A LEASE AGREEMENT IS FOR IDENTIFICATION PURPOSES ONLY, IT IS NEITHER INCORPORATED IN NOR FORMS PART OF THIS CREDIT.
THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDITIS ISSUED SUBJECT TO THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS (2007 REVISION), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE PUBLICATION NO. 600.
The above text is accepted |
Signature |
Name |
M-3
DRAFT
This draft is provided to you at your request and there is no obligation on our part despite our
assistance in its preparation, nor is it to be construed as evidence of commitment on our part to issue
such instrument in the future.
DRAFT 438952 (JDV) 02/05/2014 REV 02/13/2014
ANNEX A
WRITTEN DEMAND FOR PAYMENT
DATE:
RE: IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO: P438952TXXXXX ISSUED BY: ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
To: |
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA INTERNATIONAL TRADE CENTRE-ONTARIO 180 WELLINGTON STREET WEST, 4TH, FLOOR, TORONTO, ONTARIO, M5J 1J1 ATTN: GUARANTEES DEPT. |
GENTLEMEN:
THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY DEMANDS PAYMENT IN THE AMOUNT OF CAD (IN WORDS) TO BE PAID IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ABOVE REFERENCED LETTER OF CREDIT.
WE HEREBY CONFIRM THAT THE APPLICANT IS IN DEFAULT UNDER THE LEASE AGREEMENT SECTION (INDICATE SECTION REFERENCE) FOR THE PREMISES LOCATED AT 150 ELGIN ST., OTTAWA, ONTARIO.
SINCERELY,
|
||
BENEFICIARYS NAME |
|
||
BENEFICIARYS SIGNATURE |
||
The above text is accepted |
||
Signature |
||
Name |
M-4
DRAFT
This draft is provided to you at your request and there is no obligation on our part despite our
assistance in its preparation, nor is it to be construed as evidence of commitment on our part to issue
such instrument in the future. DRAFT 438952 (JDV) 02/05/2014 REV 02/13/2014
ANNEX B
INSTRUCTION TO TRANSFER IN ENTIRETY
DATE:
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
TRADE OPERATIONS,
180 WELLINGTON STREET WEST, 4TH FLOOR,
TORONTO, ONTARIO M5J 1J1 CANADA
ATTENTION: GUARANTEES DEPARTMENT
RE: IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO: P438952TXXXXX.
GENTLEMEN:
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:
|
(NAME OF TRANSFEREE) |
(ADDRESS) |
ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IN ITS ENTIRETY.
BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED IN THE ABOVE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE AND THE TRANSFEREE SHALL HEREAFTER HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF.
THE ABOVE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH AND IN ACCORDANCE THEREWITH WE ASK YOU TO ISSUE A NEW STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IN FAVOUR OF THE TRANSFEREE ON THE SAME TERMS AND CONDITIONS AS THOSE CONTAINED IN THE ABOVE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT.
ENCLOSED IS REMITTANCE OF $ ** IN PAYMENT OF YOUR TRANSFER COMMISSION AND IN ADDITION THERETO WE AGREE TO PAY TO YOU ON DEMAND ANY EXPENSES WHICH MAY BE INCURRED BY YOU IN CONNECTION WITH THIS TRANSFER.
WE HEREWITH WAIVE OUR RIGHT TO REFUSE ANY AMENDMENTS UNDER THE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, WHICH MAY BE DIRECTLY ADVISED TO THE TRANSFEREE.
** 0.15% (MINIMUM CAD 250.00) YOURS TRULY, |
YOURS TRULY
|
|
SIGNATURE/S OF
|
NAME OF BENEFICIARY | |
(NAME OF COMPANY OR INDIVIDUAL) |
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE |
|
AUTHENTICATED BY: (BANK) |
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE |
The above text is accepted |
Signature |
Name |
M-5
Exhibit 10.14
LEASE AMENDMENT AGREEMENT
THIS LEASE AMENDMENT AGREEMENT dated the 25 th day of August, 2014
BETWEEN:
MORGUARD PERFORMANCE COURT LIMITED
a company incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario
(the Landlord)
AND:
SHOPIFY INC.
a company incorporated under the laws of Canada
(the Tenant)
WHEREAS:
A. | By a lease dated the 28 th day of February, 2014, (the Lease) the Landlord leased to the Tenant for and during a term of 11 years in respect of Floors 6, 7, 8 and 9, and 10 years and 6 months in respect of Floors 10 and 11, in each case expiring on the 31 st day of December, 2025, certain premises as more particularly described in the Lease, located at 150 Elgin Street, in the City of Ottawa, in the Province of Ontario. |
B. | Capitalized terms used in this agreement have the same meanings as are respectively ascribed thereto in the Lease, except as herein otherwise expressly provided. |
D. | The parties hereto desire to amend certain provisions of the Lease: |
NOW THEREFORE THIS LEASE AMENDMENT AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the sum of $10.00 now paid by each party hereto to the other (the receipt and sufficiency whereof is hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto covenant and agree that the Lease be and the same is hereby amended effective the 1 st day of January, 2015 (the Effective Date) as follows:
1. Item 5. RENTABLE AREA OF LEASED PREMISES of the Term Sheet is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor:
5. | RENTABLE AREA OF LEASED PREMISES |
A. January 1, 2015 to June 30, 2015 Floors 6, 7, 8 and 9 (Initial Premises)
72,150 square feet subject to adjustment in accordance with the definition of Rentable Area and Section 4.08. the Rentable Area of the Leased Premises shall be calculated in accordance with the BOMA ANSI standards ANSI Z651.1-1996.
B. July 1, 2015 to December 31, 2025 Floors 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 (Final Premises)
104,984 square feet subject to adjustment in accordance with the definition of Rentable Area and Section 4.08. the Rentable Area of the Leased Premises shall be calculated in accordance with the BOMA ANSI standards ANSI Z651.1-1996.
The approximate Rentable Area of the Additional Premises is 32,834 square feet
MORGUARD June 2010 - Lease Amendment Agreement |
Page 1 |
2. Item 8. BASIC RENT of the Term Sheet is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor:
8 . | BASIC RENT |
Period |
Annual Basic
Rent Per Square Foot of Rentable Area |
Annual Basic
Rent |
Monthly
Installment |
|||||||||
January 1, 2015 to June 30, 2015 |
$ | 25.00 | $ | 1,803,750.00 | $ | 150,312.50 | ||||||
July 1, 2015 to December 31, 2016 |
$ | 25.00 | $ | 2,624,600.00 | $ | 218,716.67 | ||||||
January 1, 2017 to December 31, 2018 |
$ | 26.00 | $ | 2,729,584.00 | $ | 227,465.33 | ||||||
January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019 |
$ | 26.50 | $ | 2,782,076.00 | $ | 231,839.67 | ||||||
January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 |
$ | 27.00 | $ | 2,834,568.00 | $ | 236,214.00 | ||||||
January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021 |
$ | 27.50 | $ | 2,887,060.00 | $ | 240,588.33 | ||||||
January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022 |
$ | 28.00 | $ | 2,939,552.00 | $ | 244,962.67 | ||||||
January 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023 |
$ | 28.50 | $ | 2,992,044.00 | $ | 249,337.00 | ||||||
January 1, 2024 to December 31, 2025 |
$ | 30.00 | $ | 3,149,520.00 | $ | 262,460.00 |
Lease Remains in Force - Except with respect to the amendments contained herein, all other terms and conditions contained in the Lease shall remain unamended and in full force and effect.
MORGUARD June 2010 - Lease Amendment Agreement |
Page 2 |
Binding Effect - This agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Landlord and the heirs, executors and administrators and the permitted successors and assigns of the Tenant.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this agreement as of the date first above written.
LANDLORD: MORGUARD PERFORMANCE COURT LIMITED |
||
By: |
/s/ Paul Miatello |
|
Name: | Paul Miatello | |
Title: | Chief Financial Officer c/s | |
By: |
/s/ Beverly G. Flynn |
|
Name: | Beverly G. Flynn | |
Title: | Secretary | |
We have authority to bind the corporation |
TENANT: |
SHOPIFY INC. |
MORGUARD June 2010 - Lease Amendment Agreement |
Page 3 |
Exhibit 10.15
SECOND LEASE AMENDMENT AGREEMENT
THIS LEASE AMENDMENT AGREEMENT dated the 13 th day of February, 2015
BETWEEN:
MORGUARD PERFORMANCE COURT LIMITED
a company incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario
(the Landlord)
AND:
SHOPIFY INC.
a company incorporated under the laws of Canada
(the Tenant)
WHEREAS:
A. | By a lease dated the 28 th day of February, 2014, the Landlord leased to the Tenant for and during a term of 11 years in respect of Floors 6, 7, 8 and 9, and 10 years and 6 months in respect of Floors 10 and 11, in each case expiring on the 31 st day of December, 2025, certain premises as more particularly described in the said lease, located at 150 Elgin Street, in the City of Ottawa, in the Province of Ontario. |
B. | By a lease amendment agreement dated the 25 th day of August, 2014 certain terms of the said lease were amended as more particularly set out therein (the said lease and lease amendment agreement hereinafter collectively called the Lease). |
C. | Capitalized terms used in this agreement have the same meanings as are respectively ascribed thereto in the Lease, except as herein otherwise expressly provided. |
D. | The parties hereto desire to amend certain provisions of the Lease: |
NOW THEREFORE THIS LEASE AMENDMENT AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the sum of $10.00 now paid by each party hereto to the other (the receipt and sufficiency whereof is hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto covenant and agree that the Lease be and the same is hereby amended effective the 1 st day of January, 2017 (the Effective Date) as follows:
1. | Item 2. Of the Term Sheet is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor: |
2 . TENANT: |
SHOPIFY INC. | |||||
ADDRESS: | TELEPHONE: | 613-241-2828 | ||||
800 - 150 Elgin Street | ||||||
Ottawa, Ontario K2P 1L4 | ||||||
Attention: Chief Financial Officer | ||||||
TENANTS HEAD OFFICE : | ||||||
800 - 150 Elgin Street Ottawa, Ontario K2P 1L4 |
||||||
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
2. | Item 4. LEASED PREMISES of the Term Sheet is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor: |
4. | LEASED PREMISES: |
A. | January 1, 2015 to June 30, 2015 Floors 6, 7, 8 and 9 (the Initial Premises). |
MORGUARD January 2015 - Lease Amendment Agreement |
Page 1 |
B. | July 1, 2015 to December 31, 2016 Floors 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 (the Final Premises). Floors 10 and 11 shall be known as the Additional Premises. For clarity, the Final Premises are comprised of the Initial Premises and the Additional Premises. |
C. | January 1, 2017 to December 31, 2026 Floors 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 (the Floors 6 13 Premises). Floors 12 and 13 shall be known as the Floors 12 13 Premises. For clarity, the Floors 6 13 Premises are comprised of the Initial Premises, the Additional Premises and the Floors 12 13 Premises. |
Attached as Schedule A to this Lease is a plan of the Project showing the Initial Premises, the Additional Premises and the Floors 12 13 Premises which collectively form the Leased Premises.
3. Item 5. RENTABLE AREA OF LEASED PREMISES of the Term Sheet is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor:
5. | RENTABLE AREA OF LEASED PREMISES |
A. | January 1, 2015 to June 30, 2015 Floors 6, 7, 8 and 9 (Initial Premises) |
72,150 square feet subject to adjustment in accordance with the definition of Rentable Area and Section 4.08. The Rentable Area of the Initial Premises shall be calculated in accordance with the BOMA ANSI standards ANSI Z651.1-1996.
B. | July 1, 2015 to December 31, 2016 Floors 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 (Final Premises) |
104,984 square feet subject to adjustment in accordance with the definition of Rentable Area and Section 4.08. The Rentable Area of the Final Premises shall be calculated in accordance with the BOMA ANSI standards ANSI Z651.1-1996.
The approximate Rentable Area of the Additional Premises is 32,834 square feet.
C. | January 1, 2017 to December 31, 2026 Floors 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 (Floors 6 13 Premises) |
137,818 square feet subject to adjustment in accordance with the definition of Rentable Area and Section 4.08. The Rentable Area of the Floors 6 13 Premises shall be calculated in accordance with the BOMA ANSI standards ANSI Z651.1-1996.
The approximate Rentable Area of the Floors 12 13 Premises is 32,834 square feet.
The Initial Premises, Final Premises and Floors 12 13 Premises collectively to be known as the Leased Premises.
4. Item 7. TERM of the Term Sheet is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor:
7. | TERM: |
A. | Floors 6, 7, 8 and 9 (Initial Premises) |
TERM: |
12 years, 0 months, 0 days | |||
(a) |
FIRST DAY OF TERM: (Initial Premises Commencement Date) |
January 1, 2015 | ||
(b) |
LAST DAY OF TERM: | December 31, 2026 |
B. | Floors 10 and 11 (Additional Premises) |
TERM: |
11 years, 6 months, 0 days | |||
(a) |
FIRST DAY OF TERM: (Additional Premises Commencement Date) |
July 1, 2015 |
MORGUARD January 2015 - Lease Amendment Agreement |
Page 2 |
(b) | LAST DAY OF TERM: | December 31, 2026 |
C. | Floors 12 and 13 (Floors 12 13 Premises) |
TERM: | 10 years, 0 months, 0 days |
(a) | FIRST DAY OF TERM: | January 1, 2017 | ||||
(Floors 12 13 Premises Commencement Date) | ||||||
(b) | LAST DAY OF TERM: | December 31, 2026 |
5. Item 8. BASIC RENT of the Term Sheet is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor:
8 . | BASIC RENT |
Period |
Annual Basic Rent
Per Square Foot of Rentable Area |
Annual Basic
Rent |
Monthly
Installment |
|||||||||
January 1, 2015 to June 30, 2015 |
$ | 25.00 | $ | 1,803,750.00 | $ | 150,312.50 | ||||||
July 1, 2015 to December 31, 2016 |
$ | 25.00 | $ | 2,624,600.00 | $ | 218,716.67 | ||||||
January 1, 2017 to December 31, 2018 |
$ | 26.00 | $ | 3,583,268.00 | $ | 298,605.67 | ||||||
January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019 |
$ | 26.50 | $ | 3,652,177.00 | $ | 304,348.08 | ||||||
January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 |
$ | 27.00 | $ | 3,721,086.00 | $ | 310,090.50 | ||||||
January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021 |
$ | 27.50 | $ | 3,789,995.00 | $ | 315,832.92 | ||||||
January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022 |
$ | 28.00 | $ | 3,858,904.00 | $ | 321,575.33 | ||||||
January 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023 |
$ | 28.50 | $ | 3,927,813.00 | $ | 327,317.75 | ||||||
January 1, 2024 to December 31, 2025 |
$ | 30.00 | $ | 4,134,540.00 | $ | 344,545.00 | ||||||
January 1, 2026 to December 31, 2026 |
$ | 32.00 | $ | 4,410,176.00 | $ | 367,514.67 |
6. Item 12. of the Term Sheet is hereby deleted and the following is substituted therefor:
12. Additional Covenants, Agreements and Conditions (if any) listed here are more particularly set out in Schedule E.
1. | Landlords Base Building Work |
2. | Fixturing Period |
3. | Letter of Credit |
4. | Tenants Inducement |
5. | HVAC Service outside Business Hours |
6. | Storage Space |
7. | Parking |
8. | Right of First Offer for Space |
9. | Option to Extend |
10. | Prohibited Uses |
11. | Restoration |
12. | Space Planning |
13. | Tenant Emergency Power |
14. | Building Signage |
15. | Access to Leased Premises |
16. | Rent Free Period - Initial Premises |
17. | Rent Free Period - Additional Premises |
18. | Internal Staircases |
19. | Kitchen |
20. | Fibre Optic Lines |
MORGUARD January 2015 - Lease Amendment Agreement |
Page 3 |
21. | LEED Requirements |
22. | Right of First Refusal on Signage |
23. | Reasonableness |
24. | Access (Floors 12 13 Premises) |
25. | Tenants Work and Tenant Inducement (Floors 12 13 Premises) |
26. | Credits for Landlords Work (Floors 12 13 Premises) |
27. | Location of Exterior Building Sign |
7. SCHEDULE A is hereby amended by adding pages A-7 and A-8, copies of which are attached hereto, immediately following page A-6.
8. SCHEDULE E is hereby amended by deleting Section 7. Parking and Section 14. Building Signage, and substituting the following therefor:
7. | Parking |
(a) Final Premises
The Tenant, its officers, directors and employees (provided that the Tenant shall first notify or confirm in writing to the Landlord or parking operator that any individual officer, director or employee is entitled to use of a parking stall pursuant to this Lease) shall have the right to lease up to one (1) unreserved parking stall for every 2,250 square feet of Rentable Area of the Final Premises leased, in the underground parking garage of the Building commencing on the date the Tenant commences its business operations in the Initial Premises, and the date the Tenant commences its business operations in the Additional Premises, as the case may be, and thereafter throughout the Term and any extensions or renewals thereof at the prevailing monthly market rental rate, which for the first sixty (60) months of the Term (and for any period prior to the commencement of the Term) shall not exceed $275.00 per unreserved parking stall per month plus applicable Sales Taxes, and which rental rate may thereafter be adjusted by the Landlord or the Landlords parking operator from time to time to no more than market rates for similar parking spaces in similar buildings. The Tenant will advise the Landlord of the number of unreserved parking stalls it requires within two (2) months after the Tenant commences its business operations in the Initial Premises and the Additional Premises, as the case may be, and any stalls which the Tenant does not require within the foregoing requirement of one (1) unreserved parking stall for every 2,250 square feet of Rentable Area of the Final Premises leased, may be leased by the Landlord to other parties on a month-to-month basis. However, on 60 days prior written notice, the Tenant and its officers, directors and employees, as the case may be, may re-lease any parking stalls not previously required (subject to the Tenants maximum allotment), provided that the Tenant shall first notify or confirm in writing to the Landlord or parking operator that any individual officer, director or employee is entitled to use of a parking stall pursuant to this Lease.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, up to five of the Tenants parking allotment of the Final Premises may, at the request of the Tenant, be reserved parking stalls.
If required by the Landlord or the Landlords parking operator, the Tenants parking user shall enter into the Landlords standard parking agreement (subject to such amendments as may be reasonably requested) with respect to any parking stalls leased by the Tenant or its officers, directors and employees, as the case may be, in the underground parking garage of the Building, provided that the Tenant shall first notify or confirm in writing to the Landlord or parking operator that any individual officer, director or employee is entitled to use of a parking stall pursuant to this Lease.
The Tenant shall, upon providing prior reasonable notice to the Landlord and payment of the then prevailing monthly market rental rate per unreserved parking stall per month (not to exceed $275.00 per parking stall), be entitled to the use of between 10 and 15 parking stalls during Rent Free Period while constructing.
(b) Floors 12 13 Premises
The Tenant, its officers, directors and employees (provided that the Tenant shall first notify or confirm in writing to the Landlord or parking operator that any individual officer, director or employee is entitled to use of a parking stall pursuant to this Lease) shall have the right to lease up to one (1) unreserved parking stall for every 3,000 square feet of Rentable Area of the Floors 12 13 Premises leased, in the underground parking garage of the Building commencing on the Floors 12 13 Commencement Date, and
MORGUARD January 2015 - Lease Amendment Agreement |
Page 4 |
thereafter throughout the Term and any extensions or renewals thereof at the prevailing monthly market rental rate, which for thirty six (36) months following the Floors 12 13 Commencement Date (and for any period prior to the Floors 12 13 Commencement Date) shall not exceed $275.00 per unreserved parking stall per month plus applicable Sales Taxes, and which rental rate may thereafter be adjusted by the Landlord or the Landlords parking operator from time to time to no more than market rates for similar parking spaces in similar buildings. The Tenant will advise the Landlord of the number of unreserved parking stalls it requires within two (2) months after the Tenant commences its business operations in the Floors 12 13 Premises, and any stalls which the Tenant does not require within the foregoing requirement of one (1) unreserved parking stall for every 3,000 square feet of Rentable Area of the Floors 12 13 Premises leased, may be leased by the Landlord to other parties on a month-to-month basis. However, on 60 days prior written notice, the Tenant and its officers, directors and employees, as the case may be, may re-lease any parking stalls not previously required (subject to the Tenants maximum allotment), provided that the Tenant shall first notify or confirm in writing to the Landlord or parking operator that any individual officer, director or employee is entitled to use of a parking stall pursuant to this Lease.
If required by the Landlord or the Landlords parking operator, the Tenants parking user shall enter into the Landlords standard parking agreement (subject to such amendments as may be reasonably requested) with respect to any parking stalls leased by the Tenant or its officers, directors and employees, as the case may be, in the underground parking garage of the Building, provided that the Tenant shall first notify or confirm in writing to the Landlord or parking operator that any individual officer, director or employee is entitled to use of a parking stall pursuant to this Lease.
14. | Signage |
Provided the Tenant is Shopify Inc. or a Permitted Transferee (or another Transferee that: (i) is an assignee of the whole of the Leased Premises, approved by the Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease; and (ii) the Landlord has determined, in its sole and unfettered discretion, can benefit from the below signage rights, subject to such terms and conditions as are determined by the Landlord in its sole and unfettered discretion) and is in actual, physical occupancy of at least two (2) full floors in the Building, then subject to the Landlord obtaining at its cost any required sign by-law variances from the City of Ottawa and any other municipal and governmental approvals required (which the Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain), the Landlord shall provide:
(1) one (1) exclusive sign, on which the Tenant is to be identified, to be located on a non- exclusive basis between the fifth (5 th ) and seventh (7 th ) floors on the facade of the side of the building fronting onto Laurier Avenue directly behind the low rise elevators as shown on Schedule I-1 and I-2 attached hereto (the Laurier Exterior Signage ); and
(2) one (1) exclusive sign, on which the Tenant is to be identified, to be located on the top of the low-rise facade on the side of the building fronting Elgin Street approximately as shown on Schedule I-3 attached hereto (the Exclusive Elgin Exterior Signage ).
The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Tenant shall be solely responsible for the reasonable costs incurred by the Landlord to provide to the Tenant the Laurier Exterior Signage, and the Elgin Exterior Signage and that the Landlord shall carry out all necessary work in connection therewith, but at the Tenants cost. The Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that, unless the Landlord is able to obtain any required sign by-law variances from the City of Ottawa and any other municipal and governmental approvals that are required (which the Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain), the Landlord shall have no obligation or responsibility under this Lease to provide the Laurier Exterior Signage or the Elgin Exterior Signage. The Landlord confirms that it has received preliminary approval from the City of Ottawa to the Laurier Exterior Signage. The Tenant acknowledges that the Exclusive Elgin Exterior Signage has not been approved by the City of Ottawa and will require a variance from the City of Ottawa and all other municipal and governmental approvals. Prior to submitting the variance application for the Exclusive Elgin Exterior Signage to the City Of Ottawa the Tenant shall review and approve the plans for the Exclusive Elgin Exterior Signage, including the final elevation.
The Tenant shall also be entitled, at its cost, to:
MORGUARD January 2015 - Lease Amendment Agreement |
Page 5 |
(a) Building standard directory identification in the Tenant directory located within the ground floor lobby of the Building and suite identification in locations normally designated by the Landlord for tenants of the Building;
(b) interior lobby signage on the Building directory in the lobby of the Building, in common with all other tenants of the Building;
(c) non-exclusive identification signage on the exterior podium sign serving the Building, (to be located at the Elgin Street entrance to the Building), with the Tenants sign to be placed no higher than the fourth (4th) sign from the top of the podium and the size of the Tenants sign to be in proportion to that of all other signs on the podium;
(d) exclusive signage in the elevator lobby of all full floors leased by the Tenant and non-exclusive directional signage on any part floors leased by the Tenant;
(e) subject to the existing rights of existing tenants (being Canada Council for the Arts, KPMG and CIBC World Markets Inc.) as well as to rights granted to City of Ottawa Tourism and Morguard Corporation and their respective affiliates ( Existing Video Wall Rights ) and the existing master program schedule developed by Cineplex on behalf of the Landlord and tenants of the Building (the Program Schedule ), shared non-exclusive representation during business hours on a multi-tenant electronic video-wall display ( Video Wall ) proposed to be constructed by the Landlord in the winter garden area of the ground floor of the Building (it being acknowledged that the Tenants representation on such electronic display during business hours shall at a minimum consist of having its name and logo displayed for a reasonable amount of time each day (having regard to the size of the Leased Premises relative to the size of the Building)); and
(f) subject to the Existing Video Wall Rights and the Program Schedule to be developed for the Video Wall by Cineplex on behalf of the Landlord and the tenants of the Building, shared non-exclusive access to the Video Wall during the hours of 5:00 pm and 12:00 am Monday to Friday for the purposes of programming provided by the Tenant at the cost of the Tenant, such as projecting details of the Tenants scheduled events at the Leased Premises, including location, date and time of such events (such as Shopify Meetup, topic XYZ, take elevator to Shopify reception on floor X).
All such signage in this Section 14 shall be subject to the Landlords reasonable approval as to design, size, installation and location and shall be installed at the Tenants sole cost and expense, except for the signage in the Tenant directory located within the ground floor lobby of the Building.
The Landlord shall be solely responsible to ensure that the operation of the Elgin Exterior Signage and the Laurier Exterior Signage complies fully with all applicable codes, laws, by-laws and other municipal and governmental requirements, to be at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant to be charged back to the Tenant as Additional Rent. The Landlord shall be responsible for the care and maintenance of the Elgin Exterior Signage and the Laurier Exterior Signage, and shall keep and maintain such signage in a first class condition in keeping with a class A office building, such care and maintenance to be at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant to be charged back to the Tenant as Additional Rent. The Tenant shall be required to remove all such signage at the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease at its sole cost and expense and the Tenant shall repair all damage to the Building caused by the installation and removal of all such signage at the Tenants sole cost and expense and in a good and workmanlike manner.
In addition to the signage outlined above and Sections 5.08, 5.09 and Section 22 of Schedule E, the Tenant shall be permitted to install an exterior building sign to be located on the facade of the Building facing Elgin Street in the location identified in the photo attached as Section 27 of Schedule E, it being understood that if the location identified in Section 27 of Schedule E is not viable then the Landlord agrees to work with the Tenant to find a suitable alternative location, subject to the Landlords technical non-financial assistance and providing approval of design, and subject to the rights of existing tenants in accordance with terms and conditions in this Lease. All costs associated with such sign shall be borne by the Tenant. Costs to include, but not be limited to, receiving confirmation from its structural engineers that the sign can be installed in the desired location, and obtaining at its cost any required sign by-law variances from the City of Ottawa and any other municipal and governmental approvals required plus utilities. Upon the expiration of this Lease the Tenant shall, at its sole cost
MORGUARD January 2015 - Lease Amendment Agreement |
Page 6 |
and expense, remove all Building signage, repair or replace as may be required all damage caused by the installation or removal of the said signage, and return to a base building condition acceptable to the Landlord.
9. SCHEDULE E is hereby amended by adding the following:
24. | Access (Floors 12 13 Premises) |
Provided the Tenant has delivered to the Landlord an insurance certificate evidencing fulfillment of the Tenants insurance requirements pursuant to the terms of this Lease, upon the earlier of: (i) execution of the lease amendment agreement dated the 23 rd day of January, 2015 by all parties; and (ii) January 1st, 2016 the Tenant shall be permitted access to the Floors 12 13 Premises for the purpose of performing any improvements required by the Tenant and commencing its business operations in the Floors 12 13 Premises. All Tenants work shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.00 of this Lease respecting alterations to the Leased Premises. The Tenant agrees that from the date on which the Tenant obtains access to the Floors 12 13 Premises to perform any Tenants work, all the provisions of this Lease shall apply with the exception of the Tenants obligation to pay Basic Rent or Additional Rent, except for utilities, which the Tenant shall be required to pay. Upon the Tenant, acting reasonably, commencing to operate in all or part of the 12 th floor of the Floors 12 13 Premises until the Floors 12 13 Commencement Date, the Tenant shall be responsible for payment of Rent with the exception of Basic Rent on half of the Rentable Area of the Floors 12 13 Premises as defined under this Lease. Upon the Tenant commencing to operate in all or in part of the 13 th floor of the Floors 12 13 Premises and until the Floors 12 13 Commencement Date, the Tenant shall be responsible for payment of Rent with the exception of Basic Rent on the total Rentable Area of the Floors 12 13 Premises as defined under this Lease.
25. | Tenants Work and Tenant Inducement (Floors 12 13 Premises) |
The Floors 12 13 Premises shall be accepted by the Tenant on an as is basis and the Landlord shall not be required to do any work in respect thereof prior to delivering possession of the Floors 12 -13 Premises to the Tenant. Any installations, removals, alterations, additions, partitions, repairs or improvements which are necessary to enable the Tenant to carry on its business in the Floors 12 13 Premises (the Floors 12 13 Tenants Work) shall be made, erected or installed at the sole cost of the Tenant, subject as hereinafter provided, and subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.00 of this Lease respecting alterations to the Leased Premises. The Tenant shall be permitted access to the Floors 12 13 Premises for the purpose of permitting a Landlord approved contractor (which for certainty, includes Lake Partnership Inc.) to carry out the Floors 12 13 Tenants Work upon completion of all of the following: (i) execution and delivery of the lease amending agreement dated the 23 rd day of January, 2015; (ii) delivery to the Landlord of any Security Deposit or other form of security provided for herein; and (iii) delivery to the Landlord of an insurance certificate evidencing fulfillment of the Tenants insurance requirements pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and thereafter to commence its business operations in the Floors 12 13 Premises. As of the date on which the Tenant is granted such access and thereafter during Term, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply to and bind the Tenant.
The Landlord shall pay to the Tenant, an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the sum of $30.00 by the Rentable Area of the Floors 12 13 Premises expressed in square feet, plus Sales Taxes (the Floors 12 13 Inducement). The Floors 12 13 Inducement shall not be due and payable by the Landlord until after the occurrence or completion of all of the following:
(a) delivery to the Landlord of the following; (i) execution and delivery of the lease amendment agreement dated the 23 rd day of January, 2015 ; and (ii) delivery to the Landlord of an insurance certificate evidencing fulfillment of the Tenants insurance requirements pursuant to the terms of this Lease;
(b) Floors 12 13 Commencement Date;
(c) completion of all Tenants work in respect of the Floors 12 13 Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease;
MORGUARD January 2015 - Lease Amendment Agreement |
Page 7 |
(d) commencement by the Tenant of the conduct of its business in the Floors 12 13 Premises;
(e) delivery to the Landlord of the following:
(i) a statutory declaration of an officer of the contractor which performed the Tenants work that the contract under which such work was performed has been completed or abandoned, as those terms are defined under the current Construction Lien Act or its equivalent (the Act);
and one of:
(ii) declarations of last supply in the form prescribed in the Act given by officers of all of the sub-contractors employed by the contractor in its performance of the Tenants work in respect of the Floors 12 13 Premises;
or
(iii) a certificate of completion in the form prescribed in the Act in respect of the sub-contract of each sub-contractor employed by the contractor that has performed the Tenants work in respect of the Floors 12 13 Premises, together with evidence of delivery of a copy of such certificate to the sub-contractor in respect of whose sub-contract it was given;
(f) the expiry of the periods pursuant to the Act within which workers, contractors or suppliers of material or services in connection with completion of the Tenants work in respect of the Floors 12 13 Premises may file a claim for lien for unpaid work or service performed or material supplied, provided no claim for lien for unpaid work or service performed or material supplied has been filed and, if such liens have been filed, then only upon such liens and any certificates of action being discharged and vacated;
(g) the delivery to the Landlord of a current certificate or proof of payment of workers compensation assessments for all Tenants contractors and sub-contractors; and
(h) receipted and paid invoices, totalling not less than the Floors 12 13 Inducement, verifying the actual cost of installing the Tenants permanently affixed leasehold improvements in the Floors 12 13 Premises, it being understood and agreed that, if such invoices total less than the Floors 12 13 Inducement, the Tenant shall not be entitled to payment of, or a credit for, the difference between the total of the invoices and the Inducement.
((a) through (h) collectively the Tenants Deliverables).
Further, the Floors 12 13 Inducement shall not be due and payable if, at the time it is otherwise payable: (i) the Tenant is in default beyond any applicable cure period under this Lease; (ii) the Landlord has re-entered or become entitled to do so; (iii) the Landlord has distrained; (iv) the Tenant has become bankrupt; or (v) any right, title or interest in the Floors 12 13 Inducement has been assigned, voluntarily or otherwise, to anyone other than the Tenant or a Permitted Transferee or another Transferee otherwise approved in accordance with the terms of this Lease.
At the time the Floors 12 13 Inducement is paid or credited to the Tenant or at any time thereafter, upon request by the Landlord, the Tenant shall execute and deliver to the Landlord a written acknowledgement in a form satisfactory to the Landlord that the Floors 12 13 Inducement has been so paid and credited and that all of the Landlords obligations under this provision have been fully performed and thereafter this Lease shall be deemed to have been amended by deleting this provision therefrom.
26. | Credits for Landlords Work (Floors 12 13 Premises) |
Upon commencement by the Tenant of the conduct of its business in the whole of the Floors 12 13 Premises, the Landlord shall provide a credit to the Tenant in the amount of $8.77 per square foot of the Rentable Area of the Floors 12 13 Premises.
MORGUARD January 2015 - Lease Amendment Agreement |
Page 8 |
27. | Location of Exterior Building Sign |
The approximate location of the Exterior Building Sign is shown circled in the image immediately below.
Limitation of Recourse - The parties acknowledge and agree that, if the Landlord is Morguard Real Estate Investment Trust (MREIT), the obligations of MREIT hereunder and under all documents delivered pursuant hereto (and all documents to which this document may be pursuant) or which give effect to, or amend or supplement, the terms of the Lease or this agreement, as the case may be, are not personally binding upon any trustee thereof, any registered or beneficial holder of units (a Unitholder) or any annuitant under a plan of which a Unitholder acts as a trustee or carrier, or any officers, employees or agents of MREIT and resort shall not be had to, nor shall recourse or satisfaction be sought from, any of the foregoing or the private property of any of the foregoing, but the Project only shall be bound by such obligations and recourse or satisfaction may only be sought from the revenue of the Project.
Lease Remains in Force - Except with respect to the amendments contained herein, all other terms and conditions contained in the Lease shall remain unamended and in full force and effect.
Binding Effect - This agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Landlord and the heirs, executors and administrators and the permitted successors and assigns of the Tenant.
MORGUARD January 2015 - Lease Amendment Agreement |
Page 9 |
Privacy - As agent for the Landlord, Morguard Investments Limited (Morguard) is committed to maintaining the security and confidentiality of personal information in accordance with applicable privacy legislation and our privacy policy. By signing this Lease Amendment Agreement, you are consenting to Morguard collecting, using and disclosing your personal information in order to identify and communicate with you, for such other purposes as may be necessary in order to enter into a landlord and tenant relationship with you and for any other purposes where you consent or where such collection, use or disclosures is permitted or required by law. For further information regarding Morguards personal information handling practices, please refer to Morguards privacy policy at www.morguard.com .
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this agreement as of the date first above written.
LANDLORD: | ||||||||||||
MORGUARD PERFORMANCE COURT LIMITED | ||||||||||||
By: |
/s/ Beverley G. Flynn |
|||||||||||
Name: Beverley G. Flynn | ||||||||||||
Title: Secretary c/s | ||||||||||||
By: |
/s/ Robert D. Wright |
|||||||||||
Name: Robert D. Wright | ||||||||||||
Title: Vice President | ||||||||||||
I/We have authority to bind the corporation | ||||||||||||
TENANT: | ||||||||||||
SHOPIFY INC. | ||||||||||||
WITNESS to signature of Tenant: | ||||||||||||
Signature: |
/s/ Eric Van Hofwegen |
By: |
/s/ Russell Jones |
|||||||||
Name: | Russell Jones | |||||||||||
Print Name: |
Eric Van Hofwegen |
Title: | CFO c/s | |||||||||
Address: |
165 Pretoria |
|||||||||||
Ottawa, Ont. |
I/We have authority to bind the corporation | |||||||||||
Occupation: |
Real Estate Broker |
MORGUARD January 2015 - Lease Amendment Agreement |
Page 10 |
12 th Floor
A-7
13 th Floor
A-8
Exhibit 10.16
EXECUTION VERSION
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this Agreement ) dated as of March 12, 2015 (the Effective Date ) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation with a loan production office located at 275 Grove Street, Suite 2-200, Newton, Massachusetts, 02466 ( Bank ), and SHOPIFY INC ., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada ( Borrower ), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:
1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS
Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. For purposes of calculations made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, GAAP will be deemed to treat operating leases and capital leases in a manner consistent with their current treatment under generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the Effective Date, notwithstanding any modifications or interpretive changes thereto that may occur thereafter. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.
2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT
2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon with any fees as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.
2.2 Revolving Advances .
(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower may request that Bank make, and Bank agrees to make, Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount less any applicable Reserves. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.
(b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.
(c) Prepayment; Reduction . Borrower may, upon written notice to Bank and without fee or penalty, (i) prepay any principal amount of Advances hereunder or (ii) reduce the amount of the Revolving Line.
2.3 Overadvances . If, at any time the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of the Revolving Line or the then applicable Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (the Overadvance ) without fee or penalty. Without limiting Borrowers obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.
2.4 Reserved .
2.5 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .
(a) Advances . Subject to Section 2.5(b), the principal amount of Advances outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (i) one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) below the Prime Rate if the Adjusted Quick Ratio is equal to or greater than 2.00, or (ii) one-quarter percentage point (0.25%) above the Prime Rate if the Adjusted Quick Ratio is less than 2.00, which interest in both cases shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.5(e) below.
(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is two percentage points (2.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the Default Rate ). Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.5(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.
(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.
(d) Reserved .
(e) Payment; Interest Computation . Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Eastern time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.
2.6 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank:
(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of $35,000 due and payable on the Effective Date, $10,000 of which has been paid by Borrower prior to the Effective Date and received by Bank as a good faith deposit;
(b) Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee . Payable monthly in arrears on the last day of each calendar month, a fee (the Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee ) in an amount equal to one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) per annum of the average unused portion of the Revolving Line, as determined by Bank. The average unused portion of the Revolving Line, for purposes of this calculation, shall be equal the difference between (i) the Revolving Line, and (ii) the average for the period of the daily closing balance of the Revolving Line outstanding; and
(c) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable and documented attorneys fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, promptly following demand by Bank). Bank shall use its best efforts to keep such attorneys fees and expenses under $15,000.
(b) Fees Fully Earned . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Banks obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.6 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.7(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.6.
2.7 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts .
(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Eastern time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Eastern time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day solely for the purposes of calculating interest and fees. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.
-2-
(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.
(c) Bank may debit any of Borrowers deposit accounts maintained by Bank, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank under this Agreement when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.
2.8 Withholding. Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
2.9 Reserves.
(a) The initial Reserves as of the Effective Date are nil.
(b) Bank may hereafter establish additional Reserves or revise any of the Reserves in effect on the Effective Date, in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion.
3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS
3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Banks obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received each of the following (which, in the case of any executed document or certificate, shall be telecopies or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., pdf or tif via e-mail) delivered prior to or on the Effective Date, and, to the extent that originals are required, such originals shall be delivered to Bank within 10 days of the Effective Date):
(a) duly executed original signatures to this Agreement;
(b) the Operating Documents and certificate of compliance (or equivalent) of Borrower and the Canadian Guarantor, certified by Industry Canada (or equivalent authority) from the jurisdiction of formation or continuance, as the case may be, of each of them, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;
(c) the Operating Documents of each Guarantor organized under the laws of the United States, and to the extent applicable, certified by the appropriate Governmental Authority as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;
(d) true copies of duly executed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower and each Guarantor, each certified by the original signature of an officer;
-3-
(e) a duly executed PPSA confirmation letter from Solotech Inc. limiting its PPSA registration to specific equipment and proceeds therefrom;
(f) a duly executed PPSA confirmation letter from Royal Bank of Canada limiting its PPSA registration to the amount of CAD$1,500,000;
(g) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;
(h) duly executed original officers certificate for Borrower and the Canadian Guarantor, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank;
(i) legal opinions of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP and Stikeman Elliott LLP, special counsel for Borrower and Guarantors, each dated as of the Effective Date and each with duly executed original signature;
(j) the duly executed original signatures to the Guaranty of each U.S. Guarantor and the Guarantee of the Canadian Guarantor;
(k) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 6.7 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank; and
(l) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.6 hereof.
3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Banks obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a) timely receipt of an executed Transaction Report pursuant to Section 3.4;
(b) the representations and warranties of Borrower in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the applicable Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date. Each Credit Extension is Borrowers representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;
(c) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension.; and
(d) Bank determines to its satisfaction that there has not been any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank.
3.3 Covenant to Deliver . (a) Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under Section 3.1 and 3.2 hereof as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrowers obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Banks sole discretion.
-4-
(b) Notwithstanding Section 3.3(a) above, within sixty (60) days of the Effective Date (or such longer period as Bank shall agree), Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank:
1. (a) an account control agreement by PNC Bank N.A. with respect to Borrower in favor of Bank, or evidence that Borrowers PNC Bank N.A. account has been closed; and
2. an account control agreement executed by Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC with respect to Securities Accounts of Shopify LLC (other than Excluded Accounts) maintained with Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, in favor of Bank.
3.4 Procedures for Borrowing . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable if provided on the Funding Date) by electronic mail by 12:00 p.m. Eastern time on the Funding Date of the Advance. In connection with such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail a completed Transaction Report executed by an Authorized Signer together with such other reports and information evidencing the financial information provided in the applicable Transaction Report as Bank may reasonably request in its discretion. Bank shall credit proceeds of an Advance to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.
4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST
4.1 Grant of Security Interest and Releases.
(a) Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.
(b) Borrower acknowledges that it has entered into a Bank Services Agreement, and may in the future enter into other Bank Services Agreements, with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens).
(c) Subject to Section 4.1(d), Banks Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized or otherwise secured in accordance with this Section 4.1(c)) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized or otherwise secured in accordance with this Section 4.1(c)) and at such time as Banks obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (i) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (ii) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral or other security acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral or other security in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred five percent (105.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit (collectively, Letter of Credit Reserves ).
-5-
(d) Upon any Transfer by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Collateral that is permitted pursuant to Section 7.1 to any Person that is not a Subsidiary Banks Lien in such Collateral shall be automatically released.
(e) At the request and sole expense of Borrower following any such termination or release provided in this Section 4.1, Bank shall deliver to Borrower any Collateral held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver to Borrower such documents as Borrower shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release, including, but not limited to, executing and delivering to Borrower, at Borrowers expense, all Uniform Commercial Code and PPSA termination statements and similar documents.
4.2 Priority of Security Interest . Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that subject to the exceptions and limitations described herein, and in the other Loan Documents, the security interests granted pursuant to this Agreement constitute a legal and valid first registered security interest in favor of Bank, securing the payment and performance of the Obligations and upon completion of the filings and other actions specified in Schedule 4.2 and payment of all filing fees, will constitute first registered perfected security interests in all of such Collateral, prior to all other Liens on the Collateral except for Permitted Liens, in each case to the extent perfection may be achieved by such filings and actions. If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim known by Borrower to be in existence in an amount reasonably estimated in good faith by Borrower that exceeds One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by an Authorized Signer of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.
4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, with copies of such statements to be delivered to Borrower or its legal counsel, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Banks interest or rights hereunder. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as all assets of the Debtor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Banks discretion.
5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Borrower represents and warrants as follows:
5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Borrower is duly existing and in good standing in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has previously delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by an Authorized Signer entitled Perfection Certificate . Borrower represents and warrants to Bank, in each case as of the date hereof, that (a) Borrowers exact legal name is that indicated in the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrowers organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrowers place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrowers mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its name, jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction, except as set forth in the Perfection Certificate; and (f) all other information set forth in the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete in all material respects (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrowers organizational identification number.
The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrowers organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate in any material respect any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of
-6-
any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or where failure to take such action, make such filing or registration or obtain such qualification or Governmental Approvals would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.2 Collateral . Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. As of the date hereof, Borrower has no Deposit Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Banks Affiliates except for the Deposit Accounts of Borrower described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and which Borrower has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, pursuant to the terms of, and to the extent required by, Section 3.3(b) or Section 6.8(b), as applicable. The Accounts that generate Recurring Revenue included in the Borrowing Base are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.
None of the components of the Collateral constituting Inventory or Equipment shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Sections 7.1 or 7.2.
All Inventory of Borrower is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.
Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower. Each Patent which the Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrowers business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrowers business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To Borrowers knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.3 Customer Accounts . For any customer Account that generates Recurring Revenue included in the Borrowing Base, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such customer Accounts are and shall be true and correct in all material respects and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrowers Books are genuine and in all material respects what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each customer Account that generates Recurring Revenue included in the Borrowing Base shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are customer Accounts that generate Recurring Revenue included in the Borrowing Base. To Borrowers knowledge, (i) all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all customer Accounts that generate Recurring Revenue included in the Borrowing Base are genuine, and (ii) all such documents, instruments and agreements related to customer Accounts generating Recurring Revenue included in the Borrowing Base are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms. Borrower is the owner of and has the legal right to sell, transfer, assign and encumber each customer Account, and there are no defenses, offsets, counterclaims or agreements for which the Account Debtor may claim any deduction or discount.
5.4 Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrowers consolidated financial
-7-
condition and Borrowers consolidated results of operations as of such date or for such period, as applicable. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrowers consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.
5.6 Solvency . The fair salable value of Borrowers consolidated assets exceeds the fair value of Borrowers liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital in relation to its business after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.
5.7 Regulatory Compliance . Borrower is not an investment company or a company controlled by an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) is in compliance in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) is not in violation of any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrowers knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted except where the failure to obtain such consents, approvals and authorizations or make such declarations or filings and give such notices could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.
5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, provincial and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except to the extent such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor or except where the failure to file or make such payments could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
To the extent Borrower defers payment of any material contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral other than a Permitted Lien. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrowers prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency, in each case except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.10 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely (i) as working capital and (ii) to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.
5.11 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower (other than projections, pro forma financial information and information of a general economic or industry nature) in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by
-8-
Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).
5.12 Definition of Knowledge . For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrowers knowledge or awareness, to the best of Borrowers knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.
6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Borrower shall do all of the following:
6.1 Government Compliance .
(a) Except as otherwise permitted in Section 7.2 or 7.3, maintain its and all its Subsidiaries legal existence and good standing in each of their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject.
(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in the Collateral. Upon request by Bank, Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.
6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Provide Bank with the following:
(a) a Transaction Report (and any schedules related thereto) which includes, among other things, Recurring Revenue (i) with each request for an Advance and (ii) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, unless either (A) no Advances are outstanding or (B) Borrowers Adjusted Quick Ratio is equal to or greater than 2.00, (such conditions (A) or (B) referred to herein as Extended Reporting Conditions ), in which case Borrower shall provide a Transaction Report quarterly within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter;
(b) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month (or quarterly no later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter if any one of the Extended Reporting Conditions is satisfied), monthly or quarterly reports, as the case may be, of the following: (i) accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (ii) accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and (iii) a Deferred Revenue report and general ledger;
(c) within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month (or quarterly no later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter if any one of the Extended Reporting Conditions is satisfied), a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrowers consolidated operations for such month or fiscal quarter, as the case may be, certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the Financial Statements ) (it being agreed that delivery of the Borrowers Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or interim financial statements accompanied by managements discussion and analysis on Form 51-102F1 will satisfy this requirement, which such reports shall be deemed to have been delivered hereunder on the date on which Borrower files such reports with the SEC or with the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities, as applicable);
(d) within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month (or quarterly no later than forty-five (45) days after the end of the fiscal quarter if any one of the Extended Reporting Conditions is satisfied) and together with the Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month or fiscal quarter, as the case may be, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.11 as of the last day of the applicable fiscal quarter and such other information as Bank may reasonably request;
-9-
(e) within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, or more frequently, as updated in any material manner, (i) annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month) for the then current fiscal year of Borrower, and (ii) annual financial projections for the following fiscal year (on a quarterly basis) as approved by Borrowers board of directors, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections;
(f) promptly after becoming available, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of Borrowers fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or such other independent certified public accounting firm of recognized national standing selected by Borrower and, solely if such accounting firm is not a Big 4 accounting firm, reasonably acceptable to Bank (it being agreed that delivery of the Borrowers Annual Report on Form 10-K or annual audited financial statements accompanied by managements discussion and analysis on Form 51-102F1 will satisfy this requirement, which such reports shall be deemed to have been delivered hereunder on the date on which Borrower files such reports with the SEC or with the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities, as applicable);
(g) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, within five (5) Business Days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, as the case may be;
(h) within five (5) Business Days after delivery, copies of all material reports and notices made available to holders of Material Subordinated Debt (to the extent not otherwise provided pursuant to this Agreement);
(i) prompt notice of any legal action pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of $500,000 or more; and
(j) promptly, and in any event within three (3) Business Days after reasonable request by Bank (one (1) Business Day after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default), other financial information relating to Borrower and its Subsidiaries reasonably requested by Bank.
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrowers website on the Internet at Borrowers website address.
6.3 Accounts Receivable .
(a) Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts . Borrower shall deliver to Bank Transaction Reports and schedules of accounts receivable agings, as provided in Section 6.2(a) and (b); provided, however, that Borrowers failure to deliver the same shall not affect or limit Banks Lien on Borrowers Accounts, nor shall Banks failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Banks Lien and other rights therein. If reasonably requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Banks request after an Event of Default which is continuing, originals, if executed originals were provided) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments and chattel paper owned by Borrower with an individual value greater than $250,000, in the same form as received, with all necessary endorsements.
(b) Disputes . Borrower shall, as soon as practicable, notify Bank of all material disputes relating to Accounts generating Recurring Revenue included in the Borrowing Base. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, so long as after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness and any prepayments of Advances, the total principal amount of outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the then applicable Borrowing Base.
-10-
(c) Collection of Accounts . Borrower shall have the right to collect all Accounts.
(d) Verification . After the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose, and notify any Account Debtor of Banks security interest in such Account.
(e) No Liability . Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrowers obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.
6.4 Remittance of Proceeds . After the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any tangible Collateral to Bank not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof. After the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Borrower agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of Collateral with any of Borrowers other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express trust for Bank. Nothing in this Section 6.4 limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.
6.5 Taxes .
(a) Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy before they become delinquent, all of its taxes imposed by law on Borrower of whatever nature, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Borrower, or except where the failure to pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy such taxes would not (i) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) result in the imposition of a Lien or other similar encumbrance on the assets of Borrower.
(b) File or cause to be filed all federal, state, income and all foreign and other tax returns that are required to be filed, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which stay the enforcement of any Lien and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by Borrower or except where the failure to file such taxes would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.6 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . If, at any time before the Revolving Line Maturity Date, (a) the Adjusted Quick Ratio is less than 2.00, (b) the Availability Amount is less than the outstanding principal balance of any Advances, or (c) there is an Event of Default, then on one (1) Business Days notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrowers Books. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.6, none of Borrower or any Subsidiary will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter in respect of which disclosure to the Bank is prohibited by law or any binding agreement with an unaffiliated third party not entered into in contemplation hereof. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be conducted at Borrowers expense and no more often than once before the Revolving Line Maturity Date unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The charge therefor shall be $850 per examiner per day for any inspection occurring before the Revolving Line Maturity Date (Bank may reasonably adjust such charge for inspections occurring after the Revolving Line Maturity Date), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to or reschedules the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Banks rights or remedies) Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of $1,000
-11-
plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.
6.7 Insurance .
(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrowers industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lenders loss payable endorsement showing Bank as a lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.
(b) Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Banks option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.
(c) At Banks request, Borrower shall deliver copies of its insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.7 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.
6.8 Operating Accounts .
(a) Maintain, and cause its subsidiaries to maintain, a portion of each of their operating and investment accounts located in the United States with Bank and/or Banks Affiliates. Subject to the preceding sentence and Section 6.8(b) below, Borrower may maintain its operating and other deposit accounts located in the United States or Canada with one or more financial institutions of Borrowers choice.
(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any additional Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Banks Affiliates. Except as otherwise agreed by Bank, for each Collateral Account that is not an Excluded Account or not at or with Bank, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution at or with which such Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Banks Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder, which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank.
6.9 Reserved.
6.10 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights .
(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its material Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrowers business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Banks written consent.
(b) Provide written notice to Bank within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public).
6.11 Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrowers books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend
-12-
any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.
6.12 Reserved.
6.13 Reserved.
6.14 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding and without limiting the negative covenants contained in Sections 7.3 and 7.7 hereof, at the time that Borrower forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary after the Effective Date, at Banks sole discretion, Borrower shall (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Bank a Guarantee whereby such Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor thereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary to the extent required by the Loan Documents), (b) upon request from Bank, provide to Bank appropriate certificates (if any) and powers, pledging all of the equity interest in such new Subsidiary owned by Borrower, and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation reasonably requested by it in connection therewith in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, including one or more opinions of counsel, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.14 shall be a Loan Document.
6.15 Further Assurances . Subject to the limitations and exceptions contained in the Loan Documents, execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Banks Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received by Borrower, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Borrower shall not do any of the following without Banks prior written consent:
7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, Transfer ), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers
(a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(b) of worn-out or obsolete assets that are, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower;
(c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments;
(d) consisting of distributions and dividends pursuant to Section 7.7;
(e) consisting of the sale or issuance of any equity interests of Borrower not constituting a Change of Control;
(f) consisting of Borrowers or a Subsidiarys use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of its business in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;
(g) of non-exclusive licenses, sub-licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
-13-
(h) consisting of compromise, settlement or discounting of delinquent accounts in the ordinary course of business;
(i) of assets by Borrower or any Subsidiary to Borrower or to any Guarantor;
(j) of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Transfer are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;
(k) consisting of termination of leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(l) of assets pursuant to casualty or condemnation events;
(m) consisting of leases, licenses or subleases or sublicenses of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
(n) consisting of the lapse or abandonment of Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business which, in the reasonable good faith determination of Borrower, are not material to the conduct of the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
(o) of assets by any Subsidiary which is not a Guarantor to any other Subsidiary which is not a Guarantor; and
(p) of any other assets so long as no Event of Default exists; provided that the aggregate fair market value (as determined by Borrower in good faith) of all such assets shall not exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year.
7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve, except that (i) any Subsidiary which is not a Guarantor or (ii) with Banks prior written consent, any Guarantor, may liquidate or dissolve to the extent Borrower reasonably determines that the continued existence of such Subsidiary is no longer in the best interests of Borrower and its Subsidiaries; or (c) (i) fail to provide notice to Bank of any Key Person departing from or ceasing to be employed by Borrower within five (5) Business Days after such Key Persons departure from Borrower; or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions which would constitute a Change of Control.
Borrower shall not, without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in Borrowers assets or property), (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.
In no event shall an initial public offering of stock, in and of itself, by the Borrower constitute an Event of Default, a Change of Control or breach hereof, or otherwise be prohibited by the covenants hereto.
7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge with or consolidate into any other Person, except with or into a Subsidiary or Borrower or pursuant to a Transfer permitted under Section 7.1, as the case may be, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) except for Permitted Acquisitions or any other Permitted Investment. A Permitted Acquisition is an acquisition by Borrower, directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the assets or equity interest or a business or division of another company or companies (collectively, the Target ) provided that (a) Target is
-14-
engaged in a similar or complementary line of business as Borrower both immediately prior to and after giving effect to such acquisition, (b) such acquisition is non-hostile in nature, (c) Borrower is able to demonstrate pro forma compliance with the financial covenant in Section 7.11 hereof immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, (d) the total cash consideration used by Borrower in connection with any such acquisitions does not exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) in the aggregate, including all applicable Permitted Indebtedness pursuant to clause (m) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness hereof, (e) concurrently with, or prior to, the consummation of such acquisition, Borrower delivers to Bank evidence that the assets of Target are free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, and (f) no Indebtedness, other than Permitted Indebtedness, shall be assumed or incurred by Borrower in connection with such acquisition.
7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.
7.5 Encumbrance . Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts (other than assignments or sales to Borrower or a Guarantor) or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens; permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein except for Permitted Liens; or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrowers or any Subsidiarys Intellectual Property, except
(a) as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of Permitted Liens hereof;
(b) prohibitions by reason of customary provisions contained in licenses, sub-licenses and similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(c) prohibitions by reason of customary provisions in joint venture or partnership agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(d) prohibitions by reason of any applicable laws, rule, regulation or order or required by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over Borrower or any Subsidiary;
(e) any restrictions imposed pursuant to contracts for the sale of Intellectual Property that impose restrictions on such Intellectual Property to be sold; provided that such sale of Intellectual Property is permitted hereunder;
(f) customary provisions restricting assignment of any contract entered into by Borrower or any Subsidiary; and
(g) any agreement or instrument of a Person acquired as permitted hereunder, which restriction is not applicable to any Person or the Intellectual Property of any Person, other than the Person or the Intellectual Property of the Person acquired pursuant to the respective acquisition and so long as the respective encumbrances or restrictions were not created (or made more restrictive) in connection with or in anticipation of the respective acquisition.
7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account not in existence on the date hereof except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b) hereof.
7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment in respect of Borrowers capital stock or redeem, retire or purchase any of Borrowers capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements (each a Share
-15-
Repurchase ) so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such Share Repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such Share Repurchase, provided that (A) the aggregate amount of all such Share Repurchases shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per fiscal year, or (B) if Borrowers Adjusted Quick Ratio for the applicable period is equal to or greater than 2.0 and will not be less than 2.0 after any Share Repurchase, the aggregate amount of such Share Repurchases shall not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.
7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrowers business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arms length transaction with a non-affiliated Person; (b) transactions among Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries which are Guarantors or any entity that becomes a Subsidiary and Guarantor as a result of such transaction or among Subsidiaries which are Guarantors or among Subsidiaries which are not Guarantors; (c) reasonable and customary fees paid to (including customary indemnities in respect of) members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (d) compensation arrangements for officers and other employees of Borrower and its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business as approved by, or the approval of which is delegated by, the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Borrower or any Subsidiary; (e) the performance of obligations under any employment contract, collective bargaining agreement, employee benefit plan or similar arrangement approved by the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Borrower or any Subsidiary; (f) the payment of distributions and dividends and repurchases to the extent permitted by Section 7.7 and the making of Permitted Investments; and (g) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.
7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of any subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject; provided that any payment on account of Subordinated Debt in excess of amounts permitted under the applicable Subordination Agreement or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject shall require the Banks prior written consent in each instance, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.
7.10 Compliance . Become an investment company or a company controlled by an investment company, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose in violation of Regulation U; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including any material liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.
7.11 Financial Covenant . Permit the Adjusted Quick Ratio, on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, to be less than 1.25: 1.00.
8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an Event of Default ) under this Agreement:
8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line
-16-
Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);
8.2 Covenant Default .
(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.7 or 6.10, or violates any covenant in Section 7;
(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Section 6.2, and as to any such default that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within five (5) Business Days after the occurrence thereof; or
(c) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement, has failed to cure the default within fifteen (15) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the fifteen (15) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such fifteen (15) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to the financial covenant in Section 7.11 or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;
8.3 Material Adverse Change . A Material Adverse Change occurs;
8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .
(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, all or a material portion of the assets of Borrower or a Subsidiary, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against all or a material portion of Borrowers assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or
(b) (i) any material portion of Borrowers assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver and, is not within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any thirty (30) day cure period, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;
8.5 Insolvency . (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent and Borrower fails to be solvent as described under Section 5.6 hereof; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and is not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);
8.6 Other Agreements . There is, under any agreement evidencing Indebtedness in a principal amount in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (other than the Obligations) to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of such Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or (b) any default by Borrower or any Guarantor in respect of such Indebtedness that has not been cured or waived within the applicable cure period, the result of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
-17-
8.7 Judgments; Penalties . One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has not been denied by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within thirty (30) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);
8.8 Misrepresentations . Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;
8.9 Subordinated Debt . Any Subordination Agreement shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect except as terminated pursuant to the terms thereof, or Borrower shall be in material breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further obligation thereunder (except as terminated or waived pursuant to the terms thereof), or the Obligations shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or any Subordination Agreement; or
8.10 Governmental Approvals . Any material Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) causes, or could reasonably be expected to cause, a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) adversely and materially affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
9 BANKS RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:
(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);
(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrowers benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;
(c) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least 105% of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, or 110% of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of the aggregate amount of all such Letters of Credit if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;
(d) terminate any foreign exchange forward contracts;
(e) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on
-18-
terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Banks security interest in such funds;
(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Subject to the terms of the applicable lease agreement, Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Banks rights or remedies;
(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;
(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrowers labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Banks exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1(h), Borrowers rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Banks benefit;
(i) place a hold on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;
(j) demand and receive possession of Borrowers Books;
(k) obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction an order for the sale or foreclosure of any or all of the Collateral;
(l) appoint in writing a receiver or receiver and manager (a Receiver ) for all or any part of the Collateral who shall be vested with all of the Banks rights and remedies under this Agreement, at law or in equity. Any such Receiver, with respect to responsibility for its acts, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be deemed to the agent of the Borrower and not the Bank;
(m) obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction an order for the appointment of a Receiver of the Borrower or of any or all of the Collateral;
(n) realize on any or all of the Collateral and sell, lease, assign, give options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver any or all of the Collateral (or contract to do any of the above), in one or more parcels at any public or private sale, on such terms and conditions as the Bank may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best; and
(o) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).
9.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrowers name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrowers name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrowers insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrowers name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Banks security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of
-19-
Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Banks foregoing appointment as Borrowers attorney in fact, and all of Banks rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Banks obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.
9.3 Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Banks waiver of any Event of Default.
9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.
9.5 Banks Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.
9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Banks failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Banks rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Banks exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Banks waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Banks delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.
9.7 Demand Waiver . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.
10 NOTICES
All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail or Canada Post, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.
-20-
11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER
Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, Massachusetts law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Massachusetts; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrowers actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.
TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL
-21-
OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL .
This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
12 GENERAL PROVISIONS
12.1 Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date; Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized or otherwise secured in accordance with Section 4.1(b) of this Agreement) have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized or otherwise secured in accordance with Section 4.1(b) of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreements termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreements termination.
12.2 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Banks prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Banks discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of but upon notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Banks obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (in the case of any sale, transfer or assignment, pursuant to customary documentation in which such assignee or transferee agrees to be bound as Bank under this Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the absence of an Event of Default which is continuing, Borrowers prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) shall be required for any such sale, transfer or assignment to any competitor of Borrower or any Subsidiary.
12.3 Indemnification .
(a) General Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an Indemnified Person ) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, Claims ) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all reasonable and documented losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including reasonable and documented attorneys fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Persons gross negligence or willful misconduct or material breach of this Agreement under the Loan Documents.
(b) Judgment Currency; Currency Indemnification . If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures Bank could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of Borrower with respect to any such sum due from it to Bank hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the Judgment Currency ) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the Agreement Currency ), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by Bank of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, Bank may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to Bank from Borrower in the Agreement Currency, Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify Bank against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to Bank in such
-22-
currency, Bank agrees to return the amount of any excess to Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).
This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.
12.4 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.
12.5 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.
12.6 Correction of Loan Documents . Upon written notice to Borrower Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.
12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration . No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.
12.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.
12.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of such information may be made: (a) if necessary in connection with fulfillment of its obligations under this Agreement, to Banks Subsidiaries or Affiliates on a confidential basis (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, Bank Entities ); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any prospective transferees or purchasers agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; provided that Bank will use commercially reasonable efforts to notify Borrower in advance of such disclosure to the extent permitted by applicable law; (d) to Banks regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Banks examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) if necessary, to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Banks possession when disclosed to Bank (unless such disclosure is known to have violated a confidentiality obligation), or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.
Bank Entities may use confidential information for the development of databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
12.10 Attorneys Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the Bank shall be entitled to recover its reasonable and
-23-
documented attorneys fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.
12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents . The words execution, signed, signature and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
12.12 Right of Setoff . Borrower hereby grants to Bank a Lien and a right of setoff as security for all Obligations to Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Bank or any entity under the control of Bank (including a subsidiary of Bank) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Bank may setoff the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or Obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE BANK TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER, ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.
12.13 Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
12.14 Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.
12.15 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arms-length contract.
12.16 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.
13 DEFINITIONS
13.1 Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents, the word shall is mandatory, the word may is permissive, the word or is not exclusive, the words includes and including are not limiting and the singular includes the plural. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:
Account is any account as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.
Account Debtor is any account debtor as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
Accounts Receivable are amounts that under GAAP should be included on that date as accounts receivable on Borrowers balance sheet.
Adjusted Quick Ratio is (i) unrestricted cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments of Borrower and its Subsidiaries plus Accounts Receivable of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (net of any bad debt
-24-
allowance) divided by (ii) Current Liabilities minus the current portion of Deferred Revenue plus , without duplication, all Indebtedness owing by Borrower and its Subsidiaries to Bank including without limitation all Letters of Credit, in each case on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
Advance or Advances means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line, including any Overadvance.
Affiliate is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of that Persons senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Persons managers and members. As used herein control means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.
Agreement is defined in the preamble hereof.
Agreement Currency is defined in Section 12.3(b).
Authorized Signer is any individual listed in Borrowers Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Advance request, on behalf of Borrower.
Availability Amount is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.
The following definitions are utilized in calculating and determining the Availability Amount:
Advance Rate is four hundred percent (400%); provided that Bank may reduce the foregoing Advance Rate based on events or conditions as determined by Bank using its good faith business judgment.
Borrowing Base is the product of (i) Advance Rate, multiplied by (ii) the prior months Recurring Revenue.
Recurring Revenue is (a) Borrowers revenue which arises in the ordinary course of Borrowers business that (i) meets all of Borrowers representations and warranties described in Section 5.3 and (ii) is or may be due and owing from Account Debtors, minus (b) any discounts, credits, reserves for bad debt, customer adjustments, or other offsets. Recurring Revenue specifically excludes (x) revenue or accounts receivable based on payment processing or the sale of inventory, goods or equipment, and (y) revenue received due to one-time, non-recurring transactions, installation, and/or set-up fees.
Bank is defined in the preamble hereof.
Banks Affiliates are Silicon Valley Bank Securities and Silicon Valley Bank Asset Management.
Bank Entities is defined in Section 12.9.
Bank Expenses are all reasonable and documented audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable and documented attorneys fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred by Bank with respect to Borrower under the Loan Documents.
Bank Services are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, and still existing at the time
-25-
of determination, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Banks various agreements related thereto (each, a Bank Services Agreement ).
Borrower is defined in the preamble hereof.
Borrowers Books are all Borrowers books and records including ledgers, federal and provincial tax returns, records regarding Borrowers assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.
Borrowing Resolutions are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Persons board of directors or such equivalent governing body (and, if required under the terms of such Persons Operating Documents, stockholders or other equityholders) and delivered by such Person to Bank approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, together with a certificate executed by an authorized officer, director or member, as applicable on behalf of such Person certifying (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) that set forth as a part of or attached as an exhibit to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Advance request, on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Bank may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Bank a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.
Business Day is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.
Cash Equivalents means cash equivalents that should, under GAAP, be classified as cash equivalents on Borrowers balance sheet.
Change of Control means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Exchange Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the date hereof) (other than any Permitted Holder), of equity interests in Borrower representing (x) more than 40% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding equity interests in Borrower and (y) more than the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the equity interests in Borrower then owned by the Permitted Holders.
Claims is defined in Section 12.3.
Code is (a) with respect to any assets located in the United States, the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Banks Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the term Code shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions, and (b) with respect to any assets located in Canada, the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario) as amended and as may be further amended and in effect from time to time; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Banks Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Personal Property Security Act or equivalent legislation in effect in a provincial jurisdiction other than Ontario, the term Code shall mean the Personal Property Security Act or equivalent legislation as enacted and in effect in such other province solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.
-26-
Collateral is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .
Collateral Account is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.
Commodity Account is any commodity account as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
Compliance Certificate is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
Contingent Obligation is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but Contingent Obligation does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.
Control Agreement is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.
Copyrights are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.
CRA means Canada Revenue Agency.
Credit Extension is any Advance, any Overadvance, letter of credit, foreign exchange forward contract, amount utilized for cash management services, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrowers benefit.
Currency is coined money and such other banknotes or other paper money as are authorized by law and circulate as a medium of exchange and legal tender.
Current Assets are amounts that under GAAP should be included on that date as current assets on Borrowers balance sheet, calculated on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
Current Liabilities are all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank, plus, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrowers Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.
Default means any event which with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
Default Rate is defined in Section 2.5(b).
Deferred Revenue is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue, calculated on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
Deposit Account is any deposit account as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
-27-
Designated Deposit Account is the multicurrency account denominated in Dollars maintained by Borrower with Bank and designated as a Designated Deposit Account in the Perfection Certificate.
Dollars , dollars or use of the sign $ means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the $ sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States, except where the terms Canadian Dollars or CAD$ are used to denote lawful money of Canada.
Dollar Equivalent is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.
Effective Date is defined in the preamble hereof.
Equipment is all equipment as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), computer equipment, and any interest in any of the foregoing.
ERISA is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.
Event of Default is defined in Section 8.
Exchange Act is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Excluded Account is (i) a Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account of Borrower or any Guarantor having a balance of less than $500,000 and specifically requiring a Control Agreement or equivalent in order to perfect a security interest therein, (ii) a Deposit Account exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes, or other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such, (iii) Canadian dollar and U.S. dollar accounts held with PayPal Inc. for processing payments to third party partners related to revenue sharing for internet traffic in the ordinary course of business, (iv) Canadian dollar and U.S. dollar accounts held with Wells Fargo Bank N.A. for processing credit card payments and associated fees for payments processed through Shopify Payments (Canada) Inc. and Shopify Payments (USA) Inc. in the ordinary course of business, or (v) those accounts designated as an Excluded Account in the Perfection Certificate.
Extended Reporting Conditions is defined in Section 6.2(a).
Financial Statements is defined in Section 6.2(c).
Foreign Currency means lawful money of a country other than the United States.
Funding Date is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.
GAAP means the U.S. accounting standards, as required by the FASAB Handbook of Accounting Standards and Other Pronouncements, as amended.
General Intangibles is all general intangibles as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.
-28-
Governmental Approval is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.
Governmental Authority is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.
Guarantee or Guaranty is any guarantee (secured or unsecured) of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.
Guarantor is any Subsidiary of Borrower other than any Immaterial Subsidiary. The Guarantors as of the Effective Date are Shopify Payments (Canada) Inc., Shopify Data Processing (USA) Inc., Shopify Payments (USA) Inc., and Shopify LLC.
Hedge Agreement means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, each of which is for the purpose of hedging the interest rate exposure associated with Borrowers and its Subsidiaries operations and not for speculative purposes.
Immaterial Subsidiary means, at any date of determination, each of Borrowers Subsidiaries (a) that is an inactive Subsidiary, or (b) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered to Bank were equal to or less than 5% of consolidated total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date and is not generating Recurring Revenue or Accounts Receivable.
Indebtedness of any Person is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
Indemnified Person is defined in Section 12.3.
Insolvency Proceeding is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.
Intellectual Property means, with respect to any Person, all of such Persons right, title, and interest in and to the following:
(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;
(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how and operating manuals;
(c) any and all source code;
(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;
(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and
(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.
-29-
Inventory is all inventory as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrowers custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.
Investment is, as to any Person, any beneficial ownership interest in any other Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any other Person.
Judgment Currency is defined in Section 12.3(b).
Key Person is each of Borrowers (a) Chief Executive Officer, who is Tobias Lütke as of the Effective Date and (b) Chief Financial Officer, who is Russell Jones as of the Effective Date.
Letter of Credit means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank.
Letter of Credit Reserves has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.
Lien is a mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge in the nature of a security interest, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.
Loan Documents are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement relating to Subordinated Debt, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.
Material Adverse Change is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Banks Lien in the Collateral, to the extent required by the Loan Documents, or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; or (c) a material impairment of the Borrowers ability to pay the Obligations.
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on the business, operations, or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Material Subordinated Debt means Subordinated Debt having an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of $1,000,000.
Obligations are Borrowers obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to Letters of Credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn Letters of Credit and Letter of Credit Reserves), cash management services, and foreign exchange forward contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrowers duties under the Loan Documents.
Operating Documents are, for any Person, such Persons formation documents and good standing certificate(s), as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Persons jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.
-30-
Overadvance is defined in Section 2.3.
Patents means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.
Perfection Certificate is defined in Section 5.1.
Permitted Acquisition is defined in Section 7.3.
Permitted Discretion shall mean a determination made by Bank in good faith in the exercise of its reasonable (from the perspective of a secured lender) business judgment.
Permitted Holders means each of (a) BVP VII Special Opportunity Fund L.P., (b) 7910240 Canada Inc.; (c) FirstMark Capital I, L.P.; (d) Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P.; (e) Klister Credit Corp.; (f) OMERS Ventures II, L.P.; (g) Bruce McKean; (h) James Lake; (i) Georgian Partners I GP Inc.; (j) Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional L.P.; (k) Insight Venture Partners VIII, L.P.; (l) Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VIII, L.P.; (m) Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VIII, L.P.; (n) Georgian Partners II GP Inc.; (o) Georgian Growth Fund 1 LP; (p) Insight Venture Partners (Co-Investors) VIII, L.P.
Permitted Indebtedness is:
(a) the Obligations;
(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate, including without limitation that certain cash secured line of credit with Royal Bank of Canada limited to One Million Five Hundred Thousand Canadian Dollars (CAD$1,500,000);
(c) Subordinated Debt;
(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;
(f) Indebtedness of (i) any Guarantor to Borrower or another Guarantor, (ii) Borrower to a Guarantor, (iii) a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to another Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, or (iv) any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to Borrower or a Guarantor to the extent that such Indebtedness is permitted as an Investment pursuant to the definition of Permitted Investments;
(g) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens hereunder;
(h) guarantees by Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Indebtedness of Borrower or any Guarantor which is permitted under this definition and (ii) guarantees by Borrower or any Subsidiary of any liabilities or other obligations (other than Indebtedness) of Borrower or any Guarantor so long as Borrower or such other Subsidiary is not prohibited from incurring such liabilities by the terms of this Agreement;
(i) Indebtedness of Borrower or any Subsidiary entered into in the ordinary course of business pursuant to a Hedge Agreement; provided that such arrangements are not for speculative purposes;
(j) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants incurred in the ordinary course of business;
-31-
(k) Indebtedness consisting of guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, completion guarantee and similar obligations;
(l) Indebtedness incurred in respect of letters of credit, bankers acceptances, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts or similar instruments, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability, unemployment or other employee benefits, pension obligations, other social security obligations, or property, casualty, liability or other insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims, in each case in respect of obligations arising in the ordinary course of business;
(m) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted Acquisition (and the replacement, extension or renewal of such Indebtedness); provided that (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary, and (ii) if such Indebtedness does not fall into any other category of Permitted Indebtedness then the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(n) other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding; and
(o) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (n) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.
Permitted Investments are:
(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;
(b) Investments consisting of cash and Cash Equivalents;
(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower or any Subsidiary;
(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts;
(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;
(f) Investments consisting of the creation of a Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction or Permitted Acquisition permitted by Section 7.3 of this Agreement, which is otherwise a Permitted Investment;
(g) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrowers Board of Directors;
(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;
(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;
-32-
(j) other Investments made after the Effective Date, the aggregate cash consideration for which shall not exceed $2,500,000;
(k) Investments in any Guarantor or Borrower;
(l) Investments consisting of workers compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business;
(m) intercompany loans to the extent permitted under the definition of Permitted Indebtedness hereof;
(n) Hedge Agreements which constitute Investments;
(o) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
(p) Permitted Acquisitions and Investments held by Borrower or a Subsidiary acquired after the Effective Date in accordance with a Permitted Acquisition; and
(q) Investments by any Subsidiary which is not a Guarantor in any other Subsidiary which is not a Guarantor.
Permitted Liens are:
(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;
(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment or other property acquired or held by Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment or other property and Liens in connection with capital leases securing obligations of no more than Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment or other property when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment or other property;
(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, mechanics, landlords or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to personal property and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;
(e) Liens to secure payment of workers compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by CRA or ERISA);
(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase unless otherwise permitted hereunder;
-33-
(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrowers or any Subsidiarys business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Persons business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrowers or any Subsidiarys business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Persons business);
(h) non-exclusive license or sub-license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business;
(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;
(j) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code or Personal Property Security Act financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(k) Liens existing on any assets or properties of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof (and the replacement, extension or renewal of such Lien on the same assets); provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and (ii) such Lien shall secure only the Indebtedness permitted under the definition of Permitted Indebtedness hereof;
(l) rights of setoff or bankers liens upon deposits of cash in favor of banks or other depository institutions, solely to the extent incurred in connection with the maintenance of such deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business;
(m) other Liens securing obligations outstanding in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) at any time;
(n) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto; and
(o) Liens on cash earnest money deposits made in connection with a letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to a Permitted Acquisition.
Person is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.
PPSA means the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario).
Prime Rate is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the prime rate then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the Prime Rate shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).
Registered Organization is any registered organization as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
Requirement of Law is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other
-34-
Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
Reserves means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in accordance with Section 2.9, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Banks reasonable belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.
Responsible Officer is any of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Platform Officer of Borrower.
Restricted License is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrowers interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Banks right to sell any Collateral.
Revolving Line is TWENTY-FIVE MILLION DOLLARS ($25,000,000) or such lower amount as reduced pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(ii).
Revolving Line Maturity Date is March 11, 2016, which date is 364 days after the Effective Date.
SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.
Securities Account is any securities account as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
Short-Term Investments means short-term investments that should, under GAAP, be classified as short-term investments on Borrowers balance sheet.
Subordinated Debt is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrowers now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.
Subordination Agreement is each agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion, evidencing the subordination of the Subordinated Debt to the Obligations under this Agreement.
Subsidiary is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.
Target is defined in Section 7.3.
-35-
Total Liabilities is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrowers balance sheet, including all Indebtedness and the current portion of Subordinated Debt permitted by Bank to be paid by Borrower, but excluding all other Subordinated Debt, all calculated on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
Trademarks means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.
Transaction Report is that certain report of transactions and schedule of collections in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.
Transfer is defined in Section 7.1.
Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee is defined in Section 2.6(b).
[ Signature page follows. ]
-36-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement and all documents executed in connection therewith, or relating thereto, have been negotiated, prepared and deemed to be executed by Borrower in the United States of America. In addition, this Agreement is being executed by Borrower under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as of the Effective Date.
BORROWER:
SHOPIFY INC. | ||
By: | /s/ Russell Jones | |
Name: | Russell Jones | |
Title: | Chief Financial Officer |
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK | ||
By: |
/s/ Christopher Leary | |
Name: |
Christopher Leary | |
Title: |
VP |
Schedule 4.2
Filings and Other Actions
Type of Filing |
Jurisdiction | |
PPSA Financing Statement |
Ontario |
Other Actions
1. | None. |
EXHIBIT A COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION
The Collateral consists of all of Borrowers right, title and interest in and to the following personal property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired:
All goods, Accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, guaranteed investment certificates, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and
all Borrowers Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include any interest of Borrower (a) in any Excluded Account, (b) in assets as to which granting or perfecting security interest in such Collateral would violate any applicable law, rule or regulation or contract, (c) as a lessee under (i) any lease of real property, or (ii) an Equipment or other personal property lease or license if Borrower is prohibited by the terms of such lease or license from granting a security interest in such lease or license or under which such an assignment or Lien would cause a default to occur under such lease or license; provided, however, that upon termination of such prohibition, such interest in any Equipment or other personal property lease or license shall immediately become Collateral without any action by Borrower or Bank, (d) in any assets as to which Bank and Borrower agree in writing that the costs of obtaining a Lien therein are excessive in relation to the value to Bank of the security afforded thereby, including any assets located in Quebec, and (e) any Intellectual Property, provided however, (i) the Collateral shall include all Accounts acquired from the sale, lease, license or other disposition of, and all other proceeds of Intellectual Property, and (ii) if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Banks security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.
EXHIBIT A.1 NEGATIVE PLEDGE
Pursuant to the terms of Section 7.5 of the Loan and Security Agreement, Borrower has entered into a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank and has agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Banks prior written consent.
EXHIBIT B - COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
TO: |
SILICON VALLEY BANK |
Date: | ||
FROM: |
SHOPIFY INC. |
The undersigned authorized officer of SHOPIFY INC. (Borrower) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the Agreement):
(1) Borrower is in compliance for the fiscal [month][quarter][year] ending with all required covenants in the Agreement except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default on the date hereof except as noted below; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date were true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement or except where the failure to file or make such payments could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (5) no Liens (other than Permitted Liens) have been levied or material claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.
Each of the documents required to be delivered by Borrower at the time of delivery of this Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Agreement are attached hereto (unless delivery of such documents has been otherwise satisfied pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Agreement) supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.
Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under Complies column.
Reporting Covenants |
Required |
Complies |
||
Financial Statements with Compliance Certificate | Monthly within 30 days, or quarterly within 45 days if (A) no Advances are outstanding or (B) Adjusted Quick Ratio is at least 2.00 (the Extended Reporting Conditions ) | Yes No | ||
Monthly Transaction Report and Recurring Revenue Report | Monthly within 30 days, or quarterly within 45 days under any one of the Extended Reporting Conditions | Yes No | ||
Monthly Accounts Receivable, Payable Reports and Deferred Revenue report and general ledger | Monthly within 30 days, or quarterly within 45 days under any one of the Extended Reporting Conditions | Yes No | ||
Annual financial statement (Audited) | FYE within 180 days | Yes No | ||
Board-approved projections | FYE within 30 days | Yes No |
Other Matters
Financial Covenant |
Required | Actual | Complies | |||
Maintain as indicated: |
||||||
Adjusted Quick Ratio (see Section 7.11) | 1.25 | Yes No |
[Continued on following page.]
Performance Pricing |
Applies | |||
Adjusted Quick Ratio > 2.00 |
Prime - 0.25% | Yes No | ||
Adjusted Quick Ratio < 2.00 |
Prime + 0.25% | Yes No |
The financial covenant analysis and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto is true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.
Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the Operating Documents of Borrower? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate. | Yes | No | ||
Have there been any changes to the capitalization table of Borrower? If yes, provide copies of the capitalization table of the Borrower with this Compliance Certificate. (This item is not required after an initial public offering of the stock of Borrower.) | Yes | No |
The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state No exceptions to note.)
SHOPIFY INC. | BANK USE ONLY | |||||||
By: |
|
Received by: |
|
|||||
Name: |
|
AUTHORIZED SIGNER | ||||||
Title: |
|
Date: |
|
|||||
Verified: |
|
|||||||
AUTHORIZED SIGNER | ||||||||
Date: |
|
|||||||
Compliance Status: | Yes No |
Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate
Financial Covenant of Borrower
In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.
Adjusted Quick Ratio (Section 7.11)
Required: An Adjusted Quick Ratio, tested quarterly as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, of at least 1.25
Actual:
A. | Aggregate value of the unrestricted cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments of Borrower and its Subsidiaries | $ | ||
B. | Aggregate value of the net Accounts Receivable of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (net of any bad debt allowance) | $ | ||
C. | Quick Assets (the sum of lines A and B) | $ | ||
D. | Current Liabilities | $ | ||
E. | Current portion of Deferred Revenue | $ | ||
F. | all Indebtedness owing by Borrower and its Subsidiaries to Bank including without limitation all Letters of Credit (without duplication) | $ | ||
G. | Quick Liabilities (line D minus line E plus line F) | $ | ||
H. | Quick Ratio (line C divided by line G) |
Is line H equal to or greater than 1.25?
No, not in compliance | Yes, in compliance |
EXHIBIT C - TRANSACTION REPORT
[EXCEL spreadsheet has been provided separately from lending officer.]
Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of Shopify Inc. (the Corporation)
The full corporation name, jurisdiction of incorporation and registered and beneficial ownership of the issued and outstanding shares of each direct and indirect Subsidiary is as follows:
Name of Subsidiary |
Jurisdiction of Incorporation |
Ownership of Securities |
||
Shopify Payments (Canada) Inc. | Canada | Wholly-owned by the Corporation | ||
Shopify Holdings (USA) Inc. | Delaware | Wholly-owned by the Corporation | ||
Shopify Payments (USA) Inc. | Delaware | Wholly-owned by Shopify Holdings (USA) Inc., which is in turn wholly-owned by the Corporation | ||
Shopify Data Processing (USA) Inc. | Delaware | Wholly-owned by Shopify Holdings (USA) Inc., which is in turn wholly-owned by the Corporation | ||
Shopify LLC | Delaware | Wholly-owned by Shopify Holdings (USA) Inc., which is in turn wholly-owned by the Corporation |
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We hereby consent to the use in this registration statement on Form F-1 of Shopify Inc. of our report dated February 18, 2015 (except for note 22, which is as of April 14, 2015) relating to the financial statements of Shopify Inc., which appears in such registration statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such registration statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Professional Accountants, Licenced Public Accountants
Ottawa, Ontario
April 14, 2015